simcop2387/DBD-SQLite-SQLcipher
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/DBD-SQLite/DBD-SQLite synced 2025-06-07 22:28:47 -04:00
Code Issues Releases Wiki Activity

DBD-SQLite: switched to amalgamation

Browse source
This commit is contained in:
Kenichi Ishigaki 2009-04-21 06:34:42 +00:00
parent 66d7264f8e
commit e63c389e96
96 changed files with 0 additions and 98345 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

629
alter.c
View file

@ -1,629 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2005 February 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
**
** $Id: alter.c,v 1.55 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
/*
** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in
** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the third
** argument and the result returned. Examples:
**
** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
** -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
**
** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
** -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
*/
static void renameTableFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
int token;
Token tname;
unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
int len = 0;
char *zRet;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
/* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE
** statement is that the table name is the first non-space token that
** is immediately followed by a TK_LP or TK_USING token.
*/
if( zSql ){
do {
if( !*zCsr ){
/* Ran out of input before finding an opening bracket. Return NULL. */
return;
}
/* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
tname.z = zCsr;
tname.n = len;
/* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
*/
do {
zCsr += len;
len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
} while( token==TK_SPACE );
assert( len>0 );
} while( token!=TK_LP && token!=TK_USING );
zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql,
zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the
** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER
** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE
** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the third argument and the result
** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
*/
static void renameTriggerFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
int token;
Token tname;
int dist = 3;
unsigned char const *zCsr = zSql;
int len = 0;
char *zRet;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
/* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER
** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
*/
if( zSql ){
do {
if( !*zCsr ){
/* Ran out of input before finding the table name. Return NULL. */
return;
}
/* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
tname.z = zCsr;
tname.n = len;
/* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
** and its length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
*/
do {
zCsr += len;
len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
}while( token==TK_SPACE );
assert( len>0 );
/* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN
** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
** to be met.
**
** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
** there is no need to worry about syntax like
** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
*/
dist++;
if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
dist = 0;
}
} while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
/* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
*/
zRet = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%.*s\"%w\"%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql,
zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
/*
** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
*/
void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_table", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
renameTableFunc, 0, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
sqlite3CreateFunc(db, "sqlite_rename_trigger", 2, SQLITE_UTF8, 0,
renameTriggerFunc, 0, 0);
#endif
}
/*
** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the
** temporary database, NULL is returned.
*/
static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
Trigger *pTrig;
char *zWhere = 0;
char *tmp = 0;
const Schema *pTempSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema; /* Temp db schema */
/* If the table is not located in the temp-db (in which case NULL is
** returned, loop through the tables list of triggers. For each trigger
** that is not part of the temp-db schema, add a clause to the WHERE
** expression being built up in zWhere.
*/
if( pTab->pSchema!=pTempSchema ){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
if( pTrig->pSchema==pTempSchema ){
if( !zWhere ){
zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name=%Q", pTrig->name);
}else{
tmp = zWhere;
zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
sqlite3DbFree(db, tmp);
}
}
}
}
return zWhere;
}
/*
** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an
** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
*/
static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
Vdbe *v;
char *zWhere;
int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
Trigger *pTrig;
#endif
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( !v ) return;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
for(pTrig=sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab); pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
int iTrigDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
assert( iTrigDb==iDb || iTrigDb==1 );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iTrigDb, 0, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
}
#endif
/* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
/* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(pParse->db, "tbl_name=%Q", zName);
if( !zWhere ) return;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp
** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined.
*/
if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
}
#endif
}
/*
** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy"
** command.
*/
void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context. */
SrcList *pSrc, /* The table to rename. */
Token *pName /* The new table name. */
){
int iDb; /* Database that contains the table */
char *zDb; /* Name of database iDb */
Table *pTab; /* Table being renamed */
char *zName = 0; /* NULL-terminated version of pName */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
int nTabName; /* Number of UTF-8 characters in zTabName */
const char *zTabName; /* Original name of the table */
Vdbe *v;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
char *zWhere = 0; /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
#endif
int isVirtualRename = 0; /* True if this is a v-table with an xRename() */
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_rename_table;
assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
/* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
/* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
*/
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
goto exit_rename_table;
}
/* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
** that the table is being renamed to.
*/
if( sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName)>6
&& 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)
){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
goto exit_rename_table;
}
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
goto exit_rename_table;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
if( pTab->pSelect ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "view %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
goto exit_rename_table;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/* Invoke the authorization callback. */
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
goto exit_rename_table;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
goto exit_rename_table;
}
if( IsVirtual(pTab) && pTab->pMod->pModule->xRename ){
isVirtualRename = 1;
}
#endif
/* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb.
** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
** schema). Open a statement transaction if the table is a virtual
** table.
*/
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ){
goto exit_rename_table;
}
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, isVirtualRename, iDb);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
/* If this is a virtual table, invoke the xRename() function if
** one is defined. The xRename() callback will modify the names
** of any resources used by the v-table implementation (including other
** SQLite tables) that are identified by the name of the virtual table.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( isVirtualRename ){
int i = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, i, 0, zName, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VRename, i, 0, 0,(const char*)pTab->pVtab, P4_VTAB);
}
#endif
/* figure out how many UTF-8 characters are in zName */
zTabName = pTab->zName;
nTabName = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zTabName, -1);
/* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
"sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
#else
"sql = CASE "
"WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
"ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
#endif
"tbl_name = %Q, "
"name = CASE "
"WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
"WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
"'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name,%d+18) "
"ELSE name END "
"WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
"(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');",
zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName,
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
zName,
#endif
zName, nTabName, zTabName
);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
/* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update
** it with the new table name.
*/
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE \"%w\".sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
** the temp database.
*/
if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab))!=0 ){
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
"sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
"tbl_name = %Q "
"WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zWhere);
}
#endif
/* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
exit_rename_table:
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
}
/*
** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
** column definition.
**
** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
** the new column during parsing.
*/
void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
Table *pNew; /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
Table *pTab; /* Table being altered */
int iDb; /* Database number */
const char *zDb; /* Database name */
const char *zTab; /* Table name */
char *zCol; /* Null-terminated column definition */
Column *pCol; /* The new column */
Expr *pDflt; /* Default value for the new column */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection; */
db = pParse->db;
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ) return;
pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
assert( pNew );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pNew->pSchema);
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
zTab = &pNew->zName[16]; /* Skip the "sqlite_altertab_" prefix on the name */
pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, zDb);
assert( pTab );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/* Invoke the authorization callback. */
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
return;
}
#endif
/* If the default value for the new column was specified with a
** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
** for an SQL NULL default below.
*/
if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
pDflt = 0;
}
/* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
** column must not be NULL.
*/
if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
return;
}
if( pNew->pIndex ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
return;
}
if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
"Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
return;
}
/* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
*/
if( pDflt ){
sqlite3_value *pVal;
if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(db, pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
return;
}
if( !pVal ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
return;
}
sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
}
/* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
zCol = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
if( zCol ){
char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || sqlite3Isspace(*zEnd) ){
*zEnd-- = '\0';
}
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE \"%w\".%s SET "
"sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d) "
"WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q",
zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
zTab
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zCol);
}
/* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
** the file format becomes 3.
*/
sqlite3MinimumFileFormat(pParse, iDb, pDflt ? 3 : 2);
/* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
}
/*
** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument
** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
**
** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to
** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c
** after parsing is finished.
**
** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
*/
void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
Table *pNew;
Table *pTab;
Vdbe *v;
int iDb;
int i;
int nAlloc;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
/* Look up the table being altered. */
assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "virtual tables may not be altered");
goto exit_begin_add_column;
}
#endif
/* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
if( pTab->pSelect ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
goto exit_begin_add_column;
}
assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
/* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify. But modify
** the name by adding an "sqlite_altertab_" prefix. By adding this
** prefix, we insure that the name will not collide with an existing
** table because user table are not allowed to have the "sqlite_"
** prefix on their name.
*/
pNew = (Table*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
pNew->nRef = 1;
pNew->dbMem = pTab->dbMem;
pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
pNew->aCol = (Column*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
pNew->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_altertab_%s", pTab->zName);
if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
goto exit_begin_add_column;
}
memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
pCol->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pCol->zName);
pCol->zColl = 0;
pCol->zType = 0;
pCol->pDflt = 0;
}
pNew->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
pNew->nRef = 1;
/* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie. */
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
exit_begin_add_column:
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pSrc);
return;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */

431
analyze.c
View file

@ -1,431 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2005 July 8
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code associated with the ANALYZE command.
**
** @(#) $Id: analyze.c,v 1.51 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** This routine generates code that opens the sqlite_stat1 table on cursor
** iStatCur.
**
** If the sqlite_stat1 tables does not previously exist, it is created.
** If it does previously exist, all entires associated with table zWhere
** are removed. If zWhere==0 then all entries are removed.
*/
static void openStatTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
int iDb, /* The database we are looking in */
int iStatCur, /* Open the sqlite_stat1 table on this cursor */
const char *zWhere /* Delete entries associated with this table */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Db *pDb;
int iRootPage;
u8 createStat1 = 0;
Table *pStat;
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) return;
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
assert( sqlite3VdbeDb(v)==db );
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
if( (pStat = sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", pDb->zName))==0 ){
/* The sqlite_stat1 tables does not exist. Create it.
** Note that a side-effect of the CREATE TABLE statement is to leave
** the rootpage of the new table in register pParse->regRoot. This is
** important because the OpenWrite opcode below will be needing it. */
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"CREATE TABLE %Q.sqlite_stat1(tbl,idx,stat)",
pDb->zName
);
iRootPage = pParse->regRoot;
createStat1 = 1; /* Cause rootpage to be taken from top of stack */
}else if( zWhere ){
/* The sqlite_stat1 table exists. Delete all entries associated with
** the table zWhere. */
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"DELETE FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1 WHERE tbl=%Q",
pDb->zName, zWhere
);
iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
}else{
/* The sqlite_stat1 table already exists. Delete all rows. */
iRootPage = pStat->tnum;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pStat->tnum, iDb);
}
/* Open the sqlite_stat1 table for writing. Unless it was created
** by this vdbe program, lock it for writing at the shared-cache level.
** If this vdbe did create the sqlite_stat1 table, then it must have
** already obtained a schema-lock, making the write-lock redundant.
*/
if( !createStat1 ){
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, iRootPage, 1, "sqlite_stat1");
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenWrite, iStatCur, iRootPage, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)3, P4_INT32);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, createStat1);
}
/*
** Generate code to do an analysis of all indices associated with
** a single table.
*/
static void analyzeOneTable(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
Table *pTab, /* Table whose indices are to be analyzed */
int iStatCur, /* Index of VdbeCursor that writes the sqlite_stat1 table */
int iMem /* Available memory locations begin here */
){
Index *pIdx; /* An index to being analyzed */
int iIdxCur; /* Index of VdbeCursor for index being analyzed */
int nCol; /* Number of columns in the index */
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual machine being built up */
int i; /* Loop counter */
int topOfLoop; /* The top of the loop */
int endOfLoop; /* The end of the loop */
int addr; /* The address of an instruction */
int iDb; /* Index of database containing pTab */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 || pTab==0 || pTab->pIndex==0 ){
/* Do no analysis for tables that have no indices */
return;
}
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ANALYZE, pTab->zName, 0,
pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName ) ){
return;
}
#endif
/* Establish a read-lock on the table at the shared-cache level. */
sqlite3TableLock(pParse, iDb, pTab->tnum, 0, pTab->zName);
iIdxCur = pParse->nTab++;
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
int regFields; /* Register block for building records */
int regRec; /* Register holding completed record */
int regTemp; /* Temporary use register */
int regCol; /* Content of a column from the table being analyzed */
int regRowid; /* Rowid for the inserted record */
int regF2;
/* Open a cursor to the index to be analyzed
*/
assert( iDb==sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pIdx->pSchema) );
nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenRead, iIdxCur, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
(char *)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pIdx->zName));
regFields = iMem+nCol*2;
regTemp = regRowid = regCol = regFields+3;
regRec = regCol+1;
if( regRec>pParse->nMem ){
pParse->nMem = regRec;
}
/* Memory cells are used as follows:
**
** mem[iMem]: The total number of rows in the table.
** mem[iMem+1]: Number of distinct values in column 1
** ...
** mem[iMem+nCol]: Number of distinct values in column N
** mem[iMem+nCol+1] Last observed value of column 1
** ...
** mem[iMem+nCol+nCol]: Last observed value of column N
**
** Cells iMem through iMem+nCol are initialized to 0. The others
** are initialized to NULL.
*/
for(i=0; i<=nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, iMem+i);
}
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
}
/* Do the analysis.
*/
endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, iIdxCur, endOfLoop);
topOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem, 1);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, regCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Ne, regCol, 0, iMem+nCol+i+1);
/**** TODO: add collating sequence *****/
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, endOfLoop);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, topOfLoop + 2*(i + 1));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, iMem+i+1, 1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iIdxCur, i, iMem+nCol+i+1);
}
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, iIdxCur, topOfLoop);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iIdxCur);
/* Store the results.
**
** The result is a single row of the sqlite_stat1 table. The first
** two columns are the names of the table and index. The third column
** is a string composed of a list of integer statistics about the
** index. The first integer in the list is the total number of entries
** in the index. There is one additional integer in the list for each
** column of the table. This additional integer is a guess of how many
** rows of the table the index will select. If D is the count of distinct
** values and K is the total number of rows, then the integer is computed
** as:
**
** I = (K+D-1)/D
**
** If K==0 then no entry is made into the sqlite_stat1 table.
** If K>0 then it is always the case the D>0 so division by zero
** is never possible.
*/
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_IfNot, iMem);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regFields+1, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
regF2 = regFields+2;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, iMem, regF2);
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, regTemp, 0, " ", 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regF2, regF2);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Add, iMem, iMem+i+1, regTemp);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regTemp, -1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Divide, iMem+i+1, regTemp, regTemp);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_ToInt, regTemp);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Concat, regTemp, regF2, regF2);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_MakeRecord, regFields, 3, regRec, "aaa", 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_NewRowid, iStatCur, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, iStatCur, regRec, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, OPFLAG_APPEND);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
}
/*
** Generate code that will cause the most recent index analysis to
** be laoded into internal hash tables where is can be used.
*/
static void loadAnalysis(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_LoadAnalysis, iDb);
}
}
/*
** Generate code that will do an analysis of an entire database
*/
static void analyzeDatabase(Parse *pParse, int iDb){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
Schema *pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema; /* Schema of database iDb */
HashElem *k;
int iStatCur;
int iMem;
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, 0);
iMem = pParse->nMem+1;
for(k=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->tblHash); k; k=sqliteHashNext(k)){
Table *pTab = (Table*)sqliteHashData(k);
analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, iMem);
}
loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
/*
** Generate code that will do an analysis of a single table in
** a database.
*/
static void analyzeTable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
int iDb;
int iStatCur;
assert( pTab!=0 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
iStatCur = pParse->nTab++;
openStatTable(pParse, iDb, iStatCur, pTab->zName);
analyzeOneTable(pParse, pTab, iStatCur, pParse->nMem+1);
loadAnalysis(pParse, iDb);
}
/*
** Generate code for the ANALYZE command. The parser calls this routine
** when it recognizes an ANALYZE command.
**
** ANALYZE -- 1
** ANALYZE <database> -- 2
** ANALYZE ?<database>.?<tablename> -- 3
**
** Form 1 causes all indices in all attached databases to be analyzed.
** Form 2 analyzes all indices the single database named.
** Form 3 analyzes all indices associated with the named table.
*/
void sqlite3Analyze(Parse *pParse, Token *pName1, Token *pName2){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
int iDb;
int i;
char *z, *zDb;
Table *pTab;
Token *pTableName;
/* Read the database schema. If an error occurs, leave an error message
** and code in pParse and return NULL. */
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(pParse->db) );
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
return;
}
if( pName1==0 ){
/* Form 1: Analyze everything */
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
if( i==1 ) continue; /* Do not analyze the TEMP database */
analyzeDatabase(pParse, i);
}
}else if( pName2==0 || pName2->n==0 ){
/* Form 2: Analyze the database or table named */
iDb = sqlite3FindDb(db, pName1);
if( iDb>=0 ){
analyzeDatabase(pParse, iDb);
}else{
z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName1);
if( z ){
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, 0);
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
if( pTab ){
analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
}
}
}
}else{
/* Form 3: Analyze the fully qualified table name */
iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pTableName);
if( iDb>=0 ){
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
z = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pTableName);
if( z ){
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, z, zDb);
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
if( pTab ){
analyzeTable(pParse, pTab);
}
}
}
}
}
/*
** Used to pass information from the analyzer reader through to the
** callback routine.
*/
typedef struct analysisInfo analysisInfo;
struct analysisInfo {
sqlite3 *db;
const char *zDatabase;
};
/*
** This callback is invoked once for each index when reading the
** sqlite_stat1 table.
**
** argv[0] = name of the index
** argv[1] = results of analysis - on integer for each column
*/
static int analysisLoader(void *pData, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
analysisInfo *pInfo = (analysisInfo*)pData;
Index *pIndex;
int i, c;
unsigned int v;
const char *z;
assert( argc==2 );
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
if( argv==0 || argv[0]==0 || argv[1]==0 ){
return 0;
}
pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(pInfo->db, argv[0], pInfo->zDatabase);
if( pIndex==0 ){
return 0;
}
z = argv[1];
for(i=0; *z && i<=pIndex->nColumn; i++){
v = 0;
while( (c=z[0])>='0' && c<='9' ){
v = v*10 + c - '0';
z++;
}
pIndex->aiRowEst[i] = v;
if( *z==' ' ) z++;
}
return 0;
}
/*
** Load the content of the sqlite_stat1 table into the index hash tables.
*/
int sqlite3AnalysisLoad(sqlite3 *db, int iDb){
analysisInfo sInfo;
HashElem *i;
char *zSql;
int rc;
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
assert( db->aDb[iDb].pBt!=0 );
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
/* Clear any prior statistics */
for(i=sqliteHashFirst(&db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->idxHash);i;i=sqliteHashNext(i)){
Index *pIdx = sqliteHashData(i);
sqlite3DefaultRowEst(pIdx);
}
/* Check to make sure the sqlite_stat1 table existss */
sInfo.db = db;
sInfo.zDatabase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_stat1", sInfo.zDatabase)==0 ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/* Load new statistics out of the sqlite_stat1 table */
zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "SELECT idx, stat FROM %Q.sqlite_stat1",
sInfo.zDatabase);
if( zSql==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, analysisLoader, &sInfo, 0);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ) db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE */

539
attach.c
View file

@ -1,539 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2003 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
**
** $Id: attach.c,v 1.84 2009/04/08 13:51:51 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH
/*
** Resolve an expression that was part of an ATTACH or DETACH statement. This
** is slightly different from resolving a normal SQL expression, because simple
** identifiers are treated as strings, not possible column names or aliases.
**
** i.e. if the parser sees:
**
** ATTACH DATABASE abc AS def
**
** it treats the two expressions as literal strings 'abc' and 'def' instead of
** looking for columns of the same name.
**
** This only applies to the root node of pExpr, so the statement:
**
** ATTACH DATABASE abc||def AS 'db2'
**
** will fail because neither abc or def can be resolved.
*/
static int resolveAttachExpr(NameContext *pName, Expr *pExpr)
{
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pExpr ){
if( pExpr->op!=TK_ID ){
rc = sqlite3ResolveExprNames(pName, pExpr);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !sqlite3ExprIsConstant(pExpr) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pName->pParse, "invalid name: \"%T\"", &pExpr->span);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}else{
pExpr->op = TK_STRING;
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an ATTACH statement. The
** three arguments to the function come directly from an attach statement:
**
** ATTACH DATABASE x AS y KEY z
**
** SELECT sqlite_attach(x, y, z)
**
** If the optional "KEY z" syntax is omitted, an SQL NULL is passed as the
** third argument.
*/
static void attachFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
int i;
int rc = 0;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
const char *zName;
const char *zFile;
Db *aNew;
char *zErrDyn = 0;
char zErr[128];
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
zFile = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
if( zFile==0 ) zFile = "";
if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
/* Check for the following errors:
**
** * Too many attached databases,
** * Transaction currently open
** * Specified database name already being used.
*/
if( db->nDb>=db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]+2 ){
sqlite3_snprintf(
sizeof(zErr), zErr, "too many attached databases - max %d",
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_ATTACHED]
);
goto attach_error;
}
if( !db->autoCommit ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
"cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
goto attach_error;
}
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
if( z && zName && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
"database %s is already in use", zName);
goto attach_error;
}
}
/* Allocate the new entry in the db->aDb[] array and initialise the schema
** hash tables.
*/
if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
aNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
if( aNew==0 ) return;
memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
}else{
aNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
if( aNew==0 ) return;
}
db->aDb = aNew;
aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
/* Open the database file. If the btree is successfully opened, use
** it to obtain the database schema. At this point the schema may
** or may not be initialised.
*/
rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE,
db->openFlags | SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB,
&aNew->pBt);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
Pager *pPager;
aNew->pSchema = sqlite3SchemaGet(db, aNew->pBt);
if( !aNew->pSchema ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else if( aNew->pSchema->file_format && aNew->pSchema->enc!=ENC(db) ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
"attached databases must use the same text encoding as main database");
goto attach_error;
}
pPager = sqlite3BtreePager(aNew->pBt);
sqlite3PagerLockingMode(pPager, db->dfltLockMode);
sqlite3PagerJournalMode(pPager, db->dfltJournalMode);
}
aNew->zName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, zName);
aNew->safety_level = 3;
#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
{
extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, const void*, int);
extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
int nKey;
char *zKey;
int t = sqlite3_value_type(argv[2]);
switch( t ){
case SQLITE_INTEGER:
case SQLITE_FLOAT:
zErrDyn = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, "Invalid key value");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
break;
case SQLITE_TEXT:
case SQLITE_BLOB:
nKey = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[2]);
zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
break;
case SQLITE_NULL:
/* No key specified. Use the key from the main database */
sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
break;
}
}
#endif
/* If the file was opened successfully, read the schema for the new database.
** If this fails, or if opening the file failed, then close the file and
** remove the entry from the db->aDb[] array. i.e. put everything back the way
** we found it.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrDyn);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
}
if( rc ){
int iDb = db->nDb - 1;
assert( iDb>=2 );
if( db->aDb[iDb].pBt ){
sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[iDb].pBt);
db->aDb[iDb].pBt = 0;
db->aDb[iDb].pSchema = 0;
}
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
db->nDb = iDb;
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "out of memory");
}else{
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
}
goto attach_error;
}
return;
attach_error:
/* Return an error if we get here */
if( zErrDyn ){
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErrDyn, -1);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrDyn);
}else{
zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = 0;
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}
if( rc ) sqlite3_result_error_code(context, rc);
}
/*
** An SQL user-function registered to do the work of an DETACH statement. The
** three arguments to the function come directly from a detach statement:
**
** DETACH DATABASE x
**
** SELECT sqlite_detach(x)
*/
static void detachFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int NotUsed,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
const char *zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
int i;
Db *pDb = 0;
char zErr[128];
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
if( zName==0 ) zName = "";
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
pDb = &db->aDb[i];
if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
}
if( i>=db->nDb ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "no such database: %s", zName);
goto detach_error;
}
if( i<2 ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "cannot detach database %s", zName);
goto detach_error;
}
if( !db->autoCommit ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
"cannot DETACH database within transaction");
goto detach_error;
}
if( sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(pDb->pBt) || sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(pDb->pBt) ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr),zErr, "database %s is locked", zName);
goto detach_error;
}
sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
pDb->pBt = 0;
pDb->pSchema = 0;
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
return;
detach_error:
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}
/*
** This procedure generates VDBE code for a single invocation of either the
** sqlite_detach() or sqlite_attach() SQL user functions.
*/
static void codeAttach(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
int type, /* Either SQLITE_ATTACH or SQLITE_DETACH */
FuncDef *pFunc, /* FuncDef wrapper for detachFunc() or attachFunc() */
Expr *pAuthArg, /* Expression to pass to authorization callback */
Expr *pFilename, /* Name of database file */
Expr *pDbname, /* Name of the database to use internally */
Expr *pKey /* Database key for encryption extension */
){
int rc;
NameContext sName;
Vdbe *v;
sqlite3* db = pParse->db;
int regArgs;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
assert( db->mallocFailed || pAuthArg );
if( pAuthArg ){
char *zAuthArg = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, &pAuthArg->span);
if( !zAuthArg ){
goto attach_end;
}
rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, type, zAuthArg, 0, 0);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zAuthArg);
if(rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto attach_end;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
memset(&sName, 0, sizeof(NameContext));
sName.pParse = pParse;
if(
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pFilename)) ||
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pDbname)) ||
SQLITE_OK!=(rc = resolveAttachExpr(&sName, pKey))
){
pParse->nErr++;
goto attach_end;
}
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
regArgs = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, 4);
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pFilename, regArgs);
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pDbname, regArgs+1);
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pKey, regArgs+2);
assert( v || db->mallocFailed );
if( v ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Function, 0, regArgs+3-pFunc->nArg, regArgs+3);
assert( pFunc->nArg==-1 || (pFunc->nArg&0xff)==pFunc->nArg );
sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(v, (u8)(pFunc->nArg));
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (char *)pFunc, P4_FUNCDEF);
/* Code an OP_Expire. For an ATTACH statement, set P1 to true (expire this
** statement only). For DETACH, set it to false (expire all existing
** statements).
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Expire, (type==SQLITE_ATTACH));
}
attach_end:
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pFilename);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pDbname);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pKey);
}
/*
** Called by the parser to compile a DETACH statement.
**
** DETACH pDbname
*/
void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Expr *pDbname){
static FuncDef detach_func = {
1, /* nArg */
SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
0, /* flags */
0, /* pUserData */
0, /* pNext */
detachFunc, /* xFunc */
0, /* xStep */
0, /* xFinalize */
"sqlite_detach", /* zName */
0 /* pHash */
};
codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_DETACH, &detach_func, pDbname, 0, 0, pDbname);
}
/*
** Called by the parser to compile an ATTACH statement.
**
** ATTACH p AS pDbname KEY pKey
*/
void sqlite3Attach(Parse *pParse, Expr *p, Expr *pDbname, Expr *pKey){
static FuncDef attach_func = {
3, /* nArg */
SQLITE_UTF8, /* iPrefEnc */
0, /* flags */
0, /* pUserData */
0, /* pNext */
attachFunc, /* xFunc */
0, /* xStep */
0, /* xFinalize */
"sqlite_attach", /* zName */
0 /* pHash */
};
codeAttach(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, &attach_func, p, p, pDbname, pKey);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */
/*
** Initialize a DbFixer structure. This routine must be called prior
** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
**
** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required. TRUE
** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
*/
int sqlite3FixInit(
DbFixer *pFix, /* The fixer to be initialized */
Parse *pParse, /* Error messages will be written here */
int iDb, /* This is the database that must be used */
const char *zType, /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
const Token *pName /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
){
sqlite3 *db;
if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
db = pParse->db;
assert( db->nDb>iDb );
pFix->pParse = pParse;
pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
pFix->zType = zType;
pFix->pName = pName;
return 1;
}
/*
** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
** a specific database to all table references where the database name
** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement. The pFix structure
** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
**
** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
** allowed to refer to anything.) If a reference is explicitly made
** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero. If everything
** checks out, these routines return 0.
*/
int sqlite3FixSrcList(
DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
SrcList *pList /* The Source list to check and modify */
){
int i;
const char *zDb;
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
if( pList==0 ) return 0;
zDb = pFix->zDb;
for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
pItem->zDatabase = sqlite3DbStrDup(pFix->pParse->db, zDb);
}else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
"%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
return 1;
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
#endif
}
return 0;
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
int sqlite3FixSelect(
DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
Select *pSelect /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
){
while( pSelect ){
if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
return 1;
}
if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
return 1;
}
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
return 1;
}
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
return 1;
}
pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
}
return 0;
}
int sqlite3FixExpr(
DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
Expr *pExpr /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
){
while( pExpr ){
if( ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ) break;
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return 1;
}else{
if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->x.pList) ) return 1;
}
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
return 1;
}
pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
}
return 0;
}
int sqlite3FixExprList(
DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
ExprList *pList /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
){
int i;
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
if( pList==0 ) return 0;
for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
return 1;
}
}
return 0;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
DbFixer *pFix, /* Context of the fixation */
TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
){
while( pStep ){
if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
return 1;
}
if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
return 1;
}
if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
return 1;
}
pStep = pStep->pNext;
}
return 0;
}
#endif

234
auth.c
View file

@ -1,234 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2003 January 11
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
** API. This facility is an optional feature of the library. Embedded
** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
**
** $Id: auth.c,v 1.29 2007/09/18 15:55:07 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
** macro.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/*
** Set or clear the access authorization function.
**
** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
** various fields of the database. The first argument to the auth function
** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine. The second argument
** to the auth function is one of these constants:
**
** SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
** SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
** SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
** SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
** SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
** SQLITE_DELETE
** SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
** SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
** SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
** SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
** SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
** SQLITE_INSERT
** SQLITE_PRAGMA
** SQLITE_READ
** SQLITE_SELECT
** SQLITE_TRANSACTION
** SQLITE_UPDATE
**
** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
** the table and the column that are being accessed. The auth function
** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE. If
** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed. SQLITE_DENY
** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
** will return with an error. SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
**
** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook. The default
** setting of the auth function is NULL.
*/
int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
sqlite3 *db,
int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
void *pArg
){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
db->xAuth = xAuth;
db->pAuthArg = pArg;
sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
*/
static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
"authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
"or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression. The table referred to
** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.
** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
**
** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN
** instruction into a TK_NULL. If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
** then generate an error.
*/
void sqlite3AuthRead(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
Expr *pExpr, /* The expression to check authorization on */
Schema *pSchema, /* The schema of the expression */
SrcList *pTabList /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
int rc;
Table *pTab = 0; /* The table being read */
const char *zCol; /* Name of the column of the table */
int iSrc; /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
const char *zDBase; /* Name of database being accessed */
TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
int iDb; /* The index of the database the expression refers to */
if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pSchema);
if( iDb<0 ){
/* An attempt to read a column out of a subquery or other
** temporary table. */
return;
}
for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
}
if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
}else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
/* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
** of a trigger.
*/
assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
pTab = pStack->pTab;
}
if( pTab==0 ) return;
if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
}else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
}else{
zCol = "ROWID";
}
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
zDBase = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase,
pParse->zAuthContext);
if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
}else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
if( db->nDb>2 || iDb!=0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited",
zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
}else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
}
pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
}else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
}
}
/*
** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given. Return
** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY. If SQLITE_DENY
** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
** modified appropriately.
*/
int sqlite3AuthCheck(
Parse *pParse,
int code,
const char *zArg1,
const char *zArg2,
const char *zArg3
){
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
int rc;
/* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising
** or if the parser is being invoked from within sqlite3_declare_vtab.
*/
if( db->init.busy || IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
if( db->xAuth==0 ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
}else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
rc = SQLITE_DENY;
sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Push an authorization context. After this routine is called, the
** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
** popped. Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
*/
void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
Parse *pParse,
AuthContext *pContext,
const char *zContext
){
pContext->pParse = pParse;
if( pParse ){
pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
}
}
/*
** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
*/
void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
if( pContext->pParse ){
pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
pContext->pParse = 0;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */

611
backup.c
View file

@ -1,611 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2009 January 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_backup_XXX()
** API functions and the related features.
**
** $Id: backup.c,v 1.13 2009/03/16 13:19:36 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include "btreeInt.h"
/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
*/
#ifndef MIN
# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
/*
** Structure allocated for each backup operation.
*/
struct sqlite3_backup {
sqlite3* pDestDb; /* Destination database handle */
Btree *pDest; /* Destination b-tree file */
u32 iDestSchema; /* Original schema cookie in destination */
int bDestLocked; /* True once a write-transaction is open on pDest */
Pgno iNext; /* Page number of the next source page to copy */
sqlite3* pSrcDb; /* Source database handle */
Btree *pSrc; /* Source b-tree file */
int rc; /* Backup process error code */
/* These two variables are set by every call to backup_step(). They are
** read by calls to backup_remaining() and backup_pagecount().
*/
Pgno nRemaining; /* Number of pages left to copy */
Pgno nPagecount; /* Total number of pages to copy */
sqlite3_backup *pNext; /* Next backup associated with source pager */
};
/*
** THREAD SAFETY NOTES:
**
** Once it has been created using backup_init(), a single sqlite3_backup
** structure may be accessed via two groups of thread-safe entry points:
**
** * Via the sqlite3_backup_XXX() API function backup_step() and
** backup_finish(). Both these functions obtain the source database
** handle mutex and the mutex associated with the source BtShared
** structure, in that order.
**
** * Via the BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart() functions, which are
** invoked by the pager layer to report various state changes in
** the page cache associated with the source database. The mutex
** associated with the source database BtShared structure will always
** be held when either of these functions are invoked.
**
** The other sqlite3_backup_XXX() API functions, backup_remaining() and
** backup_pagecount() are not thread-safe functions. If they are called
** while some other thread is calling backup_step() or backup_finish(),
** the values returned may be invalid. There is no way for a call to
** BackupUpdate() or BackupRestart() to interfere with backup_remaining()
** or backup_pagecount().
**
** Depending on the SQLite configuration, the database handles and/or
** the Btree objects may have their own mutexes that require locking.
** Non-sharable Btrees (in-memory databases for example), do not have
** associated mutexes.
*/
/*
** Return a pointer corresponding to database zDb (i.e. "main", "temp")
** in connection handle pDb. If such a database cannot be found, return
** a NULL pointer and write an error message to pErrorDb.
**
** If the "temp" database is requested, it may need to be opened by this
** function. If an error occurs while doing so, return 0 and write an
** error message to pErrorDb.
*/
static Btree *findBtree(sqlite3 *pErrorDb, sqlite3 *pDb, const char *zDb){
int i = sqlite3FindDbName(pDb, zDb);
if( i==1 ){
Parse sParse;
memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
sParse.db = pDb;
if( sqlite3OpenTempDatabase(&sParse) ){
sqlite3ErrorClear(&sParse);
sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, sParse.rc, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
return 0;
}
assert( sParse.zErrMsg==0 );
}
if( i<0 ){
sqlite3Error(pErrorDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "unknown database %s", zDb);
return 0;
}
return pDb->aDb[i].pBt;
}
/*
** Create an sqlite3_backup process to copy the contents of zSrcDb from
** connection handle pSrcDb to zDestDb in pDestDb. If successful, return
** a pointer to the new sqlite3_backup object.
**
** If an error occurs, NULL is returned and an error code and error message
** stored in database handle pDestDb.
*/
sqlite3_backup *sqlite3_backup_init(
sqlite3* pDestDb, /* Database to write to */
const char *zDestDb, /* Name of database within pDestDb */
sqlite3* pSrcDb, /* Database connection to read from */
const char *zSrcDb /* Name of database within pSrcDb */
){
sqlite3_backup *p; /* Value to return */
/* Lock the source database handle. The destination database
** handle is not locked in this routine, but it is locked in
** sqlite3_backup_step(). The user is required to ensure that no
** other thread accesses the destination handle for the duration
** of the backup operation. Any attempt to use the destination
** database connection while a backup is in progress may cause
** a malfunction or a deadlock.
*/
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pSrcDb->mutex);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(pDestDb->mutex);
if( pSrcDb==pDestDb ){
sqlite3Error(
pDestDb, SQLITE_ERROR, "source and destination must be distinct"
);
p = 0;
}else {
/* Allocate space for a new sqlite3_backup object */
p = (sqlite3_backup *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
if( !p ){
sqlite3Error(pDestDb, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
}
}
/* If the allocation succeeded, populate the new object. */
if( p ){
memset(p, 0, sizeof(sqlite3_backup));
p->pSrc = findBtree(pDestDb, pSrcDb, zSrcDb);
p->pDest = findBtree(pDestDb, pDestDb, zDestDb);
p->pDestDb = pDestDb;
p->pSrcDb = pSrcDb;
p->iNext = 1;
if( 0==p->pSrc || 0==p->pDest ){
/* One (or both) of the named databases did not exist. An error has
** already been written into the pDestDb handle. All that is left
** to do here is free the sqlite3_backup structure.
*/
sqlite3_free(p);
p = 0;
}
}
/* If everything has gone as planned, attach the backup object to the
** source pager. The source pager calls BackupUpdate() and BackupRestart()
** to notify this module if the source file is modified mid-backup.
*/
if( p ){
sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Pointer to head of pagers backup list */
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
p->pNext = *pp;
*pp = p;
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
p->pSrc->nBackup++;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pDestDb->mutex);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(pSrcDb->mutex);
return p;
}
/*
** Argument rc is an SQLite error code. Return true if this error is
** considered fatal if encountered during a backup operation. All errors
** are considered fatal except for SQLITE_BUSY and SQLITE_LOCKED.
*/
static int isFatalError(int rc){
return (rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED);
}
/*
** Parameter zSrcData points to a buffer containing the data for
** page iSrcPg from the source database. Copy this data into the
** destination database.
*/
static int backupOnePage(sqlite3_backup *p, Pgno iSrcPg, const u8 *zSrcData){
Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest);
const int nSrcPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
int nDestPgsz = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
i64 iOff;
assert( p->bDestLocked );
assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
assert( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) );
assert( zSrcData );
/* Catch the case where the destination is an in-memory database and the
** page sizes of the source and destination differ.
*/
if( nSrcPgsz!=nDestPgsz && sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest)) ){
rc = SQLITE_READONLY;
}
/* This loop runs once for each destination page spanned by the source
** page. For each iteration, variable iOff is set to the byte offset
** of the destination page.
*/
for(iOff=iEnd-(i64)nSrcPgsz; rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd; iOff+=nDestPgsz){
DbPage *pDestPg = 0;
Pgno iDest = (Pgno)(iOff/nDestPgsz)+1;
if( iDest==PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ) continue;
if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pDestPager, iDest, &pDestPg))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerWrite(pDestPg))
){
const u8 *zIn = &zSrcData[iOff%nSrcPgsz];
u8 *zDestData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pDestPg);
u8 *zOut = &zDestData[iOff%nDestPgsz];
/* Copy the data from the source page into the destination page.
** Then clear the Btree layer MemPage.isInit flag. Both this module
** and the pager code use this trick (clearing the first byte
** of the page 'extra' space to invalidate the Btree layers
** cached parse of the page). MemPage.isInit is marked
** "MUST BE FIRST" for this purpose.
*/
memcpy(zOut, zIn, nCopy);
((u8 *)sqlite3PagerGetExtra(pDestPg))[0] = 0;
}
sqlite3PagerUnref(pDestPg);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** If pFile is currently larger than iSize bytes, then truncate it to
** exactly iSize bytes. If pFile is not larger than iSize bytes, then
** this function is a no-op.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if everything is successful, or an SQLite error
** code if an error occurs.
*/
static int backupTruncateFile(sqlite3_file *pFile, i64 iSize){
i64 iCurrent;
int rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(pFile, &iCurrent);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && iCurrent>iSize ){
rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(pFile, iSize);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Copy nPage pages from the source b-tree to the destination.
*/
int sqlite3_backup_step(sqlite3_backup *p, int nPage){
int rc;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
if( p->pDestDb ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
rc = p->rc;
if( !isFatalError(rc) ){
Pager * const pSrcPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc); /* Source pager */
Pager * const pDestPager = sqlite3BtreePager(p->pDest); /* Dest pager */
int ii; /* Iterator variable */
int nSrcPage = -1; /* Size of source db in pages */
int bCloseTrans = 0; /* True if src db requires unlocking */
/* If the source pager is currently in a write-transaction, return
** SQLITE_BUSY immediately.
*/
if( p->pDestDb && p->pSrc->pBt->inTransaction==TRANS_WRITE ){
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}else{
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Lock the destination database, if it is not locked already. */
if( SQLITE_OK==rc && p->bDestLocked==0
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pDest, 2))
){
p->bDestLocked = 1;
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(p->pDest, 1, &p->iDestSchema);
}
/* If there is no open read-transaction on the source database, open
** one now. If a transaction is opened here, then it will be closed
** before this function exits.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && 0==sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(p->pSrc) ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(p->pSrc, 0);
bCloseTrans = 1;
}
/* Now that there is a read-lock on the source database, query the
** source pager for the number of pages in the database.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3PagerPagecount(pSrcPager, &nSrcPage);
}
for(ii=0; (nPage<0 || ii<nPage) && p->iNext<=(Pgno)nSrcPage && !rc; ii++){
const Pgno iSrcPg = p->iNext; /* Source page number */
if( iSrcPg!=PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pSrc->pBt) ){
DbPage *pSrcPg; /* Source page object */
rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = backupOnePage(p, iSrcPg, sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg));
sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
}
}
p->iNext++;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->nPagecount = nSrcPage;
p->nRemaining = nSrcPage+1-p->iNext;
if( p->iNext>(Pgno)nSrcPage ){
rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}
}
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
const int nSrcPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pSrc);
const int nDestPagesize = sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(p->pDest);
int nDestTruncate;
/* Update the schema version field in the destination database. This
** is to make sure that the schema-version really does change in
** the case where the source and destination databases have the
** same schema version.
*/
sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(p->pDest, 1, p->iDestSchema+1);
if( p->pDestDb ){
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(p->pDestDb, 0);
}
/* Set nDestTruncate to the final number of pages in the destination
** database. The complication here is that the destination page
** size may be different to the source page size.
**
** If the source page size is smaller than the destination page size,
** round up. In this case the call to sqlite3OsTruncate() below will
** fix the size of the file. However it is important to call
** sqlite3PagerTruncateImage() here so that any pages in the
** destination file that lie beyond the nDestTruncate page mark are
** journalled by PagerCommitPhaseOne() before they are destroyed
** by the file truncation.
*/
if( nSrcPagesize<nDestPagesize ){
int ratio = nDestPagesize/nSrcPagesize;
nDestTruncate = (nSrcPage+ratio-1)/ratio;
if( nDestTruncate==(int)PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt) ){
nDestTruncate--;
}
}else{
nDestTruncate = nSrcPage * (nSrcPagesize/nDestPagesize);
}
sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(pDestPager, nDestTruncate);
if( nSrcPagesize<nDestPagesize ){
/* If the source page-size is smaller than the destination page-size,
** two extra things may need to happen:
**
** * The destination may need to be truncated, and
**
** * Data stored on the pages immediately following the
** pending-byte page in the source database may need to be
** copied into the destination database.
*/
const i64 iSize = (i64)nSrcPagesize * (i64)nSrcPage;
sqlite3_file * const pFile = sqlite3PagerFile(pDestPager);
assert( pFile );
assert( (i64)nDestTruncate*(i64)nDestPagesize >= iSize || (
nDestTruncate==(int)(PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(p->pDest->pBt)-1)
&& iSize>=PENDING_BYTE && iSize<=PENDING_BYTE+nDestPagesize
));
if( SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 1))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = backupTruncateFile(pFile, iSize))
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3PagerSync(pDestPager))
){
i64 iOff;
i64 iEnd = MIN(PENDING_BYTE + nDestPagesize, iSize);
for(
iOff=PENDING_BYTE+nSrcPagesize;
rc==SQLITE_OK && iOff<iEnd;
iOff+=nSrcPagesize
){
PgHdr *pSrcPg = 0;
const Pgno iSrcPg = (Pgno)((iOff/nSrcPagesize)+1);
rc = sqlite3PagerGet(pSrcPager, iSrcPg, &pSrcPg);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
u8 *zData = sqlite3PagerGetData(pSrcPg);
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(pFile, zData, nSrcPagesize, iOff);
}
sqlite3PagerUnref(pSrcPg);
}
}
}else{
rc = sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(pDestPager, 0, 0);
}
/* Finish committing the transaction to the destination database. */
if( SQLITE_OK==rc
&& SQLITE_OK==(rc = sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pDest))
){
rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}
}
/* If bCloseTrans is true, then this function opened a read transaction
** on the source database. Close the read transaction here. There is
** no need to check the return values of the btree methods here, as
** "committing" a read-only transaction cannot fail.
*/
if( bCloseTrans ){
TESTONLY( int rc2 );
TESTONLY( rc2 = ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(p->pSrc, 0);
TESTONLY( rc2 |= ) sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(p->pSrc);
assert( rc2==SQLITE_OK );
}
p->rc = rc;
}
if( p->pDestDb ){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Release all resources associated with an sqlite3_backup* handle.
*/
int sqlite3_backup_finish(sqlite3_backup *p){
sqlite3_backup **pp; /* Ptr to head of pagers backup list */
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to protect source database */
int rc; /* Value to return */
/* Enter the mutexes */
sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pSrcDb->mutex);
sqlite3BtreeEnter(p->pSrc);
mutex = p->pSrcDb->mutex;
if( p->pDestDb ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
/* Detach this backup from the source pager. */
if( p->pDestDb ){
pp = sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(sqlite3BtreePager(p->pSrc));
while( *pp!=p ){
pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
}
*pp = p->pNext;
p->pSrc->nBackup--;
}
/* If a transaction is still open on the Btree, roll it back. */
sqlite3BtreeRollback(p->pDest);
/* Set the error code of the destination database handle. */
rc = (p->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ? SQLITE_OK : p->rc;
sqlite3Error(p->pDestDb, rc, 0);
/* Exit the mutexes and free the backup context structure. */
if( p->pDestDb ){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pDestDb->mutex);
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(p->pSrc);
if( p->pDestDb ){
sqlite3_free(p);
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Return the number of pages still to be backed up as of the most recent
** call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
int sqlite3_backup_remaining(sqlite3_backup *p){
return p->nRemaining;
}
/*
** Return the total number of pages in the source database as of the most
** recent call to sqlite3_backup_step().
*/
int sqlite3_backup_pagecount(sqlite3_backup *p){
return p->nPagecount;
}
/*
** This function is called after the contents of page iPage of the
** source database have been modified. If page iPage has already been
** copied into the destination database, then the data written to the
** destination is now invalidated. The destination copy of iPage needs
** to be updated with the new data before the backup operation is
** complete.
**
** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
** called.
*/
void sqlite3BackupUpdate(sqlite3_backup *pBackup, Pgno iPage, const u8 *aData){
sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
if( !isFatalError(p->rc) && iPage<p->iNext ){
/* The backup process p has already copied page iPage. But now it
** has been modified by a transaction on the source pager. Copy
** the new data into the backup.
*/
int rc = backupOnePage(p, iPage, aData);
assert( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY && rc!=SQLITE_LOCKED );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
p->rc = rc;
}
}
}
}
/*
** Restart the backup process. This is called when the pager layer
** detects that the database has been modified by an external database
** connection. In this case there is no way of knowing which of the
** pages that have been copied into the destination database are still
** valid and which are not, so the entire process needs to be restarted.
**
** It is assumed that the mutex associated with the BtShared object
** corresponding to the source database is held when this function is
** called.
*/
void sqlite3BackupRestart(sqlite3_backup *pBackup){
sqlite3_backup *p; /* Iterator variable */
for(p=pBackup; p; p=p->pNext){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pSrc->pBt->mutex) );
p->iNext = 1;
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM
/*
** Copy the complete content of pBtFrom into pBtTo. A transaction
** must be active for both files.
**
** The size of file pTo may be reduced by this operation. If anything
** goes wrong, the transaction on pTo is rolled back. If successful, the
** transaction is committed before returning.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *pTo, Btree *pFrom){
int rc;
sqlite3_backup b;
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pTo);
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pFrom);
/* Set up an sqlite3_backup object. sqlite3_backup.pDestDb must be set
** to 0. This is used by the implementations of sqlite3_backup_step()
** and sqlite3_backup_finish() to detect that they are being called
** from this function, not directly by the user.
*/
memset(&b, 0, sizeof(b));
b.pSrcDb = pFrom->db;
b.pSrc = pFrom;
b.pDest = pTo;
b.iNext = 1;
/* 0x7FFFFFFF is the hard limit for the number of pages in a database
** file. By passing this as the number of pages to copy to
** sqlite3_backup_step(), we can guarantee that the copy finishes
** within a single call (unless an error occurs). The assert() statement
** checks this assumption - (p->rc) should be set to either SQLITE_DONE
** or an error code.
*/
sqlite3_backup_step(&b, 0x7FFFFFFF);
assert( b.rc!=SQLITE_OK );
rc = sqlite3_backup_finish(&b);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pTo->pBt->pageSizeFixed = 0;
}
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pFrom);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pTo);
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM */

396
bitvec.c
View file

@ -1,396 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 February 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements an object that represents a fixed-length
** bitmap. Bits are numbered starting with 1.
**
** A bitmap is used to record which pages of a database file have been
** journalled during a transaction, or which pages have the "dont-write"
** property. Usually only a few pages are meet either condition.
** So the bitmap is usually sparse and has low cardinality.
** But sometimes (for example when during a DROP of a large table) most
** or all of the pages in a database can get journalled. In those cases,
** the bitmap becomes dense with high cardinality. The algorithm needs
** to handle both cases well.
**
** The size of the bitmap is fixed when the object is created.
**
** All bits are clear when the bitmap is created. Individual bits
** may be set or cleared one at a time.
**
** Test operations are about 100 times more common that set operations.
** Clear operations are exceedingly rare. There are usually between
** 5 and 500 set operations per Bitvec object, though the number of sets can
** sometimes grow into tens of thousands or larger. The size of the
** Bitvec object is the number of pages in the database file at the
** start of a transaction, and is thus usually less than a few thousand,
** but can be as large as 2 billion for a really big database.
**
** @(#) $Id: bitvec.c,v 1.14 2009/04/01 23:49:04 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/* Size of the Bitvec structure in bytes. */
#define BITVEC_SZ 512
/* Round the union size down to the nearest pointer boundary, since that's how
** it will be aligned within the Bitvec struct. */
#define BITVEC_USIZE (((BITVEC_SZ-(3*sizeof(u32)))/sizeof(Bitvec*))*sizeof(Bitvec*))
/* Type of the array "element" for the bitmap representation.
** Should be a power of 2, and ideally, evenly divide into BITVEC_USIZE.
** Setting this to the "natural word" size of your CPU may improve
** performance. */
#define BITVEC_TELEM u8
/* Size, in bits, of the bitmap element. */
#define BITVEC_SZELEM 8
/* Number of elements in a bitmap array. */
#define BITVEC_NELEM (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(BITVEC_TELEM))
/* Number of bits in the bitmap array. */
#define BITVEC_NBIT (BITVEC_NELEM*BITVEC_SZELEM)
/* Number of u32 values in hash table. */
#define BITVEC_NINT (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(u32))
/* Maximum number of entries in hash table before
** sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
#define BITVEC_MXHASH (BITVEC_NINT/2)
/* Hashing function for the aHash representation.
** Empirical testing showed that the *37 multiplier
** (an arbitrary prime)in the hash function provided
** no fewer collisions than the no-op *1. */
#define BITVEC_HASH(X) (((X)*1)%BITVEC_NINT)
#define BITVEC_NPTR (BITVEC_USIZE/sizeof(Bitvec *))
/*
** A bitmap is an instance of the following structure.
**
** This bitmap records the existance of zero or more bits
** with values between 1 and iSize, inclusive.
**
** There are three possible representations of the bitmap.
** If iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT, then Bitvec.u.aBitmap[] is a straight
** bitmap. The least significant bit is bit 1.
**
** If iSize>BITVEC_NBIT and iDivisor==0 then Bitvec.u.aHash[] is
** a hash table that will hold up to BITVEC_MXHASH distinct values.
**
** Otherwise, the value i is redirected into one of BITVEC_NPTR
** sub-bitmaps pointed to by Bitvec.u.apSub[]. Each subbitmap
** handles up to iDivisor separate values of i. apSub[0] holds
** values between 1 and iDivisor. apSub[1] holds values between
** iDivisor+1 and 2*iDivisor. apSub[N] holds values between
** N*iDivisor+1 and (N+1)*iDivisor. Each subbitmap is normalized
** to hold deal with values between 1 and iDivisor.
*/
struct Bitvec {
u32 iSize; /* Maximum bit index. Max iSize is 4,294,967,296. */
u32 nSet; /* Number of bits that are set - only valid for aHash
** element. Max is BITVEC_NINT. For BITVEC_SZ of 512,
** this would be 125. */
u32 iDivisor; /* Number of bits handled by each apSub[] entry. */
/* Should >=0 for apSub element. */
/* Max iDivisor is max(u32) / BITVEC_NPTR + 1. */
/* For a BITVEC_SZ of 512, this would be 34,359,739. */
union {
BITVEC_TELEM aBitmap[BITVEC_NELEM]; /* Bitmap representation */
u32 aHash[BITVEC_NINT]; /* Hash table representation */
Bitvec *apSub[BITVEC_NPTR]; /* Recursive representation */
} u;
};
/*
** Create a new bitmap object able to handle bits between 0 and iSize,
** inclusive. Return a pointer to the new object. Return NULL if
** malloc fails.
*/
Bitvec *sqlite3BitvecCreate(u32 iSize){
Bitvec *p;
assert( sizeof(*p)==BITVEC_SZ );
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
p->iSize = iSize;
}
return p;
}
/*
** Check to see if the i-th bit is set. Return true or false.
** If p is NULL (if the bitmap has not been created) or if
** i is out of range, then return false.
*/
int sqlite3BitvecTest(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
if( p==0 ) return 0;
if( i>p->iSize || i==0 ) return 0;
i--;
while( p->iDivisor ){
u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
i = i%p->iDivisor;
p = p->u.apSub[bin];
if (!p) {
return 0;
}
}
if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
return (p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] & (1<<(i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1))))!=0;
} else{
u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return 1;
h++;
if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
}
return 0;
}
}
/*
** Set the i-th bit. Return 0 on success and an error code if
** anything goes wrong.
**
** This routine might cause sub-bitmaps to be allocated. Failing
** to get the memory needed to hold the sub-bitmap is the only
** that can go wrong with an insert, assuming p and i are valid.
**
** The calling function must ensure that p is a valid Bitvec object
** and that the value for "i" is within range of the Bitvec object.
** Otherwise the behavior is undefined.
*/
int sqlite3BitvecSet(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
u32 h;
assert( p!=0 );
assert( i>0 );
assert( i<=p->iSize );
i--;
while((p->iSize > BITVEC_NBIT) && p->iDivisor) {
u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
i = i%p->iDivisor;
if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ){
p->u.apSub[bin] = sqlite3BitvecCreate( p->iDivisor );
if( p->u.apSub[bin]==0 ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
p = p->u.apSub[bin];
}
if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] |= 1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
h = BITVEC_HASH(i++);
/* if there wasn't a hash collision, and this doesn't */
/* completely fill the hash, then just add it without */
/* worring about sub-dividing and re-hashing. */
if( !p->u.aHash[h] ){
if (p->nSet<(BITVEC_NINT-1)) {
goto bitvec_set_end;
} else {
goto bitvec_set_rehash;
}
}
/* there was a collision, check to see if it's already */
/* in hash, if not, try to find a spot for it */
do {
if( p->u.aHash[h]==i ) return SQLITE_OK;
h++;
if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
} while( p->u.aHash[h] );
/* we didn't find it in the hash. h points to the first */
/* available free spot. check to see if this is going to */
/* make our hash too "full". */
bitvec_set_rehash:
if( p->nSet>=BITVEC_MXHASH ){
unsigned int j;
int rc;
u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
memset(p->u.apSub, 0, sizeof(aiValues));
p->iDivisor = (p->iSize + BITVEC_NPTR - 1)/BITVEC_NPTR;
rc = sqlite3BitvecSet(p, i);
for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
if( aiValues[j] ) rc |= sqlite3BitvecSet(p, aiValues[j]);
}
return rc;
}
bitvec_set_end:
p->nSet++;
p->u.aHash[h] = i;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Clear the i-th bit.
*/
void sqlite3BitvecClear(Bitvec *p, u32 i){
assert( p!=0 );
assert( i>0 );
i--;
while( p->iDivisor ){
u32 bin = i/p->iDivisor;
i = i%p->iDivisor;
p = p->u.apSub[bin];
if (!p) {
return;
}
}
if( p->iSize<=BITVEC_NBIT ){
p->u.aBitmap[i/BITVEC_SZELEM] &= ~(1 << (i&(BITVEC_SZELEM-1)));
}else{
unsigned int j;
u32 aiValues[BITVEC_NINT];
memcpy(aiValues, p->u.aHash, sizeof(aiValues));
memset(p->u.aHash, 0, sizeof(aiValues));
p->nSet = 0;
for(j=0; j<BITVEC_NINT; j++){
if( aiValues[j] && aiValues[j]!=(i+1) ){
u32 h = BITVEC_HASH(aiValues[j]-1);
p->nSet++;
while( p->u.aHash[h] ){
h++;
if( h>=BITVEC_NINT ) h = 0;
}
p->u.aHash[h] = aiValues[j];
}
}
}
}
/*
** Destroy a bitmap object. Reclaim all memory used.
*/
void sqlite3BitvecDestroy(Bitvec *p){
if( p==0 ) return;
if( p->iDivisor ){
unsigned int i;
for(i=0; i<BITVEC_NPTR; i++){
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(p->u.apSub[i]);
}
}
sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
** Return the value of the iSize parameter specified when Bitvec *p
** was created.
*/
u32 sqlite3BitvecSize(Bitvec *p){
return p->iSize;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
** Let V[] be an array of unsigned characters sufficient to hold
** up to N bits. Let I be an integer between 0 and N. 0<=I<N.
** Then the following macros can be used to set, clear, or test
** individual bits within V.
*/
#define SETBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] |= (1<<(I&7))
#define CLEARBIT(V,I) V[I>>3] &= ~(1<<(I&7))
#define TESTBIT(V,I) (V[I>>3]&(1<<(I&7)))!=0
/*
** This routine runs an extensive test of the Bitvec code.
**
** The input is an array of integers that acts as a program
** to test the Bitvec. The integers are opcodes followed
** by 0, 1, or 3 operands, depending on the opcode. Another
** opcode follows immediately after the last operand.
**
** There are 6 opcodes numbered from 0 through 5. 0 is the
** "halt" opcode and causes the test to end.
**
** 0 Halt and return the number of errors
** 1 N S X Set N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
** 2 N S X Clear N bits beginning with S and incrementing by X
** 3 N Set N randomly chosen bits
** 4 N Clear N randomly chosen bits
** 5 N S X Set N bits from S increment X in array only, not in bitvec
**
** The opcodes 1 through 4 perform set and clear operations are performed
** on both a Bitvec object and on a linear array of bits obtained from malloc.
** Opcode 5 works on the linear array only, not on the Bitvec.
** Opcode 5 is used to deliberately induce a fault in order to
** confirm that error detection works.
**
** At the conclusion of the test the linear array is compared
** against the Bitvec object. If there are any differences,
** an error is returned. If they are the same, zero is returned.
**
** If a memory allocation error occurs, return -1.
*/
int sqlite3BitvecBuiltinTest(int sz, int *aOp){
Bitvec *pBitvec = 0;
unsigned char *pV = 0;
int rc = -1;
int i, nx, pc, op;
/* Allocate the Bitvec to be tested and a linear array of
** bits to act as the reference */
pBitvec = sqlite3BitvecCreate( sz );
pV = sqlite3_malloc( (sz+7)/8 + 1 );
if( pBitvec==0 || pV==0 ) goto bitvec_end;
memset(pV, 0, (sz+7)/8 + 1);
/* Run the program */
pc = 0;
while( (op = aOp[pc])!=0 ){
switch( op ){
case 1:
case 2:
case 5: {
nx = 4;
i = aOp[pc+2] - 1;
aOp[pc+2] += aOp[pc+3];
break;
}
case 3:
case 4:
default: {
nx = 2;
sqlite3_randomness(sizeof(i), &i);
break;
}
}
if( (--aOp[pc+1]) > 0 ) nx = 0;
pc += nx;
i = (i & 0x7fffffff)%sz;
if( (op & 1)!=0 ){
SETBIT(pV, (i+1));
if( op!=5 ){
if( sqlite3BitvecSet(pBitvec, i+1) ) goto bitvec_end;
}
}else{
CLEARBIT(pV, (i+1));
sqlite3BitvecClear(pBitvec, i+1);
}
}
/* Test to make sure the linear array exactly matches the
** Bitvec object. Start with the assumption that they do
** match (rc==0). Change rc to non-zero if a discrepancy
** is found.
*/
rc = sqlite3BitvecTest(0,0) + sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, sz+1)
+ sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec, 0)
+ (sqlite3BitvecSize(pBitvec) - sz);
for(i=1; i<=sz; i++){
if( (TESTBIT(pV,i))!=sqlite3BitvecTest(pBitvec,i) ){
rc = i;
break;
}
}
/* Free allocated structure */
bitvec_end:
sqlite3_free(pV);
sqlite3BitvecDestroy(pBitvec);
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */

354
btmutex.c
View file

@ -1,354 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 27
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** $Id: btmutex.c,v 1.15 2009/04/10 12:55:17 danielk1977 Exp $
**
** This file contains code used to implement mutexes on Btree objects.
** This code really belongs in btree.c. But btree.c is getting too
** big and we want to break it down some. This packaged seemed like
** a good breakout.
*/
#include "btreeInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
/*
** Obtain the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p. Also,
** set BtShared.db to the database handle associated with p and the
** p->locked boolean to true.
*/
static void lockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
assert( p->locked==0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_notheld(p->pBt->mutex) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
sqlite3_mutex_enter(p->pBt->mutex);
p->pBt->db = p->db;
p->locked = 1;
}
/*
** Release the BtShared mutex associated with B-Tree handle p and
** clear the p->locked boolean.
*/
static void unlockBtreeMutex(Btree *p){
assert( p->locked==1 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
assert( p->db==p->pBt->db );
sqlite3_mutex_leave(p->pBt->mutex);
p->locked = 0;
}
/*
** Enter a mutex on the given BTree object.
**
** If the object is not sharable, then no mutex is ever required
** and this routine is a no-op. The underlying mutex is non-recursive.
** But we keep a reference count in Btree.wantToLock so the behavior
** of this interface is recursive.
**
** To avoid deadlocks, multiple Btrees are locked in the same order
** by all database connections. The p->pNext is a list of other
** Btrees belonging to the same database connection as the p Btree
** which need to be locked after p. If we cannot get a lock on
** p, then first unlock all of the others on p->pNext, then wait
** for the lock to become available on p, then relock all of the
** subsequent Btrees that desire a lock.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
Btree *pLater;
/* Some basic sanity checking on the Btree. The list of Btrees
** connected by pNext and pPrev should be in sorted order by
** Btree.pBt value. All elements of the list should belong to
** the same connection. Only shared Btrees are on the list. */
assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->pBt>p->pBt );
assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->pBt<p->pBt );
assert( p->pNext==0 || p->pNext->db==p->db );
assert( p->pPrev==0 || p->pPrev->db==p->db );
assert( p->sharable || (p->pNext==0 && p->pPrev==0) );
/* Check for locking consistency */
assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
assert( p->sharable || p->wantToLock==0 );
/* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
/* Unless the database is sharable and unlocked, then BtShared.db
** should already be set correctly. */
assert( (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
if( !p->sharable ) return;
p->wantToLock++;
if( p->locked ) return;
/* In most cases, we should be able to acquire the lock we
** want without having to go throught the ascending lock
** procedure that follows. Just be sure not to block.
*/
if( sqlite3_mutex_try(p->pBt->mutex)==SQLITE_OK ){
p->pBt->db = p->db;
p->locked = 1;
return;
}
/* To avoid deadlock, first release all locks with a larger
** BtShared address. Then acquire our lock. Then reacquire
** the other BtShared locks that we used to hold in ascending
** order.
*/
for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
assert( pLater->sharable );
assert( pLater->pNext==0 || pLater->pNext->pBt>pLater->pBt );
assert( !pLater->locked || pLater->wantToLock>0 );
if( pLater->locked ){
unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
}
}
lockBtreeMutex(p);
for(pLater=p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
if( pLater->wantToLock ){
lockBtreeMutex(pLater);
}
}
}
/*
** Exit the recursive mutex on a Btree.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree *p){
if( p->sharable ){
assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
p->wantToLock--;
if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
unlockBtreeMutex(p);
}
}
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return true if the BtShared mutex is held on the btree, or if the
** B-Tree is not marked as sharable.
**
** This routine is used only from within assert() statements.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree *p){
assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->wantToLock>0 );
assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || p->db==p->pBt->db );
assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
assert( p->sharable==0 || p->locked==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
return (p->sharable==0 || p->locked);
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Enter and leave a mutex on a Btree given a cursor owned by that
** Btree. These entry points are used by incremental I/O and can be
** omitted if that module is not used.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pCur->pBtree);
}
void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor *pCur){
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pCur->pBtree);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */
/*
** Enter the mutex on every Btree associated with a database
** connection. This is needed (for example) prior to parsing
** a statement since we will be comparing table and column names
** against all schemas and we do not want those schemas being
** reset out from under us.
**
** There is a corresponding leave-all procedures.
**
** Enter the mutexes in accending order by BtShared pointer address
** to avoid the possibility of deadlock when two threads with
** two or more btrees in common both try to lock all their btrees
** at the same instant.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
Btree *p, *pLater;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
assert( !p || (p->locked==0 && p->sharable) || p->pBt->db==p->db );
if( p && p->sharable ){
p->wantToLock++;
if( !p->locked ){
assert( p->wantToLock==1 );
while( p->pPrev ) p = p->pPrev;
while( p->locked && p->pNext ) p = p->pNext;
for(pLater = p->pNext; pLater; pLater=pLater->pNext){
if( pLater->locked ){
unlockBtreeMutex(pLater);
}
}
while( p ){
lockBtreeMutex(p);
p = p->pNext;
}
}
}
}
}
void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
Btree *p;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( p && p->sharable ){
assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
p->wantToLock--;
if( p->wantToLock==0 ){
unlockBtreeMutex(p);
}
}
}
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** Return true if the current thread holds the database connection
** mutex and all required BtShared mutexes.
**
** This routine is used inside assert() statements only.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
if( !sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) ){
return 0;
}
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *p;
p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( p && p->sharable &&
(p->wantToLock==0 || !sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex)) ){
return 0;
}
}
return 1;
}
#endif /* NDEBUG */
/*
** Add a new Btree pointer to a BtreeMutexArray.
** if the pointer can possibly be shared with
** another database connection.
**
** The pointers are kept in sorted order by pBtree->pBt. That
** way when we go to enter all the mutexes, we can enter them
** in order without every having to backup and retry and without
** worrying about deadlock.
**
** The number of shared btrees will always be small (usually 0 or 1)
** so an insertion sort is an adequate algorithm here.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray *pArray, Btree *pBtree){
int i, j;
BtShared *pBt;
if( pBtree==0 || pBtree->sharable==0 ) return;
#ifndef NDEBUG
{
for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
}
}
#endif
assert( pArray->nMutex>=0 );
assert( pArray->nMutex<ArraySize(pArray->aBtree)-1 );
pBt = pBtree->pBt;
for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
assert( pArray->aBtree[i]!=pBtree );
if( pArray->aBtree[i]->pBt>pBt ){
for(j=pArray->nMutex; j>i; j--){
pArray->aBtree[j] = pArray->aBtree[j-1];
}
pArray->aBtree[i] = pBtree;
pArray->nMutex++;
return;
}
}
pArray->aBtree[pArray->nMutex++] = pBtree;
}
/*
** Enter the mutex of every btree in the array. This routine is
** called at the beginning of sqlite3VdbeExec(). The mutexes are
** exited at the end of the same function.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
/* Some basic sanity checking */
assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
assert( !p->locked || p->wantToLock>0 );
/* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
p->wantToLock++;
if( !p->locked && p->sharable ){
lockBtreeMutex(p);
}
}
}
/*
** Leave the mutex of every btree in the group.
*/
void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray *pArray){
int i;
for(i=0; i<pArray->nMutex; i++){
Btree *p = pArray->aBtree[i];
/* Some basic sanity checking */
assert( i==0 || pArray->aBtree[i-1]->pBt<p->pBt );
assert( p->locked || !p->sharable );
assert( p->wantToLock>0 );
/* We should already hold a lock on the database connection */
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->db->mutex) );
p->wantToLock--;
if( p->wantToLock==0 && p->locked ){
unlockBtreeMutex(p);
}
}
}
#else
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree *p){
p->pBt->db = p->db;
}
void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
Btree *p = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( p ){
p->pBt->db = p->db;
}
}
}
#endif /* if SQLITE_THREADSAFE */
#endif /* ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE */

7568
btree.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

225
btree.h
View file

@ -1,225 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
** subsystem. See comments in the source code for a detailed description
** of what each interface routine does.
**
** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.113 2009/04/10 12:55:17 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _BTREE_H_
#define _BTREE_H_
/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
** needs to be revisited.
*/
#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
/*
** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
#define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
#endif
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_NONE 0 /* Do not do auto-vacuum */
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_FULL 1 /* Do full auto-vacuum */
#define BTREE_AUTOVACUUM_INCR 2 /* Incremental vacuum */
/*
** Forward declarations of structure
*/
typedef struct Btree Btree;
typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
typedef struct BtShared BtShared;
typedef struct BtreeMutexArray BtreeMutexArray;
/*
** This structure records all of the Btrees that need to hold
** a mutex before we enter sqlite3VdbeExec(). The Btrees are
** are placed in aBtree[] in order of aBtree[]->pBt. That way,
** we can always lock and unlock them all quickly.
*/
struct BtreeMutexArray {
int nMutex;
Btree *aBtree[SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED+1];
};
int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
const char *zFilename, /* Name of database file to open */
sqlite3 *db, /* Associated database connection */
Btree **, /* Return open Btree* here */
int flags, /* Flags */
int vfsFlags /* Flags passed through to VFS open */
);
/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
** following values.
**
** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
** pager.h.
*/
#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL 1 /* Do not use journal. No argument */
#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK 2 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
#define BTREE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory DB. No argument */
#define BTREE_READONLY 8 /* Open the database in read-only mode */
#define BTREE_READWRITE 16 /* Open for both reading and writing */
#define BTREE_CREATE 32 /* Create the database if it does not exist */
int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int,int);
int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int,int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*,int);
int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInReadTrans(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeIsInBackup(Btree*);
void *sqlite3BtreeSchema(Btree *, int, void(*)(void *));
int sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeLockTable(Btree *, int, u8);
int sqlite3BtreeSavepoint(Btree *, int, int);
const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
int sqlite3BtreeIncrVacuum(Btree *);
/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
** of the following flags:
*/
#define BTREE_INTKEY 1 /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
#define BTREE_ZERODATA 2 /* Table has keys only - no data */
#define BTREE_LEAFDATA 4 /* Data stored in leaves only. Implies INTKEY */
int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
void sqlite3BtreeTripAllCursors(Btree*, int);
int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
Btree*, /* BTree containing table to open */
int iTable, /* Index of root page */
int wrFlag, /* 1 for writing. 0 for read-only */
struct KeyInfo*, /* First argument to compare function */
BtCursor *pCursor /* Space to write cursor structure */
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorSize(void);
int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(
BtCursor*,
const void *pKey,
i64 nKey,
int bias,
int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeMovetoUnpacked(
BtCursor*,
UnpackedRecord *pUnKey,
i64 intKey,
int bias,
int *pRes
);
int sqlite3BtreeCursorHasMoved(BtCursor*, int*);
int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
const void *pData, int nData,
int nZero, int bias);
int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
sqlite3 *sqlite3BtreeCursorDb(const BtCursor*);
const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
void sqlite3BtreeSetCachedRowid(BtCursor*, sqlite3_int64);
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3BtreeGetCachedRowid(BtCursor*);
char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot, int, int*);
struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreePutData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
void sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(BtCursor *);
void sqlite3BtreeClearCursor(BtCursor *);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BTREECOUNT
int sqlite3BtreeCount(BtCursor *, i64 *);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
#endif
/*
** If we are not using shared cache, then there is no need to
** use mutexes to access the BtShared structures. So make the
** Enter and Leave procedures no-ops.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
void sqlite3BtreeEnter(Btree*);
void sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(sqlite3*);
#else
# define sqlite3BtreeEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(X)
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE) && SQLITE_THREADSAFE
void sqlite3BtreeLeave(Btree*);
void sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(BtCursor*);
void sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(BtCursor*);
void sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(sqlite3*);
void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(BtreeMutexArray*);
void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(BtreeMutexArray*);
void sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(BtreeMutexArray*, Btree*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
/* These routines are used inside assert() statements only. */
int sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(Btree*);
int sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(sqlite3*);
#endif
#else
# define sqlite3BtreeLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayEnter(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayLeave(X)
# define sqlite3BtreeMutexArrayInsert(X,Y)
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(X) 1
# define sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(X) 1
#endif
#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

641
btreeInt.h
View file

@ -1,641 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2004 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** $Id: btreeInt.h,v 1.46 2009/03/20 14:18:52 danielk1977 Exp $
**
** This file implements a external (disk-based) database using BTrees.
** For a detailed discussion of BTrees, refer to
**
** Donald E. Knuth, THE ART OF COMPUTER PROGRAMMING, Volume 3:
** "Sorting And Searching", pages 473-480. Addison-Wesley
** Publishing Company, Reading, Massachusetts.
**
** The basic idea is that each page of the file contains N database
** entries and N+1 pointers to subpages.
**
** ----------------------------------------------------------------
** | Ptr(0) | Key(0) | Ptr(1) | Key(1) | ... | Key(N-1) | Ptr(N) |
** ----------------------------------------------------------------
**
** All of the keys on the page that Ptr(0) points to have values less
** than Key(0). All of the keys on page Ptr(1) and its subpages have
** values greater than Key(0) and less than Key(1). All of the keys
** on Ptr(N) and its subpages have values greater than Key(N-1). And
** so forth.
**
** Finding a particular key requires reading O(log(M)) pages from the
** disk where M is the number of entries in the tree.
**
** In this implementation, a single file can hold one or more separate
** BTrees. Each BTree is identified by the index of its root page. The
** key and data for any entry are combined to form the "payload". A
** fixed amount of payload can be carried directly on the database
** page. If the payload is larger than the preset amount then surplus
** bytes are stored on overflow pages. The payload for an entry
** and the preceding pointer are combined to form a "Cell". Each
** page has a small header which contains the Ptr(N) pointer and other
** information such as the size of key and data.
**
** FORMAT DETAILS
**
** The file is divided into pages. The first page is called page 1,
** the second is page 2, and so forth. A page number of zero indicates
** "no such page". The page size can be anything between 512 and 65536.
** Each page can be either a btree page, a freelist page or an overflow
** page.
**
** The first page is always a btree page. The first 100 bytes of the first
** page contain a special header (the "file header") that describes the file.
** The format of the file header is as follows:
**
** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
** 0 16 Header string: "SQLite format 3\000"
** 16 2 Page size in bytes.
** 18 1 File format write version
** 19 1 File format read version
** 20 1 Bytes of unused space at the end of each page
** 21 1 Max embedded payload fraction
** 22 1 Min embedded payload fraction
** 23 1 Min leaf payload fraction
** 24 4 File change counter
** 28 4 Reserved for future use
** 32 4 First freelist page
** 36 4 Number of freelist pages in the file
** 40 60 15 4-byte meta values passed to higher layers
**
** All of the integer values are big-endian (most significant byte first).
**
** The file change counter is incremented when the database is changed
** This counter allows other processes to know when the file has changed
** and thus when they need to flush their cache.
**
** The max embedded payload fraction is the amount of the total usable
** space in a page that can be consumed by a single cell for standard
** B-tree (non-LEAFDATA) tables. A value of 255 means 100%. The default
** is to limit the maximum cell size so that at least 4 cells will fit
** on one page. Thus the default max embedded payload fraction is 64.
**
** If the payload for a cell is larger than the max payload, then extra
** payload is spilled to overflow pages. Once an overflow page is allocated,
** as many bytes as possible are moved into the overflow pages without letting
** the cell size drop below the min embedded payload fraction.
**
** The min leaf payload fraction is like the min embedded payload fraction
** except that it applies to leaf nodes in a LEAFDATA tree. The maximum
** payload fraction for a LEAFDATA tree is always 100% (or 255) and it
** not specified in the header.
**
** Each btree pages is divided into three sections: The header, the
** cell pointer array, and the cell content area. Page 1 also has a 100-byte
** file header that occurs before the page header.
**
** |----------------|
** | file header | 100 bytes. Page 1 only.
** |----------------|
** | page header | 8 bytes for leaves. 12 bytes for interior nodes
** |----------------|
** | cell pointer | | 2 bytes per cell. Sorted order.
** | array | | Grows downward
** | | v
** |----------------|
** | unallocated |
** | space |
** |----------------| ^ Grows upwards
** | cell content | | Arbitrary order interspersed with freeblocks.
** | area | | and free space fragments.
** |----------------|
**
** The page headers looks like this:
**
** OFFSET SIZE DESCRIPTION
** 0 1 Flags. 1: intkey, 2: zerodata, 4: leafdata, 8: leaf
** 1 2 byte offset to the first freeblock
** 3 2 number of cells on this page
** 5 2 first byte of the cell content area
** 7 1 number of fragmented free bytes
** 8 4 Right child (the Ptr(N) value). Omitted on leaves.
**
** The flags define the format of this btree page. The leaf flag means that
** this page has no children. The zerodata flag means that this page carries
** only keys and no data. The intkey flag means that the key is a integer
** which is stored in the key size entry of the cell header rather than in
** the payload area.
**
** The cell pointer array begins on the first byte after the page header.
** The cell pointer array contains zero or more 2-byte numbers which are
** offsets from the beginning of the page to the cell content in the cell
** content area. The cell pointers occur in sorted order. The system strives
** to keep free space after the last cell pointer so that new cells can
** be easily added without having to defragment the page.
**
** Cell content is stored at the very end of the page and grows toward the
** beginning of the page.
**
** Unused space within the cell content area is collected into a linked list of
** freeblocks. Each freeblock is at least 4 bytes in size. The byte offset
** to the first freeblock is given in the header. Freeblocks occur in
** increasing order. Because a freeblock must be at least 4 bytes in size,
** any group of 3 or fewer unused bytes in the cell content area cannot
** exist on the freeblock chain. A group of 3 or fewer free bytes is called
** a fragment. The total number of bytes in all fragments is recorded.
** in the page header at offset 7.
**
** SIZE DESCRIPTION
** 2 Byte offset of the next freeblock
** 2 Bytes in this freeblock
**
** Cells are of variable length. Cells are stored in the cell content area at
** the end of the page. Pointers to the cells are in the cell pointer array
** that immediately follows the page header. Cells is not necessarily
** contiguous or in order, but cell pointers are contiguous and in order.
**
** Cell content makes use of variable length integers. A variable
** length integer is 1 to 9 bytes where the lower 7 bits of each
** byte are used. The integer consists of all bytes that have bit 8 set and
** the first byte with bit 8 clear. The most significant byte of the integer
** appears first. A variable-length integer may not be more than 9 bytes long.
** As a special case, all 8 bytes of the 9th byte are used as data. This
** allows a 64-bit integer to be encoded in 9 bytes.
**
** 0x00 becomes 0x00000000
** 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
** 0x81 0x00 becomes 0x00000080
** 0x82 0x00 becomes 0x00000100
** 0x80 0x7f becomes 0x0000007f
** 0x8a 0x91 0xd1 0xac 0x78 becomes 0x12345678
** 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x81 0x01 becomes 0x10204081
**
** Variable length integers are used for rowids and to hold the number of
** bytes of key and data in a btree cell.
**
** The content of a cell looks like this:
**
** SIZE DESCRIPTION
** 4 Page number of the left child. Omitted if leaf flag is set.
** var Number of bytes of data. Omitted if the zerodata flag is set.
** var Number of bytes of key. Or the key itself if intkey flag is set.
** * Payload
** 4 First page of the overflow chain. Omitted if no overflow
**
** Overflow pages form a linked list. Each page except the last is completely
** filled with data (pagesize - 4 bytes). The last page can have as little
** as 1 byte of data.
**
** SIZE DESCRIPTION
** 4 Page number of next overflow page
** * Data
**
** Freelist pages come in two subtypes: trunk pages and leaf pages. The
** file header points to the first in a linked list of trunk page. Each trunk
** page points to multiple leaf pages. The content of a leaf page is
** unspecified. A trunk page looks like this:
**
** SIZE DESCRIPTION
** 4 Page number of next trunk page
** 4 Number of leaf pointers on this page
** * zero or more pages numbers of leaves
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/* The following value is the maximum cell size assuming a maximum page
** size give above.
*/
#define MX_CELL_SIZE(pBt) (pBt->pageSize-8)
/* The maximum number of cells on a single page of the database. This
** assumes a minimum cell size of 6 bytes (4 bytes for the cell itself
** plus 2 bytes for the index to the cell in the page header). Such
** small cells will be rare, but they are possible.
*/
#define MX_CELL(pBt) ((pBt->pageSize-8)/6)
/* Forward declarations */
typedef struct MemPage MemPage;
typedef struct BtLock BtLock;
/*
** This is a magic string that appears at the beginning of every
** SQLite database in order to identify the file as a real database.
**
** You can change this value at compile-time by specifying a
** -DSQLITE_FILE_HEADER="..." on the compiler command-line. The
** header must be exactly 16 bytes including the zero-terminator so
** the string itself should be 15 characters long. If you change
** the header, then your custom library will not be able to read
** databases generated by the standard tools and the standard tools
** will not be able to read databases created by your custom library.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_FILE_HEADER /* 123456789 123456 */
# define SQLITE_FILE_HEADER "SQLite format 3"
#endif
/*
** Page type flags. An ORed combination of these flags appear as the
** first byte of on-disk image of every BTree page.
*/
#define PTF_INTKEY 0x01
#define PTF_ZERODATA 0x02
#define PTF_LEAFDATA 0x04
#define PTF_LEAF 0x08
/*
** As each page of the file is loaded into memory, an instance of the following
** structure is appended and initialized to zero. This structure stores
** information about the page that is decoded from the raw file page.
**
** The pParent field points back to the parent page. This allows us to
** walk up the BTree from any leaf to the root. Care must be taken to
** unref() the parent page pointer when this page is no longer referenced.
** The pageDestructor() routine handles that chore.
**
** Access to all fields of this structure is controlled by the mutex
** stored in MemPage.pBt->mutex.
*/
struct MemPage {
u8 isInit; /* True if previously initialized. MUST BE FIRST! */
u8 nOverflow; /* Number of overflow cell bodies in aCell[] */
u8 intKey; /* True if intkey flag is set */
u8 leaf; /* True if leaf flag is set */
u8 hasData; /* True if this page stores data */
u8 hdrOffset; /* 100 for page 1. 0 otherwise */
u8 childPtrSize; /* 0 if leaf==1. 4 if leaf==0 */
u16 maxLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.maxLocal or BtShared.maxLeaf */
u16 minLocal; /* Copy of BtShared.minLocal or BtShared.minLeaf */
u16 cellOffset; /* Index in aData of first cell pointer */
u16 nFree; /* Number of free bytes on the page */
u16 nCell; /* Number of cells on this page, local and ovfl */
u16 maskPage; /* Mask for page offset */
struct _OvflCell { /* Cells that will not fit on aData[] */
u8 *pCell; /* Pointers to the body of the overflow cell */
u16 idx; /* Insert this cell before idx-th non-overflow cell */
} aOvfl[5];
BtShared *pBt; /* Pointer to BtShared that this page is part of */
u8 *aData; /* Pointer to disk image of the page data */
DbPage *pDbPage; /* Pager page handle */
Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
};
/*
** The in-memory image of a disk page has the auxiliary information appended
** to the end. EXTRA_SIZE is the number of bytes of space needed to hold
** that extra information.
*/
#define EXTRA_SIZE sizeof(MemPage)
/* A Btree handle
**
** A database connection contains a pointer to an instance of
** this object for every database file that it has open. This structure
** is opaque to the database connection. The database connection cannot
** see the internals of this structure and only deals with pointers to
** this structure.
**
** For some database files, the same underlying database cache might be
** shared between multiple connections. In that case, each contection
** has it own pointer to this object. But each instance of this object
** points to the same BtShared object. The database cache and the
** schema associated with the database file are all contained within
** the BtShared object.
**
** All fields in this structure are accessed under sqlite3.mutex.
** The pBt pointer itself may not be changed while there exists cursors
** in the referenced BtShared that point back to this Btree since those
** cursors have to do go through this Btree to find their BtShared and
** they often do so without holding sqlite3.mutex.
*/
struct Btree {
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection holding this btree */
BtShared *pBt; /* Sharable content of this btree */
u8 inTrans; /* TRANS_NONE, TRANS_READ or TRANS_WRITE */
u8 sharable; /* True if we can share pBt with another db */
u8 locked; /* True if db currently has pBt locked */
int wantToLock; /* Number of nested calls to sqlite3BtreeEnter() */
int nBackup; /* Number of backup operations reading this btree */
Btree *pNext; /* List of other sharable Btrees from the same db */
Btree *pPrev; /* Back pointer of the same list */
};
/*
** Btree.inTrans may take one of the following values.
**
** If the shared-data extension is enabled, there may be multiple users
** of the Btree structure. At most one of these may open a write transaction,
** but any number may have active read transactions.
*/
#define TRANS_NONE 0
#define TRANS_READ 1
#define TRANS_WRITE 2
/*
** An instance of this object represents a single database file.
**
** A single database file can be in use as the same time by two
** or more database connections. When two or more connections are
** sharing the same database file, each connection has it own
** private Btree object for the file and each of those Btrees points
** to this one BtShared object. BtShared.nRef is the number of
** connections currently sharing this database file.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
** mutex, except for nRef and pNext which are accessed under the
** global SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER mutex. The pPager field
** may not be modified once it is initially set as long as nRef>0.
** The pSchema field may be set once under BtShared.mutex and
** thereafter is unchanged as long as nRef>0.
**
** isPending:
**
** If a BtShared client fails to obtain a write-lock on a database
** table (because there exists one or more read-locks on the table),
** the shared-cache enters 'pending-lock' state and isPending is
** set to true.
**
** The shared-cache leaves the 'pending lock' state when either of
** the following occur:
**
** 1) The current writer (BtShared.pWriter) concludes its transaction, OR
** 2) The number of locks held by other connections drops to zero.
**
** while in the 'pending-lock' state, no connection may start a new
** transaction.
**
** This feature is included to help prevent writer-starvation.
*/
struct BtShared {
Pager *pPager; /* The page cache */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection currently using this Btree */
BtCursor *pCursor; /* A list of all open cursors */
MemPage *pPage1; /* First page of the database */
u8 readOnly; /* True if the underlying file is readonly */
u8 pageSizeFixed; /* True if the page size can no longer be changed */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
u8 autoVacuum; /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
u8 incrVacuum; /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
#endif
u16 pageSize; /* Total number of bytes on a page */
u16 usableSize; /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
u16 maxLocal; /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
u16 minLocal; /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
u16 maxLeaf; /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
u16 minLeaf; /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
u8 inTransaction; /* Transaction state */
int nTransaction; /* Number of open transactions (read + write) */
void *pSchema; /* Pointer to space allocated by sqlite3BtreeSchema() */
void (*xFreeSchema)(void*); /* Destructor for BtShared.pSchema */
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Non-recursive mutex required to access this struct */
Bitvec *pHasContent; /* Set of pages moved to free-list this transaction */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
int nRef; /* Number of references to this structure */
BtShared *pNext; /* Next on a list of sharable BtShared structs */
BtLock *pLock; /* List of locks held on this shared-btree struct */
Btree *pWriter; /* Btree with currently open write transaction */
u8 isExclusive; /* True if pWriter has an EXCLUSIVE lock on the db */
u8 isPending; /* If waiting for read-locks to clear */
#endif
u8 *pTmpSpace; /* BtShared.pageSize bytes of space for tmp use */
};
/*
** An instance of the following structure is used to hold information
** about a cell. The parseCellPtr() function fills in this structure
** based on information extract from the raw disk page.
*/
typedef struct CellInfo CellInfo;
struct CellInfo {
u8 *pCell; /* Pointer to the start of cell content */
i64 nKey; /* The key for INTKEY tables, or number of bytes in key */
u32 nData; /* Number of bytes of data */
u32 nPayload; /* Total amount of payload */
u16 nHeader; /* Size of the cell content header in bytes */
u16 nLocal; /* Amount of payload held locally */
u16 iOverflow; /* Offset to overflow page number. Zero if no overflow */
u16 nSize; /* Size of the cell content on the main b-tree page */
};
/*
** Maximum depth of an SQLite B-Tree structure. Any B-Tree deeper than
** this will be declared corrupt. This value is calculated based on a
** maximum database size of 2^31 pages a minimum fanout of 2 for a
** root-node and 3 for all other internal nodes.
**
** If a tree that appears to be taller than this is encountered, it is
** assumed that the database is corrupt.
*/
#define BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH 20
/*
** A cursor is a pointer to a particular entry within a particular
** b-tree within a database file.
**
** The entry is identified by its MemPage and the index in
** MemPage.aCell[] of the entry.
**
** When a single database file can shared by two more database connections,
** but cursors cannot be shared. Each cursor is associated with a
** particular database connection identified BtCursor.pBtree.db.
**
** Fields in this structure are accessed under the BtShared.mutex
** found at self->pBt->mutex.
*/
struct BtCursor {
Btree *pBtree; /* The Btree to which this cursor belongs */
BtShared *pBt; /* The BtShared this cursor points to */
BtCursor *pNext, *pPrev; /* Forms a linked list of all cursors */
struct KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Argument passed to comparison function */
Pgno pgnoRoot; /* The root page of this tree */
sqlite3_int64 cachedRowid; /* Next rowid cache. 0 means not valid */
CellInfo info; /* A parse of the cell we are pointing at */
u8 wrFlag; /* True if writable */
u8 atLast; /* Cursor pointing to the last entry */
u8 validNKey; /* True if info.nKey is valid */
u8 eState; /* One of the CURSOR_XXX constants (see below) */
void *pKey; /* Saved key that was cursor's last known position */
i64 nKey; /* Size of pKey, or last integer key */
int skip; /* (skip<0) -> Prev() is a no-op. (skip>0) -> Next() is */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
u8 isIncrblobHandle; /* True if this cursor is an incr. io handle */
Pgno *aOverflow; /* Cache of overflow page locations */
#endif
#ifndef NDEBUG
u8 pagesShuffled; /* True if Btree pages are rearranged by balance()*/
#endif
i16 iPage; /* Index of current page in apPage */
MemPage *apPage[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Pages from root to current page */
u16 aiIdx[BTCURSOR_MAX_DEPTH]; /* Current index in apPage[i] */
};
/*
** Potential values for BtCursor.eState.
**
** CURSOR_VALID:
** Cursor points to a valid entry. getPayload() etc. may be called.
**
** CURSOR_INVALID:
** Cursor does not point to a valid entry. This can happen (for example)
** because the table is empty or because BtreeCursorFirst() has not been
** called.
**
** CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK:
** The table that this cursor was opened on still exists, but has been
** modified since the cursor was last used. The cursor position is saved
** in variables BtCursor.pKey and BtCursor.nKey. When a cursor is in
** this state, restoreCursorPosition() can be called to attempt to
** seek the cursor to the saved position.
**
** CURSOR_FAULT:
** A unrecoverable error (an I/O error or a malloc failure) has occurred
** on a different connection that shares the BtShared cache with this
** cursor. The error has left the cache in an inconsistent state.
** Do nothing else with this cursor. Any attempt to use the cursor
** should return the error code stored in BtCursor.skip
*/
#define CURSOR_INVALID 0
#define CURSOR_VALID 1
#define CURSOR_REQUIRESEEK 2
#define CURSOR_FAULT 3
/*
** The database page the PENDING_BYTE occupies. This page is never used.
*/
# define PENDING_BYTE_PAGE(pBt) PAGER_MJ_PGNO(pBt)
/*
** A linked list of the following structures is stored at BtShared.pLock.
** Locks are added (or upgraded from READ_LOCK to WRITE_LOCK) when a cursor
** is opened on the table with root page BtShared.iTable. Locks are removed
** from this list when a transaction is committed or rolled back, or when
** a btree handle is closed.
*/
struct BtLock {
Btree *pBtree; /* Btree handle holding this lock */
Pgno iTable; /* Root page of table */
u8 eLock; /* READ_LOCK or WRITE_LOCK */
BtLock *pNext; /* Next in BtShared.pLock list */
};
/* Candidate values for BtLock.eLock */
#define READ_LOCK 1
#define WRITE_LOCK 2
/*
** These macros define the location of the pointer-map entry for a
** database page. The first argument to each is the number of usable
** bytes on each page of the database (often 1024). The second is the
** page number to look up in the pointer map.
**
** PTRMAP_PAGENO returns the database page number of the pointer-map
** page that stores the required pointer. PTRMAP_PTROFFSET returns
** the offset of the requested map entry.
**
** If the pgno argument passed to PTRMAP_PAGENO is a pointer-map page,
** then pgno is returned. So (pgno==PTRMAP_PAGENO(pgsz, pgno)) can be
** used to test if pgno is a pointer-map page. PTRMAP_ISPAGE implements
** this test.
*/
#define PTRMAP_PAGENO(pBt, pgno) ptrmapPageno(pBt, pgno)
#define PTRMAP_PTROFFSET(pgptrmap, pgno) (5*(pgno-pgptrmap-1))
#define PTRMAP_ISPAGE(pBt, pgno) (PTRMAP_PAGENO((pBt),(pgno))==(pgno))
/*
** The pointer map is a lookup table that identifies the parent page for
** each child page in the database file. The parent page is the page that
** contains a pointer to the child. Every page in the database contains
** 0 or 1 parent pages. (In this context 'database page' refers
** to any page that is not part of the pointer map itself.) Each pointer map
** entry consists of a single byte 'type' and a 4 byte parent page number.
** The PTRMAP_XXX identifiers below are the valid types.
**
** The purpose of the pointer map is to facility moving pages from one
** position in the file to another as part of autovacuum. When a page
** is moved, the pointer in its parent must be updated to point to the
** new location. The pointer map is used to locate the parent page quickly.
**
** PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE: The database page is a root-page. The page-number is not
** used in this case.
**
** PTRMAP_FREEPAGE: The database page is an unused (free) page. The page-number
** is not used in this case.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1: The database page is the first page in a list of
** overflow pages. The page number identifies the page that
** contains the cell with a pointer to this overflow page.
**
** PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2: The database page is the second or later page in a list of
** overflow pages. The page-number identifies the previous
** page in the overflow page list.
**
** PTRMAP_BTREE: The database page is a non-root btree page. The page number
** identifies the parent page in the btree.
*/
#define PTRMAP_ROOTPAGE 1
#define PTRMAP_FREEPAGE 2
#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW1 3
#define PTRMAP_OVERFLOW2 4
#define PTRMAP_BTREE 5
/* A bunch of assert() statements to check the transaction state variables
** of handle p (type Btree*) are internally consistent.
*/
#define btreeIntegrity(p) \
assert( p->pBt->inTransaction!=TRANS_NONE || p->pBt->nTransaction==0 ); \
assert( p->pBt->inTransaction>=p->inTrans );
/*
** The ISAUTOVACUUM macro is used within balance_nonroot() to determine
** if the database supports auto-vacuum or not. Because it is used
** within an expression that is an argument to another macro
** (sqliteMallocRaw), it is not possible to use conditional compilation.
** So, this macro is defined instead.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
#define ISAUTOVACUUM (pBt->autoVacuum)
#else
#define ISAUTOVACUUM 0
#endif
/*
** This structure is passed around through all the sanity checking routines
** in order to keep track of some global state information.
*/
typedef struct IntegrityCk IntegrityCk;
struct IntegrityCk {
BtShared *pBt; /* The tree being checked out */
Pager *pPager; /* The associated pager. Also accessible by pBt->pPager */
Pgno nPage; /* Number of pages in the database */
int *anRef; /* Number of times each page is referenced */
int mxErr; /* Stop accumulating errors when this reaches zero */
int nErr; /* Number of messages written to zErrMsg so far */
int mallocFailed; /* A memory allocation error has occurred */
StrAccum errMsg; /* Accumulate the error message text here */
};
/*
** Read or write a two- and four-byte big-endian integer values.
*/
#define get2byte(x) ((x)[0]<<8 | (x)[1])
#define put2byte(p,v) ((p)[0] = (u8)((v)>>8), (p)[1] = (u8)(v))
#define get4byte sqlite3Get4byte
#define put4byte sqlite3Put4byte
/*
** Internal routines that should be accessed by the btree layer only.
*/
int sqlite3BtreeGetPage(BtShared*, Pgno, MemPage**, int);
int sqlite3BtreeInitPage(MemPage *pPage);
void sqlite3BtreeParseCellPtr(MemPage*, u8*, CellInfo*);
void sqlite3BtreeParseCell(MemPage*, int, CellInfo*);
int sqlite3BtreeRestoreCursorPosition(BtCursor *pCur);
void sqlite3BtreeGetTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur, BtCursor *pTempCur);
void sqlite3BtreeReleaseTempCursor(BtCursor *pCur);
void sqlite3BtreeMoveToParent(BtCursor *pCur);

3680
build.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

455
callback.c
View file

@ -1,455 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2005 May 23
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
**
** $Id: callback.c,v 1.37 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
** If the collation sequence
*/
static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
if( db->xCollNeeded ){
char *zExternal = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zName, nName);
if( !zExternal ) return;
db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zExternal);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
char const *zExternal;
sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3ValueNew(db);
sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, nName, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
if( zExternal ){
db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)ENC(db), zExternal);
}
sqlite3ValueFree(pTmp);
}
#endif
}
/*
** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
** possible.
*/
static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
CollSeq *pColl2;
char *z = pColl->zName;
int n = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
int i;
static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
for(i=0; i<3; i++){
pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
pColl->xDel = 0; /* Do not copy the destructor */
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/*
** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
** encoding.
**
** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding
** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
**
** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
** sequence can be found.
*/
CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
sqlite3* db,
CollSeq *pColl,
const char *zName,
int nName
){
CollSeq *p;
p = pColl;
if( !p ){
p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
}
if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
/* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
*/
callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zName, nName, 0);
}
if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
p = 0;
}
assert( !p || p->xCmp );
return p;
}
/*
** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
**
** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work,
** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
*/
int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
if( pColl ){
const char *zName = pColl->zName;
CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
if( !p ){
if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
}
pParse->nErr++;
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
assert( p==pColl );
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
**
** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
** each collation sequence structure.
*/
static CollSeq *findCollSeqEntry(
sqlite3 *db,
const char *zName,
int nName,
int create
){
CollSeq *pColl;
if( nName<0 ) nName = sqlite3Strlen(db, zName);
pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
if( 0==pColl && create ){
pColl = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
if( pColl ){
CollSeq *pDel = 0;
pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
/* If a malloc() failure occurred in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will
** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
** to the hash table).
*/
assert( pDel==0 || pDel==pColl );
if( pDel!=0 ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
pColl = 0;
}
}
}
return pColl;
}
/*
** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
**
** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
** new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
**
** A separate function sqlite3LocateCollSeq() is a wrapper around
** this routine. sqlite3LocateCollSeq() invokes the collation factory
** if necessary and generates an error message if the collating sequence
** cannot be found.
*/
CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
sqlite3 *db,
u8 enc,
const char *zName,
int nName,
int create
){
CollSeq *pColl;
if( zName ){
pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
}else{
pColl = db->pDfltColl;
}
assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
return pColl;
}
/* During the search for the best function definition, this procedure
** is called to test how well the function passed as the first argument
** matches the request for a function with nArg arguments in a system
** that uses encoding enc. The value returned indicates how well the
** request is matched. A higher value indicates a better match.
**
** The returned value is always between 0 and 6, as follows:
**
** 0: Not a match, or if nArg<0 and the function is has no implementation.
** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
** encoding is requested, or vice versa.
** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
** requested, or vice versa.
** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
** prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
** prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
** 6: An exact match.
**
*/
static int matchQuality(FuncDef *p, int nArg, u8 enc){
int match = 0;
if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg
|| (nArg==-1 && (p->xFunc!=0 || p->xStep!=0))
){
match = 1;
if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
match = 4;
}
if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
match += 2;
}
else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
(enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
match += 1;
}
}
return match;
}
/*
** Search a FuncDefHash for a function with the given name. Return
** a pointer to the matching FuncDef if found, or 0 if there is no match.
*/
static FuncDef *functionSearch(
FuncDefHash *pHash, /* Hash table to search */
int h, /* Hash of the name */
const char *zFunc, /* Name of function */
int nFunc /* Number of bytes in zFunc */
){
FuncDef *p;
for(p=pHash->a[h]; p; p=p->pHash){
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(p->zName, zFunc, nFunc)==0 && p->zName[nFunc]==0 ){
return p;
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
** Insert a new FuncDef into a FuncDefHash hash table.
*/
void sqlite3FuncDefInsert(
FuncDefHash *pHash, /* The hash table into which to insert */
FuncDef *pDef /* The function definition to insert */
){
FuncDef *pOther;
int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName);
u8 c1 = (u8)pDef->zName[0];
int h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[c1] + nName) % ArraySize(pHash->a);
pOther = functionSearch(pHash, h, pDef->zName, nName);
if( pOther ){
pDef->pNext = pOther->pNext;
pOther->pNext = pDef;
}else{
pDef->pNext = 0;
pDef->pHash = pHash->a[h];
pHash->a[h] = pDef;
}
}
/*
** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8. Return a
** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
** NULL if the function does not exist.
**
** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
** no matching function previously existed. When createFlag is true
** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
** any number of arguments will be returned.
**
** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
** function found is returned. A function is valid if either xFunc
** or xStep is non-zero.
**
** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
** match that requested.
*/
FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
sqlite3 *db, /* An open database */
const char *zName, /* Name of the function. Not null-terminated */
int nName, /* Number of characters in the name */
int nArg, /* Number of arguments. -1 means any number */
u8 enc, /* Preferred text encoding */
int createFlag /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
){
FuncDef *p; /* Iterator variable */
FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
int bestScore = 0; /* Score of best match */
int h; /* Hash value */
assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
h = (sqlite3UpperToLower[(u8)zName[0]] + nName) % ArraySize(db->aFunc.a);
/* First search for a match amongst the application-defined functions.
*/
p = functionSearch(&db->aFunc, h, zName, nName);
while( p ){
int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
if( score>bestScore ){
pBest = p;
bestScore = score;
}
p = p->pNext;
}
/* If no match is found, search the built-in functions.
**
** Except, if createFlag is true, that means that we are trying to
** install a new function. Whatever FuncDef structure is returned will
** have fields overwritten with new information appropriate for the
** new function. But the FuncDefs for built-in functions are read-only.
** So we must not search for built-ins when creating a new function.
*/
if( !createFlag && !pBest ){
FuncDefHash *pHash = &GLOBAL(FuncDefHash, sqlite3GlobalFunctions);
p = functionSearch(pHash, h, zName, nName);
while( p ){
int score = matchQuality(p, nArg, enc);
if( score>bestScore ){
pBest = p;
bestScore = score;
}
p = p->pNext;
}
}
/* If the createFlag parameter is true and the search did not reveal an
** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
** new entry to the hash table and return it.
*/
if( createFlag && (bestScore<6 || pBest->nArg!=nArg) &&
(pBest = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1))!=0 ){
pBest->zName = (char *)&pBest[1];
pBest->nArg = (u16)nArg;
pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
sqlite3FuncDefInsert(&db->aFunc, pBest);
}
if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
return pBest;
}
return 0;
}
/*
** Free all resources held by the schema structure. The void* argument points
** at a Schema struct. This function does not call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on the
** pointer itself, it just cleans up subsiduary resources (i.e. the contents
** of the schema hash tables).
**
** The Schema.cache_size variable is not cleared.
*/
void sqlite3SchemaFree(void *p){
Hash temp1;
Hash temp2;
HashElem *pElem;
Schema *pSchema = (Schema *)p;
temp1 = pSchema->tblHash;
temp2 = pSchema->trigHash;
sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->trigHash, 0);
sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->aFKey);
sqlite3HashClear(&pSchema->idxHash);
for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp2); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(0, (Trigger*)sqliteHashData(pElem));
}
sqlite3HashClear(&temp2);
sqlite3HashInit(&pSchema->tblHash, 0);
for(pElem=sqliteHashFirst(&temp1); pElem; pElem=sqliteHashNext(pElem)){
Table *pTab = sqliteHashData(pElem);
assert( pTab->dbMem==0 );
sqlite3DeleteTable(pTab);
}
sqlite3HashClear(&temp1);
pSchema->pSeqTab = 0;
pSchema->flags &= ~DB_SchemaLoaded;
}
/*
** Find and return the schema associated with a BTree. Create
** a new one if necessary.
*/
Schema *sqlite3SchemaGet(sqlite3 *db, Btree *pBt){
Schema * p;
if( pBt ){
p = (Schema *)sqlite3BtreeSchema(pBt, sizeof(Schema), sqlite3SchemaFree);
}else{
p = (Schema *)sqlite3MallocZero(sizeof(Schema));
}
if( !p ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}else if ( 0==p->file_format ){
sqlite3HashInit(&p->tblHash, 0);
sqlite3HashInit(&p->idxHash, 0);
sqlite3HashInit(&p->trigHash, 0);
sqlite3HashInit(&p->aFKey, 1);
p->enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
}
return p;
}

277
complete.c
View file

@ -1,277 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that implements the sqlite3_complete() API.
** This code used to be part of the tokenizer.c source file. But by
** separating it out, the code will be automatically omitted from
** static links that do not use it.
**
** $Id: complete.c,v 1.7 2008/06/13 18:24:27 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
/*
** This is defined in tokenize.c. We just have to import the definition.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
extern const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[];
#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
extern const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[];
#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
#endif
#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
/*
** Token types used by the sqlite3_complete() routine. See the header
** comments on that procedure for additional information.
*/
#define tkSEMI 0
#define tkWS 1
#define tkOTHER 2
#define tkEXPLAIN 3
#define tkCREATE 4
#define tkTEMP 5
#define tkTRIGGER 6
#define tkEND 7
/*
** Return TRUE if the given SQL string ends in a semicolon.
**
** Special handling is require for CREATE TRIGGER statements.
** Whenever the CREATE TRIGGER keywords are seen, the statement
** must end with ";END;".
**
** This implementation uses a state machine with 7 states:
**
** (0) START At the beginning or end of an SQL statement. This routine
** returns 1 if it ends in the START state and 0 if it ends
** in any other state.
**
** (1) NORMAL We are in the middle of statement which ends with a single
** semicolon.
**
** (2) EXPLAIN The keyword EXPLAIN has been seen at the beginning of
** a statement.
**
** (3) CREATE The keyword CREATE has been seen at the beginning of a
** statement, possibly preceeded by EXPLAIN and/or followed by
** TEMP or TEMPORARY
**
** (4) TRIGGER We are in the middle of a trigger definition that must be
** ended by a semicolon, the keyword END, and another semicolon.
**
** (5) SEMI We've seen the first semicolon in the ";END;" that occurs at
** the end of a trigger definition.
**
** (6) END We've seen the ";END" of the ";END;" that occurs at the end
** of a trigger difinition.
**
** Transitions between states above are determined by tokens extracted
** from the input. The following tokens are significant:
**
** (0) tkSEMI A semicolon.
** (1) tkWS Whitespace
** (2) tkOTHER Any other SQL token.
** (3) tkEXPLAIN The "explain" keyword.
** (4) tkCREATE The "create" keyword.
** (5) tkTEMP The "temp" or "temporary" keyword.
** (6) tkTRIGGER The "trigger" keyword.
** (7) tkEND The "end" keyword.
**
** Whitespace never causes a state transition and is always ignored.
**
** If we compile with SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER, all of the computation needed
** to recognize the end of a trigger can be omitted. All we have to do
** is look for a semicolon that is not part of an string or comment.
*/
int sqlite3_complete(const char *zSql){
u8 state = 0; /* Current state, using numbers defined in header comment */
u8 token; /* Value of the next token */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/* A complex statement machine used to detect the end of a CREATE TRIGGER
** statement. This is the normal case.
*/
static const u8 trans[7][8] = {
/* Token: */
/* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER EXPLAIN CREATE TEMP TRIGGER END */
/* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, 2, 3, 1, 1, 1, },
/* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, },
/* 2 EXPLAIN: */ { 0, 2, 1, 1, 3, 1, 1, 1, },
/* 3 CREATE: */ { 0, 3, 1, 1, 1, 3, 4, 1, },
/* 4 TRIGGER: */ { 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, },
/* 5 SEMI: */ { 5, 5, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 6, },
/* 6 END: */ { 0, 6, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, },
};
#else
/* If triggers are not suppored by this compile then the statement machine
** used to detect the end of a statement is much simplier
*/
static const u8 trans[2][3] = {
/* Token: */
/* State: ** SEMI WS OTHER */
/* 0 START: */ { 0, 0, 1, },
/* 1 NORMAL: */ { 0, 1, 1, },
};
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
while( *zSql ){
switch( *zSql ){
case ';': { /* A semicolon */
token = tkSEMI;
break;
}
case ' ':
case '\r':
case '\t':
case '\n':
case '\f': { /* White space is ignored */
token = tkWS;
break;
}
case '/': { /* C-style comments */
if( zSql[1]!='*' ){
token = tkOTHER;
break;
}
zSql += 2;
while( zSql[0] && (zSql[0]!='*' || zSql[1]!='/') ){ zSql++; }
if( zSql[0]==0 ) return 0;
zSql++;
token = tkWS;
break;
}
case '-': { /* SQL-style comments from "--" to end of line */
if( zSql[1]!='-' ){
token = tkOTHER;
break;
}
while( *zSql && *zSql!='\n' ){ zSql++; }
if( *zSql==0 ) return state==0;
token = tkWS;
break;
}
case '[': { /* Microsoft-style identifiers in [...] */
zSql++;
while( *zSql && *zSql!=']' ){ zSql++; }
if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
token = tkOTHER;
break;
}
case '`': /* Grave-accent quoted symbols used by MySQL */
case '"': /* single- and double-quoted strings */
case '\'': {
int c = *zSql;
zSql++;
while( *zSql && *zSql!=c ){ zSql++; }
if( *zSql==0 ) return 0;
token = tkOTHER;
break;
}
default: {
int c;
if( IdChar((u8)*zSql) ){
/* Keywords and unquoted identifiers */
int nId;
for(nId=1; IdChar(zSql[nId]); nId++){}
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
token = tkOTHER;
#else
switch( *zSql ){
case 'c': case 'C': {
if( nId==6 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "create", 6)==0 ){
token = tkCREATE;
}else{
token = tkOTHER;
}
break;
}
case 't': case 'T': {
if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "trigger", 7)==0 ){
token = tkTRIGGER;
}else if( nId==4 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temp", 4)==0 ){
token = tkTEMP;
}else if( nId==9 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "temporary", 9)==0 ){
token = tkTEMP;
}else{
token = tkOTHER;
}
break;
}
case 'e': case 'E': {
if( nId==3 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "end", 3)==0 ){
token = tkEND;
}else
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
if( nId==7 && sqlite3StrNICmp(zSql, "explain", 7)==0 ){
token = tkEXPLAIN;
}else
#endif
{
token = tkOTHER;
}
break;
}
default: {
token = tkOTHER;
break;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
zSql += nId-1;
}else{
/* Operators and special symbols */
token = tkOTHER;
}
break;
}
}
state = trans[state][token];
zSql++;
}
return state==0;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine is the same as the sqlite3_complete() routine described
** above, except that the parameter is required to be UTF-16 encoded, not
** UTF-8.
*/
int sqlite3_complete16(const void *zSql){
sqlite3_value *pVal;
char const *zSql8;
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
pVal = sqlite3ValueNew(0);
sqlite3ValueSetStr(pVal, -1, zSql, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
zSql8 = sqlite3ValueText(pVal, SQLITE_UTF8);
if( zSql8 ){
rc = sqlite3_complete(zSql8);
}else{
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
return sqlite3ApiExit(0, rc);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE */

1107
date.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

631
delete.c
View file

@ -1,631 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
**
** $Id: delete.c,v 1.198 2009/03/05 03:48:07 shane Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** Look up every table that is named in pSrc. If any table is not found,
** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL. If all tables
** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
*/
Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
struct SrcList_item *pItem = pSrc->a;
Table *pTab;
assert( pItem && pSrc->nSrc==1 );
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, 0, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
sqlite3DeleteTable(pItem->pTab);
pItem->pTab = pTab;
if( pTab ){
pTab->nRef++;
}
if( sqlite3IndexedByLookup(pParse, pItem) ){
pTab = 0;
}
return pTab;
}
/*
** Check to make sure the given table is writable. If it is not
** writable, generate an error message and return 1. If it is
** writable return 0;
*/
int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
if( ((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Readonly)!=0
&& (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
&& pParse->nested==0)
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
|| (pTab->pMod && pTab->pMod->pModule->xUpdate==0)
#endif
){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
return 1;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
return 1;
}
#endif
return 0;
}
/*
** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
*/
void sqlite3OpenTable(
Parse *p, /* Generate code into this VDBE */
int iCur, /* The cursor number of the table */
int iDb, /* The database index in sqlite3.aDb[] */
Table *pTab, /* The table to be opened */
int opcode /* OP_OpenRead or OP_OpenWrite */
){
Vdbe *v;
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ) return;
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(p);
assert( opcode==OP_OpenWrite || opcode==OP_OpenRead );
sqlite3TableLock(p, iDb, pTab->tnum, (opcode==OP_OpenWrite)?1:0, pTab->zName);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, opcode, iCur, pTab->tnum, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol), P4_INT32);
VdbeComment((v, "%s", pTab->zName));
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
/*
** Evaluate a view and store its result in an ephemeral table. The
** pWhere argument is an optional WHERE clause that restricts the
** set of rows in the view that are to be added to the ephemeral table.
*/
void sqlite3MaterializeView(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Table *pView, /* View definition */
Expr *pWhere, /* Optional WHERE clause to be added */
int iCur /* Cursor number for ephemerial table */
){
SelectDest dest;
Select *pDup;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
pDup = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pView->pSelect, 0);
if( pWhere ){
SrcList *pFrom;
Token viewName;
pWhere = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhere, 0);
viewName.z = (u8*)pView->zName;
viewName.n = (unsigned int)sqlite3Strlen30((const char*)viewName.z);
pFrom = sqlite3SrcListAppendFromTerm(pParse, 0, 0, 0, &viewName, pDup, 0,0);
pDup = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0, pFrom, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
}
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_EphemTab, iCur);
sqlite3Select(pParse, pDup, &dest);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pDup);
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */
#if defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY)
/*
** Generate an expression tree to implement the WHERE, ORDER BY,
** and LIMIT/OFFSET portion of DELETE and UPDATE statements.
**
** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 ORDER BY a LIMIT 1;
** \__________________________/
** pLimitWhere (pInClause)
*/
Expr *sqlite3LimitWhere(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
SrcList *pSrc, /* the FROM clause -- which tables to scan */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
ExprList *pOrderBy, /* The ORDER BY clause. May be null */
Expr *pLimit, /* The LIMIT clause. May be null */
Expr *pOffset, /* The OFFSET clause. May be null */
char *zStmtType /* Either DELETE or UPDATE. For error messages. */
){
Expr *pWhereRowid = NULL; /* WHERE rowid .. */
Expr *pInClause = NULL; /* WHERE rowid IN ( select ) */
Expr *pSelectRowid = NULL; /* SELECT rowid ... */
ExprList *pEList = NULL; /* Expression list contaning only pSelectRowid */
SrcList *pSelectSrc = NULL; /* SELECT rowid FROM x ... (dup of pSrc) */
Select *pSelect = NULL; /* Complete SELECT tree */
/* Check that there isn't an ORDER BY without a LIMIT clause.
*/
if( pOrderBy && (pLimit == 0) ) {
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "ORDER BY without LIMIT on %s", zStmtType);
pParse->parseError = 1;
goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
}
/* We only need to generate a select expression if there
** is a limit/offset term to enforce.
*/
if( pLimit == 0 ) {
/* if pLimit is null, pOffset will always be null as well. */
assert( pOffset == 0 );
return pWhere;
}
/* Generate a select expression tree to enforce the limit/offset
** term for the DELETE or UPDATE statement. For example:
** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
** becomes:
** DELETE FROM table_a WHERE rowid IN (
** SELECT rowid FROM table_a WHERE col1=1 ORDER BY col2 LIMIT 1 OFFSET 1
** );
*/
pSelectRowid = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
if( pSelectRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0, pSelectRowid, 0);
if( pEList == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
/* duplicate the FROM clause as it is needed by both the DELETE/UPDATE tree
** and the SELECT subtree. */
pSelectSrc = sqlite3SrcListDup(pParse->db, pSrc, 0);
if( pSelectSrc == 0 ) {
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pEList);
goto limit_where_cleanup_2;
}
/* generate the SELECT expression tree. */
pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse,pEList,pSelectSrc,pWhere,0,0,
pOrderBy,0,pLimit,pOffset);
if( pSelect == 0 ) return 0;
/* now generate the new WHERE rowid IN clause for the DELETE/UDPATE */
pWhereRowid = sqlite3Expr(pParse->db, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
return pInClause;
/* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
limit_where_cleanup_1:
sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
return 0;
limit_where_cleanup_2:
sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pWhere);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, pOrderBy);
sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pLimit);
sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, pOffset);
return 0;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */
/*
** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
**
** DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
** \________/ \________________/
** pTabList pWhere
*/
void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
SrcList *pTabList, /* The table from which we should delete things */
Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
){
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
Table *pTab; /* The table from which records will be deleted */
const char *zDb; /* Name of database holding pTab */
int end, addr = 0; /* A couple addresses of generated code */
int i; /* Loop counter */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices of the table */
int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
sqlite3 *db; /* Main database structure */
AuthContext sContext; /* Authorization context */
int oldIdx = -1; /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
NameContext sNC; /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
int iDb; /* Database number */
int memCnt = -1; /* Memory cell used for change counting */
int rcauth; /* Value returned by authorization callback */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int isView; /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of table triggers, if required */
#endif
int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0; /* Address of after trigger program */
int iEndAfterTrigger = 0; /* Exit of after trigger program */
int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */
int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Exit of before trigger program */
u32 old_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
sContext.pParse = 0;
db = pParse->db;
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
/* Locate the table which we want to delete. This table has to be
** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
*/
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
if( pTab==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
/* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
** deleted from is a view
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0, 0);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define pTrigger 0
# define isView 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
# define isView 0
#endif
if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
assert( iDb<db->nDb );
zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
rcauth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb);
assert( rcauth==SQLITE_OK || rcauth==SQLITE_DENY || rcauth==SQLITE_IGNORE );
if( rcauth==SQLITE_DENY ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
assert(!isView || pTrigger);
/* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
*/
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
/* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
*/
if( pTrigger ){
oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
}
/* Assign cursor number to the table and all its indices.
*/
assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
pParse->nTab++;
}
/* Start the view context
*/
if( isView ){
sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
}
/* Begin generating code.
*/
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, (pTrigger?1:0), iDb);
if( pTrigger ){
int orconf = ((pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default);
int iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
(void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0,
TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
(void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_DELETE, 0,
TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1, oldIdx, orconf, addr, &old_col_mask, 0);
iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
}
/* If we are trying to delete from a view, realize that view into
** a ephemeral table.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
}
#endif
/* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
*/
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
goto delete_from_cleanup;
}
/* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
** we are counting rows.
*/
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
memCnt = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, memCnt);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION
/* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
** It is easier just to erase the whole table. Note, however, that
** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
*/
if( rcauth==SQLITE_OK && pWhere==0 && !pTrigger && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
assert( !isView );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, iDb, memCnt);
if( !pParse->nested ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
}
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
assert( pIdx->pSchema==pTab->pSchema );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, iDb);
}
}else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_TRUNCATE_OPTIMIZATION */
/* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
** the table and pick which records to delete.
*/
{
int iRowid = ++pParse->nMem; /* Used for storing rowid values. */
int iRowSet = ++pParse->nMem; /* Register for rowset of rows to delete */
/* Collect rowids of every row to be deleted.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iRowSet);
pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
WHERE_FILL_ROWSET, iRowSet);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, memCnt, 1);
}
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
/* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
*/
if( pTrigger ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);
}
/* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
** database scan. We have to delete items after the scan is complete
** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
*/
end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
if( !isView ){
/* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and
** all its indices.
*/
sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
}
/* This is the beginning of the delete loop. If a trigger encounters
** an IGNORE constraint, it jumps back to here.
*/
if( pTrigger ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
}
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, iRowSet, end, iRowid);
if( pTrigger ){
int iData = ++pParse->nMem; /* For storing row data of OLD table */
/* If the record is no longer present in the table, jump to the
** next iteration of the loop through the contents of the fifo.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, iRowid);
/* Populate the OLD.* pseudo-table */
if( old_col_mask ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, iData);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, iData);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, iData, iRowid);
/* Jump back and run the BEFORE triggers */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
}
if( !isView ){
/* Delete the row */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
const char *pVtab = (const char *)pTab->pVtab;
sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, 1, iRowid, pVtab, P4_VTAB);
}else
#endif
{
sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, iRowid, pParse->nested==0);
}
}
/* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
** the AFTER triggers
*/
if( pTrigger ){
/* Jump back and run the AFTER triggers */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
}
/* End of the delete loop */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
/* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_Close, iCur);
}
}
/*
** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, memCnt, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows deleted", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
delete_from_cleanup:
sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
return;
}
/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
** single table to be deleted.
**
** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
** These are the requirements:
**
** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
**
** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
** cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
**
** 3. The record number of the row to be deleted must be stored in
** memory cell iRowid.
**
** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
** entries that point to that record.
*/
void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */
int iRowid, /* Memory cell that contains the rowid to delete */
int count /* Increment the row change counter */
){
int addr;
Vdbe *v;
v = pParse->pVdbe;
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, iRowid);
sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
if( count ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, pTab->zName, P4_STATIC);
}
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
}
/*
** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
**
** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
** These are the requirements:
**
** 1. A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
** to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
**
** 2. Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
** cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
**
** 3. The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
** deleted.
*/
void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing and code generating context */
Table *pTab, /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
int iCur, /* Cursor number for the table */
int *aRegIdx /* Only delete if aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i]>0 */
){
int i;
Index *pIdx;
int r1;
for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
if( aRegIdx!=0 && aRegIdx[i-1]==0 ) continue;
r1 = sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(pParse, pIdx, iCur, 0, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(pParse->pVdbe, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, r1,pIdx->nColumn+1);
}
}
/*
** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it in register
** regOut. The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
** the entry that needs indexing.
**
** Return a register number which is the first in a block of
** registers that holds the elements of the index key. The
** block of registers has already been deallocated by the time
** this routine returns.
*/
int sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Index *pIdx, /* The index for which to generate a key */
int iCur, /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
int regOut, /* Write the new index key to this register */
int doMakeRec /* Run the OP_MakeRecord instruction if true */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
int j;
Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
int regBase;
int nCol;
nCol = pIdx->nColumn;
regBase = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, nCol+1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regBase+nCol);
for(j=0; j<nCol; j++){
int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_SCopy, regBase+nCol, regBase+j);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx, regBase+j);
sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
}
}
if( doMakeRec ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regBase, nCol+1, regOut);
sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regBase, nCol+1);
return regBase;
}
/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
** macro. */
#undef isView

3316
expr.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

91
fault.c
View file

@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 Jan 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** $Id: fault.c,v 1.11 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
*/
/*
** This file contains code to support the concept of "benign"
** malloc failures (when the xMalloc() or xRealloc() method of the
** sqlite3_mem_methods structure fails to allocate a block of memory
** and returns 0).
**
** Most malloc failures are non-benign. After they occur, SQLite
** abandons the current operation and returns an error code (usually
** SQLITE_NOMEM) to the user. However, sometimes a fault is not necessarily
** fatal. For example, if a malloc fails while resizing a hash table, this
** is completely recoverable simply by not carrying out the resize. The
** hash table will continue to function normally. So a malloc failure
** during a hash table resize is a benign fault.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
** Global variables.
*/
typedef struct BenignMallocHooks BenignMallocHooks;
static SQLITE_WSD struct BenignMallocHooks {
void (*xBenignBegin)(void);
void (*xBenignEnd)(void);
} sqlite3Hooks = { 0, 0 };
/* The "wsdHooks" macro will resolve to the appropriate BenignMallocHooks
** structure. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
** case where writable static data is supported, wsdHooks can refer directly
** to the "sqlite3Hooks" state vector declared above.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
# define wsdHooksInit \
BenignMallocHooks *x = &GLOBAL(BenignMallocHooks,sqlite3Hooks)
# define wsdHooks x[0]
#else
# define wsdHooksInit
# define wsdHooks sqlite3Hooks
#endif
/*
** Register hooks to call when sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc() and
** sqlite3EndBenignMalloc() are called, respectively.
*/
void sqlite3BenignMallocHooks(
void (*xBenignBegin)(void),
void (*xBenignEnd)(void)
){
wsdHooksInit;
wsdHooks.xBenignBegin = xBenignBegin;
wsdHooks.xBenignEnd = xBenignEnd;
}
/*
** This (sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()) is called by SQLite code to indicate that
** subsequent malloc failures are benign. A call to sqlite3EndBenignMalloc()
** indicates that subsequent malloc failures are non-benign.
*/
void sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(void){
wsdHooksInit;
if( wsdHooks.xBenignBegin ){
wsdHooks.xBenignBegin();
}
}
void sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(void){
wsdHooksInit;
if( wsdHooks.xBenignEnd ){
wsdHooks.xBenignEnd();
}
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */

7024
fts3.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

26
fts3.h
View file

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2006 Oct 10
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This header file is used by programs that want to link against the
** FTS3 library. All it does is declare the sqlite3Fts3Init() interface.
*/
#include "sqlite3.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif /* __cplusplus */
int sqlite3Fts3Init(sqlite3 *db);
#ifdef __cplusplus
} /* extern "C" */
#endif /* __cplusplus */

894
fts3_expr.c
View file

@ -1,894 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 Nov 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This module contains code that implements a parser for fts3 query strings
** (the right-hand argument to the MATCH operator). Because the supported
** syntax is relatively simple, the whole tokenizer/parser system is
** hand-coded. The public interface to this module is declared in source
** code file "fts3_expr.h".
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
/*
** By default, this module parses the legacy syntax that has been
** traditionally used by fts3. Or, if SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
** is defined, then it uses the new syntax. The differences between
** the new and the old syntaxes are:
**
** a) The new syntax supports parenthesis. The old does not.
**
** b) The new syntax supports the AND and NOT operators. The old does not.
**
** c) The old syntax supports the "-" token qualifier. This is not
** supported by the new syntax (it is replaced by the NOT operator).
**
** d) When using the old syntax, the OR operator has a greater precedence
** than an implicit AND. When using the new, both implicity and explicit
** AND operators have a higher precedence than OR.
**
** If compiled with SQLITE_TEST defined, then this module exports the
** symbol "int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses". Setting this variable
** to zero causes the module to use the old syntax. If it is set to
** non-zero the new syntax is activated. This is so both syntaxes can
** be tested using a single build of testfixture.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses = 0;
#else
# ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 1
# else
# define sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses 0
# endif
#endif
/*
** Default span for NEAR operators.
*/
#define SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM 10
#include "fts3_expr.h"
#include "sqlite3.h"
#include <ctype.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <assert.h>
typedef struct ParseContext ParseContext;
struct ParseContext {
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer module */
const char **azCol; /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
int nCol; /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
int iDefaultCol; /* Default column to query */
sqlite3_context *pCtx; /* Write error message here */
int nNest; /* Number of nested brackets */
};
/*
** This function is equivalent to the standard isspace() function.
**
** The standard isspace() can be awkward to use safely, because although it
** is defined to accept an argument of type int, its behaviour when passed
** an integer that falls outside of the range of the unsigned char type
** is undefined (and sometimes, "undefined" means segfault). This wrapper
** is defined to accept an argument of type char, and always returns 0 for
** any values that fall outside of the range of the unsigned char type (i.e.
** negative values).
*/
static int fts3isspace(char c){
return (c&0x80)==0 ? isspace(c) : 0;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from buffer z (length n) using the tokenizer
** and other information (column names etc.) in pParse. Create an Fts3Expr
** structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE containing a phrase consisting of this
** single token and set *ppExpr to point to it. If the end of the buffer is
** reached before a token is found, set *ppExpr to zero. It is the
** responsibility of the caller to eventually deallocate the allocated
** Fts3Expr structure (if any) by passing it to sqlite3_free().
**
** Return SQLITE_OK if successful, or SQLITE_NOMEM if a memory allocation
** fails.
*/
static int getNextToken(
ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
int iCol, /* Value for Fts3Phrase.iColumn */
const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
int rc;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor;
Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
int nConsumed = 0;
rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, z, n, &pCursor);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
const char *zToken;
int nToken, iStart, iEnd, iPosition;
int nByte; /* total space to allocate */
pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPosition);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase) + nToken;
pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(nByte);
if( !pRet ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
memset(pRet, 0, nByte);
pRet->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
pRet->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&pRet[1];
pRet->pPhrase->nToken = 1;
pRet->pPhrase->iColumn = iCol;
pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].n = nToken;
pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z = (char *)&pRet->pPhrase[1];
memcpy(pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].z, zToken, nToken);
if( iEnd<n && z[iEnd]=='*' ){
pRet->pPhrase->aToken[0].isPrefix = 1;
iEnd++;
}
if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && iStart>0 && z[iStart-1]=='-' ){
pRet->pPhrase->isNot = 1;
}
}
nConsumed = iEnd;
}
pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
*pnConsumed = nConsumed;
*ppExpr = pRet;
return rc;
}
/*
** Enlarge a memory allocation. If an out-of-memory allocation occurs,
** then free the old allocation.
*/
void *fts3ReallocOrFree(void *pOrig, int nNew){
void *pRet = sqlite3_realloc(pOrig, nNew);
if( !pRet ){
sqlite3_free(pOrig);
}
return pRet;
}
/*
** Buffer zInput, length nInput, contains the contents of a quoted string
** that appeared as part of an fts3 query expression. Neither quote character
** is included in the buffer. This function attempts to tokenize the entire
** input buffer and create an Fts3Expr structure of type FTSQUERY_PHRASE
** containing the results.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned and *ppExpr set to point at the
** allocated Fts3Expr structure. Otherwise, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out of memory
** error) or SQLITE_ERROR (tokenization error) is returned and *ppExpr set
** to 0.
*/
static int getNextString(
ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
const char *zInput, int nInput, /* Input string */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: expression */
){
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = pParse->pTokenizer;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = pTokenizer->pModule;
int rc;
Fts3Expr *p = 0;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor = 0;
char *zTemp = 0;
int nTemp = 0;
rc = pModule->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCursor);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int ii;
pCursor->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
for(ii=0; rc==SQLITE_OK; ii++){
const char *zToken;
int nToken, iBegin, iEnd, iPos;
rc = pModule->xNext(pCursor, &zToken, &nToken, &iBegin, &iEnd, &iPos);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte+ii*sizeof(struct PhraseToken));
zTemp = fts3ReallocOrFree(zTemp, nTemp + nToken);
if( !p || !zTemp ){
goto no_mem;
}
if( ii==0 ){
memset(p, 0, nByte);
p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
}
p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
p->pPhrase->nToken = ii+1;
p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].n = nToken;
memcpy(&zTemp[nTemp], zToken, nToken);
nTemp += nToken;
if( iEnd<nInput && zInput[iEnd]=='*' ){
p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 1;
}else{
p->pPhrase->aToken[ii].isPrefix = 0;
}
}
}
pModule->xClose(pCursor);
pCursor = 0;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
int jj;
char *zNew;
int nNew = 0;
int nByte = sizeof(Fts3Expr) + sizeof(Fts3Phrase);
nByte += (p?(p->pPhrase->nToken-1):0) * sizeof(struct PhraseToken);
p = fts3ReallocOrFree(p, nByte + nTemp);
if( !p ){
goto no_mem;
}
if( zTemp ){
zNew = &(((char *)p)[nByte]);
memcpy(zNew, zTemp, nTemp);
}else{
memset(p, 0, nByte+nTemp);
}
p->pPhrase = (Fts3Phrase *)&p[1];
for(jj=0; jj<p->pPhrase->nToken; jj++){
p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].z = &zNew[nNew];
nNew += p->pPhrase->aToken[jj].n;
}
sqlite3_free(zTemp);
p->eType = FTSQUERY_PHRASE;
p->pPhrase->iColumn = pParse->iDefaultCol;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
*ppExpr = p;
return rc;
no_mem:
if( pCursor ){
pModule->xClose(pCursor);
}
sqlite3_free(zTemp);
sqlite3_free(p);
*ppExpr = 0;
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
/*
** Function getNextNode(), which is called by fts3ExprParse(), may itself
** call fts3ExprParse(). So this forward declaration is required.
*/
static int fts3ExprParse(ParseContext *, const char *, int, Fts3Expr **, int *);
/*
** The output variable *ppExpr is populated with an allocated Fts3Expr
** structure, or set to 0 if the end of the input buffer is reached.
**
** Returns an SQLite error code. SQLITE_OK if everything works, SQLITE_NOMEM
** if a malloc failure occurs, or SQLITE_ERROR if a parse error is encountered.
** If SQLITE_ERROR is returned, pContext is populated with an error message.
*/
static int getNextNode(
ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
const char *z, int n, /* Input string */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: expression */
int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
static const struct Fts3Keyword {
char z[4]; /* Keyword text */
unsigned char n; /* Length of the keyword */
unsigned char parenOnly; /* Only valid in paren mode */
unsigned char eType; /* Keyword code */
} aKeyword[] = {
{ "OR" , 2, 0, FTSQUERY_OR },
{ "AND", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_AND },
{ "NOT", 3, 1, FTSQUERY_NOT },
{ "NEAR", 4, 0, FTSQUERY_NEAR }
};
int ii;
int iCol;
int iColLen;
int rc;
Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
const char *zInput = z;
int nInput = n;
/* Skip over any whitespace before checking for a keyword, an open or
** close bracket, or a quoted string.
*/
while( nInput>0 && fts3isspace(*zInput) ){
nInput--;
zInput++;
}
if( nInput==0 ){
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
/* See if we are dealing with a keyword. */
for(ii=0; ii<(int)(sizeof(aKeyword)/sizeof(struct Fts3Keyword)); ii++){
const struct Fts3Keyword *pKey = &aKeyword[ii];
if( (pKey->parenOnly & ~sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses)!=0 ){
continue;
}
if( nInput>=pKey->n && 0==memcmp(zInput, pKey->z, pKey->n) ){
int nNear = SQLITE_FTS3_DEFAULT_NEAR_PARAM;
int nKey = pKey->n;
char cNext;
/* If this is a "NEAR" keyword, check for an explicit nearness. */
if( pKey->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
assert( nKey==4 );
if( zInput[4]=='/' && zInput[5]>='0' && zInput[5]<='9' ){
nNear = 0;
for(nKey=5; zInput[nKey]>='0' && zInput[nKey]<='9'; nKey++){
nNear = nNear * 10 + (zInput[nKey] - '0');
}
}
}
/* At this point this is probably a keyword. But for that to be true,
** the next byte must contain either whitespace, an open or close
** parenthesis, a quote character, or EOF.
*/
cNext = zInput[nKey];
if( fts3isspace(cNext)
|| cNext=='"' || cNext=='(' || cNext==')' || cNext==0
){
pRet = (Fts3Expr *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
memset(pRet, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
pRet->eType = pKey->eType;
pRet->nNear = nNear;
*ppExpr = pRet;
*pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + nKey;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Turns out that wasn't a keyword after all. This happens if the
** user has supplied a token such as "ORacle". Continue.
*/
}
}
/* Check for an open bracket. */
if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
if( *zInput=='(' ){
int nConsumed;
int rc;
pParse->nNest++;
rc = fts3ExprParse(pParse, &zInput[1], nInput-1, ppExpr, &nConsumed);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && !*ppExpr ){
rc = SQLITE_DONE;
}
*pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1 + nConsumed;
return rc;
}
/* Check for a close bracket. */
if( *zInput==')' ){
pParse->nNest--;
*pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + 1;
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
}
/* See if we are dealing with a quoted phrase. If this is the case, then
** search for the closing quote and pass the whole string to getNextString()
** for processing. This is easy to do, as fts3 has no syntax for escaping
** a quote character embedded in a string.
*/
if( *zInput=='"' ){
for(ii=1; ii<nInput && zInput[ii]!='"'; ii++);
*pnConsumed = (zInput - z) + ii + 1;
if( ii==nInput ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
return getNextString(pParse, &zInput[1], ii-1, ppExpr);
}
/* If control flows to this point, this must be a regular token, or
** the end of the input. Read a regular token using the sqlite3_tokenizer
** interface. Before doing so, figure out if there is an explicit
** column specifier for the token.
**
** TODO: Strangely, it is not possible to associate a column specifier
** with a quoted phrase, only with a single token. Not sure if this was
** an implementation artifact or an intentional decision when fts3 was
** first implemented. Whichever it was, this module duplicates the
** limitation.
*/
iCol = pParse->iDefaultCol;
iColLen = 0;
for(ii=0; ii<pParse->nCol; ii++){
const char *zStr = pParse->azCol[ii];
int nStr = strlen(zStr);
if( nInput>nStr && zInput[nStr]==':' && memcmp(zStr, zInput, nStr)==0 ){
iCol = ii;
iColLen = ((zInput - z) + nStr + 1);
break;
}
}
rc = getNextToken(pParse, iCol, &z[iColLen], n-iColLen, ppExpr, pnConsumed);
*pnConsumed += iColLen;
return rc;
}
/*
** The argument is an Fts3Expr structure for a binary operator (any type
** except an FTSQUERY_PHRASE). Return an integer value representing the
** precedence of the operator. Lower values have a higher precedence (i.e.
** group more tightly). For example, in the C language, the == operator
** groups more tightly than ||, and would therefore have a higher precedence.
**
** When using the new fts3 query syntax (when SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_PARENTHESIS
** is defined), the order of the operators in precedence from highest to
** lowest is:
**
** NEAR
** NOT
** AND (including implicit ANDs)
** OR
**
** Note that when using the old query syntax, the OR operator has a higher
** precedence than the AND operator.
*/
static int opPrecedence(Fts3Expr *p){
assert( p->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE );
if( sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses ){
return p->eType;
}else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR ){
return 1;
}else if( p->eType==FTSQUERY_OR ){
return 2;
}
assert( p->eType==FTSQUERY_AND );
return 3;
}
/*
** Argument ppHead contains a pointer to the current head of a query
** expression tree being parsed. pPrev is the expression node most recently
** inserted into the tree. This function adds pNew, which is always a binary
** operator node, into the expression tree based on the relative precedence
** of pNew and the existing nodes of the tree. This may result in the head
** of the tree changing, in which case *ppHead is set to the new root node.
*/
static void insertBinaryOperator(
Fts3Expr **ppHead, /* Pointer to the root node of a tree */
Fts3Expr *pPrev, /* Node most recently inserted into the tree */
Fts3Expr *pNew /* New binary node to insert into expression tree */
){
Fts3Expr *pSplit = pPrev;
while( pSplit->pParent && opPrecedence(pSplit->pParent)<=opPrecedence(pNew) ){
pSplit = pSplit->pParent;
}
if( pSplit->pParent ){
assert( pSplit->pParent->pRight==pSplit );
pSplit->pParent->pRight = pNew;
pNew->pParent = pSplit->pParent;
}else{
*ppHead = pNew;
}
pNew->pLeft = pSplit;
pSplit->pParent = pNew;
}
/*
** Parse the fts3 query expression found in buffer z, length n. This function
** returns either when the end of the buffer is reached or an unmatched
** closing bracket - ')' - is encountered.
**
** If successful, SQLITE_OK is returned, *ppExpr is set to point to the
** parsed form of the expression and *pnConsumed is set to the number of
** bytes read from buffer z. Otherwise, *ppExpr is set to 0 and SQLITE_NOMEM
** (out of memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse error) is returned.
*/
static int fts3ExprParse(
ParseContext *pParse, /* fts3 query parse context */
const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr, /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
int *pnConsumed /* OUT: Number of bytes consumed */
){
Fts3Expr *pRet = 0;
Fts3Expr *pPrev = 0;
Fts3Expr *pNotBranch = 0; /* Only used in legacy parse mode */
int nIn = n;
const char *zIn = z;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int isRequirePhrase = 1;
while( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
Fts3Expr *p = 0;
int nByte = 0;
rc = getNextNode(pParse, zIn, nIn, &p, &nByte);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int isPhrase;
if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses
&& p->eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE && p->pPhrase->isNot
){
/* Create an implicit NOT operator. */
Fts3Expr *pNot = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
if( !pNot ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto exprparse_out;
}
memset(pNot, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
pNot->eType = FTSQUERY_NOT;
pNot->pRight = p;
if( pNotBranch ){
pNotBranch->pLeft = p;
pNot->pRight = pNotBranch;
}
pNotBranch = pNot;
}else{
int eType = p->eType;
assert( eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE || !p->pPhrase->isNot );
isPhrase = (eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE || p->pLeft);
/* The isRequirePhrase variable is set to true if a phrase or
** an expression contained in parenthesis is required. If a
** binary operator (AND, OR, NOT or NEAR) is encounted when
** isRequirePhrase is set, this is a syntax error.
*/
if( !isPhrase && isRequirePhrase ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto exprparse_out;
}
if( isPhrase && !isRequirePhrase ){
/* Insert an implicit AND operator. */
Fts3Expr *pAnd;
assert( pRet && pPrev );
pAnd = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(Fts3Expr));
if( !pAnd ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto exprparse_out;
}
memset(pAnd, 0, sizeof(Fts3Expr));
pAnd->eType = FTSQUERY_AND;
insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, pAnd);
pPrev = pAnd;
}
/* This test catches attempts to make either operand of a NEAR
** operator something other than a phrase. For example, either of
** the following:
**
** (bracketed expression) NEAR phrase
** phrase NEAR (bracketed expression)
**
** Return an error in either case.
*/
if( pPrev && (
(eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR && !isPhrase && pPrev->eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE)
|| (eType!=FTSQUERY_PHRASE && isPhrase && pPrev->eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR)
)){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto exprparse_out;
}
if( isPhrase ){
if( pRet ){
assert( pPrev && pPrev->pLeft && pPrev->pRight==0 );
pPrev->pRight = p;
p->pParent = pPrev;
}else{
pRet = p;
}
}else{
insertBinaryOperator(&pRet, pPrev, p);
}
isRequirePhrase = !isPhrase;
}
assert( nByte>0 );
}
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || (nByte>0 && nByte<=nIn) );
nIn -= nByte;
zIn += nByte;
pPrev = p;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE && pRet && isRequirePhrase ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_DONE ){
rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !sqlite3_fts3_enable_parentheses && pNotBranch ){
if( !pRet ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else{
pNotBranch->pLeft = pRet;
pRet = pNotBranch;
}
}
}
*pnConsumed = n - nIn;
exprparse_out:
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pRet);
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pNotBranch);
pRet = 0;
}
*ppExpr = pRet;
return rc;
}
/*
** Parameters z and n contain a pointer to and length of a buffer containing
** an fts3 query expression, respectively. This function attempts to parse the
** query expression and create a tree of Fts3Expr structures representing the
** parsed expression. If successful, *ppExpr is set to point to the head
** of the parsed expression tree and SQLITE_OK is returned. If an error
** occurs, either SQLITE_NOMEM (out-of-memory error) or SQLITE_ERROR (parse
** error) is returned and *ppExpr is set to 0.
**
** If parameter n is a negative number, then z is assumed to point to a
** nul-terminated string and the length is determined using strlen().
**
** The first parameter, pTokenizer, is passed the fts3 tokenizer module to
** use to normalize query tokens while parsing the expression. The azCol[]
** array, which is assumed to contain nCol entries, should contain the names
** of each column in the target fts3 table, in order from left to right.
** Column names must be nul-terminated strings.
**
** The iDefaultCol parameter should be passed the index of the table column
** that appears on the left-hand-side of the MATCH operator (the default
** column to match against for tokens for which a column name is not explicitly
** specified as part of the query string), or -1 if tokens may by default
** match any table column.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer module */
char **azCol, /* Array of column names for fts3 table */
int nCol, /* Number of entries in azCol[] */
int iDefaultCol, /* Default column to query */
const char *z, int n, /* Text of MATCH query */
Fts3Expr **ppExpr /* OUT: Parsed query structure */
){
int nParsed;
int rc;
ParseContext sParse;
sParse.pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
sParse.azCol = (const char **)azCol;
sParse.nCol = nCol;
sParse.iDefaultCol = iDefaultCol;
sParse.nNest = 0;
if( z==0 ){
*ppExpr = 0;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
if( n<0 ){
n = strlen(z);
}
rc = fts3ExprParse(&sParse, z, n, ppExpr, &nParsed);
/* Check for mismatched parenthesis */
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.nNest ){
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(*ppExpr);
*ppExpr = 0;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Free a parsed fts3 query expression allocated by sqlite3Fts3ExprParse().
*/
void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *p){
if( p ){
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pLeft);
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(p->pRight);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
}
/****************************************************************************
*****************************************************************************
** Everything after this point is just test code.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
#include <stdio.h>
/*
** Function to query the hash-table of tokenizers (see README.tokenizers).
*/
static int queryTestTokenizer(
sqlite3 *db,
const char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
int rc;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
*pp = 0;
rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
}
}
return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
/*
** This function is part of the test interface for the query parser. It
** writes a text representation of the query expression pExpr into the
** buffer pointed to by argument zBuf. It is assumed that zBuf is large
** enough to store the required text representation.
*/
static void exprToString(Fts3Expr *pExpr, char *zBuf){
switch( pExpr->eType ){
case FTSQUERY_PHRASE: {
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase = pExpr->pPhrase;
int i;
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "PHRASE %d %d", pPhrase->iColumn, pPhrase->isNot);
for(i=0; i<pPhrase->nToken; i++){
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf," %.*s",pPhrase->aToken[i].n,pPhrase->aToken[i].z);
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf,"%s", (pPhrase->aToken[i].isPrefix?"+":""));
}
return;
}
case FTSQUERY_NEAR:
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NEAR/%d ", pExpr->nNear);
break;
case FTSQUERY_NOT:
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "NOT ");
break;
case FTSQUERY_AND:
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "AND ");
break;
case FTSQUERY_OR:
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "OR ");
break;
}
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
exprToString(pExpr->pLeft, zBuf);
zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "} ");
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "{");
exprToString(pExpr->pRight, zBuf);
zBuf += strlen(zBuf);
zBuf += sprintf(zBuf, "}");
}
/*
** This is the implementation of a scalar SQL function used to test the
** expression parser. It should be called as follows:
**
** fts3_exprtest(<tokenizer>, <expr>, <column 1>, ...);
**
** The first argument, <tokenizer>, is the name of the fts3 tokenizer used
** to parse the query expression (see README.tokenizers). The second argument
** is the query expression to parse. Each subsequent argument is the name
** of a column of the fts3 table that the query expression may refer to.
** For example:
**
** SELECT fts3_exprtest('simple', 'Bill col2:Bloggs', 'col1', 'col2');
*/
static void fts3ExprTest(
sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const *pModule = 0;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
int rc;
char **azCol = 0;
const char *zExpr;
int nExpr;
int nCol;
int ii;
Fts3Expr *pExpr;
sqlite3 *db = sqlite3_context_db_handle(context);
if( argc<3 ){
sqlite3_result_error(context,
"Usage: fts3_exprtest(tokenizer, expr, col1, ...", -1
);
return;
}
rc = queryTestTokenizer(db,
(const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]), &pModule);
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
goto exprtest_out;
}else if( !pModule ){
sqlite3_result_error(context, "No such tokenizer module", -1);
goto exprtest_out;
}
rc = pModule->xCreate(0, 0, &pTokenizer);
assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_OK );
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
goto exprtest_out;
}
pTokenizer->pModule = pModule;
zExpr = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
nExpr = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
nCol = argc-2;
azCol = (char **)sqlite3_malloc(nCol*sizeof(char *));
if( !azCol ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
goto exprtest_out;
}
for(ii=0; ii<nCol; ii++){
azCol[ii] = (char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[ii+2]);
}
rc = sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(
pTokenizer, azCol, nCol, nCol, zExpr, nExpr, &pExpr
);
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
sqlite3_result_error_nomem(context);
goto exprtest_out;
}else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
char zBuf[4096];
exprToString(pExpr, zBuf);
sqlite3_result_text(context, zBuf, -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(pExpr);
}else{
sqlite3_result_error(context, "Error parsing expression", -1);
}
exprtest_out:
if( pModule && pTokenizer ){
rc = pModule->xDestroy(pTokenizer);
}
sqlite3_free(azCol);
}
/*
** Register the query expression parser test function fts3_exprtest()
** with database connection db.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3* db){
sqlite3_create_function(
db, "fts3_exprtest", -1, SQLITE_UTF8, 0, fts3ExprTest, 0, 0
);
}
#endif
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

96
fts3_expr.h
View file

@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 Nov 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
*/
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
#include "sqlite3.h"
/*
** The following describes the syntax supported by the fts3 MATCH
** operator in a similar format to that used by the lemon parser
** generator. This module does not use actually lemon, it uses a
** custom parser.
**
** query ::= andexpr (OR andexpr)*.
**
** andexpr ::= notexpr (AND? notexpr)*.
**
** notexpr ::= nearexpr (NOT nearexpr|-TOKEN)*.
** notexpr ::= LP query RP.
**
** nearexpr ::= phrase (NEAR distance_opt nearexpr)*.
**
** distance_opt ::= .
** distance_opt ::= / INTEGER.
**
** phrase ::= TOKEN.
** phrase ::= COLUMN:TOKEN.
** phrase ::= "TOKEN TOKEN TOKEN...".
*/
typedef struct Fts3Expr Fts3Expr;
typedef struct Fts3Phrase Fts3Phrase;
/*
** A "phrase" is a sequence of one or more tokens that must match in
** sequence. A single token is the base case and the most common case.
** For a sequence of tokens contained in "...", nToken will be the number
** of tokens in the string.
*/
struct Fts3Phrase {
int nToken; /* Number of tokens in the phrase */
int iColumn; /* Index of column this phrase must match */
int isNot; /* Phrase prefixed by unary not (-) operator */
struct PhraseToken {
char *z; /* Text of the token */
int n; /* Number of bytes in buffer pointed to by z */
int isPrefix; /* True if token ends in with a "*" character */
} aToken[1]; /* One entry for each token in the phrase */
};
/*
** A tree of these objects forms the RHS of a MATCH operator.
*/
struct Fts3Expr {
int eType; /* One of the FTSQUERY_XXX values defined below */
int nNear; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_NEAR */
Fts3Expr *pParent; /* pParent->pLeft==this or pParent->pRight==this */
Fts3Expr *pLeft; /* Left operand */
Fts3Expr *pRight; /* Right operand */
Fts3Phrase *pPhrase; /* Valid if eType==FTSQUERY_PHRASE */
};
int sqlite3Fts3ExprParse(sqlite3_tokenizer *, char **, int, int,
const char *, int, Fts3Expr **);
void sqlite3Fts3ExprFree(Fts3Expr *);
/*
** Candidate values for Fts3Query.eType. Note that the order of the first
** four values is in order of precedence when parsing expressions. For
** example, the following:
**
** "a OR b AND c NOT d NEAR e"
**
** is equivalent to:
**
** "a OR (b AND (c NOT (d NEAR e)))"
*/
#define FTSQUERY_NEAR 1
#define FTSQUERY_NOT 2
#define FTSQUERY_AND 3
#define FTSQUERY_OR 4
#define FTSQUERY_PHRASE 5
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
void sqlite3Fts3ExprInitTestInterface(sqlite3 *db);
#endif

373
fts3_hash.c
View file

@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables used in SQLite.
** We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone hash table
** implementation for the full-text indexing module.
*/
/*
** The code in this file is only compiled if:
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "sqlite3.h"
#include "fts3_hash.h"
/*
** Malloc and Free functions
*/
static void *fts3HashMalloc(int n){
void *p = sqlite3_malloc(n);
if( p ){
memset(p, 0, n);
}
return p;
}
static void fts3HashFree(void *p){
sqlite3_free(p);
}
/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
** keyClass is one of the constants
** FTS3_HASH_BINARY or FTS3_HASH_STRING. The value of keyClass
** determines what kind of key the hash table will use. "copyKey" is
** true if the hash table should make its own private copy of keys and
** false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash *pNew, int keyClass, int copyKey){
assert( pNew!=0 );
assert( keyClass>=FTS3_HASH_STRING && keyClass<=FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
pNew->keyClass = keyClass;
pNew->copyKey = copyKey;
pNew->first = 0;
pNew->count = 0;
pNew->htsize = 0;
pNew->ht = 0;
}
/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
** to the empty state.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash *pH){
fts3HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
assert( pH!=0 );
elem = pH->first;
pH->first = 0;
fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
pH->ht = 0;
pH->htsize = 0;
while( elem ){
fts3HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
}
fts3HashFree(elem);
elem = next_elem;
}
pH->count = 0;
}
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_STRING
*/
static int fts3StrHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
int h = 0;
if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = (int) strlen(z);
while( nKey > 0 ){
h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *z++;
nKey--;
}
return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int fts3StrCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
return strncmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is FTS3_HASH_BINARY
*/
static int fts3BinHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
int h = 0;
const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
while( nKey-- > 0 ){
h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ *(z++);
}
return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int fts3BinCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
return memcmp(pKey1,pKey2,n1);
}
/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
** The C syntax in this function definition may be unfamilar to some
** programmers, so we provide the following additional explanation:
**
** The name of the function is "ftsHashFunction". The function takes a
** single parameter "keyClass". The return value of ftsHashFunction()
** is a pointer to another function. Specifically, the return value
** of ftsHashFunction() is a pointer to a function that takes two parameters
** with types "const void*" and "int" and returns an "int".
*/
static int (*ftsHashFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int){
if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
return &fts3StrHash;
}else{
assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
return &fts3BinHash;
}
}
/*
** Return a pointer to the appropriate hash function given the key class.
**
** For help in interpreted the obscure C code in the function definition,
** see the header comment on the previous function.
*/
static int (*ftsCompareFunction(int keyClass))(const void*,int,const void*,int){
if( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_STRING ){
return &fts3StrCompare;
}else{
assert( keyClass==FTS3_HASH_BINARY );
return &fts3BinCompare;
}
}
/* Link an element into the hash table
*/
static void fts3HashInsertElement(
fts3Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
struct _fts3ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
fts3HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
){
fts3HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
pHead = pEntry->chain;
if( pHead ){
pNew->next = pHead;
pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
else { pH->first = pNew; }
pHead->prev = pNew;
}else{
pNew->next = pH->first;
if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
pNew->prev = 0;
pH->first = pNew;
}
pEntry->count++;
pEntry->chain = pNew;
}
/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
** to resize if sqliteMalloc() fails.
*/
static void fts3Rehash(fts3Hash *pH, int new_size){
struct _fts3ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
fts3HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
assert( (new_size & (new_size-1))==0 );
new_ht = (struct _fts3ht *)fts3HashMalloc( new_size*sizeof(struct _fts3ht) );
if( new_ht==0 ) return;
fts3HashFree(pH->ht);
pH->ht = new_ht;
pH->htsize = new_size;
xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
int h = (*xHash)(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
next_elem = elem->next;
fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
}
}
/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static fts3HashElem *fts3FindElementByHash(
const fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
int nKey,
int h /* The hash for this key. */
){
fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
int (*xCompare)(const void*,int,const void*,int); /* comparison function */
if( pH->ht ){
struct _fts3ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
elem = pEntry->chain;
count = pEntry->count;
xCompare = ftsCompareFunction(pH->keyClass);
while( count-- && elem ){
if( (*xCompare)(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void fts3RemoveElementByHash(
fts3Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
fts3HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
int h /* Hash value for the element */
){
struct _fts3ht *pEntry;
if( elem->prev ){
elem->prev->next = elem->next;
}else{
pH->first = elem->next;
}
if( elem->next ){
elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
}
pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
pEntry->chain = elem->next;
}
pEntry->count--;
if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
pEntry->chain = 0;
}
if( pH->copyKey && elem->pKey ){
fts3HashFree(elem->pKey);
}
fts3HashFree( elem );
pH->count--;
if( pH->count<=0 ){
assert( pH->first==0 );
assert( pH->count==0 );
fts3HashClear(pH);
}
}
/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
int h; /* A hash on key */
fts3HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
assert( xHash!=0 );
h = (*xHash)(pKey,nKey);
assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h & (pH->htsize-1));
return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}
/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
** flag is set. NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(
fts3Hash *pH, /* The hash table to insert into */
const void *pKey, /* The key */
int nKey, /* Number of bytes in the key */
void *data /* The data */
){
int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
fts3HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
fts3HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
int (*xHash)(const void*,int); /* The hash function */
assert( pH!=0 );
xHash = ftsHashFunction(pH->keyClass);
assert( xHash!=0 );
hraw = (*xHash)(pKey, nKey);
assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
elem = fts3FindElementByHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
if( elem ){
void *old_data = elem->data;
if( data==0 ){
fts3RemoveElementByHash(pH,elem,h);
}else{
elem->data = data;
}
return old_data;
}
if( data==0 ) return 0;
if( pH->htsize==0 ){
fts3Rehash(pH,8);
if( pH->htsize==0 ){
pH->count = 0;
return data;
}
}
new_elem = (fts3HashElem*)fts3HashMalloc( sizeof(fts3HashElem) );
if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
new_elem->pKey = fts3HashMalloc( nKey );
if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
fts3HashFree(new_elem);
return data;
}
memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
}else{
new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
}
new_elem->nKey = nKey;
pH->count++;
if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
fts3Rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
}
assert( pH->htsize>0 );
assert( (pH->htsize & (pH->htsize-1))==0 );
h = hraw & (pH->htsize-1);
fts3HashInsertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
new_elem->data = data;
return 0;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

110
fts3_hash.h
View file

@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite. We've modified it slightly to serve as a standalone
** hash table implementation for the full-text indexing module.
**
*/
#ifndef _FTS3_HASH_H_
#define _FTS3_HASH_H_
/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct fts3Hash fts3Hash;
typedef struct fts3HashElem fts3HashElem;
/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.
*/
struct fts3Hash {
char keyClass; /* HASH_INT, _POINTER, _STRING, _BINARY */
char copyKey; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
fts3HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
int htsize; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
struct _fts3ht { /* the hash table */
int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
fts3HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
} *ht;
};
/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct fts3HashElem {
fts3HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
};
/*
** There are 2 different modes of operation for a hash table:
**
** FTS3_HASH_STRING pKey points to a string that is nKey bytes long
** (including the null-terminator, if any). Case
** is respected in comparisons.
**
** FTS3_HASH_BINARY pKey points to binary data nKey bytes long.
** memcmp() is used to compare keys.
**
** A copy of the key is made if the copyKey parameter to fts3HashInit is 1.
*/
#define FTS3_HASH_STRING 1
#define FTS3_HASH_BINARY 2
/*
** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3HashInit(fts3Hash*, int keytype, int copyKey);
void *sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3Fts3HashFind(const fts3Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
void sqlite3Fts3HashClear(fts3Hash*);
/*
** Shorthand for the functions above
*/
#define fts3HashInit sqlite3Fts3HashInit
#define fts3HashInsert sqlite3Fts3HashInsert
#define fts3HashFind sqlite3Fts3HashFind
#define fts3HashClear sqlite3Fts3HashClear
/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
** like this:
**
** fts3Hash h;
** fts3HashElem *p;
** ...
** for(p=fts3HashFirst(&h); p; p=fts3HashNext(p)){
** SomeStructure *pData = fts3HashData(p);
** // do something with pData
** }
*/
#define fts3HashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
#define fts3HashNext(E) ((E)->next)
#define fts3HashData(E) ((E)->data)
#define fts3HashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
#define fts3HashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
#define fts3HashCount(H) ((H)->count)
#endif /* _FTS3_HASH_H_ */

260
fts3_icu.c
View file

@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 June 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements a tokenizer for fts3 based on the ICU library.
**
** $Id: fts3_icu.c,v 1.3 2008/09/01 18:34:20 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU
#include <assert.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
#include <unicode/ubrk.h>
#include <unicode/ucol.h>
#include <unicode/ustring.h>
#include <unicode/utf16.h>
typedef struct IcuTokenizer IcuTokenizer;
typedef struct IcuCursor IcuCursor;
struct IcuTokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
char *zLocale;
};
struct IcuCursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
UBreakIterator *pIter; /* ICU break-iterator object */
int nChar; /* Number of UChar elements in pInput */
UChar *aChar; /* Copy of input using utf-16 encoding */
int *aOffset; /* Offsets of each character in utf-8 input */
int nBuffer;
char *zBuffer;
int iToken;
};
/*
** Create a new tokenizer instance.
*/
static int icuCreate(
int argc, /* Number of entries in argv[] */
const char * const *argv, /* Tokenizer creation arguments */
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
){
IcuTokenizer *p;
int n = 0;
if( argc>0 ){
n = strlen(argv[0])+1;
}
p = (IcuTokenizer *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(IcuTokenizer)+n);
if( !p ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(p, 0, sizeof(IcuTokenizer));
if( n ){
p->zLocale = (char *)&p[1];
memcpy(p->zLocale, argv[0], n);
}
*ppTokenizer = (sqlite3_tokenizer *)p;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
static int icuDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
sqlite3_free(p);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int icuOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
const char *zInput, /* Input string */
int nInput, /* Length of zInput in bytes */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
IcuTokenizer *p = (IcuTokenizer *)pTokenizer;
IcuCursor *pCsr;
const int32_t opt = U_FOLD_CASE_DEFAULT;
UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
int nChar;
UChar32 c;
int iInput = 0;
int iOut = 0;
*ppCursor = 0;
if( nInput<0 ){
nInput = strlen(zInput);
}
nChar = nInput+1;
pCsr = (IcuCursor *)sqlite3_malloc(
sizeof(IcuCursor) + /* IcuCursor */
nChar * sizeof(UChar) + /* IcuCursor.aChar[] */
(nChar+1) * sizeof(int) /* IcuCursor.aOffset[] */
);
if( !pCsr ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(pCsr, 0, sizeof(IcuCursor));
pCsr->aChar = (UChar *)&pCsr[1];
pCsr->aOffset = (int *)&pCsr->aChar[nChar];
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
while( c>0 ){
int isError = 0;
c = u_foldCase(c, opt);
U16_APPEND(pCsr->aChar, iOut, nChar, c, isError);
if( isError ){
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pCsr->aOffset[iOut] = iInput;
if( iInput<nInput ){
U8_NEXT(zInput, iInput, nInput, c);
}else{
c = 0;
}
}
pCsr->pIter = ubrk_open(UBRK_WORD, p->zLocale, pCsr->aChar, iOut, &status);
if( !U_SUCCESS(status) ){
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
pCsr->nChar = iOut;
ubrk_first(pCsr->pIter);
*ppCursor = (sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *)pCsr;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to icuOpen().
*/
static int icuClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
ubrk_close(pCsr->pIter);
sqlite3_free(pCsr->zBuffer);
sqlite3_free(pCsr);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor.
*/
static int icuNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
IcuCursor *pCsr = (IcuCursor *)pCursor;
int iStart = 0;
int iEnd = 0;
int nByte = 0;
while( iStart==iEnd ){
UChar32 c;
iStart = ubrk_current(pCsr->pIter);
iEnd = ubrk_next(pCsr->pIter);
if( iEnd==UBRK_DONE ){
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
while( iStart<iEnd ){
int iWhite = iStart;
U8_NEXT(pCsr->aChar, iWhite, pCsr->nChar, c);
if( u_isspace(c) ){
iStart = iWhite;
}else{
break;
}
}
assert(iStart<=iEnd);
}
do {
UErrorCode status = U_ZERO_ERROR;
if( nByte ){
char *zNew = sqlite3_realloc(pCsr->zBuffer, nByte);
if( !zNew ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
pCsr->zBuffer = zNew;
pCsr->nBuffer = nByte;
}
u_strToUTF8(
pCsr->zBuffer, pCsr->nBuffer, &nByte, /* Output vars */
&pCsr->aChar[iStart], iEnd-iStart, /* Input vars */
&status /* Output success/failure */
);
} while( nByte>pCsr->nBuffer );
*ppToken = pCsr->zBuffer;
*pnBytes = nByte;
*piStartOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iStart];
*piEndOffset = pCsr->aOffset[iEnd];
*piPosition = pCsr->iToken++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
*/
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module icuTokenizerModule = {
0, /* iVersion */
icuCreate, /* xCreate */
icuDestroy, /* xCreate */
icuOpen, /* xOpen */
icuClose, /* xClose */
icuNext, /* xNext */
};
/*
** Set *ppModule to point at the implementation of the ICU tokenizer.
*/
void sqlite3Fts3IcuTokenizerModule(
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
){
*ppModule = &icuTokenizerModule;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_ICU) */
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

642
fts3_porter.c
View file

@ -1,642 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2006 September 30
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Implementation of the full-text-search tokenizer that implements
** a Porter stemmer.
*/
/*
** The code in this file is only compiled if:
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
/*
** Class derived from sqlite3_tokenizer
*/
typedef struct porter_tokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base; /* Base class */
} porter_tokenizer;
/*
** Class derived from sqlit3_tokenizer_cursor
*/
typedef struct porter_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
const char *zInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
int nInput; /* size of the input */
int iOffset; /* current position in zInput */
int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
char *zToken; /* storage for current token */
int nAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
} porter_tokenizer_cursor;
/* Forward declaration */
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule;
/*
** Create a new tokenizer instance.
*/
static int porterCreate(
int argc, const char * const *argv,
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
){
porter_tokenizer *t;
t = (porter_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
*ppTokenizer = &t->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
static int porterDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is zInput[0..nInput-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int porterOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
const char *zInput, int nInput, /* String to be tokenized */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c;
c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
c->zInput = zInput;
if( zInput==0 ){
c->nInput = 0;
}else if( nInput<0 ){
c->nInput = (int)strlen(zInput);
}else{
c->nInput = nInput;
}
c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
c->iToken = 0;
c->zToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
c->nAllocated = 0;
*ppCursor = &c->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
** porterOpen() above.
*/
static int porterClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
sqlite3_free(c->zToken);
sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Vowel or consonant
*/
static const char cType[] = {
0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0,
1, 1, 1, 2, 1
};
/*
** isConsonant() and isVowel() determine if their first character in
** the string they point to is a consonant or a vowel, according
** to Porter ruls.
**
** A consonate is any letter other than 'a', 'e', 'i', 'o', or 'u'.
** 'Y' is a consonant unless it follows another consonant,
** in which case it is a vowel.
**
** In these routine, the letters are in reverse order. So the 'y' rule
** is that 'y' is a consonant unless it is followed by another
** consonent.
*/
static int isVowel(const char*);
static int isConsonant(const char *z){
int j;
char x = *z;
if( x==0 ) return 0;
assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
j = cType[x-'a'];
if( j<2 ) return j;
return z[1]==0 || isVowel(z + 1);
}
static int isVowel(const char *z){
int j;
char x = *z;
if( x==0 ) return 0;
assert( x>='a' && x<='z' );
j = cType[x-'a'];
if( j<2 ) return 1-j;
return isConsonant(z + 1);
}
/*
** Let any sequence of one or more vowels be represented by V and let
** C be sequence of one or more consonants. Then every word can be
** represented as:
**
** [C] (VC){m} [V]
**
** In prose: A word is an optional consonant followed by zero or
** vowel-consonant pairs followed by an optional vowel. "m" is the
** number of vowel consonant pairs. This routine computes the value
** of m for the first i bytes of a word.
**
** Return true if the m-value for z is 1 or more. In other words,
** return true if z contains at least one vowel that is followed
** by a consonant.
**
** In this routine z[] is in reverse order. So we are really looking
** for an instance of of a consonant followed by a vowel.
*/
static int m_gt_0(const char *z){
while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 0;
while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
return *z!=0;
}
/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m which is
** exactly 1
*/
static int m_eq_1(const char *z){
while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 0;
while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 0;
while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 1;
while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
return *z==0;
}
/* Like mgt0 above except we are looking for a value of m>1 instead
** or m>0
*/
static int m_gt_1(const char *z){
while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 0;
while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 0;
while( isVowel(z) ){ z++; }
if( *z==0 ) return 0;
while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
return *z!=0;
}
/*
** Return TRUE if there is a vowel anywhere within z[0..n-1]
*/
static int hasVowel(const char *z){
while( isConsonant(z) ){ z++; }
return *z!=0;
}
/*
** Return TRUE if the word ends in a double consonant.
**
** The text is reversed here. So we are really looking at
** the first two characters of z[].
*/
static int doubleConsonant(const char *z){
return isConsonant(z) && z[0]==z[1] && isConsonant(z+1);
}
/*
** Return TRUE if the word ends with three letters which
** are consonant-vowel-consonent and where the final consonant
** is not 'w', 'x', or 'y'.
**
** The word is reversed here. So we are really checking the
** first three letters and the first one cannot be in [wxy].
*/
static int star_oh(const char *z){
return
z[0]!=0 && isConsonant(z) &&
z[0]!='w' && z[0]!='x' && z[0]!='y' &&
z[1]!=0 && isVowel(z+1) &&
z[2]!=0 && isConsonant(z+2);
}
/*
** If the word ends with zFrom and xCond() is true for the stem
** of the word that preceeds the zFrom ending, then change the
** ending to zTo.
**
** The input word *pz and zFrom are both in reverse order. zTo
** is in normal order.
**
** Return TRUE if zFrom matches. Return FALSE if zFrom does not
** match. Not that TRUE is returned even if xCond() fails and
** no substitution occurs.
*/
static int stem(
char **pz, /* The word being stemmed (Reversed) */
const char *zFrom, /* If the ending matches this... (Reversed) */
const char *zTo, /* ... change the ending to this (not reversed) */
int (*xCond)(const char*) /* Condition that must be true */
){
char *z = *pz;
while( *zFrom && *zFrom==*z ){ z++; zFrom++; }
if( *zFrom!=0 ) return 0;
if( xCond && !xCond(z) ) return 1;
while( *zTo ){
*(--z) = *(zTo++);
}
*pz = z;
return 1;
}
/*
** This is the fallback stemmer used when the porter stemmer is
** inappropriate. The input word is copied into the output with
** US-ASCII case folding. If the input word is too long (more
** than 20 bytes if it contains no digits or more than 6 bytes if
** it contains digits) then word is truncated to 20 or 6 bytes
** by taking 10 or 3 bytes from the beginning and end.
*/
static void copy_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
int i, mx, j;
int hasDigit = 0;
for(i=0; i<nIn; i++){
int c = zIn[i];
if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
zOut[i] = c - 'A' + 'a';
}else{
if( c>='0' && c<='9' ) hasDigit = 1;
zOut[i] = c;
}
}
mx = hasDigit ? 3 : 10;
if( nIn>mx*2 ){
for(j=mx, i=nIn-mx; i<nIn; i++, j++){
zOut[j] = zOut[i];
}
i = j;
}
zOut[i] = 0;
*pnOut = i;
}
/*
** Stem the input word zIn[0..nIn-1]. Store the output in zOut.
** zOut is at least big enough to hold nIn bytes. Write the actual
** size of the output word (exclusive of the '\0' terminator) into *pnOut.
**
** Any upper-case characters in the US-ASCII character set ([A-Z])
** are converted to lower case. Upper-case UTF characters are
** unchanged.
**
** Words that are longer than about 20 bytes are stemmed by retaining
** a few bytes from the beginning and the end of the word. If the
** word contains digits, 3 bytes are taken from the beginning and
** 3 bytes from the end. For long words without digits, 10 bytes
** are taken from each end. US-ASCII case folding still applies.
**
** If the input word contains not digits but does characters not
** in [a-zA-Z] then no stemming is attempted and this routine just
** copies the input into the input into the output with US-ASCII
** case folding.
**
** Stemming never increases the length of the word. So there is
** no chance of overflowing the zOut buffer.
*/
static void porter_stemmer(const char *zIn, int nIn, char *zOut, int *pnOut){
int i, j, c;
char zReverse[28];
char *z, *z2;
if( nIn<3 || nIn>=sizeof(zReverse)-7 ){
/* The word is too big or too small for the porter stemmer.
** Fallback to the copy stemmer */
copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
return;
}
for(i=0, j=sizeof(zReverse)-6; i<nIn; i++, j--){
c = zIn[i];
if( c>='A' && c<='Z' ){
zReverse[j] = c + 'a' - 'A';
}else if( c>='a' && c<='z' ){
zReverse[j] = c;
}else{
/* The use of a character not in [a-zA-Z] means that we fallback
** to the copy stemmer */
copy_stemmer(zIn, nIn, zOut, pnOut);
return;
}
}
memset(&zReverse[sizeof(zReverse)-5], 0, 5);
z = &zReverse[j+1];
/* Step 1a */
if( z[0]=='s' ){
if(
!stem(&z, "sess", "ss", 0) &&
!stem(&z, "sei", "i", 0) &&
!stem(&z, "ss", "ss", 0)
){
z++;
}
}
/* Step 1b */
z2 = z;
if( stem(&z, "dee", "ee", m_gt_0) ){
/* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
}else if(
(stem(&z, "gni", "", hasVowel) || stem(&z, "de", "", hasVowel))
&& z!=z2
){
if( stem(&z, "ta", "ate", 0) ||
stem(&z, "lb", "ble", 0) ||
stem(&z, "zi", "ize", 0) ){
/* Do nothing. The work was all in the test */
}else if( doubleConsonant(z) && (*z!='l' && *z!='s' && *z!='z') ){
z++;
}else if( m_eq_1(z) && star_oh(z) ){
*(--z) = 'e';
}
}
/* Step 1c */
if( z[0]=='y' && hasVowel(z+1) ){
z[0] = 'i';
}
/* Step 2 */
switch( z[1] ){
case 'a':
stem(&z, "lanoita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "lanoit", "tion", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'c':
stem(&z, "icne", "ence", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "icna", "ance", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'e':
stem(&z, "rezi", "ize", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'g':
stem(&z, "igol", "log", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'l':
stem(&z, "ilb", "ble", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "illa", "al", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "iltne", "ent", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "ile", "e", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "ilsuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'o':
stem(&z, "noitazi", "ize", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "noita", "ate", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "rota", "ate", m_gt_0);
break;
case 's':
stem(&z, "msila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "ssenevi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "ssenluf", "ful", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "ssensuo", "ous", m_gt_0);
break;
case 't':
stem(&z, "itila", "al", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "itivi", "ive", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "itilib", "ble", m_gt_0);
break;
}
/* Step 3 */
switch( z[0] ){
case 'e':
stem(&z, "etaci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "evita", "", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "ezila", "al", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'i':
stem(&z, "itici", "ic", m_gt_0);
break;
case 'l':
stem(&z, "laci", "ic", m_gt_0) ||
stem(&z, "luf", "", m_gt_0);
break;
case 's':
stem(&z, "ssen", "", m_gt_0);
break;
}
/* Step 4 */
switch( z[1] ){
case 'a':
if( z[0]=='l' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
z += 2;
}
break;
case 'c':
if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='n' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='e') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
z += 4;
}
break;
case 'e':
if( z[0]=='r' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
z += 2;
}
break;
case 'i':
if( z[0]=='c' && m_gt_1(z+2) ){
z += 2;
}
break;
case 'l':
if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='b' && (z[3]=='a' || z[3]=='i') && m_gt_1(z+4) ){
z += 4;
}
break;
case 'n':
if( z[0]=='t' ){
if( z[2]=='a' ){
if( m_gt_1(z+3) ){
z += 3;
}
}else if( z[2]=='e' ){
stem(&z, "tneme", "", m_gt_1) ||
stem(&z, "tnem", "", m_gt_1) ||
stem(&z, "tne", "", m_gt_1);
}
}
break;
case 'o':
if( z[0]=='u' ){
if( m_gt_1(z+2) ){
z += 2;
}
}else if( z[3]=='s' || z[3]=='t' ){
stem(&z, "noi", "", m_gt_1);
}
break;
case 's':
if( z[0]=='m' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
z += 3;
}
break;
case 't':
stem(&z, "eta", "", m_gt_1) ||
stem(&z, "iti", "", m_gt_1);
break;
case 'u':
if( z[0]=='s' && z[2]=='o' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
z += 3;
}
break;
case 'v':
case 'z':
if( z[0]=='e' && z[2]=='i' && m_gt_1(z+3) ){
z += 3;
}
break;
}
/* Step 5a */
if( z[0]=='e' ){
if( m_gt_1(z+1) ){
z++;
}else if( m_eq_1(z+1) && !star_oh(z+1) ){
z++;
}
}
/* Step 5b */
if( m_gt_1(z) && z[0]=='l' && z[1]=='l' ){
z++;
}
/* z[] is now the stemmed word in reverse order. Flip it back
** around into forward order and return.
*/
*pnOut = i = strlen(z);
zOut[i] = 0;
while( *z ){
zOut[--i] = *(z++);
}
}
/*
** Characters that can be part of a token. We assume any character
** whose value is greater than 0x80 (any UTF character) can be
** part of a token. In other words, delimiters all must have
** values of 0x7f or lower.
*/
static const char porterIdChar[] = {
/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
};
#define isDelim(C) (((ch=C)&0x80)==0 && (ch<0x30 || !porterIdChar[ch-0x30]))
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
** have been opened by a prior call to porterOpen().
*/
static int porterNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by porterOpen */
const char **pzToken, /* OUT: *pzToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
porter_tokenizer_cursor *c = (porter_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
const char *z = c->zInput;
while( c->iOffset<c->nInput ){
int iStartOffset, ch;
/* Scan past delimiter characters */
while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
c->iOffset++;
}
/* Count non-delimiter characters. */
iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
while( c->iOffset<c->nInput && !isDelim(z[c->iOffset]) ){
c->iOffset++;
}
if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
int n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
if( n>c->nAllocated ){
c->nAllocated = n+20;
c->zToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->zToken, c->nAllocated);
if( c->zToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
porter_stemmer(&z[iStartOffset], n, c->zToken, pnBytes);
*pzToken = c->zToken;
*piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
*piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
*piPosition = c->iToken++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
/*
** The set of routines that implement the porter-stemmer tokenizer
*/
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module porterTokenizerModule = {
0,
porterCreate,
porterDestroy,
porterOpen,
porterClose,
porterNext,
};
/*
** Allocate a new porter tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
** tokenizer in *ppModule
*/
void sqlite3Fts3PorterTokenizerModule(
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
){
*ppModule = &porterTokenizerModule;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

371
fts3_tokenizer.c
View file

@ -1,371 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 June 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This is part of an SQLite module implementing full-text search.
** This particular file implements the generic tokenizer interface.
*/
/*
** The code in this file is only compiled if:
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
SQLITE_EXTENSION_INIT1
#endif
#include "fts3_hash.h"
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
#include <assert.h>
/*
** Implementation of the SQL scalar function for accessing the underlying
** hash table. This function may be called as follows:
**
** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>);
** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
**
** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer').
**
** If the <pointer> argument is specified, it must be a blob value
** containing a pointer to be stored as the hash data corresponding
** to the string <key-name>. If <pointer> is not specified, then
** the string <key-name> must already exist in the has table. Otherwise,
** an error is returned.
**
** Whether or not the <pointer> argument is specified, the value returned
** is a blob containing the pointer stored as the hash data corresponding
** to string <key-name> (after the hash-table is updated, if applicable).
*/
static void scalarFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
fts3Hash *pHash;
void *pPtr = 0;
const unsigned char *zName;
int nName;
assert( argc==1 || argc==2 );
pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
zName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0])+1;
if( argc==2 ){
void *pOld;
int n = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[1]);
if( n!=sizeof(pPtr) ){
sqlite3_result_error(context, "argument type mismatch", -1);
return;
}
pPtr = *(void **)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[1]);
pOld = sqlite3Fts3HashInsert(pHash, (void *)zName, nName, pPtr);
if( pOld==pPtr ){
sqlite3_result_error(context, "out of memory", -1);
return;
}
}else{
pPtr = sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName);
if( !pPtr ){
char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
sqlite3_free(zErr);
return;
}
}
sqlite3_result_blob(context, (void *)&pPtr, sizeof(pPtr), SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
#include <tcl.h>
#include <string.h>
/*
** Implementation of a special SQL scalar function for testing tokenizers
** designed to be used in concert with the Tcl testing framework. This
** function must be called with two arguments:
**
** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <input-string>);
** SELECT <function-name>(<key-name>, <pointer>);
**
** where <function-name> is the name passed as the second argument
** to the sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable() function (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer')
** concatenated with the string '_test' (e.g. 'fts3_tokenizer_test').
**
** The return value is a string that may be interpreted as a Tcl
** list. For each token in the <input-string>, three elements are
** added to the returned list. The first is the token position, the
** second is the token text (folded, stemmed, etc.) and the third is the
** substring of <input-string> associated with the token. For example,
** using the built-in "simple" tokenizer:
**
** SELECT fts_tokenizer_test('simple', 'I don't see how');
**
** will return the string:
**
** "{0 i I 1 dont don't 2 see see 3 how how}"
**
*/
static void testFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
fts3Hash *pHash;
sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p;
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer = 0;
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCsr = 0;
const char *zErr = 0;
const char *zName;
int nName;
const char *zInput;
int nInput;
const char *zArg = 0;
const char *zToken;
int nToken;
int iStart;
int iEnd;
int iPos;
Tcl_Obj *pRet;
assert( argc==2 || argc==3 );
nName = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[0]);
zName = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
nInput = sqlite3_value_bytes(argv[argc-1]);
zInput = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[argc-1]);
if( argc==3 ){
zArg = (const char *)sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
}
pHash = (fts3Hash *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
p = (sqlite3_tokenizer_module *)sqlite3Fts3HashFind(pHash, zName, nName+1);
if( !p ){
char *zErr = sqlite3_mprintf("unknown tokenizer: %s", zName);
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
sqlite3_free(zErr);
return;
}
pRet = Tcl_NewObj();
Tcl_IncrRefCount(pRet);
if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xCreate(zArg ? 1 : 0, &zArg, &pTokenizer) ){
zErr = "error in xCreate()";
goto finish;
}
pTokenizer->pModule = p;
if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xOpen(pTokenizer, zInput, nInput, &pCsr) ){
zErr = "error in xOpen()";
goto finish;
}
pCsr->pTokenizer = pTokenizer;
while( SQLITE_OK==p->xNext(pCsr, &zToken, &nToken, &iStart, &iEnd, &iPos) ){
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewIntObj(iPos));
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
zToken = &zInput[iStart];
nToken = iEnd-iStart;
Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(0, pRet, Tcl_NewStringObj(zToken, nToken));
}
if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xClose(pCsr) ){
zErr = "error in xClose()";
goto finish;
}
if( SQLITE_OK!=p->xDestroy(pTokenizer) ){
zErr = "error in xDestroy()";
goto finish;
}
finish:
if( zErr ){
sqlite3_result_error(context, zErr, -1);
}else{
sqlite3_result_text(context, Tcl_GetString(pRet), -1, SQLITE_TRANSIENT);
}
Tcl_DecrRefCount(pRet);
}
static
int registerTokenizer(
sqlite3 *db,
char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p
){
int rc;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?, ?)";
rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3_bind_blob(pStmt, 2, &p, sizeof(p), SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3_step(pStmt);
return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
static
int queryTokenizer(
sqlite3 *db,
char *zName,
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module **pp
){
int rc;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
const char zSql[] = "SELECT fts3_tokenizer(?)";
*pp = 0;
rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
return rc;
}
sqlite3_bind_text(pStmt, 1, zName, -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
if( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
if( sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, 0)==SQLITE_BLOB ){
memcpy(pp, sqlite3_column_blob(pStmt, 0), sizeof(*pp));
}
}
return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule);
/*
** Implementation of the scalar function fts3_tokenizer_internal_test().
** This function is used for testing only, it is not included in the
** build unless SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
** The purpose of this is to test that the fts3_tokenizer() function
** can be used as designed by the C-code in the queryTokenizer and
** registerTokenizer() functions above. These two functions are repeated
** in the README.tokenizer file as an example, so it is important to
** test them.
**
** To run the tests, evaluate the fts3_tokenizer_internal_test() scalar
** function with no arguments. An assert() will fail if a problem is
** detected. i.e.:
**
** SELECT fts3_tokenizer_internal_test();
**
*/
static void intTestFunc(
sqlite3_context *context,
int argc,
sqlite3_value **argv
){
int rc;
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p1;
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *p2;
sqlite3 *db = (sqlite3 *)sqlite3_user_data(context);
/* Test the query function */
sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(&p1);
rc = queryTokenizer(db, "simple", &p2);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
assert( p1==p2 );
rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
assert( rc==SQLITE_ERROR );
assert( p2==0 );
assert( 0==strcmp(sqlite3_errmsg(db), "unknown tokenizer: nosuchtokenizer") );
/* Test the storage function */
rc = registerTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", p1);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
rc = queryTokenizer(db, "nosuchtokenizer", &p2);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
assert( p2==p1 );
sqlite3_result_text(context, "ok", -1, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
#endif
/*
** Set up SQL objects in database db used to access the contents of
** the hash table pointed to by argument pHash. The hash table must
** been initialised to use string keys, and to take a private copy
** of the key when a value is inserted. i.e. by a call similar to:
**
** sqlite3Fts3HashInit(pHash, FTS3_HASH_STRING, 1);
**
** This function adds a scalar function (see header comment above
** scalarFunc() in this file for details) and, if ENABLE_TABLE is
** defined at compilation time, a temporary virtual table (see header
** comment above struct HashTableVtab) to the database schema. Both
** provide read/write access to the contents of *pHash.
**
** The third argument to this function, zName, is used as the name
** of both the scalar and, if created, the virtual table.
*/
int sqlite3Fts3InitHashTable(
sqlite3 *db,
fts3Hash *pHash,
const char *zName
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
void *p = (void *)pHash;
const int any = SQLITE_ANY;
char *zTest = 0;
char *zTest2 = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
void *pdb = (void *)db;
zTest = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_test", zName);
zTest2 = sqlite3_mprintf("%s_internal_test", zName);
if( !zTest || !zTest2 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
#endif
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK
|| (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 1, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
|| (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zName, 2, any, p, scalarFunc, 0, 0))
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
|| (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 2, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
|| (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest, 3, any, p, testFunc, 0, 0))
|| (rc = sqlite3_create_function(db, zTest2, 0, any, pdb, intTestFunc, 0, 0))
#endif
);
sqlite3_free(zTest);
sqlite3_free(zTest2);
return rc;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

148
fts3_tokenizer.h
View file

@ -1,148 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2006 July 10
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.
**
*************************************************************************
** Defines the interface to tokenizers used by fulltext-search. There
** are three basic components:
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module is a singleton defining the tokenizer
** interface functions. This is essentially the class structure for
** tokenizers.
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer is used to define a particular tokenizer, perhaps
** including customization information defined at creation time.
**
** sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor is generated by a tokenizer to generate
** tokens from a particular input.
*/
#ifndef _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
#define _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_
/* TODO(shess) Only used for SQLITE_OK and SQLITE_DONE at this time.
** If tokenizers are to be allowed to call sqlite3_*() functions, then
** we will need a way to register the API consistently.
*/
#include "sqlite3.h"
/*
** Structures used by the tokenizer interface. When a new tokenizer
** implementation is registered, the caller provides a pointer to
** an sqlite3_tokenizer_module containing pointers to the callback
** functions that make up an implementation.
**
** When an fts3 table is created, it passes any arguments passed to
** the tokenizer clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement to the
** sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xCreate() function of the requested tokenizer
** implementation. The xCreate() function in turn returns an
** sqlite3_tokenizer structure representing the specific tokenizer to
** be used for the fts3 table (customized by the tokenizer clause arguments).
**
** To tokenize an input buffer, the sqlite3_tokenizer_module.xOpen()
** method is called. It returns an sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor object
** that may be used to tokenize a specific input buffer based on
** the tokenization rules supplied by a specific sqlite3_tokenizer
** object.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module sqlite3_tokenizer_module;
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer sqlite3_tokenizer;
typedef struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor;
struct sqlite3_tokenizer_module {
/*
** Structure version. Should always be set to 0.
*/
int iVersion;
/*
** Create a new tokenizer. The values in the argv[] array are the
** arguments passed to the "tokenizer" clause of the CREATE VIRTUAL
** TABLE statement that created the fts3 table. For example, if
** the following SQL is executed:
**
** CREATE .. USING fts3( ... , tokenizer <tokenizer-name> arg1 arg2)
**
** then argc is set to 2, and the argv[] array contains pointers
** to the strings "arg1" and "arg2".
**
** This method should return either SQLITE_OK (0), or an SQLite error
** code. If SQLITE_OK is returned, then *ppTokenizer should be set
** to point at the newly created tokenizer structure. The generic
** sqlite3_tokenizer.pModule variable should not be initialised by
** this callback. The caller will do so.
*/
int (*xCreate)(
int argc, /* Size of argv array */
const char *const*argv, /* Tokenizer argument strings */
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer /* OUT: Created tokenizer */
);
/*
** Destroy an existing tokenizer. The fts3 module calls this method
** exactly once for each successful call to xCreate().
*/
int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer);
/*
** Create a tokenizer cursor to tokenize an input buffer. The caller
** is responsible for ensuring that the input buffer remains valid
** until the cursor is closed (using the xClose() method).
*/
int (*xOpen)(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* Tokenizer object */
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* Input buffer */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Created tokenizer cursor */
);
/*
** Destroy an existing tokenizer cursor. The fts3 module calls this
** method exactly once for each successful call to xOpen().
*/
int (*xClose)(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor);
/*
** Retrieve the next token from the tokenizer cursor pCursor. This
** method should either return SQLITE_OK and set the values of the
** "OUT" variables identified below, or SQLITE_DONE to indicate that
** the end of the buffer has been reached, or an SQLite error code.
**
** *ppToken should be set to point at a buffer containing the
** normalized version of the token (i.e. after any case-folding and/or
** stemming has been performed). *pnBytes should be set to the length
** of this buffer in bytes. The input text that generated the token is
** identified by the byte offsets returned in *piStartOffset and
** *piEndOffset. *piStartOffset should be set to the index of the first
** byte of the token in the input buffer. *piEndOffset should be set
** to the index of the first byte just past the end of the token in
** the input buffer.
**
** The buffer *ppToken is set to point at is managed by the tokenizer
** implementation. It is only required to be valid until the next call
** to xNext() or xClose().
*/
/* TODO(shess) current implementation requires pInput to be
** nul-terminated. This should either be fixed, or pInput/nBytes
** should be converted to zInput.
*/
int (*xNext)(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Tokenizer cursor */
const char **ppToken, int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Normalized text for token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of token in input buffer */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Byte offset of end of token in input buffer */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Number of tokens returned before this one */
);
};
struct sqlite3_tokenizer {
const sqlite3_tokenizer_module *pModule; /* The module for this tokenizer */
/* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
struct sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer; /* Tokenizer for this cursor. */
/* Tokenizer implementations will typically add additional fields */
};
#endif /* _FTS3_TOKENIZER_H_ */

230
fts3_tokenizer1.c
View file

@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2006 Oct 10
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** Implementation of the "simple" full-text-search tokenizer.
*/
/*
** The code in this file is only compiled if:
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built as an extension
** (in which case SQLITE_CORE is not defined), or
**
** * The FTS3 module is being built into the core of
** SQLite (in which case SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3 is defined).
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3)
#include <assert.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include "fts3_tokenizer.h"
typedef struct simple_tokenizer {
sqlite3_tokenizer base;
char delim[128]; /* flag ASCII delimiters */
} simple_tokenizer;
typedef struct simple_tokenizer_cursor {
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor base;
const char *pInput; /* input we are tokenizing */
int nBytes; /* size of the input */
int iOffset; /* current position in pInput */
int iToken; /* index of next token to be returned */
char *pToken; /* storage for current token */
int nTokenAllocated; /* space allocated to zToken buffer */
} simple_tokenizer_cursor;
/* Forward declaration */
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule;
static int simpleDelim(simple_tokenizer *t, unsigned char c){
return c<0x80 && t->delim[c];
}
/*
** Create a new tokenizer instance.
*/
static int simpleCreate(
int argc, const char * const *argv,
sqlite3_tokenizer **ppTokenizer
){
simple_tokenizer *t;
t = (simple_tokenizer *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*t));
if( t==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
memset(t, 0, sizeof(*t));
/* TODO(shess) Delimiters need to remain the same from run to run,
** else we need to reindex. One solution would be a meta-table to
** track such information in the database, then we'd only want this
** information on the initial create.
*/
if( argc>1 ){
int i, n = strlen(argv[1]);
for(i=0; i<n; i++){
unsigned char ch = argv[1][i];
/* We explicitly don't support UTF-8 delimiters for now. */
if( ch>=0x80 ){
sqlite3_free(t);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
t->delim[ch] = 1;
}
} else {
/* Mark non-alphanumeric ASCII characters as delimiters */
int i;
for(i=1; i<0x80; i++){
t->delim[i] = !isalnum(i);
}
}
*ppTokenizer = &t->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Destroy a tokenizer
*/
static int simpleDestroy(sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer){
sqlite3_free(pTokenizer);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Prepare to begin tokenizing a particular string. The input
** string to be tokenized is pInput[0..nBytes-1]. A cursor
** used to incrementally tokenize this string is returned in
** *ppCursor.
*/
static int simpleOpen(
sqlite3_tokenizer *pTokenizer, /* The tokenizer */
const char *pInput, int nBytes, /* String to be tokenized */
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor **ppCursor /* OUT: Tokenization cursor */
){
simple_tokenizer_cursor *c;
c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(*c));
if( c==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
c->pInput = pInput;
if( pInput==0 ){
c->nBytes = 0;
}else if( nBytes<0 ){
c->nBytes = (int)strlen(pInput);
}else{
c->nBytes = nBytes;
}
c->iOffset = 0; /* start tokenizing at the beginning */
c->iToken = 0;
c->pToken = NULL; /* no space allocated, yet. */
c->nTokenAllocated = 0;
*ppCursor = &c->base;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close a tokenization cursor previously opened by a call to
** simpleOpen() above.
*/
static int simpleClose(sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor){
simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
sqlite3_free(c->pToken);
sqlite3_free(c);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Extract the next token from a tokenization cursor. The cursor must
** have been opened by a prior call to simpleOpen().
*/
static int simpleNext(
sqlite3_tokenizer_cursor *pCursor, /* Cursor returned by simpleOpen */
const char **ppToken, /* OUT: *ppToken is the token text */
int *pnBytes, /* OUT: Number of bytes in token */
int *piStartOffset, /* OUT: Starting offset of token */
int *piEndOffset, /* OUT: Ending offset of token */
int *piPosition /* OUT: Position integer of token */
){
simple_tokenizer_cursor *c = (simple_tokenizer_cursor *) pCursor;
simple_tokenizer *t = (simple_tokenizer *) pCursor->pTokenizer;
unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *)c->pInput;
while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes ){
int iStartOffset;
/* Scan past delimiter characters */
while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
c->iOffset++;
}
/* Count non-delimiter characters. */
iStartOffset = c->iOffset;
while( c->iOffset<c->nBytes && !simpleDelim(t, p[c->iOffset]) ){
c->iOffset++;
}
if( c->iOffset>iStartOffset ){
int i, n = c->iOffset-iStartOffset;
if( n>c->nTokenAllocated ){
c->nTokenAllocated = n+20;
c->pToken = sqlite3_realloc(c->pToken, c->nTokenAllocated);
if( c->pToken==NULL ) return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
for(i=0; i<n; i++){
/* TODO(shess) This needs expansion to handle UTF-8
** case-insensitivity.
*/
unsigned char ch = p[iStartOffset+i];
c->pToken[i] = ch<0x80 ? tolower(ch) : ch;
}
*ppToken = c->pToken;
*pnBytes = n;
*piStartOffset = iStartOffset;
*piEndOffset = c->iOffset;
*piPosition = c->iToken++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
return SQLITE_DONE;
}
/*
** The set of routines that implement the simple tokenizer
*/
static const sqlite3_tokenizer_module simpleTokenizerModule = {
0,
simpleCreate,
simpleDestroy,
simpleOpen,
simpleClose,
simpleNext,
};
/*
** Allocate a new simple tokenizer. Return a pointer to the new
** tokenizer in *ppModule
*/
void sqlite3Fts3SimpleTokenizerModule(
sqlite3_tokenizer_module const**ppModule
){
*ppModule = &simpleTokenizerModule;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_CORE) || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3) */

1470
func.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

190
global.c
View file

@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 June 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains definitions of global variables and contants.
**
** $Id: global.c,v 1.12 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/* An array to map all upper-case characters into their corresponding
** lower-case character.
**
** SQLite only considers US-ASCII (or EBCDIC) characters. We do not
** handle case conversions for the UTF character set since the tables
** involved are nearly as big or bigger than SQLite itself.
*/
const unsigned char sqlite3UpperToLower[] = {
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17,
18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35,
36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53,
54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,
104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,
122, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,
108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,
126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143,
144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,160,161,
162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,
198,199,200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214,215,
216,217,218,219,220,221,222,223,224,225,226,227,228,229,230,231,232,233,
234,235,236,237,238,239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,
252,253,254,255
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
#endif
};
/*
** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
**
** isspace() 0x01
** isalpha() 0x02
** isdigit() 0x04
** isalnum() 0x06
** isxdigit() 0x08
** toupper() 0x20
**
** Bit 0x20 is set if the mapped character requires translation to upper
** case. i.e. if the character is a lower-case ASCII character.
** If x is a lower-case ASCII character, then its upper-case equivalent
** is (x - 0x20). Therefore toupper() can be implemented as:
**
** (x & ~(map[x]&0x20))
**
** Standard function tolower() is implemented using the sqlite3UpperToLower[]
** array. tolower() is used more often than toupper() by SQLite.
**
** SQLite's versions are identical to the standard versions assuming a
** locale of "C". They are implemented as macros in sqliteInt.h.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
const unsigned char sqlite3CtypeMap[256] = {
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 00..07 ........ */
0x00, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, /* 08..0f ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 10..17 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 18..1f ........ */
0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 20..27 !"#$%&' */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 28..2f ()*+,-./ */
0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, 0x0c, /* 30..37 01234567 */
0x0c, 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 38..3f 89:;<=>? */
0x00, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x0a, 0x02, /* 40..47 @ABCDEFG */
0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 48..4f HIJKLMNO */
0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x02, /* 50..57 PQRSTUVW */
0x02, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 58..5f XYZ[\]^_ */
0x00, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x2a, 0x22, /* 60..67 `abcdefg */
0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 68..6f hijklmno */
0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x22, /* 70..77 pqrstuvw */
0x22, 0x22, 0x22, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 78..7f xyz{|}~. */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 80..87 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 88..8f ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 90..97 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 98..9f ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a0..a7 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* a8..af ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b0..b7 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* b8..bf ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c0..c7 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* c8..cf ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d0..d7 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* d8..df ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e0..e7 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* e8..ef ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* f0..f7 ........ */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 /* f8..ff ........ */
};
#endif
/*
** The following singleton contains the global configuration for
** the SQLite library.
*/
SQLITE_WSD struct Sqlite3Config sqlite3Config = {
SQLITE_DEFAULT_MEMSTATUS, /* bMemstat */
1, /* bCoreMutex */
SQLITE_THREADSAFE==1, /* bFullMutex */
0x7ffffffe, /* mxStrlen */
100, /* szLookaside */
500, /* nLookaside */
{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* m */
{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* mutex */
{0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, /* pcache */
(void*)0, /* pHeap */
0, /* nHeap */
0, 0, /* mnHeap, mxHeap */
(void*)0, /* pScratch */
0, /* szScratch */
0, /* nScratch */
(void*)0, /* pPage */
0, /* szPage */
0, /* nPage */
0, /* mxParserStack */
0, /* sharedCacheEnabled */
/* All the rest need to always be zero */
0, /* isInit */
0, /* inProgress */
0, /* isMallocInit */
0, /* pInitMutex */
0, /* nRefInitMutex */
};
/*
** Hash table for global functions - functions common to all
** database connections. After initialization, this table is
** read-only.
*/
SQLITE_WSD FuncDefHash sqlite3GlobalFunctions;
/*
** The value of the "pending" byte must be 0x40000000 (1 byte past the
** 1-gibabyte boundary) in a compatible database. SQLite never uses
** the database page that contains the pending byte. It never attempts
** to read or write that page. The pending byte page is set assign
** for use by the VFS layers as space for managing file locks.
**
** During testing, it is often desirable to move the pending byte to
** a different position in the file. This allows code that has to
** deal with the pending byte to run on files that are much smaller
** than 1 GiB. The sqlite3_test_control() interface can be used to
** move the pending byte.
**
** IMPORTANT: Changing the pending byte to any value other than
** 0x40000000 results in an incompatible database file format!
** Changing the pending byte during operating results in undefined
** and dileterious behavior.
*/
int sqlite3PendingByte = 0x40000000;

303
hash.c
View file

@ -1,303 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the implementation of generic hash-tables
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: hash.c,v 1.33 2009/01/09 01:12:28 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <assert.h>
/* Turn bulk memory into a hash table object by initializing the
** fields of the Hash structure.
**
** "pNew" is a pointer to the hash table that is to be initialized.
** "copyKey" is true if the hash table should make its own private
** copy of keys and false if it should just use the supplied pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash *pNew, int copyKey){
assert( pNew!=0 );
pNew->copyKey = copyKey!=0;
pNew->first = 0;
pNew->count = 0;
pNew->htsize = 0;
pNew->ht = 0;
}
/* Remove all entries from a hash table. Reclaim all memory.
** Call this routine to delete a hash table or to reset a hash table
** to the empty state.
*/
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash *pH){
HashElem *elem; /* For looping over all elements of the table */
assert( pH!=0 );
elem = pH->first;
pH->first = 0;
sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
pH->ht = 0;
pH->htsize = 0;
while( elem ){
HashElem *next_elem = elem->next;
if( pH->copyKey ){
sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
}
sqlite3_free(elem);
elem = next_elem;
}
pH->count = 0;
}
/*
** Hash and comparison functions when the mode is SQLITE_HASH_STRING
*/
static int strHash(const void *pKey, int nKey){
const char *z = (const char *)pKey;
int h = 0;
if( nKey<=0 ) nKey = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
while( nKey > 0 ){
h = (h<<3) ^ h ^ sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)*z++];
nKey--;
}
return h & 0x7fffffff;
}
static int strCompare(const void *pKey1, int n1, const void *pKey2, int n2){
if( n1!=n2 ) return 1;
return sqlite3StrNICmp((const char*)pKey1,(const char*)pKey2,n1);
}
/* Link an element into the hash table
*/
static void insertElement(
Hash *pH, /* The complete hash table */
struct _ht *pEntry, /* The entry into which pNew is inserted */
HashElem *pNew /* The element to be inserted */
){
HashElem *pHead; /* First element already in pEntry */
pHead = pEntry->chain;
if( pHead ){
pNew->next = pHead;
pNew->prev = pHead->prev;
if( pHead->prev ){ pHead->prev->next = pNew; }
else { pH->first = pNew; }
pHead->prev = pNew;
}else{
pNew->next = pH->first;
if( pH->first ){ pH->first->prev = pNew; }
pNew->prev = 0;
pH->first = pNew;
}
pEntry->count++;
pEntry->chain = pNew;
}
/* Resize the hash table so that it cantains "new_size" buckets.
** "new_size" must be a power of 2. The hash table might fail
** to resize if sqlite3_malloc() fails.
*/
static void rehash(Hash *pH, int new_size){
struct _ht *new_ht; /* The new hash table */
HashElem *elem, *next_elem; /* For looping over existing elements */
#ifdef SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT
if( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht)>SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT ){
new_size = SQLITE_MALLOC_SOFT_LIMIT/sizeof(struct _ht);
}
if( new_size==pH->htsize ) return;
#endif
/* There is a call to sqlite3_malloc() inside rehash(). If there is
** already an allocation at pH->ht, then if this malloc() fails it
** is benign (since failing to resize a hash table is a performance
** hit only, not a fatal error).
*/
if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
new_ht = (struct _ht *)sqlite3MallocZero( new_size*sizeof(struct _ht) );
if( pH->htsize>0 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
if( new_ht==0 ) return;
sqlite3_free(pH->ht);
pH->ht = new_ht;
pH->htsize = new_size;
for(elem=pH->first, pH->first=0; elem; elem = next_elem){
int h = strHash(elem->pKey, elem->nKey) & (new_size-1);
next_elem = elem->next;
insertElement(pH, &new_ht[h], elem);
}
}
/* This function (for internal use only) locates an element in an
** hash table that matches the given key. The hash for this key has
** already been computed and is passed as the 4th parameter.
*/
static HashElem *findElementGivenHash(
const Hash *pH, /* The pH to be searched */
const void *pKey, /* The key we are searching for */
int nKey,
int h /* The hash for this key. */
){
HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
int count; /* Number of elements left to test */
if( pH->ht ){
struct _ht *pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
elem = pEntry->chain;
count = pEntry->count;
while( count-- && elem ){
if( strCompare(elem->pKey,elem->nKey,pKey,nKey)==0 ){
return elem;
}
elem = elem->next;
}
}
return 0;
}
/* Remove a single entry from the hash table given a pointer to that
** element and a hash on the element's key.
*/
static void removeElementGivenHash(
Hash *pH, /* The pH containing "elem" */
HashElem* elem, /* The element to be removed from the pH */
int h /* Hash value for the element */
){
struct _ht *pEntry;
if( elem->prev ){
elem->prev->next = elem->next;
}else{
pH->first = elem->next;
}
if( elem->next ){
elem->next->prev = elem->prev;
}
pEntry = &pH->ht[h];
if( pEntry->chain==elem ){
pEntry->chain = elem->next;
}
pEntry->count--;
if( pEntry->count<=0 ){
pEntry->chain = 0;
}
if( pH->copyKey ){
sqlite3_free(elem->pKey);
}
sqlite3_free( elem );
pH->count--;
if( pH->count<=0 ){
assert( pH->first==0 );
assert( pH->count==0 );
sqlite3HashClear(pH);
}
}
/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return a pointer to the corresponding
** HashElem structure for this element if it is found, or NULL
** otherwise.
*/
HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
int h; /* A hash on key */
HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
if( pH==0 || pH->ht==0 ) return 0;
h = strHash(pKey,nKey);
elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey, h % pH->htsize);
return elem;
}
/* Attempt to locate an element of the hash table pH with a key
** that matches pKey,nKey. Return the data for this element if it is
** found, or NULL if there is no match.
*/
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey){
HashElem *elem; /* The element that matches key */
elem = sqlite3HashFindElem(pH, pKey, nKey);
return elem ? elem->data : 0;
}
/* Insert an element into the hash table pH. The key is pKey,nKey
** and the data is "data".
**
** If no element exists with a matching key, then a new
** element is created. A copy of the key is made if the copyKey
** flag is set. NULL is returned.
**
** If another element already exists with the same key, then the
** new data replaces the old data and the old data is returned.
** The key is not copied in this instance. If a malloc fails, then
** the new data is returned and the hash table is unchanged.
**
** If the "data" parameter to this function is NULL, then the
** element corresponding to "key" is removed from the hash table.
*/
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash *pH, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *data){
int hraw; /* Raw hash value of the key */
int h; /* the hash of the key modulo hash table size */
HashElem *elem; /* Used to loop thru the element list */
HashElem *new_elem; /* New element added to the pH */
assert( pH!=0 );
hraw = strHash(pKey, nKey);
if( pH->htsize ){
h = hraw % pH->htsize;
elem = findElementGivenHash(pH,pKey,nKey,h);
if( elem ){
void *old_data = elem->data;
if( data==0 ){
removeElementGivenHash(pH,elem,h);
}else{
elem->data = data;
if( !pH->copyKey ){
elem->pKey = (void *)pKey;
}
assert(nKey==elem->nKey);
}
return old_data;
}
}
if( data==0 ) return 0;
new_elem = (HashElem*)sqlite3Malloc( sizeof(HashElem) );
if( new_elem==0 ) return data;
if( pH->copyKey && pKey!=0 ){
new_elem->pKey = sqlite3Malloc( nKey );
if( new_elem->pKey==0 ){
sqlite3_free(new_elem);
return data;
}
memcpy((void*)new_elem->pKey, pKey, nKey);
}else{
new_elem->pKey = (void*)pKey;
}
new_elem->nKey = nKey;
pH->count++;
if( pH->htsize==0 ){
rehash(pH, 128/sizeof(pH->ht[0]));
if( pH->htsize==0 ){
pH->count = 0;
if( pH->copyKey ){
sqlite3_free(new_elem->pKey);
}
sqlite3_free(new_elem);
return data;
}
}
if( pH->count > pH->htsize ){
rehash(pH,pH->htsize*2);
}
assert( pH->htsize>0 );
h = hraw % pH->htsize;
insertElement(pH, &pH->ht[h], new_elem);
new_elem->data = data;
return 0;
}

87
hash.h
View file

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for the generic hash-table implemenation
** used in SQLite.
**
** $Id: hash.h,v 1.12 2008/10/10 17:41:29 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_HASH_H_
#define _SQLITE_HASH_H_
/* Forward declarations of structures. */
typedef struct Hash Hash;
typedef struct HashElem HashElem;
/* A complete hash table is an instance of the following structure.
** The internals of this structure are intended to be opaque -- client
** code should not attempt to access or modify the fields of this structure
** directly. Change this structure only by using the routines below.
** However, many of the "procedures" and "functions" for modifying and
** accessing this structure are really macros, so we can't really make
** this structure opaque.
*/
struct Hash {
unsigned int copyKey: 1; /* True if copy of key made on insert */
unsigned int htsize : 31; /* Number of buckets in the hash table */
unsigned int count; /* Number of entries in this table */
HashElem *first; /* The first element of the array */
struct _ht { /* the hash table */
int count; /* Number of entries with this hash */
HashElem *chain; /* Pointer to first entry with this hash */
} *ht;
};
/* Each element in the hash table is an instance of the following
** structure. All elements are stored on a single doubly-linked list.
**
** Again, this structure is intended to be opaque, but it can't really
** be opaque because it is used by macros.
*/
struct HashElem {
HashElem *next, *prev; /* Next and previous elements in the table */
void *data; /* Data associated with this element */
void *pKey; int nKey; /* Key associated with this element */
};
/*
** Access routines. To delete, insert a NULL pointer.
*/
void sqlite3HashInit(Hash*, int copyKey);
void *sqlite3HashInsert(Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey, void *pData);
void *sqlite3HashFind(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
HashElem *sqlite3HashFindElem(const Hash*, const void *pKey, int nKey);
void sqlite3HashClear(Hash*);
/*
** Macros for looping over all elements of a hash table. The idiom is
** like this:
**
** Hash h;
** HashElem *p;
** ...
** for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&h); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
** SomeStructure *pData = sqliteHashData(p);
** // do something with pData
** }
*/
#define sqliteHashFirst(H) ((H)->first)
#define sqliteHashNext(E) ((E)->next)
#define sqliteHashData(E) ((E)->data)
#define sqliteHashKey(E) ((E)->pKey)
#define sqliteHashKeysize(E) ((E)->nKey)
/*
** Number of entries in a hash table
*/
#define sqliteHashCount(H) ((H)->count)
#endif /* _SQLITE_HASH_H_ */

87
hwtime.h
View file

@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 May 27
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains inline asm code for retrieving "high-performance"
** counters for x86 class CPUs.
**
** $Id: hwtime.h,v 1.3 2008/08/01 14:33:15 shane Exp $
*/
#ifndef _HWTIME_H_
#define _HWTIME_H_
/*
** The following routine only works on pentium-class (or newer) processors.
** It uses the RDTSC opcode to read the cycle count value out of the
** processor and returns that value. This can be used for high-res
** profiling.
*/
#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(_MSC_VER)) && \
(defined(i386) || defined(__i386__) || defined(_M_IX86))
#if defined(__GNUC__)
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
unsigned int lo, hi;
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=a" (lo), "=d" (hi));
return (sqlite_uint64)hi << 32 | lo;
}
#elif defined(_MSC_VER)
__declspec(naked) __inline sqlite_uint64 __cdecl sqlite3Hwtime(void){
__asm {
rdtsc
ret ; return value at EDX:EAX
}
}
#endif
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__x86_64__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
unsigned long val;
__asm__ __volatile__ ("rdtsc" : "=A" (val));
return val;
}
#elif (defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__ppc__))
__inline__ sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){
unsigned long long retval;
unsigned long junk;
__asm__ __volatile__ ("\n\
1: mftbu %1\n\
mftb %L0\n\
mftbu %0\n\
cmpw %0,%1\n\
bne 1b"
: "=r" (retval), "=r" (junk));
return retval;
}
#else
#error Need implementation of sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform.
/*
** To compile without implementing sqlite3Hwtime() for your platform,
** you can remove the above #error and use the following
** stub function. You will lose timing support for many
** of the debugging and testing utilities, but it should at
** least compile and run.
*/
sqlite_uint64 sqlite3Hwtime(void){ return ((sqlite_uint64)0); }
#endif
#endif /* !defined(_HWTIME_H_) */

1740
insert.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

240
journal.c
View file

@ -1,240 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** @(#) $Id: journal.c,v 1.9 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_ATOMIC_WRITE
/*
** This file implements a special kind of sqlite3_file object used
** by SQLite to create journal files if the atomic-write optimization
** is enabled.
**
** The distinctive characteristic of this sqlite3_file is that the
** actual on disk file is created lazily. When the file is created,
** the caller specifies a buffer size for an in-memory buffer to
** be used to service read() and write() requests. The actual file
** on disk is not created or populated until either:
**
** 1) The in-memory representation grows too large for the allocated
** buffer, or
** 2) The sqlite3JournalCreate() function is called.
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** A JournalFile object is a subclass of sqlite3_file used by
** as an open file handle for journal files.
*/
struct JournalFile {
sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* I/O methods on journal files */
int nBuf; /* Size of zBuf[] in bytes */
char *zBuf; /* Space to buffer journal writes */
int iSize; /* Amount of zBuf[] currently used */
int flags; /* xOpen flags */
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs; /* The "real" underlying VFS */
sqlite3_file *pReal; /* The "real" underlying file descriptor */
const char *zJournal; /* Name of the journal file */
};
typedef struct JournalFile JournalFile;
/*
** If it does not already exists, create and populate the on-disk file
** for JournalFile p.
*/
static int createFile(JournalFile *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !p->pReal ){
sqlite3_file *pReal = (sqlite3_file *)&p[1];
rc = sqlite3OsOpen(p->pVfs, p->zJournal, pReal, p->flags, 0);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
p->pReal = pReal;
if( p->iSize>0 ){
assert(p->iSize<=p->nBuf);
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, p->zBuf, p->iSize, 0);
}
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Close the file.
*/
static int jrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
if( p->pReal ){
sqlite3OsClose(p->pReal);
}
sqlite3_free(p->zBuf);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Read data from the file.
*/
static int jrnlRead(
sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
if( p->pReal ){
rc = sqlite3OsRead(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
}else if( (iAmt+iOfst)>p->iSize ){
rc = SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
}else{
memcpy(zBuf, &p->zBuf[iOfst], iAmt);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Write data to the file.
*/
static int jrnlWrite(
sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
if( !p->pReal && (iOfst+iAmt)>p->nBuf ){
rc = createFile(p);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( p->pReal ){
rc = sqlite3OsWrite(p->pReal, zBuf, iAmt, iOfst);
}else{
memcpy(&p->zBuf[iOfst], zBuf, iAmt);
if( p->iSize<(iOfst+iAmt) ){
p->iSize = (iOfst+iAmt);
}
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Truncate the file.
*/
static int jrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
if( p->pReal ){
rc = sqlite3OsTruncate(p->pReal, size);
}else if( size<p->iSize ){
p->iSize = size;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Sync the file.
*/
static int jrnlSync(sqlite3_file *pJfd, int flags){
int rc;
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
if( p->pReal ){
rc = sqlite3OsSync(p->pReal, flags);
}else{
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Query the size of the file in bytes.
*/
static int jrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
if( p->pReal ){
rc = sqlite3OsFileSize(p->pReal, pSize);
}else{
*pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->iSize;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Table of methods for JournalFile sqlite3_file object.
*/
static struct sqlite3_io_methods JournalFileMethods = {
1, /* iVersion */
jrnlClose, /* xClose */
jrnlRead, /* xRead */
jrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
jrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
jrnlSync, /* xSync */
jrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
0, /* xLock */
0, /* xUnlock */
0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
0, /* xFileControl */
0, /* xSectorSize */
0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
};
/*
** Open a journal file.
*/
int sqlite3JournalOpen(
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, /* The VFS to use for actual file I/O */
const char *zName, /* Name of the journal file */
sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* Preallocated, blank file handle */
int flags, /* Opening flags */
int nBuf /* Bytes buffered before opening the file */
){
JournalFile *p = (JournalFile *)pJfd;
memset(p, 0, sqlite3JournalSize(pVfs));
if( nBuf>0 ){
p->zBuf = sqlite3MallocZero(nBuf);
if( !p->zBuf ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
}else{
return sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zName, pJfd, flags, 0);
}
p->pMethod = &JournalFileMethods;
p->nBuf = nBuf;
p->flags = flags;
p->zJournal = zName;
p->pVfs = pVfs;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** If the argument p points to a JournalFile structure, and the underlying
** file has not yet been created, create it now.
*/
int sqlite3JournalCreate(sqlite3_file *p){
if( p->pMethods!=&JournalFileMethods ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
return createFile((JournalFile *)p);
}
/*
** Return the number of bytes required to store a JournalFile that uses vfs
** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
int sqlite3JournalSize(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
return (pVfs->szOsFile+sizeof(JournalFile));
}
#endif

266
keywordhash.h
View file

@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
/***** This file contains automatically generated code ******
**
** The code in this file has been automatically generated by
**
** $Header: /sqlite/sqlite/tool/mkkeywordhash.c,v 1.37 2009/02/01 00:00:46 drh Exp $
**
** The code in this file implements a function that determines whether
** or not a given identifier is really an SQL keyword. The same thing
** might be implemented more directly using a hand-written hash table.
** But by using this automatically generated code, the size of the code
** is substantially reduced. This is important for embedded applications
** on platforms with limited memory.
*/
/* Hash score: 171 */
static int keywordCode(const char *z, int n){
/* zText[] encodes 801 bytes of keywords in 541 bytes */
/* REINDEXEDESCAPEACHECKEYBEFOREIGNOREGEXPLAINSTEADDATABASELECT */
/* ABLEFTHENDEFERRABLELSEXCEPTRANSACTIONATURALTERAISEXCLUSIVE */
/* XISTSAVEPOINTERSECTRIGGEREFERENCESCONSTRAINTOFFSETEMPORARY */
/* UNIQUERYATTACHAVINGROUPDATEBEGINNERELEASEBETWEENOTNULLIKE */
/* CASCADELETECASECOLLATECREATECURRENT_DATEDETACHIMMEDIATEJOIN */
/* SERTMATCHPLANALYZEPRAGMABORTVALUESVIRTUALIMITWHENWHERENAME */
/* AFTEREPLACEANDEFAULTAUTOINCREMENTCASTCOLUMNCOMMITCONFLICTCROSS */
/* CURRENT_TIMESTAMPRIMARYDEFERREDISTINCTDROPFAILFROMFULLGLOBYIF */
/* ISNULLORDERESTRICTOUTERIGHTROLLBACKROWUNIONUSINGVACUUMVIEW */
/* INITIALLY */
static const char zText[540] = {
'R','E','I','N','D','E','X','E','D','E','S','C','A','P','E','A','C','H',
'E','C','K','E','Y','B','E','F','O','R','E','I','G','N','O','R','E','G',
'E','X','P','L','A','I','N','S','T','E','A','D','D','A','T','A','B','A',
'S','E','L','E','C','T','A','B','L','E','F','T','H','E','N','D','E','F',
'E','R','R','A','B','L','E','L','S','E','X','C','E','P','T','R','A','N',
'S','A','C','T','I','O','N','A','T','U','R','A','L','T','E','R','A','I',
'S','E','X','C','L','U','S','I','V','E','X','I','S','T','S','A','V','E',
'P','O','I','N','T','E','R','S','E','C','T','R','I','G','G','E','R','E',
'F','E','R','E','N','C','E','S','C','O','N','S','T','R','A','I','N','T',
'O','F','F','S','E','T','E','M','P','O','R','A','R','Y','U','N','I','Q',
'U','E','R','Y','A','T','T','A','C','H','A','V','I','N','G','R','O','U',
'P','D','A','T','E','B','E','G','I','N','N','E','R','E','L','E','A','S',
'E','B','E','T','W','E','E','N','O','T','N','U','L','L','I','K','E','C',
'A','S','C','A','D','E','L','E','T','E','C','A','S','E','C','O','L','L',
'A','T','E','C','R','E','A','T','E','C','U','R','R','E','N','T','_','D',
'A','T','E','D','E','T','A','C','H','I','M','M','E','D','I','A','T','E',
'J','O','I','N','S','E','R','T','M','A','T','C','H','P','L','A','N','A',
'L','Y','Z','E','P','R','A','G','M','A','B','O','R','T','V','A','L','U',
'E','S','V','I','R','T','U','A','L','I','M','I','T','W','H','E','N','W',
'H','E','R','E','N','A','M','E','A','F','T','E','R','E','P','L','A','C',
'E','A','N','D','E','F','A','U','L','T','A','U','T','O','I','N','C','R',
'E','M','E','N','T','C','A','S','T','C','O','L','U','M','N','C','O','M',
'M','I','T','C','O','N','F','L','I','C','T','C','R','O','S','S','C','U',
'R','R','E','N','T','_','T','I','M','E','S','T','A','M','P','R','I','M',
'A','R','Y','D','E','F','E','R','R','E','D','I','S','T','I','N','C','T',
'D','R','O','P','F','A','I','L','F','R','O','M','F','U','L','L','G','L',
'O','B','Y','I','F','I','S','N','U','L','L','O','R','D','E','R','E','S',
'T','R','I','C','T','O','U','T','E','R','I','G','H','T','R','O','L','L',
'B','A','C','K','R','O','W','U','N','I','O','N','U','S','I','N','G','V',
'A','C','U','U','M','V','I','E','W','I','N','I','T','I','A','L','L','Y',
};
static const unsigned char aHash[127] = {
70, 99, 112, 68, 0, 44, 0, 0, 76, 0, 71, 0, 0,
41, 12, 72, 15, 0, 111, 79, 49, 106, 0, 19, 0, 0,
116, 0, 114, 109, 0, 22, 87, 0, 9, 0, 0, 64, 65,
0, 63, 6, 0, 47, 84, 96, 0, 113, 95, 0, 0, 43,
0, 97, 24, 0, 17, 0, 117, 48, 23, 0, 5, 104, 25,
90, 0, 0, 119, 100, 55, 118, 52, 7, 50, 0, 85, 0,
94, 26, 0, 93, 0, 0, 0, 89, 86, 91, 82, 103, 14,
38, 102, 0, 75, 0, 18, 83, 105, 31, 0, 115, 74, 107,
56, 45, 78, 0, 0, 88, 39, 0, 110, 0, 35, 0, 0,
28, 0, 80, 53, 58, 0, 20, 57, 0, 51,
};
static const unsigned char aNext[119] = {
0, 0, 0, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 13, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 0, 32, 0, 21, 0, 0, 0, 42, 3, 46, 0,
0, 0, 0, 0, 29, 0, 37, 0, 0, 0, 1, 60, 0,
0, 61, 0, 40, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 59, 0,
0, 0, 0, 30, 54, 16, 33, 11, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
0, 0, 10, 66, 73, 0, 8, 0, 98, 92, 0, 101, 0,
81, 0, 69, 0, 0, 108, 27, 36, 67, 77, 0, 34, 62,
0, 0,
};
static const unsigned char aLen[119] = {
7, 7, 5, 4, 6, 4, 5, 3, 6, 3, 7, 6, 6,
7, 7, 3, 8, 2, 6, 5, 4, 4, 3, 10, 4, 6,
11, 2, 7, 5, 5, 9, 6, 9, 9, 7, 10, 10, 4,
6, 2, 3, 9, 4, 2, 6, 5, 6, 6, 5, 6, 5,
5, 7, 7, 3, 7, 4, 4, 7, 3, 6, 4, 7, 6,
12, 6, 9, 4, 6, 5, 4, 7, 6, 5, 6, 7, 5,
4, 5, 6, 5, 7, 3, 7, 13, 2, 2, 4, 6, 6,
8, 5, 17, 12, 7, 8, 8, 2, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4,
2, 2, 6, 5, 8, 5, 5, 8, 3, 5, 5, 6, 4,
9, 3,
};
static const unsigned short int aOffset[119] = {
0, 2, 2, 8, 9, 14, 16, 20, 23, 25, 25, 29, 33,
36, 41, 46, 48, 53, 54, 59, 62, 65, 67, 69, 78, 81,
86, 95, 96, 101, 105, 109, 117, 122, 128, 136, 142, 152, 159,
162, 162, 165, 167, 167, 171, 176, 179, 184, 189, 194, 197, 203,
206, 210, 217, 223, 223, 226, 229, 233, 234, 238, 244, 248, 255,
261, 273, 279, 288, 290, 296, 301, 303, 310, 315, 320, 326, 332,
337, 341, 344, 350, 354, 361, 363, 370, 372, 374, 383, 387, 393,
399, 407, 412, 412, 428, 435, 442, 443, 450, 454, 458, 462, 466,
469, 471, 473, 479, 483, 491, 495, 500, 508, 511, 516, 521, 527,
531, 536,
};
static const unsigned char aCode[119] = {
TK_REINDEX, TK_INDEXED, TK_INDEX, TK_DESC, TK_ESCAPE,
TK_EACH, TK_CHECK, TK_KEY, TK_BEFORE, TK_FOR,
TK_FOREIGN, TK_IGNORE, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_EXPLAIN, TK_INSTEAD,
TK_ADD, TK_DATABASE, TK_AS, TK_SELECT, TK_TABLE,
TK_JOIN_KW, TK_THEN, TK_END, TK_DEFERRABLE, TK_ELSE,
TK_EXCEPT, TK_TRANSACTION,TK_ON, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ALTER,
TK_RAISE, TK_EXCLUSIVE, TK_EXISTS, TK_SAVEPOINT, TK_INTERSECT,
TK_TRIGGER, TK_REFERENCES, TK_CONSTRAINT, TK_INTO, TK_OFFSET,
TK_OF, TK_SET, TK_TEMP, TK_TEMP, TK_OR,
TK_UNIQUE, TK_QUERY, TK_ATTACH, TK_HAVING, TK_GROUP,
TK_UPDATE, TK_BEGIN, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_RELEASE, TK_BETWEEN,
TK_NOT, TK_NOTNULL, TK_NULL, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_CASCADE,
TK_ASC, TK_DELETE, TK_CASE, TK_COLLATE, TK_CREATE,
TK_CTIME_KW, TK_DETACH, TK_IMMEDIATE, TK_JOIN, TK_INSERT,
TK_MATCH, TK_PLAN, TK_ANALYZE, TK_PRAGMA, TK_ABORT,
TK_VALUES, TK_VIRTUAL, TK_LIMIT, TK_WHEN, TK_WHERE,
TK_RENAME, TK_AFTER, TK_REPLACE, TK_AND, TK_DEFAULT,
TK_AUTOINCR, TK_TO, TK_IN, TK_CAST, TK_COLUMNKW,
TK_COMMIT, TK_CONFLICT, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_CTIME_KW, TK_CTIME_KW,
TK_PRIMARY, TK_DEFERRED, TK_DISTINCT, TK_IS, TK_DROP,
TK_FAIL, TK_FROM, TK_JOIN_KW, TK_LIKE_KW, TK_BY,
TK_IF, TK_ISNULL, TK_ORDER, TK_RESTRICT, TK_JOIN_KW,
TK_JOIN_KW, TK_ROLLBACK, TK_ROW, TK_UNION, TK_USING,
TK_VACUUM, TK_VIEW, TK_INITIALLY, TK_ALL,
};
int h, i;
if( n<2 ) return TK_ID;
h = ((charMap(z[0])*4) ^
(charMap(z[n-1])*3) ^
n) % 127;
for(i=((int)aHash[h])-1; i>=0; i=((int)aNext[i])-1){
if( aLen[i]==n && sqlite3StrNICmp(&zText[aOffset[i]],z,n)==0 ){
testcase( i==0 ); /* TK_REINDEX */
testcase( i==1 ); /* TK_INDEXED */
testcase( i==2 ); /* TK_INDEX */
testcase( i==3 ); /* TK_DESC */
testcase( i==4 ); /* TK_ESCAPE */
testcase( i==5 ); /* TK_EACH */
testcase( i==6 ); /* TK_CHECK */
testcase( i==7 ); /* TK_KEY */
testcase( i==8 ); /* TK_BEFORE */
testcase( i==9 ); /* TK_FOR */
testcase( i==10 ); /* TK_FOREIGN */
testcase( i==11 ); /* TK_IGNORE */
testcase( i==12 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */
testcase( i==13 ); /* TK_EXPLAIN */
testcase( i==14 ); /* TK_INSTEAD */
testcase( i==15 ); /* TK_ADD */
testcase( i==16 ); /* TK_DATABASE */
testcase( i==17 ); /* TK_AS */
testcase( i==18 ); /* TK_SELECT */
testcase( i==19 ); /* TK_TABLE */
testcase( i==20 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==21 ); /* TK_THEN */
testcase( i==22 ); /* TK_END */
testcase( i==23 ); /* TK_DEFERRABLE */
testcase( i==24 ); /* TK_ELSE */
testcase( i==25 ); /* TK_EXCEPT */
testcase( i==26 ); /* TK_TRANSACTION */
testcase( i==27 ); /* TK_ON */
testcase( i==28 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==29 ); /* TK_ALTER */
testcase( i==30 ); /* TK_RAISE */
testcase( i==31 ); /* TK_EXCLUSIVE */
testcase( i==32 ); /* TK_EXISTS */
testcase( i==33 ); /* TK_SAVEPOINT */
testcase( i==34 ); /* TK_INTERSECT */
testcase( i==35 ); /* TK_TRIGGER */
testcase( i==36 ); /* TK_REFERENCES */
testcase( i==37 ); /* TK_CONSTRAINT */
testcase( i==38 ); /* TK_INTO */
testcase( i==39 ); /* TK_OFFSET */
testcase( i==40 ); /* TK_OF */
testcase( i==41 ); /* TK_SET */
testcase( i==42 ); /* TK_TEMP */
testcase( i==43 ); /* TK_TEMP */
testcase( i==44 ); /* TK_OR */
testcase( i==45 ); /* TK_UNIQUE */
testcase( i==46 ); /* TK_QUERY */
testcase( i==47 ); /* TK_ATTACH */
testcase( i==48 ); /* TK_HAVING */
testcase( i==49 ); /* TK_GROUP */
testcase( i==50 ); /* TK_UPDATE */
testcase( i==51 ); /* TK_BEGIN */
testcase( i==52 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==53 ); /* TK_RELEASE */
testcase( i==54 ); /* TK_BETWEEN */
testcase( i==55 ); /* TK_NOT */
testcase( i==56 ); /* TK_NOTNULL */
testcase( i==57 ); /* TK_NULL */
testcase( i==58 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */
testcase( i==59 ); /* TK_CASCADE */
testcase( i==60 ); /* TK_ASC */
testcase( i==61 ); /* TK_DELETE */
testcase( i==62 ); /* TK_CASE */
testcase( i==63 ); /* TK_COLLATE */
testcase( i==64 ); /* TK_CREATE */
testcase( i==65 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */
testcase( i==66 ); /* TK_DETACH */
testcase( i==67 ); /* TK_IMMEDIATE */
testcase( i==68 ); /* TK_JOIN */
testcase( i==69 ); /* TK_INSERT */
testcase( i==70 ); /* TK_MATCH */
testcase( i==71 ); /* TK_PLAN */
testcase( i==72 ); /* TK_ANALYZE */
testcase( i==73 ); /* TK_PRAGMA */
testcase( i==74 ); /* TK_ABORT */
testcase( i==75 ); /* TK_VALUES */
testcase( i==76 ); /* TK_VIRTUAL */
testcase( i==77 ); /* TK_LIMIT */
testcase( i==78 ); /* TK_WHEN */
testcase( i==79 ); /* TK_WHERE */
testcase( i==80 ); /* TK_RENAME */
testcase( i==81 ); /* TK_AFTER */
testcase( i==82 ); /* TK_REPLACE */
testcase( i==83 ); /* TK_AND */
testcase( i==84 ); /* TK_DEFAULT */
testcase( i==85 ); /* TK_AUTOINCR */
testcase( i==86 ); /* TK_TO */
testcase( i==87 ); /* TK_IN */
testcase( i==88 ); /* TK_CAST */
testcase( i==89 ); /* TK_COLUMNKW */
testcase( i==90 ); /* TK_COMMIT */
testcase( i==91 ); /* TK_CONFLICT */
testcase( i==92 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==93 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */
testcase( i==94 ); /* TK_CTIME_KW */
testcase( i==95 ); /* TK_PRIMARY */
testcase( i==96 ); /* TK_DEFERRED */
testcase( i==97 ); /* TK_DISTINCT */
testcase( i==98 ); /* TK_IS */
testcase( i==99 ); /* TK_DROP */
testcase( i==100 ); /* TK_FAIL */
testcase( i==101 ); /* TK_FROM */
testcase( i==102 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==103 ); /* TK_LIKE_KW */
testcase( i==104 ); /* TK_BY */
testcase( i==105 ); /* TK_IF */
testcase( i==106 ); /* TK_ISNULL */
testcase( i==107 ); /* TK_ORDER */
testcase( i==108 ); /* TK_RESTRICT */
testcase( i==109 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==110 ); /* TK_JOIN_KW */
testcase( i==111 ); /* TK_ROLLBACK */
testcase( i==112 ); /* TK_ROW */
testcase( i==113 ); /* TK_UNION */
testcase( i==114 ); /* TK_USING */
testcase( i==115 ); /* TK_VACUUM */
testcase( i==116 ); /* TK_VIEW */
testcase( i==117 ); /* TK_INITIALLY */
testcase( i==118 ); /* TK_ALL */
return aCode[i];
}
}
return TK_ID;
}
int sqlite3KeywordCode(const unsigned char *z, int n){
return keywordCode((char*)z, n);
}

145
legacy.c
View file

@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Main file for the SQLite library. The routines in this file
** implement the programmer interface to the library. Routines in
** other files are for internal use by SQLite and should not be
** accessed by users of the library.
**
** $Id: legacy.c,v 1.32 2009/03/19 18:51:07 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** Execute SQL code. Return one of the SQLITE_ success/failure
** codes. Also write an error message into memory obtained from
** malloc() and make *pzErrMsg point to that message.
**
** If the SQL is a query, then for each row in the query result
** the xCallback() function is called. pArg becomes the first
** argument to xCallback(). If xCallback=NULL then no callback
** is invoked, even for queries.
*/
int sqlite3_exec(
sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
sqlite3_callback xCallback, /* Invoke this callback routine */
void *pArg, /* First argument to xCallback() */
char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
const char *zLeftover;
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt = 0;
char **azCols = 0;
int nRetry = 0;
int nCallback;
if( zSql==0 ) zSql = "";
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_OK, 0);
while( (rc==SQLITE_OK || (rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA && (++nRetry)<2)) && zSql[0] ){
int nCol;
char **azVals = 0;
pStmt = 0;
rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, &zLeftover);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pStmt==0 );
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
continue;
}
if( !pStmt ){
/* this happens for a comment or white-space */
zSql = zLeftover;
continue;
}
nCallback = 0;
nCol = sqlite3_column_count(pStmt);
while( 1 ){
int i;
rc = sqlite3_step(pStmt);
/* Invoke the callback function if required */
if( xCallback && (SQLITE_ROW==rc ||
(SQLITE_DONE==rc && !nCallback && db->flags&SQLITE_NullCallback)) ){
if( 0==nCallback ){
if( azCols==0 ){
azCols = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, 2*nCol*sizeof(const char*) + 1);
if( azCols==0 ){
goto exec_out;
}
}
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
azCols[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_name(pStmt, i);
/* sqlite3VdbeSetColName() installs column names as UTF8
** strings so there is no way for sqlite3_column_name() to fail. */
assert( azCols[i]!=0 );
}
nCallback++;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
azVals = &azCols[nCol];
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
azVals[i] = (char *)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, i);
if( !azVals[i] && sqlite3_column_type(pStmt, i)!=SQLITE_NULL ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
goto exec_out;
}
}
}
if( xCallback(pArg, nCol, azVals, azCols) ){
rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
pStmt = 0;
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ABORT, 0);
goto exec_out;
}
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
pStmt = 0;
if( rc!=SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
nRetry = 0;
zSql = zLeftover;
while( sqlite3Isspace(zSql[0]) ) zSql++;
}
break;
}
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
azCols = 0;
}
exec_out:
if( pStmt ) sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe *)pStmt);
sqlite3DbFree(db, azCols);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc==sqlite3_errcode(db) && pzErrMsg ){
int nErrMsg = 1 + sqlite3Strlen30(sqlite3_errmsg(db));
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3Malloc(nErrMsg);
if( *pzErrMsg ){
memcpy(*pzErrMsg, sqlite3_errmsg(db), nErrMsg);
}
}else if( pzErrMsg ){
*pzErrMsg = 0;
}
assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}

603
loadext.c
View file

@ -1,603 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2006 June 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to dynamically load extensions into
** the SQLite library.
**
** $Id: loadext.c,v 1.58 2009/01/20 16:53:40 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_CORE
#define SQLITE_CORE 1 /* Disable the API redefinition in sqlite3ext.h */
#endif
#include "sqlite3ext.h"
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <string.h>
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
/*
** Some API routines are omitted when various features are
** excluded from a build of SQLite. Substitute a NULL pointer
** for any missing APIs.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
# define sqlite3_column_database_name 0
# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
# define sqlite3_column_table_name 0
# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
# define sqlite3_column_origin_name 0
# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
# define sqlite3_table_column_metadata 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
# define sqlite3_set_authorizer 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
# define sqlite3_bind_text16 0
# define sqlite3_collation_needed16 0
# define sqlite3_column_decltype16 0
# define sqlite3_column_name16 0
# define sqlite3_column_text16 0
# define sqlite3_complete16 0
# define sqlite3_create_collation16 0
# define sqlite3_create_function16 0
# define sqlite3_errmsg16 0
# define sqlite3_open16 0
# define sqlite3_prepare16 0
# define sqlite3_prepare16_v2 0
# define sqlite3_result_error16 0
# define sqlite3_result_text16 0
# define sqlite3_result_text16be 0
# define sqlite3_result_text16le 0
# define sqlite3_value_text16 0
# define sqlite3_value_text16be 0
# define sqlite3_value_text16le 0
# define sqlite3_column_database_name16 0
# define sqlite3_column_table_name16 0
# define sqlite3_column_origin_name16 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_COMPLETE
# define sqlite3_complete 0
# define sqlite3_complete16 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_PROGRESS_CALLBACK
# define sqlite3_progress_handler 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
# define sqlite3_create_module 0
# define sqlite3_create_module_v2 0
# define sqlite3_declare_vtab 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
# define sqlite3_enable_shared_cache 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
# define sqlite3_profile 0
# define sqlite3_trace 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
# define sqlite3_free_table 0
# define sqlite3_get_table 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
#define sqlite3_bind_zeroblob 0
#define sqlite3_blob_bytes 0
#define sqlite3_blob_close 0
#define sqlite3_blob_open 0
#define sqlite3_blob_read 0
#define sqlite3_blob_write 0
#endif
/*
** The following structure contains pointers to all SQLite API routines.
** A pointer to this structure is passed into extensions when they are
** loaded so that the extension can make calls back into the SQLite
** library.
**
** When adding new APIs, add them to the bottom of this structure
** in order to preserve backwards compatibility.
**
** Extensions that use newer APIs should first call the
** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure that the API they
** intend to use is supported by the library. Extensions should
** also check to make sure that the pointer to the function is
** not NULL before calling it.
*/
static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = {
sqlite3_aggregate_context,
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_aggregate_count,
#else
0,
#endif
sqlite3_bind_blob,
sqlite3_bind_double,
sqlite3_bind_int,
sqlite3_bind_int64,
sqlite3_bind_null,
sqlite3_bind_parameter_count,
sqlite3_bind_parameter_index,
sqlite3_bind_parameter_name,
sqlite3_bind_text,
sqlite3_bind_text16,
sqlite3_bind_value,
sqlite3_busy_handler,
sqlite3_busy_timeout,
sqlite3_changes,
sqlite3_close,
sqlite3_collation_needed,
sqlite3_collation_needed16,
sqlite3_column_blob,
sqlite3_column_bytes,
sqlite3_column_bytes16,
sqlite3_column_count,
sqlite3_column_database_name,
sqlite3_column_database_name16,
sqlite3_column_decltype,
sqlite3_column_decltype16,
sqlite3_column_double,
sqlite3_column_int,
sqlite3_column_int64,
sqlite3_column_name,
sqlite3_column_name16,
sqlite3_column_origin_name,
sqlite3_column_origin_name16,
sqlite3_column_table_name,
sqlite3_column_table_name16,
sqlite3_column_text,
sqlite3_column_text16,
sqlite3_column_type,
sqlite3_column_value,
sqlite3_commit_hook,
sqlite3_complete,
sqlite3_complete16,
sqlite3_create_collation,
sqlite3_create_collation16,
sqlite3_create_function,
sqlite3_create_function16,
sqlite3_create_module,
sqlite3_data_count,
sqlite3_db_handle,
sqlite3_declare_vtab,
sqlite3_enable_shared_cache,
sqlite3_errcode,
sqlite3_errmsg,
sqlite3_errmsg16,
sqlite3_exec,
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_expired,
#else
0,
#endif
sqlite3_finalize,
sqlite3_free,
sqlite3_free_table,
sqlite3_get_autocommit,
sqlite3_get_auxdata,
sqlite3_get_table,
0, /* Was sqlite3_global_recover(), but that function is deprecated */
sqlite3_interrupt,
sqlite3_last_insert_rowid,
sqlite3_libversion,
sqlite3_libversion_number,
sqlite3_malloc,
sqlite3_mprintf,
sqlite3_open,
sqlite3_open16,
sqlite3_prepare,
sqlite3_prepare16,
sqlite3_profile,
sqlite3_progress_handler,
sqlite3_realloc,
sqlite3_reset,
sqlite3_result_blob,
sqlite3_result_double,
sqlite3_result_error,
sqlite3_result_error16,
sqlite3_result_int,
sqlite3_result_int64,
sqlite3_result_null,
sqlite3_result_text,
sqlite3_result_text16,
sqlite3_result_text16be,
sqlite3_result_text16le,
sqlite3_result_value,
sqlite3_rollback_hook,
sqlite3_set_authorizer,
sqlite3_set_auxdata,
sqlite3_snprintf,
sqlite3_step,
sqlite3_table_column_metadata,
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_thread_cleanup,
#else
0,
#endif
sqlite3_total_changes,
sqlite3_trace,
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
sqlite3_transfer_bindings,
#else
0,
#endif
sqlite3_update_hook,
sqlite3_user_data,
sqlite3_value_blob,
sqlite3_value_bytes,
sqlite3_value_bytes16,
sqlite3_value_double,
sqlite3_value_int,
sqlite3_value_int64,
sqlite3_value_numeric_type,
sqlite3_value_text,
sqlite3_value_text16,
sqlite3_value_text16be,
sqlite3_value_text16le,
sqlite3_value_type,
sqlite3_vmprintf,
/*
** The original API set ends here. All extensions can call any
** of the APIs above provided that the pointer is not NULL. But
** before calling APIs that follow, extension should check the
** sqlite3_libversion_number() to make sure they are dealing with
** a library that is new enough to support that API.
*************************************************************************
*/
sqlite3_overload_function,
/*
** Added after 3.3.13
*/
sqlite3_prepare_v2,
sqlite3_prepare16_v2,
sqlite3_clear_bindings,
/*
** Added for 3.4.1
*/
sqlite3_create_module_v2,
/*
** Added for 3.5.0
*/
sqlite3_bind_zeroblob,
sqlite3_blob_bytes,
sqlite3_blob_close,
sqlite3_blob_open,
sqlite3_blob_read,
sqlite3_blob_write,
sqlite3_create_collation_v2,
sqlite3_file_control,
sqlite3_memory_highwater,
sqlite3_memory_used,
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
#else
sqlite3_mutex_alloc,
sqlite3_mutex_enter,
sqlite3_mutex_free,
sqlite3_mutex_leave,
sqlite3_mutex_try,
#endif
sqlite3_open_v2,
sqlite3_release_memory,
sqlite3_result_error_nomem,
sqlite3_result_error_toobig,
sqlite3_sleep,
sqlite3_soft_heap_limit,
sqlite3_vfs_find,
sqlite3_vfs_register,
sqlite3_vfs_unregister,
/*
** Added for 3.5.8
*/
sqlite3_threadsafe,
sqlite3_result_zeroblob,
sqlite3_result_error_code,
sqlite3_test_control,
sqlite3_randomness,
sqlite3_context_db_handle,
/*
** Added for 3.6.0
*/
sqlite3_extended_result_codes,
sqlite3_limit,
sqlite3_next_stmt,
sqlite3_sql,
sqlite3_status,
};
/*
** Attempt to load an SQLite extension library contained in the file
** zFile. The entry point is zProc. zProc may be 0 in which case a
** default entry point name (sqlite3_extension_init) is used. Use
** of the default name is recommended.
**
** Return SQLITE_OK on success and SQLITE_ERROR if something goes wrong.
**
** If an error occurs and pzErrMsg is not 0, then fill *pzErrMsg with
** error message text. The calling function should free this memory
** by calling sqlite3DbFree(db, ).
*/
static int sqlite3LoadExtension(
sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
){
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = db->pVfs;
void *handle;
int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
char *zErrmsg = 0;
void **aHandle;
/* Ticket #1863. To avoid a creating security problems for older
** applications that relink against newer versions of SQLite, the
** ability to run load_extension is turned off by default. One
** must call sqlite3_enable_load_extension() to turn on extension
** loading. Otherwise you get the following error.
*/
if( (db->flags & SQLITE_LoadExtension)==0 ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("not authorized");
}
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
if( zProc==0 ){
zProc = "sqlite3_extension_init";
}
handle = sqlite3OsDlOpen(pVfs, zFile);
if( handle==0 ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
char zErr[256];
zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr,
"unable to open shared library [%s]", zFile);
sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr);
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErr);
}
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
sqlite3OsDlSym(pVfs, handle, zProc);
if( xInit==0 ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
char zErr[256];
zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr,
"no entry point [%s] in shared library [%s]", zProc,zFile);
sqlite3OsDlError(pVfs, sizeof(zErr)-1, zErr);
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3DbStrDup(0, zErr);
sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
}
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}else if( xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("error during initialization: %s", zErrmsg);
}
sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
sqlite3OsDlClose(pVfs, handle);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/* Append the new shared library handle to the db->aExtension array. */
aHandle = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(handle)*(db->nExtension+1));
if( aHandle==0 ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( db->nExtension>0 ){
memcpy(aHandle, db->aExtension, sizeof(handle)*db->nExtension);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
db->aExtension = aHandle;
db->aExtension[db->nExtension++] = handle;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
int sqlite3_load_extension(
sqlite3 *db, /* Load the extension into this database connection */
const char *zFile, /* Name of the shared library containing extension */
const char *zProc, /* Entry point. Use "sqlite3_extension_init" if 0 */
char **pzErrMsg /* Put error message here if not 0 */
){
int rc;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
rc = sqlite3LoadExtension(db, zFile, zProc, pzErrMsg);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Call this routine when the database connection is closing in order
** to clean up loaded extensions
*/
void sqlite3CloseExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
for(i=0; i<db->nExtension; i++){
sqlite3OsDlClose(db->pVfs, db->aExtension[i]);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aExtension);
}
/*
** Enable or disable extension loading. Extension loading is disabled by
** default so as not to open security holes in older applications.
*/
int sqlite3_enable_load_extension(sqlite3 *db, int onoff){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
if( onoff ){
db->flags |= SQLITE_LoadExtension;
}else{
db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LoadExtension;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
/*
** The auto-extension code added regardless of whether or not extension
** loading is supported. We need a dummy sqlite3Apis pointer for that
** code if regular extension loading is not available. This is that
** dummy pointer.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
static const sqlite3_api_routines sqlite3Apis = { 0 };
#endif
/*
** The following object holds the list of automatically loaded
** extensions.
**
** This list is shared across threads. The SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** mutex must be held while accessing this list.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3AutoExtList sqlite3AutoExtList;
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3AutoExtList {
int nExt; /* Number of entries in aExt[] */
void (**aExt)(void); /* Pointers to the extension init functions */
} sqlite3Autoext = { 0, 0 };
/* The "wsdAutoext" macro will resolve to the autoextension
** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
** to the "sqlite3Autoext" state vector declared above.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
# define wsdAutoextInit \
sqlite3AutoExtList *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3AutoExtList,sqlite3Autoext)
# define wsdAutoext x[0]
#else
# define wsdAutoextInit
# define wsdAutoext sqlite3Autoext
#endif
/*
** Register a statically linked extension that is automatically
** loaded by every new database connection.
*/
int sqlite3_auto_extension(void (*xInit)(void)){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ){
return rc;
}else
#endif
{
int i;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
wsdAutoextInit;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
for(i=0; i<wsdAutoext.nExt; i++){
if( wsdAutoext.aExt[i]==xInit ) break;
}
if( i==wsdAutoext.nExt ){
int nByte = (wsdAutoext.nExt+1)*sizeof(wsdAutoext.aExt[0]);
void (**aNew)(void);
aNew = sqlite3_realloc(wsdAutoext.aExt, nByte);
if( aNew==0 ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}else{
wsdAutoext.aExt = aNew;
wsdAutoext.aExt[wsdAutoext.nExt] = xInit;
wsdAutoext.nExt++;
}
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
return rc;
}
}
/*
** Reset the automatic extension loading mechanism.
*/
void sqlite3_reset_auto_extension(void){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize()==SQLITE_OK )
#endif
{
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
wsdAutoextInit;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
sqlite3_free(wsdAutoext.aExt);
wsdAutoext.aExt = 0;
wsdAutoext.nExt = 0;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
}
/*
** Load all automatic extensions.
*/
int sqlite3AutoLoadExtensions(sqlite3 *db){
int i;
int go = 1;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int (*xInit)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*);
wsdAutoextInit;
if( wsdAutoext.nExt==0 ){
/* Common case: early out without every having to acquire a mutex */
return SQLITE_OK;
}
for(i=0; go; i++){
char *zErrmsg = 0;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
if( i>=wsdAutoext.nExt ){
xInit = 0;
go = 0;
}else{
xInit = (int(*)(sqlite3*,char**,const sqlite3_api_routines*))
wsdAutoext.aExt[i];
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
if( xInit && xInit(db, &zErrmsg, &sqlite3Apis) ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR,
"automatic extension loading failed: %s", zErrmsg);
go = 0;
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3_free(zErrmsg);
}
}
return rc;
}

2180
main.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

718
malloc.c
View file

@ -1,718 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** Memory allocation functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** $Id: malloc.c,v 1.61 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
/*
** This routine runs when the memory allocator sees that the
** total memory allocation is about to exceed the soft heap
** limit.
*/
static void softHeapLimitEnforcer(
void *NotUsed,
sqlite3_int64 NotUsed2,
int allocSize
){
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2);
sqlite3_release_memory(allocSize);
}
/*
** Set the soft heap-size limit for the library. Passing a zero or
** negative value indicates no limit.
*/
void sqlite3_soft_heap_limit(int n){
sqlite3_uint64 iLimit;
int overage;
if( n<0 ){
iLimit = 0;
}else{
iLimit = n;
}
sqlite3_initialize();
if( iLimit>0 ){
sqlite3MemoryAlarm(softHeapLimitEnforcer, 0, iLimit);
}else{
sqlite3MemoryAlarm(0, 0, 0);
}
overage = (int)(sqlite3_memory_used() - (i64)n);
if( overage>0 ){
sqlite3_release_memory(overage);
}
}
/*
** Attempt to release up to n bytes of non-essential memory currently
** held by SQLite. An example of non-essential memory is memory used to
** cache database pages that are not currently in use.
*/
int sqlite3_release_memory(int n){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
int nRet = 0;
#if 0
nRet += sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(n);
#endif
nRet += sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(n-nRet);
return nRet;
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(n);
return SQLITE_OK;
#endif
}
/*
** State information local to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem0Global {
/* Number of free pages for scratch and page-cache memory */
u32 nScratchFree;
u32 nPageFree;
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* Mutex to serialize access */
/*
** The alarm callback and its arguments. The mem0.mutex lock will
** be held while the callback is running. Recursive calls into
** the memory subsystem are allowed, but no new callbacks will be
** issued. The alarmBusy variable is set to prevent recursive
** callbacks.
*/
sqlite3_int64 alarmThreshold;
void (*alarmCallback)(void*, sqlite3_int64,int);
void *alarmArg;
int alarmBusy;
/*
** Pointers to the end of sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch and
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage to a block of memory that records
** which pages are available.
*/
u32 *aScratchFree;
u32 *aPageFree;
} mem0 = { 62560955, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 };
#define mem0 GLOBAL(struct Mem0Global, mem0)
/*
** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
int sqlite3MallocInit(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc==0 ){
sqlite3MemSetDefault();
}
memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
mem0.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch>=100
&& sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch>=0 ){
int i;
sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch-4);
mem0.aScratchFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)
[sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch];
for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch; i++){ mem0.aScratchFree[i] = i; }
mem0.nScratchFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch;
}else{
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch = 0;
sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch = 0;
}
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage && sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage>=512
&& sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage>=1 ){
int i;
int overhead;
int sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage);
int n = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
overhead = (4*n + sz - 1)/sz;
sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage -= overhead;
mem0.aPageFree = (u32*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage)
[sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage*sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage];
for(i=0; i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage; i++){ mem0.aPageFree[i] = i; }
mem0.nPageFree = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nPage;
}else{
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pPage = 0;
sqlite3GlobalConfig.szPage = 0;
}
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
}
/*
** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
void sqlite3MallocEnd(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.pAppData);
}
memset(&mem0, 0, sizeof(mem0));
}
/*
** Return the amount of memory currently checked out.
*/
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_used(void){
int n, mx;
sqlite3_int64 res;
sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, 0);
res = (sqlite3_int64)n; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
return res;
}
/*
** Return the maximum amount of memory that has ever been
** checked out since either the beginning of this process
** or since the most recent reset.
*/
sqlite3_int64 sqlite3_memory_highwater(int resetFlag){
int n, mx;
sqlite3_int64 res;
sqlite3_status(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, &n, &mx, resetFlag);
res = (sqlite3_int64)mx; /* Work around bug in Borland C. Ticket #3216 */
return res;
}
/*
** Change the alarm callback
*/
int sqlite3MemoryAlarm(
void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
void *pArg,
sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
mem0.alarmCallback = xCallback;
mem0.alarmArg = pArg;
mem0.alarmThreshold = iThreshold;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED
/*
** Deprecated external interface. Internal/core SQLite code
** should call sqlite3MemoryAlarm.
*/
int sqlite3_memory_alarm(
void(*xCallback)(void *pArg, sqlite3_int64 used,int N),
void *pArg,
sqlite3_int64 iThreshold
){
return sqlite3MemoryAlarm(xCallback, pArg, iThreshold);
}
#endif
/*
** Trigger the alarm
*/
static void sqlite3MallocAlarm(int nByte){
void (*xCallback)(void*,sqlite3_int64,int);
sqlite3_int64 nowUsed;
void *pArg;
if( mem0.alarmCallback==0 || mem0.alarmBusy ) return;
mem0.alarmBusy = 1;
xCallback = mem0.alarmCallback;
nowUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
pArg = mem0.alarmArg;
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
xCallback(pArg, nowUsed, nByte);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
mem0.alarmBusy = 0;
}
/*
** Do a memory allocation with statistics and alarms. Assume the
** lock is already held.
*/
static int mallocWithAlarm(int n, void **pp){
int nFull;
void *p;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem0.mutex) );
nFull = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(n);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, n);
if( mem0.alarmCallback!=0 ){
int nUsed = sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED);
if( nUsed+nFull >= mem0.alarmThreshold ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
}
}
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
if( p==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nFull);
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(nFull);
}
if( p ){
nFull = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nFull);
}
*pp = p;
return nFull;
}
/*
** Allocate memory. This routine is like sqlite3_malloc() except that it
** assumes the memory subsystem has already been initialized.
*/
void *sqlite3Malloc(int n){
void *p;
if( n<=0 || NEVER(n>=0x7fffff00) ){
/* The NEVER(n>=0x7fffff00) term is added out of paranoia. We want to make
** absolutely sure that there is nothing within SQLite that can cause a
** memory allocation of a number of bytes which is near the maximum signed
** integer value and thus cause an integer overflow inside of the xMalloc()
** implementation. The n>=0x7fffff00 gives us 255 bytes of headroom. The
** test should never be true because SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH should be much
** less than 0x7fffff00 and it should catch large memory allocations
** before they reach this point. */
p = 0;
}else if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
return p;
}
/*
** This version of the memory allocation is for use by the application.
** First make sure the memory subsystem is initialized, then do the
** allocation.
*/
void *sqlite3_malloc(int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
return sqlite3Malloc(n);
}
/*
** Each thread may only have a single outstanding allocation from
** xScratchMalloc(). We verify this constraint in the single-threaded
** case by setting scratchAllocOut to 1 when an allocation
** is outstanding clearing it when the allocation is freed.
*/
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
static int scratchAllocOut = 0;
#endif
/*
** Allocate memory that is to be used and released right away.
** This routine is similar to alloca() in that it is not intended
** for situations where the memory might be held long-term. This
** routine is intended to get memory to old large transient data
** structures that would not normally fit on the stack of an
** embedded processor.
*/
void *sqlite3ScratchMalloc(int n){
void *p;
assert( n>0 );
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
/* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the
** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
** would be much more complicated.) */
assert( scratchAllocOut==0 );
#endif
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch<n ){
goto scratch_overflow;
}else{
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
if( mem0.nScratchFree==0 ){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
goto scratch_overflow;
}else{
int i;
i = mem0.aScratchFree[--mem0.nScratchFree];
i *= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, 1);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
p = (void*)&((char*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch)[i];
assert( (((u8*)p - (u8*)0) & 7)==0 );
}
}
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
#endif
return p;
scratch_overflow:
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_SIZE, n);
n = mallocWithAlarm(n, &p);
if( p ) sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xMalloc(n);
}
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
scratchAllocOut = p!=0;
#endif
return p;
}
void sqlite3ScratchFree(void *p){
if( p ){
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE==0 && !defined(NDEBUG)
/* Verify that no more than one scratch allocation per thread
** is outstanding at one time. (This is only checked in the
** single-threaded case since checking in the multi-threaded case
** would be much more complicated.) */
assert( scratchAllocOut==1 );
scratchAllocOut = 0;
#endif
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch==0
|| p<sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch
|| p>=(void*)mem0.aScratchFree ){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -iSize);
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
}
}else{
int i;
i = (int)((u8*)p - (u8*)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pScratch);
i /= sqlite3GlobalConfig.szScratch;
assert( i>=0 && i<sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
assert( mem0.nScratchFree<(u32)sqlite3GlobalConfig.nScratch );
mem0.aScratchFree[mem0.nScratchFree++] = i;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_SCRATCH_USED, -1);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}
}
}
/*
** TRUE if p is a lookaside memory allocation from db
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
static int isLookaside(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
return db && p && p>=db->lookaside.pStart && p<db->lookaside.pEnd;
}
#else
#define isLookaside(A,B) 0
#endif
/*
** Return the size of a memory allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3Malloc() or sqlite3_malloc().
*/
int sqlite3MallocSize(void *p){
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
int sqlite3DbMallocSize(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( p==0 ){
return 0;
}else if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
return db->lookaside.sz;
}else{
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xSize(p);
}
}
/*
** Free memory previously obtained from sqlite3Malloc().
*/
void sqlite3_free(void *p){
if( p==0 ) return;
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, -sqlite3MallocSize(p));
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xFree(p);
}
}
/*
** Free memory that might be associated with a particular database
** connection.
*/
void sqlite3DbFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p){
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
LookasideSlot *pBuf = (LookasideSlot*)p;
pBuf->pNext = db->lookaside.pFree;
db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf;
db->lookaside.nOut--;
}else{
sqlite3_free(p);
}
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
void *sqlite3Realloc(void *pOld, int nBytes){
int nOld, nNew;
void *pNew;
if( pOld==0 ){
return sqlite3Malloc(nBytes);
}
if( nBytes<=0 || NEVER(nBytes>=0x7fffff00) ){
/* The NEVER(...) term is explained in comments on sqlite3Malloc() */
sqlite3_free(pOld);
return 0;
}
nOld = sqlite3MallocSize(pOld);
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem0.mutex);
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_MALLOC_SIZE, nBytes);
nNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRoundup(nBytes);
if( nOld==nNew ){
pNew = pOld;
}else{
if( sqlite3StatusValue(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED)+nNew-nOld >=
mem0.alarmThreshold ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nNew-nOld);
}
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
if( pNew==0 && mem0.alarmCallback ){
sqlite3MallocAlarm(nBytes);
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nNew);
}
if( pNew ){
nNew = sqlite3MallocSize(pNew);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_MEMORY_USED, nNew-nOld);
}
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem0.mutex);
}else{
pNew = sqlite3GlobalConfig.m.xRealloc(pOld, nBytes);
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** The public interface to sqlite3Realloc. Make sure that the memory
** subsystem is initialized prior to invoking sqliteRealloc.
*/
void *sqlite3_realloc(void *pOld, int n){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
return sqlite3Realloc(pOld, n);
}
/*
** Allocate and zero memory.
*/
void *sqlite3MallocZero(int n){
void *p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( p ){
memset(p, 0, n);
}
return p;
}
/*
** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
*/
void *sqlite3DbMallocZero(sqlite3 *db, int n){
void *p = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
if( p ){
memset(p, 0, n);
}
return p;
}
/*
** Allocate and zero memory. If the allocation fails, make
** the mallocFailed flag in the connection pointer.
**
** If db!=0 and db->mallocFailed is true (indicating a prior malloc
** failure on the same database connection) then always return 0.
** Hence for a particular database connection, once malloc starts
** failing, it fails consistently until mallocFailed is reset.
** This is an important assumption. There are many places in the
** code that do things like this:
**
** int *a = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 100);
** int *b = (int*)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, 200);
** if( b ) a[10] = 9;
**
** In other words, if a subsequent malloc (ex: "b") worked, it is assumed
** that all prior mallocs (ex: "a") worked too.
*/
void *sqlite3DbMallocRaw(sqlite3 *db, int n){
void *p;
assert( db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOOKASIDE
if( db ){
LookasideSlot *pBuf;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
return 0;
}
if( db->lookaside.bEnabled && n<=db->lookaside.sz
&& (pBuf = db->lookaside.pFree)!=0 ){
db->lookaside.pFree = pBuf->pNext;
db->lookaside.nOut++;
if( db->lookaside.nOut>db->lookaside.mxOut ){
db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
}
return (void*)pBuf;
}
}
#else
if( db && db->mallocFailed ){
return 0;
}
#endif
p = sqlite3Malloc(n);
if( !p && db ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
return p;
}
/*
** Resize the block of memory pointed to by p to n bytes. If the
** resize fails, set the mallocFailed flag in the connection object.
*/
void *sqlite3DbRealloc(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
void *pNew = 0;
assert( db!=0 );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( db->mallocFailed==0 ){
if( p==0 ){
return sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
}
if( isLookaside(db, p) ){
if( n<=db->lookaside.sz ){
return p;
}
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n);
if( pNew ){
memcpy(pNew, p, db->lookaside.sz);
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
}else{
pNew = sqlite3_realloc(p, n);
if( !pNew ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
}
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** Attempt to reallocate p. If the reallocation fails, then free p
** and set the mallocFailed flag in the database connection.
*/
void *sqlite3DbReallocOrFree(sqlite3 *db, void *p, int n){
void *pNew;
pNew = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, p, n);
if( !pNew ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** Make a copy of a string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). These
** functions call sqlite3MallocRaw() directly instead of sqliteMalloc(). This
** is because when memory debugging is turned on, these two functions are
** called via macros that record the current file and line number in the
** ThreadData structure.
*/
char *sqlite3DbStrDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
char *zNew;
size_t n;
if( z==0 ){
return 0;
}
n = (db ? sqlite3Strlen(db, z) : sqlite3Strlen30(z))+1;
assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, (int)n);
if( zNew ){
memcpy(zNew, z, n);
}
return zNew;
}
char *sqlite3DbStrNDup(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
char *zNew;
if( z==0 ){
return 0;
}
assert( (n&0x7fffffff)==n );
zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n+1);
if( zNew ){
memcpy(zNew, z, n);
zNew[n] = 0;
}
return zNew;
}
/*
** Create a string from the zFromat argument and the va_list that follows.
** Store the string in memory obtained from sqliteMalloc() and make *pz
** point to that string.
*/
void sqlite3SetString(char **pz, sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
char *z;
va_start(ap, zFormat);
z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
sqlite3DbFree(db, *pz);
*pz = z;
}
/*
** This function must be called before exiting any API function (i.e.
** returning control to the user) that has called sqlite3_malloc or
** sqlite3_realloc.
**
** The returned value is normally a copy of the second argument to this
** function. However, if a malloc() failure has occurred since the previous
** invocation SQLITE_NOMEM is returned instead.
**
** If the first argument, db, is not NULL and a malloc() error has occurred,
** then the connection error-code (the value returned by sqlite3_errcode())
** is set to SQLITE_NOMEM.
*/
int sqlite3ApiExit(sqlite3* db, int rc){
/* If the db handle is not NULL, then we must hold the connection handle
** mutex here. Otherwise the read (and possible write) of db->mallocFailed
** is unsafe, as is the call to sqlite3Error().
*/
assert( !db || sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( db && (db->mallocFailed || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM) ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_NOMEM, 0);
db->mallocFailed = 0;
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
return rc & (db ? db->errMask : 0xff);
}

61
mem0.c
View file

@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 October 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains a no-op memory allocation drivers for use when
** SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC is defined. The allocation drivers implemented
** here always fail. SQLite will not operate with these drivers. These
** are merely placeholders. Real drivers must be substituted using
** sqlite3_config() before SQLite will operate.
**
** $Id: mem0.c,v 1.1 2008/10/28 18:58:20 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
** macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC
/*
** No-op versions of all memory allocation routines
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){ return 0; }
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){ return; }
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){ return 0; }
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){ return 0; }
static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){ return n; }
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){ return; }
/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
*/
void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
sqlite3MemMalloc,
sqlite3MemFree,
sqlite3MemRealloc,
sqlite3MemSize,
sqlite3MemRoundup,
sqlite3MemInit,
sqlite3MemShutdown,
0
};
sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ZERO_MALLOC */

145
mem1.c
View file

@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
** to obtain the memory it needs.
**
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
**
** $Id: mem1.c,v 1.30 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** This version of the memory allocator is the default. It is
** used when no other memory allocator is specified using compile-time
** macros.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC
/*
** Like malloc(), but remember the size of the allocation
** so that we can find it later using sqlite3MemSize().
**
** For this low-level routine, we are guaranteed that nByte>0 because
** cases of nByte<=0 will be intercepted and dealt with by higher level
** routines.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
sqlite3_int64 *p;
assert( nByte>0 );
nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
p = malloc( nByte+8 );
if( p ){
p[0] = nByte;
p++;
}
return (void *)p;
}
/*
** Like free() but works for allocations obtained from sqlite3MemMalloc()
** or sqlite3MemRealloc().
**
** For this low-level routine, we already know that pPrior!=0 since
** cases where pPrior==0 will have been intecepted and dealt with
** by higher-level routines.
*/
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
assert( pPrior!=0 );
p--;
free(p);
}
/*
** Like realloc(). Resize an allocation previously obtained from
** sqlite3MemMalloc().
**
** For this low-level interface, we know that pPrior!=0. Cases where
** pPrior==0 while have been intercepted by higher-level routine and
** redirected to xMalloc. Similarly, we know that nByte>0 becauses
** cases where nByte<=0 will have been intercepted by higher-level
** routines and redirected to xFree.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
sqlite3_int64 *p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
assert( pPrior!=0 && nByte>0 );
nByte = ROUND8(nByte);
p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
p--;
p = realloc(p, nByte+8 );
if( p ){
p[0] = nByte;
p++;
}
return (void*)p;
}
/*
** Report the allocated size of a prior return from xMalloc()
** or xRealloc().
*/
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *pPrior){
sqlite3_int64 *p;
if( pPrior==0 ) return 0;
p = (sqlite3_int64*)pPrior;
p--;
return (int)p[0];
}
/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
return ROUND8(n);
}
/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return;
}
/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
*/
void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
sqlite3MemMalloc,
sqlite3MemFree,
sqlite3MemRealloc,
sqlite3MemSize,
sqlite3MemRoundup,
sqlite3MemInit,
sqlite3MemShutdown,
0
};
sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_SYSTEM_MALLOC */

444
mem2.c
View file

@ -1,444 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains low-level memory allocation drivers for when
** SQLite will use the standard C-library malloc/realloc/free interface
** to obtain the memory it needs while adding lots of additional debugging
** information to each allocation in order to help detect and fix memory
** leaks and memory usage errors.
**
** This file contains implementations of the low-level memory allocation
** routines specified in the sqlite3_mem_methods object.
**
** $Id: mem2.c,v 1.45 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only if the
** SQLITE_MEMDEBUG macro is defined
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MEMDEBUG
/*
** The backtrace functionality is only available with GLIBC
*/
#ifdef __GLIBC__
extern int backtrace(void**,int);
extern void backtrace_symbols_fd(void*const*,int,int);
#else
# define backtrace(A,B) 1
# define backtrace_symbols_fd(A,B,C)
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
/*
** Each memory allocation looks like this:
**
** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
** | Title | backtrace pointers | MemBlockHdr | allocation | EndGuard |
** ------------------------------------------------------------------------
**
** The application code sees only a pointer to the allocation. We have
** to back up from the allocation pointer to find the MemBlockHdr. The
** MemBlockHdr tells us the size of the allocation and the number of
** backtrace pointers. There is also a guard word at the end of the
** MemBlockHdr.
*/
struct MemBlockHdr {
i64 iSize; /* Size of this allocation */
struct MemBlockHdr *pNext, *pPrev; /* Linked list of all unfreed memory */
char nBacktrace; /* Number of backtraces on this alloc */
char nBacktraceSlots; /* Available backtrace slots */
short nTitle; /* Bytes of title; includes '\0' */
int iForeGuard; /* Guard word for sanity */
};
/*
** Guard words
*/
#define FOREGUARD 0x80F5E153
#define REARGUARD 0xE4676B53
/*
** Number of malloc size increments to track.
*/
#define NCSIZE 1000
/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem". This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static struct {
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
/*
** Head and tail of a linked list of all outstanding allocations
*/
struct MemBlockHdr *pFirst;
struct MemBlockHdr *pLast;
/*
** The number of levels of backtrace to save in new allocations.
*/
int nBacktrace;
void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **);
/*
** Title text to insert in front of each block
*/
int nTitle; /* Bytes of zTitle to save. Includes '\0' and padding */
char zTitle[100]; /* The title text */
/*
** sqlite3MallocDisallow() increments the following counter.
** sqlite3MallocAllow() decrements it.
*/
int disallow; /* Do not allow memory allocation */
/*
** Gather statistics on the sizes of memory allocations.
** nAlloc[i] is the number of allocation attempts of i*8
** bytes. i==NCSIZE is the number of allocation attempts for
** sizes more than NCSIZE*8 bytes.
*/
int nAlloc[NCSIZE]; /* Total number of allocations */
int nCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Current number of allocations */
int mxCurrent[NCSIZE]; /* Highwater mark for nCurrent */
} mem;
/*
** Adjust memory usage statistics
*/
static void adjustStats(int iSize, int increment){
int i = ROUND8(iSize)/8;
if( i>NCSIZE-1 ){
i = NCSIZE - 1;
}
if( increment>0 ){
mem.nAlloc[i]++;
mem.nCurrent[i]++;
if( mem.nCurrent[i]>mem.mxCurrent[i] ){
mem.mxCurrent[i] = mem.nCurrent[i];
}
}else{
mem.nCurrent[i]--;
assert( mem.nCurrent[i]>=0 );
}
}
/*
** Given an allocation, find the MemBlockHdr for that allocation.
**
** This routine checks the guards at either end of the allocation and
** if they are incorrect it asserts.
*/
static struct MemBlockHdr *sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(void *pAllocation){
struct MemBlockHdr *p;
int *pInt;
u8 *pU8;
int nReserve;
p = (struct MemBlockHdr*)pAllocation;
p--;
assert( p->iForeGuard==(int)FOREGUARD );
nReserve = ROUND8(p->iSize);
pInt = (int*)pAllocation;
pU8 = (u8*)pAllocation;
assert( pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)]==(int)REARGUARD );
/* This checks any of the "extra" bytes allocated due
** to rounding up to an 8 byte boundary to ensure
** they haven't been overwritten.
*/
while( nReserve-- > p->iSize ) assert( pU8[nReserve]==0x65 );
return p;
}
/*
** Return the number of bytes currently allocated at address p.
*/
static int sqlite3MemSize(void *p){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
if( !p ){
return 0;
}
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(p);
return pHdr->iSize;
}
/*
** Initialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static int sqlite3MemInit(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
assert( (sizeof(struct MemBlockHdr)&7) == 0 );
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat ){
/* If memory status is enabled, then the malloc.c wrapper will already
** hold the STATIC_MEM mutex when the routines here are invoked. */
mem.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Deinitialize the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
static void sqlite3MemShutdown(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
mem.mutex = 0;
}
/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int sqlite3MemRoundup(int n){
return ROUND8(n);
}
/*
** Allocate nByte bytes of memory.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemMalloc(int nByte){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
char *z;
int *pInt;
void *p = 0;
int totalSize;
int nReserve;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
assert( mem.disallow==0 );
nReserve = ROUND8(nByte);
totalSize = nReserve + sizeof(*pHdr) + sizeof(int) +
mem.nBacktrace*sizeof(void*) + mem.nTitle;
p = malloc(totalSize);
if( p ){
z = p;
pBt = (void**)&z[mem.nTitle];
pHdr = (struct MemBlockHdr*)&pBt[mem.nBacktrace];
pHdr->pNext = 0;
pHdr->pPrev = mem.pLast;
if( mem.pLast ){
mem.pLast->pNext = pHdr;
}else{
mem.pFirst = pHdr;
}
mem.pLast = pHdr;
pHdr->iForeGuard = FOREGUARD;
pHdr->nBacktraceSlots = mem.nBacktrace;
pHdr->nTitle = mem.nTitle;
if( mem.nBacktrace ){
void *aAddr[40];
pHdr->nBacktrace = backtrace(aAddr, mem.nBacktrace+1)-1;
memcpy(pBt, &aAddr[1], pHdr->nBacktrace*sizeof(void*));
assert(pBt[0]);
if( mem.xBacktrace ){
mem.xBacktrace(nByte, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &aAddr[1]);
}
}else{
pHdr->nBacktrace = 0;
}
if( mem.nTitle ){
memcpy(z, mem.zTitle, mem.nTitle);
}
pHdr->iSize = nByte;
adjustStats(nByte, +1);
pInt = (int*)&pHdr[1];
pInt[nReserve/sizeof(int)] = REARGUARD;
memset(pInt, 0x65, nReserve);
p = (void*)pInt;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
return p;
}
/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void sqlite3MemFree(void *pPrior){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
char *z;
assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat || mem.mutex!=0 );
pHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pBt = (void**)pHdr;
pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
if( pHdr->pPrev ){
assert( pHdr->pPrev->pNext==pHdr );
pHdr->pPrev->pNext = pHdr->pNext;
}else{
assert( mem.pFirst==pHdr );
mem.pFirst = pHdr->pNext;
}
if( pHdr->pNext ){
assert( pHdr->pNext->pPrev==pHdr );
pHdr->pNext->pPrev = pHdr->pPrev;
}else{
assert( mem.pLast==pHdr );
mem.pLast = pHdr->pPrev;
}
z = (char*)pBt;
z -= pHdr->nTitle;
adjustStats(pHdr->iSize, -1);
memset(z, 0x2b, sizeof(void*)*pHdr->nBacktraceSlots + sizeof(*pHdr) +
pHdr->iSize + sizeof(int) + pHdr->nTitle);
free(z);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation.
**
** For this debugging implementation, we *always* make a copy of the
** allocation into a new place in memory. In this way, if the
** higher level code is using pointer to the old allocation, it is
** much more likely to break and we are much more liking to find
** the error.
*/
static void *sqlite3MemRealloc(void *pPrior, int nByte){
struct MemBlockHdr *pOldHdr;
void *pNew;
assert( mem.disallow==0 );
pOldHdr = sqlite3MemsysGetHeader(pPrior);
pNew = sqlite3MemMalloc(nByte);
if( pNew ){
memcpy(pNew, pPrior, nByte<pOldHdr->iSize ? nByte : pOldHdr->iSize);
if( nByte>pOldHdr->iSize ){
memset(&((char*)pNew)[pOldHdr->iSize], 0x2b, nByte - pOldHdr->iSize);
}
sqlite3MemFree(pPrior);
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file.
*/
void sqlite3MemSetDefault(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods defaultMethods = {
sqlite3MemMalloc,
sqlite3MemFree,
sqlite3MemRealloc,
sqlite3MemSize,
sqlite3MemRoundup,
sqlite3MemInit,
sqlite3MemShutdown,
0
};
sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MALLOC, &defaultMethods);
}
/*
** Set the number of backtrace levels kept for each allocation.
** A value of zero turns off backtracing. The number is always rounded
** up to a multiple of 2.
*/
void sqlite3MemdebugBacktrace(int depth){
if( depth<0 ){ depth = 0; }
if( depth>20 ){ depth = 20; }
depth = (depth+1)&0xfe;
mem.nBacktrace = depth;
}
void sqlite3MemdebugBacktraceCallback(void (*xBacktrace)(int, int, void **)){
mem.xBacktrace = xBacktrace;
}
/*
** Set the title string for subsequent allocations.
*/
void sqlite3MemdebugSettitle(const char *zTitle){
unsigned int n = sqlite3Strlen30(zTitle) + 1;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem.mutex);
if( n>=sizeof(mem.zTitle) ) n = sizeof(mem.zTitle)-1;
memcpy(mem.zTitle, zTitle, n);
mem.zTitle[n] = 0;
mem.nTitle = ROUND8(n);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem.mutex);
}
void sqlite3MemdebugSync(){
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
void **pBt = (void**)pHdr;
pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
mem.xBacktrace(pHdr->iSize, pHdr->nBacktrace-1, &pBt[1]);
}
}
/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
void sqlite3MemdebugDump(const char *zFilename){
FILE *out;
struct MemBlockHdr *pHdr;
void **pBt;
int i;
out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
if( out==0 ){
fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
zFilename);
return;
}
for(pHdr=mem.pFirst; pHdr; pHdr=pHdr->pNext){
char *z = (char*)pHdr;
z -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots*sizeof(void*) + pHdr->nTitle;
fprintf(out, "**** %lld bytes at %p from %s ****\n",
pHdr->iSize, &pHdr[1], pHdr->nTitle ? z : "???");
if( pHdr->nBacktrace ){
fflush(out);
pBt = (void**)pHdr;
pBt -= pHdr->nBacktraceSlots;
backtrace_symbols_fd(pBt, pHdr->nBacktrace, fileno(out));
fprintf(out, "\n");
}
}
fprintf(out, "COUNTS:\n");
for(i=0; i<NCSIZE-1; i++){
if( mem.nAlloc[i] ){
fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
i*8, mem.nAlloc[i], mem.nCurrent[i], mem.mxCurrent[i]);
}
}
if( mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1] ){
fprintf(out, " %5d: %10d %10d %10d\n",
NCSIZE*8-8, mem.nAlloc[NCSIZE-1],
mem.nCurrent[NCSIZE-1], mem.mxCurrent[NCSIZE-1]);
}
fclose(out);
}
/*
** Return the number of times sqlite3MemMalloc() has been called.
*/
int sqlite3MemdebugMallocCount(){
int i;
int nTotal = 0;
for(i=0; i<NCSIZE; i++){
nTotal += mem.nAlloc[i];
}
return nTotal;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MEMDEBUG */

688
mem3.c
View file

@ -1,688 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 October 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined.
**
** $Id: mem3.c,v 1.25 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** This version of the memory allocator is only built into the library
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 is defined. Defining this symbol does not
** mean that the library will use a memory-pool by default, just that
** it is available. The mempool allocator is activated by calling
** sqlite3_config().
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3
/*
** Maximum size (in Mem3Blocks) of a "small" chunk.
*/
#define MX_SMALL 10
/*
** Number of freelist hash slots
*/
#define N_HASH 61
/*
** A memory allocation (also called a "chunk") consists of two or
** more blocks where each block is 8 bytes. The first 8 bytes are
** a header that is not returned to the user.
**
** A chunk is two or more blocks that is either checked out or
** free. The first block has format u.hdr. u.hdr.size4x is 4 times the
** size of the allocation in blocks if the allocation is free.
** The u.hdr.size4x&1 bit is true if the chunk is checked out and
** false if the chunk is on the freelist. The u.hdr.size4x&2 bit
** is true if the previous chunk is checked out and false if the
** previous chunk is free. The u.hdr.prevSize field is the size of
** the previous chunk in blocks if the previous chunk is on the
** freelist. If the previous chunk is checked out, then
** u.hdr.prevSize can be part of the data for that chunk and should
** not be read or written.
**
** We often identify a chunk by its index in mem3.aPool[]. When
** this is done, the chunk index refers to the second block of
** the chunk. In this way, the first chunk has an index of 1.
** A chunk index of 0 means "no such chunk" and is the equivalent
** of a NULL pointer.
**
** The second block of free chunks is of the form u.list. The
** two fields form a double-linked list of chunks of related sizes.
** Pointers to the head of the list are stored in mem3.aiSmall[]
** for smaller chunks and mem3.aiHash[] for larger chunks.
**
** The second block of a chunk is user data if the chunk is checked
** out. If a chunk is checked out, the user data may extend into
** the u.hdr.prevSize value of the following chunk.
*/
typedef struct Mem3Block Mem3Block;
struct Mem3Block {
union {
struct {
u32 prevSize; /* Size of previous chunk in Mem3Block elements */
u32 size4x; /* 4x the size of current chunk in Mem3Block elements */
} hdr;
struct {
u32 next; /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of next free chunk */
u32 prev; /* Index in mem3.aPool[] of previous free chunk */
} list;
} u;
};
/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem3". This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem3Global {
/*
** Memory available for allocation. nPool is the size of the array
** (in Mem3Blocks) pointed to by aPool less 2.
*/
u32 nPool;
Mem3Block *aPool;
/*
** True if we are evaluating an out-of-memory callback.
*/
int alarmBusy;
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
/*
** The minimum amount of free space that we have seen.
*/
u32 mnMaster;
/*
** iMaster is the index of the master chunk. Most new allocations
** occur off of this chunk. szMaster is the size (in Mem3Blocks)
** of the current master. iMaster is 0 if there is not master chunk.
** The master chunk is not in either the aiHash[] or aiSmall[].
*/
u32 iMaster;
u32 szMaster;
/*
** Array of lists of free blocks according to the block size
** for smaller chunks, or a hash on the block size for larger
** chunks.
*/
u32 aiSmall[MX_SMALL-1]; /* For sizes 2 through MX_SMALL, inclusive */
u32 aiHash[N_HASH]; /* For sizes MX_SMALL+1 and larger */
} mem3 = { 97535575 };
#define mem3 GLOBAL(struct Mem3Global, mem3)
/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] from list it is currently
** on. *pRoot is the list that i is a member of.
*/
static void memsys3UnlinkFromList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
u32 next = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
u32 prev = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
if( prev==0 ){
*pRoot = next;
}else{
mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next = next;
}
if( next ){
mem3.aPool[next].u.list.prev = prev;
}
mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = 0;
mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
}
/*
** Unlink the chunk at index i from
** whatever list is currently a member of.
*/
static void memsys3Unlink(u32 i){
u32 size, hash;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
assert( i>=1 );
size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
assert( size>=2 );
if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
}else{
hash = size % N_HASH;
memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
}
}
/*
** Link the chunk at mem3.aPool[i] so that is on the list rooted
** at *pRoot.
*/
static void memsys3LinkIntoList(u32 i, u32 *pRoot){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next = *pRoot;
mem3.aPool[i].u.list.prev = 0;
if( *pRoot ){
mem3.aPool[*pRoot].u.list.prev = i;
}
*pRoot = i;
}
/*
** Link the chunk at index i into either the appropriate
** small chunk list, or into the large chunk hash table.
*/
static void memsys3Link(u32 i){
u32 size, hash;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( i>=1 );
assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x & 1)==0 );
size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
assert( size==mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
assert( size>=2 );
if( size <= MX_SMALL ){
memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[size-2]);
}else{
hash = size % N_HASH;
memsys3LinkIntoList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
}
}
/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys3Enter(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem3.mutex==0 ){
mem3.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
}
static void memsys3Leave(void){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
}
/*
** Called when we are unable to satisfy an allocation of nBytes.
*/
static void memsys3OutOfMemory(int nByte){
if( !mem3.alarmBusy ){
mem3.alarmBusy = 1;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
sqlite3_release_memory(nByte);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem3.mutex);
mem3.alarmBusy = 0;
}
}
/*
** Chunk i is a free chunk that has been unlinked. Adjust its
** size parameters for check-out and return a pointer to the
** user portion of the chunk.
*/
static void *memsys3Checkout(u32 i, u32 nBlock){
u32 x;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( i>=1 );
assert( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock );
assert( mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize==nBlock );
x = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 | 1 | (x&2);
mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
mem3.aPool[i+nBlock-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
return &mem3.aPool[i];
}
/*
** Carve a piece off of the end of the mem3.iMaster free chunk.
** Return a pointer to the new allocation. Or, if the master chunk
** is not large enough, return 0.
*/
static void *memsys3FromMaster(u32 nBlock){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock );
if( nBlock>=mem3.szMaster-1 ){
/* Use the entire master */
void *p = memsys3Checkout(mem3.iMaster, mem3.szMaster);
mem3.iMaster = 0;
mem3.szMaster = 0;
mem3.mnMaster = 0;
return p;
}else{
/* Split the master block. Return the tail. */
u32 newi, x;
newi = mem3.iMaster + mem3.szMaster - nBlock;
assert( newi > mem3.iMaster+1 );
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = nBlock;
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x |= 2;
mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.size4x = nBlock*4 + 1;
mem3.szMaster -= nBlock;
mem3.aPool[newi-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
if( mem3.szMaster < mem3.mnMaster ){
mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
}
return (void*)&mem3.aPool[newi];
}
}
/*
** *pRoot is the head of a list of free chunks of the same size
** or same size hash. In other words, *pRoot is an entry in either
** mem3.aiSmall[] or mem3.aiHash[].
**
** This routine examines all entries on the given list and tries
** to coalesce each entries with adjacent free chunks.
**
** If it sees a chunk that is larger than mem3.iMaster, it replaces
** the current mem3.iMaster with the new larger chunk. In order for
** this mem3.iMaster replacement to work, the master chunk must be
** linked into the hash tables. That is not the normal state of
** affairs, of course. The calling routine must link the master
** chunk before invoking this routine, then must unlink the (possibly
** changed) master chunk once this routine has finished.
*/
static void memsys3Merge(u32 *pRoot){
u32 iNext, prev, size, i, x;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
for(i=*pRoot; i>0; i=iNext){
iNext = mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next;
size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
assert( (size&1)==0 );
if( (size&2)==0 ){
memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, pRoot);
assert( i > mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize );
prev = i - mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
if( prev==iNext ){
iNext = mem3.aPool[prev].u.list.next;
}
memsys3Unlink(prev);
size = i + size/4 - prev;
x = mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
mem3.aPool[prev-1].u.hdr.size4x = size*4 | x;
mem3.aPool[prev+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
memsys3Link(prev);
i = prev;
}else{
size /= 4;
}
if( size>mem3.szMaster ){
mem3.iMaster = i;
mem3.szMaster = size;
}
}
}
/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable.
**
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
static void *memsys3MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
u32 i;
u32 nBlock;
u32 toFree;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
if( nByte<=12 ){
nBlock = 2;
}else{
nBlock = (nByte + 11)/8;
}
assert( nBlock>=2 );
/* STEP 1:
** Look for an entry of the correct size in either the small
** chunk table or in the large chunk hash table. This is
** successful most of the time (about 9 times out of 10).
*/
if( nBlock <= MX_SMALL ){
i = mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2];
if( i>0 ){
memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiSmall[nBlock-2]);
return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
}
}else{
int hash = nBlock % N_HASH;
for(i=mem3.aiHash[hash]; i>0; i=mem3.aPool[i].u.list.next){
if( mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4==nBlock ){
memsys3UnlinkFromList(i, &mem3.aiHash[hash]);
return memsys3Checkout(i, nBlock);
}
}
}
/* STEP 2:
** Try to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off of the end
** of the master chunk. This step usually works if step 1 fails.
*/
if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
}
/* STEP 3:
** Loop through the entire memory pool. Coalesce adjacent free
** chunks. Recompute the master chunk as the largest free chunk.
** Then try again to satisfy the allocation by carving a piece off
** of the end of the master chunk. This step happens very
** rarely (we hope!)
*/
for(toFree=nBlock*16; toFree<(mem3.nPool*16); toFree *= 2){
memsys3OutOfMemory(toFree);
if( mem3.iMaster ){
memsys3Link(mem3.iMaster);
mem3.iMaster = 0;
mem3.szMaster = 0;
}
for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiHash[i]);
}
for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
memsys3Merge(&mem3.aiSmall[i]);
}
if( mem3.szMaster ){
memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
if( mem3.szMaster>=nBlock ){
return memsys3FromMaster(nBlock);
}
}
}
/* If none of the above worked, then we fail. */
return 0;
}
/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
**
** This function assumes that the necessary mutexes, if any, are
** already held by the caller. Hence "Unsafe".
*/
void memsys3FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
Mem3Block *p = (Mem3Block*)pOld;
int i;
u32 size, x;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem3.mutex) );
assert( p>mem3.aPool && p<&mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool] );
i = p - mem3.aPool;
assert( (mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==1 );
size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
assert( i+size<=mem3.nPool+1 );
mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~1;
mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.prevSize = size;
mem3.aPool[i+size-1].u.hdr.size4x &= ~2;
memsys3Link(i);
/* Try to expand the master using the newly freed chunk */
if( mem3.iMaster ){
while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)==0 ){
size = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize;
mem3.iMaster -= size;
mem3.szMaster += size;
memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster);
x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
}
x = mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x & 2;
while( (mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)==0 ){
memsys3Unlink(mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster);
mem3.szMaster += mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x/4;
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster-1].u.hdr.size4x = mem3.szMaster*4 | x;
mem3.aPool[mem3.iMaster+mem3.szMaster-1].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.szMaster;
}
}
}
/*
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The
** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only
** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
*/
static int memsys3Size(void *p){
Mem3Block *pBlock;
if( p==0 ) return 0;
pBlock = (Mem3Block*)p;
assert( (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&1)!=0 );
return (pBlock[-1].u.hdr.size4x&~3)*2 - 4;
}
/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int memsys3Roundup(int n){
if( n<=12 ){
return 12;
}else{
return ((n+11)&~7) - 4;
}
}
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory.
*/
static void *memsys3Malloc(int nBytes){
sqlite3_int64 *p;
assert( nBytes>0 ); /* malloc.c filters out 0 byte requests */
memsys3Enter();
p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
memsys3Leave();
return (void*)p;
}
/*
** Free memory.
*/
void memsys3Free(void *pPrior){
assert( pPrior );
memsys3Enter();
memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
memsys3Leave();
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
void *memsys3Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
int nOld;
void *p;
if( pPrior==0 ){
return sqlite3_malloc(nBytes);
}
if( nBytes<=0 ){
sqlite3_free(pPrior);
return 0;
}
nOld = memsys3Size(pPrior);
if( nBytes<=nOld && nBytes>=nOld-128 ){
return pPrior;
}
memsys3Enter();
p = memsys3MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
if( p ){
if( nOld<nBytes ){
memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
}else{
memcpy(p, pPrior, nBytes);
}
memsys3FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
}
memsys3Leave();
return p;
}
/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int memsys3Init(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/* Store a pointer to the memory block in global structure mem3. */
assert( sizeof(Mem3Block)==8 );
mem3.aPool = (Mem3Block *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
mem3.nPool = (sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap / sizeof(Mem3Block)) - 2;
/* Initialize the master block. */
mem3.szMaster = mem3.nPool;
mem3.mnMaster = mem3.szMaster;
mem3.iMaster = 1;
mem3.aPool[0].u.hdr.size4x = (mem3.szMaster<<2) + 2;
mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.prevSize = mem3.nPool;
mem3.aPool[mem3.nPool].u.hdr.size4x = 1;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys3Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return;
}
/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
void sqlite3Memsys3Dump(const char *zFilename){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
FILE *out;
u32 i, j;
u32 size;
if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
out = stdout;
}else{
out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
if( out==0 ){
fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
zFilename);
return;
}
}
memsys3Enter();
fprintf(out, "CHUNKS:\n");
for(i=1; i<=mem3.nPool; i+=size/4){
size = mem3.aPool[i-1].u.hdr.size4x;
if( size/4<=1 ){
fprintf(out, "%p size error\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
assert( 0 );
break;
}
if( (size&1)==0 && mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.prevSize!=size/4 ){
fprintf(out, "%p tail size does not match\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
assert( 0 );
break;
}
if( ((mem3.aPool[i+size/4-1].u.hdr.size4x&2)>>1)!=(size&1) ){
fprintf(out, "%p tail checkout bit is incorrect\n", &mem3.aPool[i]);
assert( 0 );
break;
}
if( size&1 ){
fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes checked out\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8);
}else{
fprintf(out, "%p %6d bytes free%s\n", &mem3.aPool[i], (size/4)*8-8,
i==mem3.iMaster ? " **master**" : "");
}
}
for(i=0; i<MX_SMALL-1; i++){
if( mem3.aiSmall[i]==0 ) continue;
fprintf(out, "small(%2d):", i);
for(j = mem3.aiSmall[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
(mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
}
fprintf(out, "\n");
}
for(i=0; i<N_HASH; i++){
if( mem3.aiHash[i]==0 ) continue;
fprintf(out, "hash(%2d):", i);
for(j = mem3.aiHash[i]; j>0; j=mem3.aPool[j].u.list.next){
fprintf(out, " %p(%d)", &mem3.aPool[j],
(mem3.aPool[j-1].u.hdr.size4x/4)*8-8);
}
fprintf(out, "\n");
}
fprintf(out, "master=%d\n", mem3.iMaster);
fprintf(out, "nowUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.szMaster*8);
fprintf(out, "mxUsed=%d\n", mem3.nPool*8 - mem3.mnMaster*8);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem3.mutex);
if( out==stdout ){
fflush(stdout);
}else{
fclose(out);
}
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
#endif
}
/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage.
**
** Populate the low-level memory allocation function pointers in
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.m with pointers to the routines in this file. The
** arguments specify the block of memory to manage.
**
** This routine is only called by sqlite3_config(), and therefore
** is not required to be threadsafe (it is not).
*/
const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys3(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods mempoolMethods = {
memsys3Malloc,
memsys3Free,
memsys3Realloc,
memsys3Size,
memsys3Roundup,
memsys3Init,
memsys3Shutdown,
0
};
return &mempoolMethods;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS3 */

488
mem5.c
View file

@ -1,488 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 October 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement a memory
** allocation subsystem for use by SQLite.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem omits all
** use of malloc(). The SQLite user supplies a block of memory
** before calling sqlite3_initialize() from which allocations
** are made and returned by the xMalloc() and xRealloc()
** implementations. Once sqlite3_initialize() has been called,
** the amount of memory available to SQLite is fixed and cannot
** be changed.
**
** This version of the memory allocation subsystem is included
** in the build only if SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
**
** $Id: mem5.c,v 1.19 2008/11/19 16:52:44 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** This version of the memory allocator is used only when
** SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 is defined.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5
/*
** A minimum allocation is an instance of the following structure.
** Larger allocations are an array of these structures where the
** size of the array is a power of 2.
*/
typedef struct Mem5Link Mem5Link;
struct Mem5Link {
int next; /* Index of next free chunk */
int prev; /* Index of previous free chunk */
};
/*
** Maximum size of any allocation is ((1<<LOGMAX)*mem5.nAtom). Since
** mem5.nAtom is always at least 8, this is not really a practical
** limitation.
*/
#define LOGMAX 30
/*
** Masks used for mem5.aCtrl[] elements.
*/
#define CTRL_LOGSIZE 0x1f /* Log2 Size of this block relative to POW2_MIN */
#define CTRL_FREE 0x20 /* True if not checked out */
/*
** All of the static variables used by this module are collected
** into a single structure named "mem5". This is to keep the
** static variables organized and to reduce namespace pollution
** when this module is combined with other in the amalgamation.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct Mem5Global {
/*
** Memory available for allocation
*/
int nAtom; /* Smallest possible allocation in bytes */
int nBlock; /* Number of nAtom sized blocks in zPool */
u8 *zPool;
/*
** Mutex to control access to the memory allocation subsystem.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
/*
** Performance statistics
*/
u64 nAlloc; /* Total number of calls to malloc */
u64 totalAlloc; /* Total of all malloc calls - includes internal frag */
u64 totalExcess; /* Total internal fragmentation */
u32 currentOut; /* Current checkout, including internal fragmentation */
u32 currentCount; /* Current number of distinct checkouts */
u32 maxOut; /* Maximum instantaneous currentOut */
u32 maxCount; /* Maximum instantaneous currentCount */
u32 maxRequest; /* Largest allocation (exclusive of internal frag) */
/*
** Lists of free blocks of various sizes.
*/
int aiFreelist[LOGMAX+1];
/*
** Space for tracking which blocks are checked out and the size
** of each block. One byte per block.
*/
u8 *aCtrl;
} mem5 = { 19804167 };
#define mem5 GLOBAL(struct Mem5Global, mem5)
#define MEM5LINK(idx) ((Mem5Link *)(&mem5.zPool[(idx)*mem5.nAtom]))
/*
** Unlink the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] from list it is currently
** on. It should be found on mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize].
*/
static void memsys5Unlink(int i, int iLogsize){
int next, prev;
assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
next = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
prev = MEM5LINK(i)->prev;
if( prev<0 ){
mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = next;
}else{
MEM5LINK(prev)->next = next;
}
if( next>=0 ){
MEM5LINK(next)->prev = prev;
}
}
/*
** Link the chunk at mem5.aPool[i] so that is on the iLogsize
** free list.
*/
static void memsys5Link(int i, int iLogsize){
int x;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(mem5.mutex) );
assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
assert( (mem5.aCtrl[i] & CTRL_LOGSIZE)==iLogsize );
x = MEM5LINK(i)->next = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
MEM5LINK(i)->prev = -1;
if( x>=0 ){
assert( x<mem5.nBlock );
MEM5LINK(x)->prev = i;
}
mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] = i;
}
/*
** If the STATIC_MEM mutex is not already held, obtain it now. The mutex
** will already be held (obtained by code in malloc.c) if
** sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemStat is true.
*/
static void memsys5Enter(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bMemstat==0 && mem5.mutex==0 ){
mem5.mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM);
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mem5.mutex);
}
static void memsys5Leave(void){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mem5.mutex);
}
/*
** Return the size of an outstanding allocation, in bytes. The
** size returned omits the 8-byte header overhead. This only
** works for chunks that are currently checked out.
*/
static int memsys5Size(void *p){
int iSize = 0;
if( p ){
int i = ((u8 *)p-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
assert( i>=0 && i<mem5.nBlock );
iSize = mem5.nAtom * (1 << (mem5.aCtrl[i]&CTRL_LOGSIZE));
}
return iSize;
}
/*
** Find the first entry on the freelist iLogsize. Unlink that
** entry and return its index.
*/
static int memsys5UnlinkFirst(int iLogsize){
int i;
int iFirst;
assert( iLogsize>=0 && iLogsize<=LOGMAX );
i = iFirst = mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize];
assert( iFirst>=0 );
while( i>0 ){
if( i<iFirst ) iFirst = i;
i = MEM5LINK(i)->next;
}
memsys5Unlink(iFirst, iLogsize);
return iFirst;
}
/*
** Return a block of memory of at least nBytes in size.
** Return NULL if unable.
*/
static void *memsys5MallocUnsafe(int nByte){
int i; /* Index of a mem5.aPool[] slot */
int iBin; /* Index into mem5.aiFreelist[] */
int iFullSz; /* Size of allocation rounded up to power of 2 */
int iLogsize; /* Log2 of iFullSz/POW2_MIN */
/* Keep track of the maximum allocation request. Even unfulfilled
** requests are counted */
if( (u32)nByte>mem5.maxRequest ){
mem5.maxRequest = nByte;
}
/* Round nByte up to the next valid power of two */
for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom, iLogsize=0; iFullSz<nByte; iFullSz *= 2, iLogsize++){}
/* Make sure mem5.aiFreelist[iLogsize] contains at least one free
** block. If not, then split a block of the next larger power of
** two in order to create a new free block of size iLogsize.
*/
for(iBin=iLogsize; mem5.aiFreelist[iBin]<0 && iBin<=LOGMAX; iBin++){}
if( iBin>LOGMAX ) return 0;
i = memsys5UnlinkFirst(iBin);
while( iBin>iLogsize ){
int newSize;
iBin--;
newSize = 1 << iBin;
mem5.aCtrl[i+newSize] = CTRL_FREE | iBin;
memsys5Link(i+newSize, iBin);
}
mem5.aCtrl[i] = iLogsize;
/* Update allocator performance statistics. */
mem5.nAlloc++;
mem5.totalAlloc += iFullSz;
mem5.totalExcess += iFullSz - nByte;
mem5.currentCount++;
mem5.currentOut += iFullSz;
if( mem5.maxCount<mem5.currentCount ) mem5.maxCount = mem5.currentCount;
if( mem5.maxOut<mem5.currentOut ) mem5.maxOut = mem5.currentOut;
/* Return a pointer to the allocated memory. */
return (void*)&mem5.zPool[i*mem5.nAtom];
}
/*
** Free an outstanding memory allocation.
*/
static void memsys5FreeUnsafe(void *pOld){
u32 size, iLogsize;
int iBlock;
/* Set iBlock to the index of the block pointed to by pOld in
** the array of mem5.nAtom byte blocks pointed to by mem5.zPool.
*/
iBlock = ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)/mem5.nAtom;
/* Check that the pointer pOld points to a valid, non-free block. */
assert( iBlock>=0 && iBlock<mem5.nBlock );
assert( ((u8 *)pOld-mem5.zPool)%mem5.nAtom==0 );
assert( (mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_FREE)==0 );
iLogsize = mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] & CTRL_LOGSIZE;
size = 1<<iLogsize;
assert( iBlock+size-1<(u32)mem5.nBlock );
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] |= CTRL_FREE;
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock+size-1] |= CTRL_FREE;
assert( mem5.currentCount>0 );
assert( mem5.currentOut>=(size*mem5.nAtom) );
mem5.currentCount--;
mem5.currentOut -= size*mem5.nAtom;
assert( mem5.currentOut>0 || mem5.currentCount==0 );
assert( mem5.currentCount>0 || mem5.currentOut==0 );
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
while( iLogsize<LOGMAX ){
int iBuddy;
if( (iBlock>>iLogsize) & 1 ){
iBuddy = iBlock - size;
}else{
iBuddy = iBlock + size;
}
assert( iBuddy>=0 );
if( (iBuddy+(1<<iLogsize))>mem5.nBlock ) break;
if( mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy]!=(CTRL_FREE | iLogsize) ) break;
memsys5Unlink(iBuddy, iLogsize);
iLogsize++;
if( iBuddy<iBlock ){
mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = 0;
iBlock = iBuddy;
}else{
mem5.aCtrl[iBlock] = CTRL_FREE | iLogsize;
mem5.aCtrl[iBuddy] = 0;
}
size *= 2;
}
memsys5Link(iBlock, iLogsize);
}
/*
** Allocate nBytes of memory
*/
static void *memsys5Malloc(int nBytes){
sqlite3_int64 *p = 0;
if( nBytes>0 ){
memsys5Enter();
p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
memsys5Leave();
}
return (void*)p;
}
/*
** Free memory.
*/
static void memsys5Free(void *pPrior){
if( pPrior==0 ){
assert(0);
return;
}
memsys5Enter();
memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
memsys5Leave();
}
/*
** Change the size of an existing memory allocation
*/
static void *memsys5Realloc(void *pPrior, int nBytes){
int nOld;
void *p;
if( pPrior==0 ){
return memsys5Malloc(nBytes);
}
if( nBytes<=0 ){
memsys5Free(pPrior);
return 0;
}
nOld = memsys5Size(pPrior);
if( nBytes<=nOld ){
return pPrior;
}
memsys5Enter();
p = memsys5MallocUnsafe(nBytes);
if( p ){
memcpy(p, pPrior, nOld);
memsys5FreeUnsafe(pPrior);
}
memsys5Leave();
return p;
}
/*
** Round up a request size to the next valid allocation size.
*/
static int memsys5Roundup(int n){
int iFullSz;
for(iFullSz=mem5.nAtom; iFullSz<n; iFullSz *= 2);
return iFullSz;
}
static int memsys5Log(int iValue){
int iLog;
for(iLog=0; (1<<iLog)<iValue; iLog++);
return iLog;
}
/*
** Initialize this module.
*/
static int memsys5Init(void *NotUsed){
int ii;
int nByte = sqlite3GlobalConfig.nHeap;
u8 *zByte = (u8 *)sqlite3GlobalConfig.pHeap;
int nMinLog; /* Log of minimum allocation size in bytes*/
int iOffset;
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
if( !zByte ){
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
nMinLog = memsys5Log(sqlite3GlobalConfig.mnReq);
mem5.nAtom = (1<<nMinLog);
while( (int)sizeof(Mem5Link)>mem5.nAtom ){
mem5.nAtom = mem5.nAtom << 1;
}
mem5.nBlock = (nByte / (mem5.nAtom+sizeof(u8)));
mem5.zPool = zByte;
mem5.aCtrl = (u8 *)&mem5.zPool[mem5.nBlock*mem5.nAtom];
for(ii=0; ii<=LOGMAX; ii++){
mem5.aiFreelist[ii] = -1;
}
iOffset = 0;
for(ii=LOGMAX; ii>=0; ii--){
int nAlloc = (1<<ii);
if( (iOffset+nAlloc)<=mem5.nBlock ){
mem5.aCtrl[iOffset] = ii | CTRL_FREE;
memsys5Link(iOffset, ii);
iOffset += nAlloc;
}
assert((iOffset+nAlloc)>mem5.nBlock);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Deinitialize this module.
*/
static void memsys5Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
return;
}
/*
** Open the file indicated and write a log of all unfreed memory
** allocations into that log.
*/
void sqlite3Memsys5Dump(const char *zFilename){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
FILE *out;
int i, j, n;
int nMinLog;
if( zFilename==0 || zFilename[0]==0 ){
out = stdout;
}else{
out = fopen(zFilename, "w");
if( out==0 ){
fprintf(stderr, "** Unable to output memory debug output log: %s **\n",
zFilename);
return;
}
}
memsys5Enter();
nMinLog = memsys5Log(mem5.nAtom);
for(i=0; i<=LOGMAX && i+nMinLog<32; i++){
for(n=0, j=mem5.aiFreelist[i]; j>=0; j = MEM5LINK(j)->next, n++){}
fprintf(out, "freelist items of size %d: %d\n", mem5.nAtom << i, n);
}
fprintf(out, "mem5.nAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.nAlloc);
fprintf(out, "mem5.totalAlloc = %llu\n", mem5.totalAlloc);
fprintf(out, "mem5.totalExcess = %llu\n", mem5.totalExcess);
fprintf(out, "mem5.currentOut = %u\n", mem5.currentOut);
fprintf(out, "mem5.currentCount = %u\n", mem5.currentCount);
fprintf(out, "mem5.maxOut = %u\n", mem5.maxOut);
fprintf(out, "mem5.maxCount = %u\n", mem5.maxCount);
fprintf(out, "mem5.maxRequest = %u\n", mem5.maxRequest);
memsys5Leave();
if( out==stdout ){
fflush(stdout);
}else{
fclose(out);
}
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(zFilename);
#endif
}
/*
** This routine is the only routine in this file with external
** linkage. It returns a pointer to a static sqlite3_mem_methods
** struct populated with the memsys5 methods.
*/
const sqlite3_mem_methods *sqlite3MemGetMemsys5(void){
static const sqlite3_mem_methods memsys5Methods = {
memsys5Malloc,
memsys5Free,
memsys5Realloc,
memsys5Size,
memsys5Roundup,
memsys5Init,
memsys5Shutdown,
0
};
return &memsys5Methods;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMSYS5 */

259
memjournal.c
View file

@ -1,259 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 October 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code use to implement an in-memory rollback journal.
** The in-memory rollback journal is used to journal transactions for
** ":memory:" databases and when the journal_mode=MEMORY pragma is used.
**
** @(#) $Id: memjournal.c,v 1.11 2009/04/05 12:22:09 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/* Forward references to internal structures */
typedef struct MemJournal MemJournal;
typedef struct FilePoint FilePoint;
typedef struct FileChunk FileChunk;
/* Space to hold the rollback journal is allocated in increments of
** this many bytes.
**
** The size chosen is a little less than a power of two. That way,
** the FileChunk object will have a size that almost exactly fills
** a power-of-two allocation. This mimimizes wasted space in power-of-two
** memory allocators.
*/
#define JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE ((int)(1024-sizeof(FileChunk*)))
/* Macro to find the minimum of two numeric values.
*/
#ifndef MIN
# define MIN(x,y) ((x)<(y)?(x):(y))
#endif
/*
** The rollback journal is composed of a linked list of these structures.
*/
struct FileChunk {
FileChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk in the journal */
u8 zChunk[JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE]; /* Content of this chunk */
};
/*
** An instance of this object serves as a cursor into the rollback journal.
** The cursor can be either for reading or writing.
*/
struct FilePoint {
sqlite3_int64 iOffset; /* Offset from the beginning of the file */
FileChunk *pChunk; /* Specific chunk into which cursor points */
};
/*
** This subclass is a subclass of sqlite3_file. Each open memory-journal
** is an instance of this class.
*/
struct MemJournal {
sqlite3_io_methods *pMethod; /* Parent class. MUST BE FIRST */
FileChunk *pFirst; /* Head of in-memory chunk-list */
FilePoint endpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the file */
FilePoint readpoint; /* Pointer to the end of the last xRead() */
};
/*
** Read data from the in-memory journal file. This is the implementation
** of the sqlite3_vfs.xRead method.
*/
static int memjrnlRead(
sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file from which to read */
void *zBuf, /* Put the results here */
int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to read */
sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin reading at this offset */
){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
u8 *zOut = zBuf;
int nRead = iAmt;
int iChunkOffset;
FileChunk *pChunk;
/* SQLite never tries to read past the end of a rollback journal file */
assert( iOfst+iAmt<=p->endpoint.iOffset );
if( p->readpoint.iOffset!=iOfst || iOfst==0 ){
sqlite3_int64 iOff = 0;
for(pChunk=p->pFirst;
ALWAYS(pChunk) && (iOff+JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE)<=iOfst;
pChunk=pChunk->pNext
){
iOff += JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE;
}
}else{
pChunk = p->readpoint.pChunk;
}
iChunkOffset = (int)(iOfst%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
do {
int iSpace = JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset;
int nCopy = MIN(nRead, (JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset));
memcpy(zOut, &pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], nCopy);
zOut += nCopy;
nRead -= iSpace;
iChunkOffset = 0;
} while( nRead>=0 && (pChunk=pChunk->pNext)!=0 && nRead>0 );
p->readpoint.iOffset = iOfst+iAmt;
p->readpoint.pChunk = pChunk;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Write data to the file.
*/
static int memjrnlWrite(
sqlite3_file *pJfd, /* The journal file into which to write */
const void *zBuf, /* Take data to be written from here */
int iAmt, /* Number of bytes to write */
sqlite_int64 iOfst /* Begin writing at this offset into the file */
){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
int nWrite = iAmt;
u8 *zWrite = (u8 *)zBuf;
/* An in-memory journal file should only ever be appended to. Random
** access writes are not required by sqlite.
*/
assert(iOfst==p->endpoint.iOffset);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(iOfst);
while( nWrite>0 ){
FileChunk *pChunk = p->endpoint.pChunk;
int iChunkOffset = (int)(p->endpoint.iOffset%JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE);
int iSpace = MIN(nWrite, JOURNAL_CHUNKSIZE - iChunkOffset);
if( iChunkOffset==0 ){
/* New chunk is required to extend the file. */
FileChunk *pNew = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(FileChunk));
if( !pNew ){
return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM;
}
pNew->pNext = 0;
if( pChunk ){
assert( p->pFirst );
pChunk->pNext = pNew;
}else{
assert( !p->pFirst );
p->pFirst = pNew;
}
p->endpoint.pChunk = pNew;
}
memcpy(&p->endpoint.pChunk->zChunk[iChunkOffset], zWrite, iSpace);
zWrite += iSpace;
nWrite -= iSpace;
p->endpoint.iOffset += iSpace;
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Truncate the file.
*/
static int memjrnlTruncate(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 size){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
FileChunk *pChunk;
assert(size==0);
UNUSED_PARAMETER(size);
pChunk = p->pFirst;
while( pChunk ){
FileChunk *pTmp = pChunk;
pChunk = pChunk->pNext;
sqlite3_free(pTmp);
}
sqlite3MemJournalOpen(pJfd);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Close the file.
*/
static int memjrnlClose(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
memjrnlTruncate(pJfd, 0);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Sync the file.
**
** Syncing an in-memory journal is a no-op. And, in fact, this routine
** is never called in a working implementation. This implementation
** exists purely as a contingency, in case some malfunction in some other
** part of SQLite causes Sync to be called by mistake.
*/
static int memjrnlSync(sqlite3_file *NotUsed, int NotUsed2){ /*NO_TEST*/
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, NotUsed2); /*NO_TEST*/
assert( 0 ); /*NO_TEST*/
return SQLITE_OK; /*NO_TEST*/
} /*NO_TEST*/
/*
** Query the size of the file in bytes.
*/
static int memjrnlFileSize(sqlite3_file *pJfd, sqlite_int64 *pSize){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
*pSize = (sqlite_int64) p->endpoint.iOffset;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Table of methods for MemJournal sqlite3_file object.
*/
static struct sqlite3_io_methods MemJournalMethods = {
1, /* iVersion */
memjrnlClose, /* xClose */
memjrnlRead, /* xRead */
memjrnlWrite, /* xWrite */
memjrnlTruncate, /* xTruncate */
memjrnlSync, /* xSync */
memjrnlFileSize, /* xFileSize */
0, /* xLock */
0, /* xUnlock */
0, /* xCheckReservedLock */
0, /* xFileControl */
0, /* xSectorSize */
0 /* xDeviceCharacteristics */
};
/*
** Open a journal file.
*/
void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
MemJournal *p = (MemJournal *)pJfd;
assert( EIGHT_BYTE_ALIGNMENT(p) );
memset(p, 0, sqlite3MemJournalSize());
p->pMethod = &MemJournalMethods;
}
/*
** Return true if the file-handle passed as an argument is
** an in-memory journal
*/
int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *pJfd){
return pJfd->pMethods==&MemJournalMethods;
}
/*
** Return the number of bytes required to store a MemJournal that uses vfs
** pVfs to create the underlying on-disk files.
*/
int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void){
return sizeof(MemJournal);
}

149
mutex.c
View file

@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This file contains code that is common across all mutex implementations.
**
** $Id: mutex.c,v 1.30 2009/02/17 16:29:11 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** Initialize the mutex system.
*/
int sqlite3MutexInit(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
/* If the xMutexAlloc method has not been set, then the user did not
** install a mutex implementation via sqlite3_config() prior to
** sqlite3_initialize() being called. This block copies pointers to
** the default implementation into the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure.
**
** The danger is that although sqlite3_config() is not a threadsafe
** API, sqlite3_initialize() is, and so multiple threads may be
** attempting to run this function simultaneously. To guard write
** access to the sqlite3GlobalConfig structure, the 'MASTER' static mutex
** is obtained before modifying it.
*/
sqlite3_mutex_methods *p = sqlite3DefaultMutex();
sqlite3_mutex *pMaster = 0;
rc = p->xMutexInit();
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pMaster = p->xMutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
assert(pMaster);
p->xMutexEnter(pMaster);
assert( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==0
|| sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc==p->xMutexAlloc
);
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex = *p;
}
p->xMutexLeave(pMaster);
}
}else{
rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexInit();
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Shutdown the mutex system. This call frees resources allocated by
** sqlite3MutexInit().
*/
int sqlite3MutexEnd(void){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd ){
rc = sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnd();
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Retrieve a pointer to a static mutex or allocate a new dynamic one.
*/
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3_mutex_alloc(int id){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}
sqlite3_mutex *sqlite3MutexAlloc(int id){
if( !sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
return 0;
}
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexAlloc(id);
}
/*
** Free a dynamic mutex.
*/
void sqlite3_mutex_free(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexFree(p);
}
}
/*
** Obtain the mutex p. If some other thread already has the mutex, block
** until it can be obtained.
*/
void sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexEnter(p);
}
}
/*
** Obtain the mutex p. If successful, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise, if another
** thread holds the mutex and it cannot be obtained, return SQLITE_BUSY.
*/
int sqlite3_mutex_try(sqlite3_mutex *p){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( p ){
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexTry(p);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was previously
** entered by the same thread. The behavior is undefined if the mutex
** is not currently entered. If a NULL pointer is passed as an argument
** this function is a no-op.
*/
void sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexLeave(p);
}
}
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
int sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexHeld(p);
}
int sqlite3_mutex_notheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p==0 || sqlite3GlobalConfig.mutex.xMutexNotheld(p);
}
#endif
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_MUTEX */

73
mutex.h
View file

@ -1,73 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the common header for all mutex implementations.
** The sqliteInt.h header #includes this file so that it is available
** to all source files. We break it out in an effort to keep the code
** better organized.
**
** NOTE: source files should *not* #include this header file directly.
** Source files should #include the sqliteInt.h file and let that file
** include this one indirectly.
**
** $Id: mutex.h,v 1.9 2008/10/07 15:25:48 drh Exp $
*/
/*
** Figure out what version of the code to use. The choices are
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT No mutex logic. Not even stubs. The
** mutexes implemention cannot be overridden
** at start-time.
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP For single-threaded applications. No
** mutual exclusion is provided. But this
** implementation can be overridden at
** start-time.
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS For multi-threaded applications on Unix.
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 For multi-threaded applications on Win32.
**
** SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 For multi-threaded applications on OS/2.
*/
#if !SQLITE_THREADSAFE
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE && !defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP)
# if SQLITE_OS_UNIX
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
# elif SQLITE_OS_WIN
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
# elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
# else
# define SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP
# endif
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OMIT
/*
** If this is a no-op implementation, implement everything as macros.
*/
#define sqlite3_mutex_alloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3_mutex_free(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_enter(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_try(X) SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3_mutex_leave(X)
#define sqlite3_mutex_held(X) 1
#define sqlite3_mutex_notheld(X) 1
#define sqlite3MutexAlloc(X) ((sqlite3_mutex*)8)
#define sqlite3MutexInit() SQLITE_OK
#define sqlite3MutexEnd()
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_OMIT_MUTEX) */

186
mutex_noop.c
View file

@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 October 07
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes.
**
** This implementation in this file does not provide any mutual
** exclusion and is thus suitable for use only in applications
** that use SQLite in a single thread. The routines defined
** here are place-holders. Applications can substitute working
** mutex routines at start-time using the
**
** sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_MUTEX,...)
**
** interface.
**
** If compiled with SQLITE_DEBUG, then additional logic is inserted
** that does error checking on mutexes to make sure they are being
** called correctly.
**
** $Id: mutex_noop.c,v 1.3 2008/12/05 17:17:08 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Stub routines for all mutex methods.
**
** This routines provide no mutual exclusion or error checking.
*/
static int noopMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
static int noopMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return 1; }
static int noopMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int noopMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static sqlite3_mutex *noopMutexAlloc(int id){ return (sqlite3_mutex*)8; }
static void noopMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
static void noopMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
static int noopMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static void noopMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){ return; }
sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
noopMutexInit,
noopMutexEnd,
noopMutexAlloc,
noopMutexFree,
noopMutexEnter,
noopMutexTry,
noopMutexLeave,
noopMutexHeld,
noopMutexNotheld
};
return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && !defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */
#if defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** In this implementation, error checking is provided for testing
** and debugging purposes. The mutexes still do not provide any
** mutual exclusion.
*/
/*
** The mutex object
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
int id; /* The mutex type */
int cnt; /* Number of entries without a matching leave */
};
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
static int debugMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p==0 || p->cnt>0;
}
static int debugMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p==0 || p->cnt==0;
}
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static int debugMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int debugMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *debugMutexAlloc(int id){
static sqlite3_mutex aStatic[6];
sqlite3_mutex *pNew = 0;
switch( id ){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
pNew = sqlite3Malloc(sizeof(*pNew));
if( pNew ){
pNew->id = id;
pNew->cnt = 0;
}
break;
}
default: {
assert( id-2 >= 0 );
assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );
pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
pNew->id = id;
break;
}
}
return pNew;
}
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
*/
static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->cnt==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void debugMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
p->cnt++;
}
static int debugMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
p->cnt++;
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void debugMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( debugMutexHeld(p) );
p->cnt--;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || debugMutexNotheld(p) );
}
sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
debugMutexInit,
debugMutexEnd,
debugMutexAlloc,
debugMutexFree,
debugMutexEnter,
debugMutexTry,
debugMutexLeave,
debugMutexHeld,
debugMutexNotheld
};
return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_NOOP) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) */

273
mutex_os2.c
View file

@ -1,273 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for OS/2
**
** $Id: mutex_os2.c,v 1.11 2008/11/22 19:50:54 pweilbacher Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** The code in this file is only used if SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 is defined.
** See the mutex.h file for details.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2
/********************** OS/2 Mutex Implementation **********************
**
** This implementation of mutexes is built using the OS/2 API.
*/
/*
** The mutex object
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
HMTX mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
int id; /* Mutex type */
int nRef; /* Number of references */
TID owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */
};
#define OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER 0,0,0,0
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static int os2MutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int os2MutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated.
** SQLite will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *os2MutexAlloc(int iType){
sqlite3_mutex *p = NULL;
switch( iType ){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
p->id = iType;
if( DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &p->mutex, 0, FALSE ) != NO_ERROR ){
sqlite3_free( p );
p = NULL;
}
}
break;
}
default: {
static volatile int isInit = 0;
static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
{ OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
{ OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
{ OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
{ OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
{ OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
{ OS2_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, },
};
if ( !isInit ){
APIRET rc;
PTIB ptib;
PPIB ppib;
HMTX mutex;
char name[32];
DosGetInfoBlocks( &ptib, &ppib );
sqlite3_snprintf( sizeof(name), name, "\\SEM32\\SQLITE%04x",
ppib->pib_ulpid );
while( !isInit ){
mutex = 0;
rc = DosCreateMutexSem( name, &mutex, 0, FALSE);
if( rc == NO_ERROR ){
unsigned int i;
if( !isInit ){
for( i = 0; i < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++ ){
DosCreateMutexSem( 0, &staticMutexes[i].mutex, 0, FALSE );
}
isInit = 1;
}
DosCloseMutexSem( mutex );
}else if( rc == ERROR_DUPLICATE_NAME ){
DosSleep( 1 );
}else{
return p;
}
}
}
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
p->id = iType;
break;
}
}
return p;
}
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
** SQLite is careful to deallocate every mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void os2MutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
if( p==0 ) return;
assert( p->nRef==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
DosCloseMutexSem( p->mutex );
sqlite3_free( p );
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void os2MutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
TID tid;
PID holder1;
ULONG holder2;
if( p==0 ) return;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT);
DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
p->owner = tid;
p->nRef++;
}
static int os2MutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
int rc;
TID tid;
PID holder1;
ULONG holder2;
if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_OK;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || os2MutexNotheld(p) );
if( DosRequestMutexSem(p->mutex, SEM_IMMEDIATE_RETURN) == NO_ERROR) {
DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
p->owner = tid;
p->nRef++;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
} else {
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void os2MutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
TID tid;
PID holder1;
ULONG holder2;
if( p==0 ) return;
assert( p->nRef>0 );
DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &holder1, &tid, &holder2);
assert( p->owner==tid );
p->nRef--;
assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
DosReleaseMutexSem(p->mutex);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use inside assert() statements.
*/
static int os2MutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
TID tid;
PID pid;
ULONG ulCount;
PTIB ptib;
if( p!=0 ) {
DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
} else {
DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
}
return p==0 || (p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==tid);
}
static int os2MutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
TID tid;
PID pid;
ULONG ulCount;
PTIB ptib;
if( p!= 0 ) {
DosQueryMutexSem(p->mutex, &pid, &tid, &ulCount);
} else {
DosGetInfoBlocks(&ptib, NULL);
tid = ptib->tib_ptib2->tib2_ultid;
}
return p==0 || p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=tid;
}
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
os2MutexInit,
os2MutexEnd,
os2MutexAlloc,
os2MutexFree,
os2MutexEnter,
os2MutexTry,
os2MutexLeave,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
os2MutexHeld,
os2MutexNotheld
#endif
};
return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_OS2 */

328
mutex_unix.c
View file

@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 28
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for pthreads
**
** $Id: mutex_unix.c,v 1.16 2008/12/08 18:19:18 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling threadsafe
** under unix with pthreads.
**
** Note that this implementation requires a version of pthreads that
** supports recursive mutexes.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS
#include <pthread.h>
/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
pthread_mutex_t mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
int id; /* Mutex type */
int nRef; /* Number of entrances */
pthread_t owner; /* Thread that is within this mutex */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int trace; /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
#else
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0 }
#endif
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements. On some platforms,
** there might be race conditions that can cause these routines to
** deliver incorrect results. In particular, if pthread_equal() is
** not an atomic operation, then these routines might delivery
** incorrect results. On most platforms, pthread_equal() is a
** comparison of two integers and is therefore atomic. But we are
** told that HPUX is not such a platform. If so, then these routines
** will not always work correctly on HPUX.
**
** On those platforms where pthread_equal() is not atomic, SQLite
** should be compiled without -DSQLITE_DEBUG and with -DNDEBUG to
** make sure no assert() statements are evaluated and hence these
** routines are never called.
*/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
static int pthreadMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return (p->nRef!=0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self()));
}
static int pthreadMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p->nRef==0 || pthread_equal(p->owner, pthread_self())==0;
}
#endif
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static int pthreadMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int pthreadMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM2
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *pthreadMutexAlloc(int iType){
static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[] = {
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER,
SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
};
sqlite3_mutex *p;
switch( iType ){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
/* If recursive mutexes are not available, we will have to
** build our own. See below. */
pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
#else
/* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif
p->id = iType;
}
break;
}
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
p->id = iType;
pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
}
break;
}
default: {
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(staticMutexes) );
p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
p->id = iType;
break;
}
}
return p;
}
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->nRef==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void pthreadMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
/* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions
** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
*/
{
pthread_t self = pthread_self();
if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
p->nRef++;
}else{
pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
assert( p->nRef==0 );
p->owner = self;
p->nRef = 1;
}
}
#else
/* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
*/
pthread_mutex_lock(&p->mutex);
p->owner = pthread_self();
p->nRef++;
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( p->trace ){
printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
}
#endif
}
static int pthreadMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
int rc;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || pthreadMutexNotheld(p) );
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
/* If recursive mutexes are not available, then we have to grow
** our own. This implementation assumes that pthread_equal()
** is atomic - that it cannot be deceived into thinking self
** and p->owner are equal if p->owner changes between two values
** that are not equal to self while the comparison is taking place.
** This implementation also assumes a coherent cache - that
** separate processes cannot read different values from the same
** address at the same time. If either of these two conditions
** are not met, then the mutexes will fail and problems will result.
*/
{
pthread_t self = pthread_self();
if( p->nRef>0 && pthread_equal(p->owner, self) ){
p->nRef++;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
assert( p->nRef==0 );
p->owner = self;
p->nRef = 1;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
}
#else
/* Use the built-in recursive mutexes if they are available.
*/
if( pthread_mutex_trylock(&p->mutex)==0 ){
p->owner = pthread_self();
p->nRef++;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
}
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && p->trace ){
printf("enter mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
}
#endif
return rc;
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void pthreadMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( pthreadMutexHeld(p) );
p->nRef--;
assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#ifdef SQLITE_HOMEGROWN_RECURSIVE_MUTEX
if( p->nRef==0 ){
pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
}
#else
pthread_mutex_unlock(&p->mutex);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
if( p->trace ){
printf("leave mutex %p (%d) with nRef=%d\n", p, p->trace, p->nRef);
}
#endif
}
sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
pthreadMutexInit,
pthreadMutexEnd,
pthreadMutexAlloc,
pthreadMutexFree,
pthreadMutexEnter,
pthreadMutexTry,
pthreadMutexLeave,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
pthreadMutexHeld,
pthreadMutexNotheld
#else
0,
0
#endif
};
return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREAD */

256
mutex_w32.c
View file

@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 August 14
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the C functions that implement mutexes for win32
**
** $Id: mutex_w32.c,v 1.15 2009/01/30 16:09:23 shane Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** The code in this file is only used if we are compiling multithreaded
** on a win32 system.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_MUTEX_W32
/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
CRITICAL_SECTION mutex; /* Mutex controlling the lock */
int id; /* Mutex type */
int nRef; /* Number of enterances */
DWORD owner; /* Thread holding this mutex */
};
/*
** Return true (non-zero) if we are running under WinNT, Win2K, WinXP,
** or WinCE. Return false (zero) for Win95, Win98, or WinME.
**
** Here is an interesting observation: Win95, Win98, and WinME lack
** the LockFileEx() API. But we can still statically link against that
** API as long as we don't call it win running Win95/98/ME. A call to
** this routine is used to determine if the host is Win95/98/ME or
** WinNT/2K/XP so that we will know whether or not we can safely call
** the LockFileEx() API.
**
** mutexIsNT() is only used for the TryEnterCriticalSection() API call,
** which is only available if your application was compiled with
** _WIN32_WINNT defined to a value >= 0x0400. Currently, the only
** call to TryEnterCriticalSection() is #ifdef'ed out, so #ifdef
** this out as well.
*/
#if 0
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define mutexIsNT() (1)
#else
static int mutexIsNT(void){
static int osType = 0;
if( osType==0 ){
OSVERSIONINFO sInfo;
sInfo.dwOSVersionInfoSize = sizeof(sInfo);
GetVersionEx(&sInfo);
osType = sInfo.dwPlatformId==VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT ? 2 : 1;
}
return osType==2;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WINCE */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_held() and sqlite3_mutex_notheld() routine are
** intended for use only inside assert() statements.
*/
static int winMutexHeld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p->nRef!=0 && p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId();
}
static int winMutexNotheld(sqlite3_mutex *p){
return p->nRef==0 || p->owner!=GetCurrentThreadId();
}
#endif
/*
** Initialize and deinitialize the mutex subsystem.
*/
static int winMutexInit(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
static int winMutexEnd(void){ return SQLITE_OK; }
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_alloc() routine allocates a new
** mutex and returns a pointer to it. If it returns NULL
** that means that a mutex could not be allocated. SQLite
** will unwind its stack and return an error. The argument
** to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() is one of these integer constants:
**
** <ul>
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST 0
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE 1
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER 2
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MEM 3
** <li> SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG 4
** </ul>
**
** The first two constants cause sqlite3_mutex_alloc() to create
** a new mutex. The new mutex is recursive when SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
** is used but not necessarily so when SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST is used.
** The mutex implementation does not need to make a distinction
** between SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE and SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST if it does
** not want to. But SQLite will only request a recursive mutex in
** cases where it really needs one. If a faster non-recursive mutex
** implementation is available on the host platform, the mutex subsystem
** might return such a mutex in response to SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST.
**
** The other allowed parameters to sqlite3_mutex_alloc() each return
** a pointer to a static preexisting mutex. Three static mutexes are
** used by the current version of SQLite. Future versions of SQLite
** may add additional static mutexes. Static mutexes are for internal
** use by SQLite only. Applications that use SQLite mutexes should
** use only the dynamic mutexes returned by SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST or
** SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.
**
** Note that if one of the dynamic mutex parameters (SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST
** or SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) is used then sqlite3_mutex_alloc()
** returns a different mutex on every call. But for the static
** mutex types, the same mutex is returned on every call that has
** the same type number.
*/
static sqlite3_mutex *winMutexAlloc(int iType){
sqlite3_mutex *p;
switch( iType ){
case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
if( p ){
p->id = iType;
InitializeCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
}
break;
}
default: {
static sqlite3_mutex staticMutexes[6];
static int isInit = 0;
while( !isInit ){
static long lock = 0;
if( InterlockedIncrement(&lock)==1 ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]); i++){
InitializeCriticalSection(&staticMutexes[i].mutex);
}
isInit = 1;
}else{
Sleep(1);
}
}
assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
assert( iType-2 < sizeof(staticMutexes)/sizeof(staticMutexes[0]) );
p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
p->id = iType;
break;
}
}
return p;
}
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex. SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p );
assert( p->nRef==0 );
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex. If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY. The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
** upon successful entry. Mutexes created using SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE can
** be entered multiple times by the same thread. In such cases the,
** mutex must be exited an equal number of times before another thread
** can enter. If the same thread tries to enter any other kind of mutex
** more than once, the behavior is undefined.
*/
static void winMutexEnter(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
EnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId();
p->nRef++;
}
static int winMutexTry(sqlite3_mutex *p){
int rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || winMutexNotheld(p) );
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_try() routine is very rarely used, and when it
** is used it is merely an optimization. So it is OK for it to always
** fail.
**
** The TryEnterCriticalSection() interface is only available on WinNT.
** And some windows compilers complain if you try to use it without
** first doing some #defines that prevent SQLite from building on Win98.
** For that reason, we will omit this optimization for now. See
** ticket #2685.
*/
#if 0
if( mutexIsNT() && TryEnterCriticalSection(&p->mutex) ){
p->owner = GetCurrentThreadId();
p->nRef++;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
#else
UNUSED_PARAMETER(p);
#endif
return rc;
}
/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_leave() routine exits a mutex that was
** previously entered by the same thread. The behavior
** is undefined if the mutex is not currently entered or
** is not currently allocated. SQLite will never do either.
*/
static void winMutexLeave(sqlite3_mutex *p){
assert( p->nRef>0 );
assert( p->owner==GetCurrentThreadId() );
p->nRef--;
assert( p->nRef==0 || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
LeaveCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
}
sqlite3_mutex_methods *sqlite3DefaultMutex(void){
static sqlite3_mutex_methods sMutex = {
winMutexInit,
winMutexEnd,
winMutexAlloc,
winMutexFree,
winMutexEnter,
winMutexTry,
winMutexLeave,
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
winMutexHeld,
winMutexNotheld
#else
0,
0
#endif
};
return &sMutex;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_MUTEX_W32 */

333
notify.c
View file

@ -1,333 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2009 March 3
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_unlock_notify()
** API method and its associated functionality.
**
** $Id: notify.c,v 1.4 2009/04/07 22:06:57 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include "btreeInt.h"
/* Omit this entire file if SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY is not defined. */
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY
/*
** Public interfaces:
**
** sqlite3ConnectionBlocked()
** sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked()
** sqlite3ConnectionClosed()
** sqlite3_unlock_notify()
*/
#define assertMutexHeld() \
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) )
/*
** Head of a linked list of all sqlite3 objects created by this process
** for which either sqlite3.pBlockingConnection or sqlite3.pUnlockConnection
** is not NULL. This variable may only accessed while the STATIC_MASTER
** mutex is held.
*/
static sqlite3 *SQLITE_WSD sqlite3BlockedList = 0;
#ifndef NDEBUG
/*
** This function is a complex assert() that verifies the following
** properties of the blocked connections list:
**
** 1) Each entry in the list has a non-NULL value for either
** pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection, or both.
**
** 2) All entries in the list that share a common value for
** xUnlockNotify are grouped together.
**
** 3) If the argument db is not NULL, then none of the entries in the
** blocked connections list have pUnlockConnection or pBlockingConnection
** set to db. This is used when closing connection db.
*/
static void checkListProperties(sqlite3 *db){
sqlite3 *p;
for(p=sqlite3BlockedList; p; p=p->pNextBlocked){
int seen = 0;
sqlite3 *p2;
/* Verify property (1) */
assert( p->pUnlockConnection || p->pBlockingConnection );
/* Verify property (2) */
for(p2=sqlite3BlockedList; p2!=p; p2=p2->pNextBlocked){
if( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify ) seen = 1;
assert( p2->xUnlockNotify==p->xUnlockNotify || !seen );
assert( db==0 || p->pUnlockConnection!=db );
assert( db==0 || p->pBlockingConnection!=db );
}
}
}
#else
# define checkListProperties(x)
#endif
/*
** Remove connection db from the blocked connections list. If connection
** db is not currently a part of the list, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void removeFromBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
sqlite3 **pp;
assertMutexHeld();
for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; pp = &(*pp)->pNextBlocked){
if( *pp==db ){
*pp = (*pp)->pNextBlocked;
break;
}
}
}
/*
** Add connection db to the blocked connections list. It is assumed
** that it is not already a part of the list.
*/
static void addToBlockedList(sqlite3 *db){
sqlite3 **pp;
assertMutexHeld();
for(
pp=&sqlite3BlockedList;
*pp && (*pp)->xUnlockNotify!=db->xUnlockNotify;
pp=&(*pp)->pNextBlocked
);
db->pNextBlocked = *pp;
*pp = db;
}
/*
** Obtain the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
static void enterMutex(void){
sqlite3_mutex_enter(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
checkListProperties(0);
}
/*
** Release the STATIC_MASTER mutex.
*/
static void leaveMutex(void){
assertMutexHeld();
checkListProperties(0);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER));
}
/*
** Register an unlock-notify callback.
**
** This is called after connection "db" has attempted some operation
** but has received an SQLITE_LOCKED error because another connection
** (call it pOther) in the same process was busy using the same shared
** cache. pOther is found by looking at db->pBlockingConnection.
**
** If there is no blocking connection, the callback is invoked immediately,
** before this routine returns.
**
** If pOther is already blocked on db, then report SQLITE_LOCKED, to indicate
** a deadlock.
**
** Otherwise, make arrangements to invoke xNotify when pOther drops
** its locks.
**
** Each call to this routine overrides any prior callbacks registered
** on the same "db". If xNotify==0 then any prior callbacks are immediately
** cancelled.
*/
int sqlite3_unlock_notify(
sqlite3 *db,
void (*xNotify)(void **, int),
void *pArg
){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
enterMutex();
if( xNotify==0 ){
removeFromBlockedList(db);
db->pUnlockConnection = 0;
db->xUnlockNotify = 0;
db->pUnlockArg = 0;
}else if( 0==db->pBlockingConnection ){
/* The blocking transaction has been concluded. Or there never was a
** blocking transaction. In either case, invoke the notify callback
** immediately.
*/
xNotify(&pArg, 1);
}else{
sqlite3 *p;
for(p=db->pBlockingConnection; p && p!=db; p=p->pUnlockConnection){}
if( p ){
rc = SQLITE_LOCKED; /* Deadlock detected. */
}else{
db->pUnlockConnection = db->pBlockingConnection;
db->xUnlockNotify = xNotify;
db->pUnlockArg = pArg;
removeFromBlockedList(db);
addToBlockedList(db);
}
}
leaveMutex();
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc?"database is deadlocked":0));
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is called while stepping or preparing a statement
** associated with connection db. The operation will return SQLITE_LOCKED
** to the user because it requires a lock that will not be available
** until connection pBlocker concludes its current transaction.
*/
void sqlite3ConnectionBlocked(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3 *pBlocker){
enterMutex();
if( db->pBlockingConnection==0 && db->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
addToBlockedList(db);
}
db->pBlockingConnection = pBlocker;
leaveMutex();
}
/*
** This function is called when
** the transaction opened by database db has just finished. Locks held
** by database connection db have been released.
**
** This function loops through each entry in the blocked connections
** list and does the following:
**
** 1) If the sqlite3.pBlockingConnection member of a list entry is
** set to db, then set pBlockingConnection=0.
**
** 2) If the sqlite3.pUnlockConnection member of a list entry is
** set to db, then invoke the configured unlock-notify callback and
** set pUnlockConnection=0.
**
** 3) If the two steps above mean that pBlockingConnection==0 and
** pUnlockConnection==0, remove the entry from the blocked connections
** list.
*/
void sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(sqlite3 *db){
void (*xUnlockNotify)(void **, int) = 0; /* Unlock-notify cb to invoke */
int nArg = 0; /* Number of entries in aArg[] */
sqlite3 **pp; /* Iterator variable */
void **aArg; /* Arguments to the unlock callback */
void **aDyn = 0; /* Dynamically allocated space for aArg[] */
void *aStatic[16]; /* Starter space for aArg[]. No malloc required */
aArg = aStatic;
enterMutex(); /* Enter STATIC_MASTER mutex */
/* This loop runs once for each entry in the blocked-connections list. */
for(pp=&sqlite3BlockedList; *pp; /* no-op */ ){
sqlite3 *p = *pp;
/* Step 1. */
if( p->pBlockingConnection==db ){
p->pBlockingConnection = 0;
}
/* Step 2. */
if( p->pUnlockConnection==db ){
assert( p->xUnlockNotify );
if( p->xUnlockNotify!=xUnlockNotify && nArg!=0 ){
xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
nArg = 0;
}
sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
assert( aArg==aDyn || (aDyn==0 && aArg==aStatic) );
assert( nArg<=(int)ArraySize(aStatic) || aArg==aDyn );
if( (!aDyn && nArg==(int)ArraySize(aStatic))
|| (aDyn && nArg==(int)(sqlite3DbMallocSize(db, aDyn)/sizeof(void*)))
){
/* The aArg[] array needs to grow. */
void **pNew = (void **)sqlite3Malloc(nArg*sizeof(void *)*2);
if( pNew ){
memcpy(pNew, aArg, nArg*sizeof(void *));
sqlite3_free(aDyn);
aDyn = aArg = pNew;
}else{
/* This occurs when the array of context pointers that need to
** be passed to the unlock-notify callback is larger than the
** aStatic[] array allocated on the stack and the attempt to
** allocate a larger array from the heap has failed.
**
** This is a difficult situation to handle. Returning an error
** code to the caller is insufficient, as even if an error code
** is returned the transaction on connection db will still be
** closed and the unlock-notify callbacks on blocked connections
** will go unissued. This might cause the application to wait
** indefinitely for an unlock-notify callback that will never
** arrive.
**
** Instead, invoke the unlock-notify callback with the context
** array already accumulated. We can then clear the array and
** begin accumulating any further context pointers without
** requiring any dynamic allocation. This is sub-optimal because
** it means that instead of one callback with a large array of
** context pointers the application will receive two or more
** callbacks with smaller arrays of context pointers, which will
** reduce the applications ability to prioritize multiple
** connections. But it is the best that can be done under the
** circumstances.
*/
xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
nArg = 0;
}
}
sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
aArg[nArg++] = p->pUnlockArg;
xUnlockNotify = p->xUnlockNotify;
p->pUnlockConnection = 0;
p->xUnlockNotify = 0;
p->pUnlockArg = 0;
}
/* Step 3. */
if( p->pBlockingConnection==0 && p->pUnlockConnection==0 ){
/* Remove connection p from the blocked connections list. */
*pp = p->pNextBlocked;
p->pNextBlocked = 0;
}else{
pp = &p->pNextBlocked;
}
}
if( nArg!=0 ){
xUnlockNotify(aArg, nArg);
}
sqlite3_free(aDyn);
leaveMutex(); /* Leave STATIC_MASTER mutex */
}
/*
** This is called when the database connection passed as an argument is
** being closed. The connection is removed from the blocked list.
*/
void sqlite3ConnectionClosed(sqlite3 *db){
sqlite3ConnectionUnlocked(db);
enterMutex();
removeFromBlockedList(db);
checkListProperties(db);
leaveMutex();
}
#endif

154
opcodes.c
View file

@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodec.awk script for details. */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN) || !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int i){
static const char *const azName[] = { "?",
/* 1 */ "ReadCookie",
/* 2 */ "AutoCommit",
/* 3 */ "Found",
/* 4 */ "NullRow",
/* 5 */ "Variable",
/* 6 */ "RealAffinity",
/* 7 */ "Sort",
/* 8 */ "Affinity",
/* 9 */ "IfNot",
/* 10 */ "Gosub",
/* 11 */ "NotFound",
/* 12 */ "ResultRow",
/* 13 */ "SeekLe",
/* 14 */ "Rowid",
/* 15 */ "CreateIndex",
/* 16 */ "Explain",
/* 17 */ "Statement",
/* 18 */ "DropIndex",
/* 19 */ "Not",
/* 20 */ "Null",
/* 21 */ "Int64",
/* 22 */ "LoadAnalysis",
/* 23 */ "IdxInsert",
/* 24 */ "VUpdate",
/* 25 */ "Next",
/* 26 */ "SetNumColumns",
/* 27 */ "SeekLt",
/* 28 */ "Rewind",
/* 29 */ "RowSetRead",
/* 30 */ "Last",
/* 31 */ "MustBeInt",
/* 32 */ "IncrVacuum",
/* 33 */ "String",
/* 34 */ "VFilter",
/* 35 */ "Count",
/* 36 */ "Close",
/* 37 */ "AggFinal",
/* 38 */ "RowData",
/* 39 */ "IdxRowid",
/* 40 */ "Pagecount",
/* 41 */ "SeekGe",
/* 42 */ "OpenPseudo",
/* 43 */ "Halt",
/* 44 */ "Compare",
/* 45 */ "NewRowid",
/* 46 */ "IdxLT",
/* 47 */ "SeekGt",
/* 48 */ "MemMax",
/* 49 */ "Function",
/* 50 */ "IntegrityCk",
/* 51 */ "SCopy",
/* 52 */ "IfNeg",
/* 53 */ "NotExists",
/* 54 */ "VDestroy",
/* 55 */ "IdxDelete",
/* 56 */ "Vacuum",
/* 57 */ "Copy",
/* 58 */ "If",
/* 59 */ "Destroy",
/* 60 */ "Jump",
/* 61 */ "AggStep",
/* 62 */ "Clear",
/* 63 */ "Insert",
/* 64 */ "Permutation",
/* 65 */ "VBegin",
/* 66 */ "Or",
/* 67 */ "And",
/* 68 */ "OpenEphemeral",
/* 69 */ "IdxGE",
/* 70 */ "Trace",
/* 71 */ "IsNull",
/* 72 */ "NotNull",
/* 73 */ "Ne",
/* 74 */ "Eq",
/* 75 */ "Gt",
/* 76 */ "Le",
/* 77 */ "Lt",
/* 78 */ "Ge",
/* 79 */ "VRowid",
/* 80 */ "BitAnd",
/* 81 */ "BitOr",
/* 82 */ "ShiftLeft",
/* 83 */ "ShiftRight",
/* 84 */ "Add",
/* 85 */ "Subtract",
/* 86 */ "Multiply",
/* 87 */ "Divide",
/* 88 */ "Remainder",
/* 89 */ "Concat",
/* 90 */ "MakeRecord",
/* 91 */ "Yield",
/* 92 */ "SetCookie",
/* 93 */ "BitNot",
/* 94 */ "String8",
/* 95 */ "Prev",
/* 96 */ "ContextPush",
/* 97 */ "DropTrigger",
/* 98 */ "VColumn",
/* 99 */ "Return",
/* 100 */ "OpenWrite",
/* 101 */ "Integer",
/* 102 */ "Transaction",
/* 103 */ "IfPos",
/* 104 */ "RowSetAdd",
/* 105 */ "CollSeq",
/* 106 */ "Savepoint",
/* 107 */ "VRename",
/* 108 */ "Sequence",
/* 109 */ "ContextPop",
/* 110 */ "HaltIfNull",
/* 111 */ "VCreate",
/* 112 */ "CreateTable",
/* 113 */ "AddImm",
/* 114 */ "DropTable",
/* 115 */ "IsUnique",
/* 116 */ "VOpen",
/* 117 */ "IfZero",
/* 118 */ "Noop",
/* 119 */ "RowKey",
/* 120 */ "Expire",
/* 121 */ "Delete",
/* 122 */ "Blob",
/* 123 */ "Move",
/* 124 */ "Goto",
/* 125 */ "ParseSchema",
/* 126 */ "VNext",
/* 127 */ "Seek",
/* 128 */ "TableLock",
/* 129 */ "VerifyCookie",
/* 130 */ "Real",
/* 131 */ "Column",
/* 132 */ "OpenRead",
/* 133 */ "ResetCount",
/* 134 */ "NotUsed_134",
/* 135 */ "NotUsed_135",
/* 136 */ "NotUsed_136",
/* 137 */ "NotUsed_137",
/* 138 */ "NotUsed_138",
/* 139 */ "NotUsed_139",
/* 140 */ "NotUsed_140",
/* 141 */ "ToText",
/* 142 */ "ToBlob",
/* 143 */ "ToNumeric",
/* 144 */ "ToInt",
/* 145 */ "ToReal",
};
return azName[i];
}
#endif

181
opcodes.h
View file

@ -1,181 +0,0 @@
/* Automatically generated. Do not edit */
/* See the mkopcodeh.awk script for details */
#define OP_ReadCookie 1
#define OP_AutoCommit 2
#define OP_Found 3
#define OP_NullRow 4
#define OP_Lt 77 /* same as TK_LT */
#define OP_Variable 5
#define OP_RealAffinity 6
#define OP_Sort 7
#define OP_Affinity 8
#define OP_IfNot 9
#define OP_Gosub 10
#define OP_Add 84 /* same as TK_PLUS */
#define OP_NotFound 11
#define OP_ResultRow 12
#define OP_IsNull 71 /* same as TK_ISNULL */
#define OP_SeekLe 13
#define OP_Rowid 14
#define OP_CreateIndex 15
#define OP_Explain 16
#define OP_Statement 17
#define OP_DropIndex 18
#define OP_Null 20
#define OP_ToInt 144 /* same as TK_TO_INT */
#define OP_Int64 21
#define OP_LoadAnalysis 22
#define OP_IdxInsert 23
#define OP_VUpdate 24
#define OP_Next 25
#define OP_SetNumColumns 26
#define OP_ToNumeric 143 /* same as TK_TO_NUMERIC*/
#define OP_Ge 78 /* same as TK_GE */
#define OP_BitNot 93 /* same as TK_BITNOT */
#define OP_SeekLt 27
#define OP_Rewind 28
#define OP_Multiply 86 /* same as TK_STAR */
#define OP_ToReal 145 /* same as TK_TO_REAL */
#define OP_Gt 75 /* same as TK_GT */
#define OP_RowSetRead 29
#define OP_Last 30
#define OP_MustBeInt 31
#define OP_Ne 73 /* same as TK_NE */
#define OP_IncrVacuum 32
#define OP_String 33
#define OP_VFilter 34
#define OP_Count 35
#define OP_Close 36
#define OP_AggFinal 37
#define OP_RowData 38
#define OP_IdxRowid 39
#define OP_Pagecount 40
#define OP_BitOr 81 /* same as TK_BITOR */
#define OP_NotNull 72 /* same as TK_NOTNULL */
#define OP_SeekGe 41
#define OP_Not 19 /* same as TK_NOT */
#define OP_OpenPseudo 42
#define OP_Halt 43
#define OP_Compare 44
#define OP_NewRowid 45
#define OP_Real 130 /* same as TK_FLOAT */
#define OP_IdxLT 46
#define OP_SeekGt 47
#define OP_MemMax 48
#define OP_Function 49
#define OP_IntegrityCk 50
#define OP_Remainder 88 /* same as TK_REM */
#define OP_SCopy 51
#define OP_ShiftLeft 82 /* same as TK_LSHIFT */
#define OP_IfNeg 52
#define OP_BitAnd 80 /* same as TK_BITAND */
#define OP_Or 66 /* same as TK_OR */
#define OP_NotExists 53
#define OP_VDestroy 54
#define OP_IdxDelete 55
#define OP_Vacuum 56
#define OP_Copy 57
#define OP_If 58
#define OP_Destroy 59
#define OP_Jump 60
#define OP_AggStep 61
#define OP_Clear 62
#define OP_Insert 63
#define OP_Permutation 64
#define OP_VBegin 65
#define OP_OpenEphemeral 68
#define OP_IdxGE 69
#define OP_Trace 70
#define OP_Divide 87 /* same as TK_SLASH */
#define OP_String8 94 /* same as TK_STRING */
#define OP_Concat 89 /* same as TK_CONCAT */
#define OP_VRowid 79
#define OP_MakeRecord 90
#define OP_Yield 91
#define OP_SetCookie 92
#define OP_Prev 95
#define OP_ContextPush 96
#define OP_DropTrigger 97
#define OP_And 67 /* same as TK_AND */
#define OP_VColumn 98
#define OP_Return 99
#define OP_OpenWrite 100
#define OP_Integer 101
#define OP_Transaction 102
#define OP_IfPos 103
#define OP_RowSetAdd 104
#define OP_CollSeq 105
#define OP_Savepoint 106
#define OP_VRename 107
#define OP_ToBlob 142 /* same as TK_TO_BLOB */
#define OP_Sequence 108
#define OP_ContextPop 109
#define OP_ShiftRight 83 /* same as TK_RSHIFT */
#define OP_HaltIfNull 110
#define OP_VCreate 111
#define OP_CreateTable 112
#define OP_AddImm 113
#define OP_ToText 141 /* same as TK_TO_TEXT */
#define OP_DropTable 114
#define OP_IsUnique 115
#define OP_VOpen 116
#define OP_IfZero 117
#define OP_Noop 118
#define OP_RowKey 119
#define OP_Expire 120
#define OP_Delete 121
#define OP_Subtract 85 /* same as TK_MINUS */
#define OP_Blob 122
#define OP_Move 123
#define OP_Goto 124
#define OP_ParseSchema 125
#define OP_Eq 74 /* same as TK_EQ */
#define OP_VNext 126
#define OP_Seek 127
#define OP_Le 76 /* same as TK_LE */
#define OP_TableLock 128
#define OP_VerifyCookie 129
#define OP_Column 131
#define OP_OpenRead 132
#define OP_ResetCount 133
/* The following opcode values are never used */
#define OP_NotUsed_134 134
#define OP_NotUsed_135 135
#define OP_NotUsed_136 136
#define OP_NotUsed_137 137
#define OP_NotUsed_138 138
#define OP_NotUsed_139 139
#define OP_NotUsed_140 140
/* Properties such as "out2" or "jump" that are specified in
** comments following the "case" for each opcode in the vdbe.c
** are encoded into bitvectors as follows:
*/
#define OPFLG_JUMP 0x0001 /* jump: P2 holds jmp target */
#define OPFLG_OUT2_PRERELEASE 0x0002 /* out2-prerelease: */
#define OPFLG_IN1 0x0004 /* in1: P1 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN2 0x0008 /* in2: P2 is an input */
#define OPFLG_IN3 0x0010 /* in3: P3 is an input */
#define OPFLG_OUT3 0x0020 /* out3: P3 is an output */
#define OPFLG_INITIALIZER {\
/* 0 */ 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x01,\
/* 8 */ 0x00, 0x05, 0x01, 0x11, 0x00, 0x11, 0x02, 0x02,\
/* 16 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x02, 0x02, 0x00, 0x08,\
/* 24 */ 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x11, 0x01, 0x21, 0x01, 0x05,\
/* 32 */ 0x01, 0x02, 0x01, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02,\
/* 40 */ 0x02, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x11, 0x11,\
/* 48 */ 0x0c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x11, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 56 */ 0x00, 0x04, 0x05, 0x02, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 64 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x05,\
/* 72 */ 0x05, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x15, 0x02,\
/* 80 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x2c,\
/* 88 */ 0x2c, 0x2c, 0x00, 0x04, 0x10, 0x04, 0x02, 0x01,\
/* 96 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x05,\
/* 104 */ 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x10, 0x00,\
/* 112 */ 0x02, 0x04, 0x00, 0x11, 0x00, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 120 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x08,\
/* 128 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,\
/* 136 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x04, 0x04, 0x04,\
/* 144 */ 0x04, 0x04,}

281
os.c
View file

@ -1,281 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2005 November 29
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains OS interface code that is common to all
** architectures.
**
** $Id: os.c,v 1.126 2009/03/25 14:24:42 drh Exp $
*/
#define _SQLITE_OS_C_ 1
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#undef _SQLITE_OS_C_
/*
** The default SQLite sqlite3_vfs implementations do not allocate
** memory (actually, os_unix.c allocates a small amount of memory
** from within OsOpen()), but some third-party implementations may.
** So we test the effects of a malloc() failing and the sqlite3OsXXX()
** function returning SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM using the DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST macro.
**
** The following functions are instrumented for malloc() failure
** testing:
**
** sqlite3OsOpen()
** sqlite3OsRead()
** sqlite3OsWrite()
** sqlite3OsSync()
** sqlite3OsLock()
**
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && (SQLITE_OS_WIN==0)
#define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST if (1) { \
void *pTstAlloc = sqlite3Malloc(10); \
if (!pTstAlloc) return SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM; \
sqlite3_free(pTstAlloc); \
}
#else
#define DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST
#endif
/*
** The following routines are convenience wrappers around methods
** of the sqlite3_file object. This is mostly just syntactic sugar. All
** of this would be completely automatic if SQLite were coded using
** C++ instead of plain old C.
*/
int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file *pId){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( pId->pMethods ){
rc = pId->pMethods->xClose(pId);
pId->pMethods = 0;
}
return rc;
}
int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file *id, void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return id->pMethods->xRead(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file *id, const void *pBuf, int amt, i64 offset){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return id->pMethods->xWrite(id, pBuf, amt, offset);
}
int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file *id, i64 size){
return id->pMethods->xTruncate(id, size);
}
int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file *id, int flags){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return id->pMethods->xSync(id, flags);
}
int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return id->pMethods->xFileSize(id, pSize);
}
int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return id->pMethods->xLock(id, lockType);
}
int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file *id, int lockType){
return id->pMethods->xUnlock(id, lockType);
}
int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return id->pMethods->xCheckReservedLock(id, pResOut);
}
int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
return id->pMethods->xFileControl(id, op, pArg);
}
int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id){
int (*xSectorSize)(sqlite3_file*) = id->pMethods->xSectorSize;
return (xSectorSize ? xSectorSize(id) : SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE);
}
int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id){
return id->pMethods->xDeviceCharacteristics(id);
}
/*
** The next group of routines are convenience wrappers around the
** VFS methods.
*/
int sqlite3OsOpen(
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
const char *zPath,
sqlite3_file *pFile,
int flags,
int *pFlagsOut
){
int rc;
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
rc = pVfs->xOpen(pVfs, zPath, pFile, flags, pFlagsOut);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || pFile->pMethods==0 );
return rc;
}
int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath, int dirSync){
return pVfs->xDelete(pVfs, zPath, dirSync);
}
int sqlite3OsAccess(
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
const char *zPath,
int flags,
int *pResOut
){
DO_OS_MALLOC_TEST;
return pVfs->xAccess(pVfs, zPath, flags, pResOut);
}
int sqlite3OsFullPathname(
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
const char *zPath,
int nPathOut,
char *zPathOut
){
return pVfs->xFullPathname(pVfs, zPath, nPathOut, zPathOut);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, const char *zPath){
return pVfs->xDlOpen(pVfs, zPath);
}
void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
pVfs->xDlError(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
}
void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHdle, const char *zSym))(void){
return pVfs->xDlSym(pVfs, pHdle, zSym);
}
void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, void *pHandle){
pVfs->xDlClose(pVfs, pHandle);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nByte, char *zBufOut){
return pVfs->xRandomness(pVfs, nByte, zBufOut);
}
int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int nMicro){
return pVfs->xSleep(pVfs, nMicro);
}
int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, double *pTimeOut){
return pVfs->xCurrentTime(pVfs, pTimeOut);
}
int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs,
const char *zFile,
sqlite3_file **ppFile,
int flags,
int *pOutFlags
){
int rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
sqlite3_file *pFile;
pFile = (sqlite3_file *)sqlite3Malloc(pVfs->szOsFile);
if( pFile ){
rc = sqlite3OsOpen(pVfs, zFile, pFile, flags, pOutFlags);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_free(pFile);
}else{
*ppFile = pFile;
}
}
return rc;
}
int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *pFile){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( pFile );
rc = sqlite3OsClose(pFile);
sqlite3_free(pFile);
return rc;
}
/*
** The list of all registered VFS implementations.
*/
static sqlite3_vfs * SQLITE_WSD vfsList = 0;
#define vfsList GLOBAL(sqlite3_vfs *, vfsList)
/*
** Locate a VFS by name. If no name is given, simply return the
** first VFS on the list.
*/
sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3_vfs_find(const char *zVfs){
sqlite3_vfs *pVfs = 0;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return 0;
#endif
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
for(pVfs = vfsList; pVfs; pVfs=pVfs->pNext){
if( zVfs==0 ) break;
if( strcmp(zVfs, pVfs->zName)==0 ) break;
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
return pVfs;
}
/*
** Unlink a VFS from the linked list
*/
static void vfsUnlink(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER)) );
if( pVfs==0 ){
/* No-op */
}else if( vfsList==pVfs ){
vfsList = pVfs->pNext;
}else if( vfsList ){
sqlite3_vfs *p = vfsList;
while( p->pNext && p->pNext!=pVfs ){
p = p->pNext;
}
if( p->pNext==pVfs ){
p->pNext = pVfs->pNext;
}
}
}
/*
** Register a VFS with the system. It is harmless to register the same
** VFS multiple times. The new VFS becomes the default if makeDflt is
** true.
*/
int sqlite3_vfs_register(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs, int makeDflt){
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = 0;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
int rc = sqlite3_initialize();
if( rc ) return rc;
#endif
mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
vfsUnlink(pVfs);
if( makeDflt || vfsList==0 ){
pVfs->pNext = vfsList;
vfsList = pVfs;
}else{
pVfs->pNext = vfsList->pNext;
vfsList->pNext = pVfs;
}
assert(vfsList);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Unregister a VFS so that it is no longer accessible.
*/
int sqlite3_vfs_unregister(sqlite3_vfs *pVfs){
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_MASTER);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
vfsUnlink(pVfs);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
return SQLITE_OK;
}

268
os.h
View file

@ -1,268 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This header file (together with is companion C source-code file
** "os.c") attempt to abstract the underlying operating system so that
** the SQLite library will work on both POSIX and windows systems.
**
** This header file is #include-ed by sqliteInt.h and thus ends up
** being included by every source file.
**
** $Id: os.h,v 1.108 2009/02/05 16:31:46 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_OS_H_
#define _SQLITE_OS_H_
/*
** Figure out if we are dealing with Unix, Windows, or some other
** operating system. After the following block of preprocess macros,
** all of SQLITE_OS_UNIX, SQLITE_OS_WIN, SQLITE_OS_OS2, and SQLITE_OS_OTHER
** will defined to either 1 or 0. One of the four will be 1. The other
** three will be 0.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
# if SQLITE_OS_OTHER==1
# undef SQLITE_OS_UNIX
# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
# undef SQLITE_OS_WIN
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
# undef SQLITE_OS_OS2
# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
# else
# undef SQLITE_OS_OTHER
# endif
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OS_UNIX) && !defined(SQLITE_OS_OTHER)
# define SQLITE_OS_OTHER 0
# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
# if defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) || defined(__MINGW32__) || defined(__BORLANDC__)
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 1
# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
# elif defined(__EMX__) || defined(_OS2) || defined(OS2) || defined(_OS2_) || defined(__OS2__)
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 1
# else
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 1
# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
# endif
# else
# define SQLITE_OS_UNIX 0
# define SQLITE_OS_OS2 0
# endif
#else
# ifndef SQLITE_OS_WIN
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN 0
# endif
#endif
/*
** Determine if we are dealing with WindowsCE - which has a much
** reduced API.
*/
#if defined(_WIN32_WCE)
# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 1
#else
# define SQLITE_OS_WINCE 0
#endif
/*
** Define the maximum size of a temporary filename
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN
# include <windows.h>
# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (MAX_PATH+50)
#elif SQLITE_OS_OS2
# if (__GNUC__ > 3 || __GNUC__ == 3 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3) && defined(OS2_HIGH_MEMORY)
# include <os2safe.h> /* has to be included before os2.h for linking to work */
# endif
# define INCL_DOSDATETIME
# define INCL_DOSFILEMGR
# define INCL_DOSERRORS
# define INCL_DOSMISC
# define INCL_DOSPROCESS
# define INCL_DOSMODULEMGR
# define INCL_DOSSEMAPHORES
# include <os2.h>
# include <uconv.h>
# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE (CCHMAXPATHCOMP)
#else
# define SQLITE_TEMPNAME_SIZE 200
#endif
/* If the SET_FULLSYNC macro is not defined above, then make it
** a no-op
*/
#ifndef SET_FULLSYNC
# define SET_FULLSYNC(x,y)
#endif
/*
** The default size of a disk sector
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_SECTOR_SIZE 512
#endif
/*
** Temporary files are named starting with this prefix followed by 16 random
** alphanumeric characters, and no file extension. They are stored in the
** OS's standard temporary file directory, and are deleted prior to exit.
** If sqlite is being embedded in another program, you may wish to change the
** prefix to reflect your program's name, so that if your program exits
** prematurely, old temporary files can be easily identified. This can be done
** using -DSQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX=myprefix_ on the compiler command line.
**
** 2006-10-31: The default prefix used to be "sqlite_". But then
** Mcafee started using SQLite in their anti-virus product and it
** started putting files with the "sqlite" name in the c:/temp folder.
** This annoyed many windows users. Those users would then do a
** Google search for "sqlite", find the telephone numbers of the
** developers and call to wake them up at night and complain.
** For this reason, the default name prefix is changed to be "sqlite"
** spelled backwards. So the temp files are still identified, but
** anybody smart enough to figure out the code is also likely smart
** enough to know that calling the developer will not help get rid
** of the file.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX
# define SQLITE_TEMP_FILE_PREFIX "etilqs_"
#endif
/*
** The following values may be passed as the second argument to
** sqlite3OsLock(). The various locks exhibit the following semantics:
**
** SHARED: Any number of processes may hold a SHARED lock simultaneously.
** RESERVED: A single process may hold a RESERVED lock on a file at
** any time. Other processes may hold and obtain new SHARED locks.
** PENDING: A single process may hold a PENDING lock on a file at
** any one time. Existing SHARED locks may persist, but no new
** SHARED locks may be obtained by other processes.
** EXCLUSIVE: An EXCLUSIVE lock precludes all other locks.
**
** PENDING_LOCK may not be passed directly to sqlite3OsLock(). Instead, a
** process that requests an EXCLUSIVE lock may actually obtain a PENDING
** lock. This can be upgraded to an EXCLUSIVE lock by a subsequent call to
** sqlite3OsLock().
*/
#define NO_LOCK 0
#define SHARED_LOCK 1
#define RESERVED_LOCK 2
#define PENDING_LOCK 3
#define EXCLUSIVE_LOCK 4
/*
** File Locking Notes: (Mostly about windows but also some info for Unix)
**
** We cannot use LockFileEx() or UnlockFileEx() on Win95/98/ME because
** those functions are not available. So we use only LockFile() and
** UnlockFile().
**
** LockFile() prevents not just writing but also reading by other processes.
** A SHARED_LOCK is obtained by locking a single randomly-chosen
** byte out of a specific range of bytes. The lock byte is obtained at
** random so two separate readers can probably access the file at the
** same time, unless they are unlucky and choose the same lock byte.
** An EXCLUSIVE_LOCK is obtained by locking all bytes in the range.
** There can only be one writer. A RESERVED_LOCK is obtained by locking
** a single byte of the file that is designated as the reserved lock byte.
** A PENDING_LOCK is obtained by locking a designated byte different from
** the RESERVED_LOCK byte.
**
** On WinNT/2K/XP systems, LockFileEx() and UnlockFileEx() are available,
** which means we can use reader/writer locks. When reader/writer locks
** are used, the lock is placed on the same range of bytes that is used
** for probabilistic locking in Win95/98/ME. Hence, the locking scheme
** will support two or more Win95 readers or two or more WinNT readers.
** But a single Win95 reader will lock out all WinNT readers and a single
** WinNT reader will lock out all other Win95 readers.
**
** The following #defines specify the range of bytes used for locking.
** SHARED_SIZE is the number of bytes available in the pool from which
** a random byte is selected for a shared lock. The pool of bytes for
** shared locks begins at SHARED_FIRST.
**
** The same locking strategy and
** byte ranges are used for Unix. This leaves open the possiblity of having
** clients on win95, winNT, and unix all talking to the same shared file
** and all locking correctly. To do so would require that samba (or whatever
** tool is being used for file sharing) implements locks correctly between
** windows and unix. I'm guessing that isn't likely to happen, but by
** using the same locking range we are at least open to the possibility.
**
** Locking in windows is manditory. For this reason, we cannot store
** actual data in the bytes used for locking. The pager never allocates
** the pages involved in locking therefore. SHARED_SIZE is selected so
** that all locks will fit on a single page even at the minimum page size.
** PENDING_BYTE defines the beginning of the locks. By default PENDING_BYTE
** is set high so that we don't have to allocate an unused page except
** for very large databases. But one should test the page skipping logic
** by setting PENDING_BYTE low and running the entire regression suite.
**
** Changing the value of PENDING_BYTE results in a subtly incompatible
** file format. Depending on how it is changed, you might not notice
** the incompatibility right away, even running a full regression test.
** The default location of PENDING_BYTE is the first byte past the
** 1GB boundary.
**
*/
#define PENDING_BYTE sqlite3PendingByte
#define RESERVED_BYTE (PENDING_BYTE+1)
#define SHARED_FIRST (PENDING_BYTE+2)
#define SHARED_SIZE 510
/*
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_file methods
*/
int sqlite3OsClose(sqlite3_file*);
int sqlite3OsRead(sqlite3_file*, void*, int amt, i64 offset);
int sqlite3OsWrite(sqlite3_file*, const void*, int amt, i64 offset);
int sqlite3OsTruncate(sqlite3_file*, i64 size);
int sqlite3OsSync(sqlite3_file*, int);
int sqlite3OsFileSize(sqlite3_file*, i64 *pSize);
int sqlite3OsLock(sqlite3_file*, int);
int sqlite3OsUnlock(sqlite3_file*, int);
int sqlite3OsCheckReservedLock(sqlite3_file *id, int *pResOut);
int sqlite3OsFileControl(sqlite3_file*,int,void*);
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED 0xca093fa0
int sqlite3OsSectorSize(sqlite3_file *id);
int sqlite3OsDeviceCharacteristics(sqlite3_file *id);
/*
** Functions for accessing sqlite3_vfs methods
*/
int sqlite3OsOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file*, int, int *);
int sqlite3OsDelete(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int);
int sqlite3OsAccess(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, int *pResOut);
int sqlite3OsFullPathname(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, int, char *);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION
void *sqlite3OsDlOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *);
void sqlite3OsDlError(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
void (*sqlite3OsDlSym(sqlite3_vfs *, void *, const char *))(void);
void sqlite3OsDlClose(sqlite3_vfs *, void *);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_LOAD_EXTENSION */
int sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs *, int, char *);
int sqlite3OsSleep(sqlite3_vfs *, int);
int sqlite3OsCurrentTime(sqlite3_vfs *, double*);
/*
** Convenience functions for opening and closing files using
** sqlite3_malloc() to obtain space for the file-handle structure.
*/
int sqlite3OsOpenMalloc(sqlite3_vfs *, const char *, sqlite3_file **, int,int*);
int sqlite3OsCloseFree(sqlite3_file *);
#endif /* _SQLITE_OS_H_ */

128
os_common.h
View file

@ -1,128 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2004 May 22
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains macros and a little bit of code that is common to
** all of the platform-specific files (os_*.c) and is #included into those
** files.
**
** This file should be #included by the os_*.c files only. It is not a
** general purpose header file.
**
** $Id: os_common.h,v 1.38 2009/02/24 18:40:50 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _OS_COMMON_H_
#define _OS_COMMON_H_
/*
** At least two bugs have slipped in because we changed the MEMORY_DEBUG
** macro to SQLITE_DEBUG and some older makefiles have not yet made the
** switch. The following code should catch this problem at compile-time.
*/
#ifdef MEMORY_DEBUG
# error "The MEMORY_DEBUG macro is obsolete. Use SQLITE_DEBUG instead."
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int sqlite3OSTrace = 0;
#define OSTRACE1(X) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B) if( sqlite3OSTrace ) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C) \
if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D) \
if(sqlite3OSTrace) sqlite3DebugPrintf(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#else
#define OSTRACE1(X)
#define OSTRACE2(X,Y)
#define OSTRACE3(X,Y,Z)
#define OSTRACE4(X,Y,Z,A)
#define OSTRACE5(X,Y,Z,A,B)
#define OSTRACE6(X,Y,Z,A,B,C)
#define OSTRACE7(X,Y,Z,A,B,C,D)
#endif
/*
** Macros for performance tracing. Normally turned off. Only works
** on i486 hardware.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_PERFORMANCE_TRACE
/*
** hwtime.h contains inline assembler code for implementing
** high-performance timing routines.
*/
#include "hwtime.h"
static sqlite_uint64 g_start;
static sqlite_uint64 g_elapsed;
#define TIMER_START g_start=sqlite3Hwtime()
#define TIMER_END g_elapsed=sqlite3Hwtime()-g_start
#define TIMER_ELAPSED g_elapsed
#else
#define TIMER_START
#define TIMER_END
#define TIMER_ELAPSED ((sqlite_uint64)0)
#endif
/*
** If we compile with the SQLITE_TEST macro set, then the following block
** of code will give us the ability to simulate a disk I/O error. This
** is used for testing the I/O recovery logic.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_io_error_hit = 0; /* Total number of I/O Errors */
int sqlite3_io_error_hardhit = 0; /* Number of non-benign errors */
int sqlite3_io_error_pending = 0; /* Count down to first I/O error */
int sqlite3_io_error_persist = 0; /* True if I/O errors persist */
int sqlite3_io_error_benign = 0; /* True if errors are benign */
int sqlite3_diskfull_pending = 0;
int sqlite3_diskfull = 0;
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X) sqlite3_io_error_benign=(X)
#define SimulateIOError(CODE) \
if( (sqlite3_io_error_persist && sqlite3_io_error_hit) \
|| sqlite3_io_error_pending-- == 1 ) \
{ local_ioerr(); CODE; }
static void local_ioerr(){
IOTRACE(("IOERR\n"));
sqlite3_io_error_hit++;
if( !sqlite3_io_error_benign ) sqlite3_io_error_hardhit++;
}
#define SimulateDiskfullError(CODE) \
if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending ){ \
if( sqlite3_diskfull_pending == 1 ){ \
local_ioerr(); \
sqlite3_diskfull = 1; \
sqlite3_io_error_hit = 1; \
CODE; \
}else{ \
sqlite3_diskfull_pending--; \
} \
}
#else
#define SimulateIOErrorBenign(X)
#define SimulateIOError(A)
#define SimulateDiskfullError(A)
#endif
/*
** When testing, keep a count of the number of open files.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_open_file_count = 0;
#define OpenCounter(X) sqlite3_open_file_count+=(X)
#else
#define OpenCounter(X)
#endif
#endif /* !defined(_OS_COMMON_H_) */

1127
os_os2.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

5143
os_unix.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

1876
os_win.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

5233
pager.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

164
pager.h
View file

@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem. The page cache subsystem reads and writes a file a page
** at a time and provides a journal for rollback.
**
** @(#) $Id: pager.h,v 1.100 2009/02/03 16:51:25 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _PAGER_H_
#define _PAGER_H_
/*
** Default maximum size for persistent journal files. A negative
** value means no limit. This value may be overridden using the
** sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit() API. See also "PRAGMA journal_size_limit".
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT
#define SQLITE_DEFAULT_JOURNAL_SIZE_LIMIT -1
#endif
/*
** The type used to represent a page number. The first page in a file
** is called page 1. 0 is used to represent "not a page".
*/
typedef u32 Pgno;
/*
** Each open file is managed by a separate instance of the "Pager" structure.
*/
typedef struct Pager Pager;
/*
** Handle type for pages.
*/
typedef struct PgHdr DbPage;
/*
** Page number PAGER_MJ_PGNO is never used in an SQLite database (it is
** reserved for working around a windows/posix incompatibility). It is
** used in the journal to signify that the remainder of the journal file
** is devoted to storing a master journal name - there are no more pages to
** roll back. See comments for function writeMasterJournal() in pager.c
** for details.
*/
#define PAGER_MJ_PGNO(x) ((Pgno)((PENDING_BYTE/((x)->pageSize))+1))
/*
** Allowed values for the flags parameter to sqlite3PagerOpen().
**
** NOTE: These values must match the corresponding BTREE_ values in btree.h.
*/
#define PAGER_OMIT_JOURNAL 0x0001 /* Do not use a rollback journal */
#define PAGER_NO_READLOCK 0x0002 /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerLockingMode().
*/
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_QUERY -1
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_NORMAL 0
#define PAGER_LOCKINGMODE_EXCLUSIVE 1
/*
** Valid values for the second argument to sqlite3PagerJournalMode().
*/
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_QUERY -1
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_DELETE 0 /* Commit by deleting journal file */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_PERSIST 1 /* Commit by zeroing journal header */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_OFF 2 /* Journal omitted. */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_TRUNCATE 3 /* Commit by truncating journal */
#define PAGER_JOURNALMODE_MEMORY 4 /* In-memory journal file */
/*
** The remainder of this file contains the declarations of the functions
** that make up the Pager sub-system API. See source code comments for
** a detailed description of each routine.
*/
/* Open and close a Pager connection. */
int sqlite3PagerOpen(sqlite3_vfs *, Pager **ppPager, const char*, int,int,int);
int sqlite3PagerClose(Pager *pPager);
int sqlite3PagerReadFileheader(Pager*, int, unsigned char*);
/* Functions used to configure a Pager object. */
void sqlite3PagerSetBusyhandler(Pager*, int(*)(void *), void *);
void sqlite3PagerSetReiniter(Pager*, void(*)(DbPage*));
int sqlite3PagerSetPagesize(Pager*, u16*);
int sqlite3PagerMaxPageCount(Pager*, int);
void sqlite3PagerSetCachesize(Pager*, int);
void sqlite3PagerSetSafetyLevel(Pager*,int,int);
int sqlite3PagerLockingMode(Pager *, int);
int sqlite3PagerJournalMode(Pager *, int);
i64 sqlite3PagerJournalSizeLimit(Pager *, i64);
sqlite3_backup **sqlite3PagerBackupPtr(Pager*);
/* Functions used to obtain and release page references. */
int sqlite3PagerAcquire(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno, DbPage **ppPage, int clrFlag);
#define sqlite3PagerGet(A,B,C) sqlite3PagerAcquire(A,B,C,0)
DbPage *sqlite3PagerLookup(Pager *pPager, Pgno pgno);
void sqlite3PagerRef(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerUnref(DbPage*);
/* Operations on page references. */
int sqlite3PagerWrite(DbPage*);
void sqlite3PagerDontWrite(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerMovepage(Pager*,DbPage*,Pgno,int);
int sqlite3PagerPageRefcount(DbPage*);
void *sqlite3PagerGetData(DbPage *);
void *sqlite3PagerGetExtra(DbPage *);
/* Functions used to manage pager transactions and savepoints. */
int sqlite3PagerPagecount(Pager*, int*);
int sqlite3PagerBegin(Pager*, int exFlag);
int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseOne(Pager*,const char *zMaster, int);
int sqlite3PagerSync(Pager *pPager);
int sqlite3PagerCommitPhaseTwo(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerRollback(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerOpenSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int n);
int sqlite3PagerSavepoint(Pager *pPager, int op, int iSavepoint);
/* Functions used to query pager state and configuration. */
u8 sqlite3PagerIsreadonly(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerRefcount(Pager*);
const char *sqlite3PagerFilename(Pager*);
const sqlite3_vfs *sqlite3PagerVfs(Pager*);
sqlite3_file *sqlite3PagerFile(Pager*);
const char *sqlite3PagerJournalname(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerNosync(Pager*);
void *sqlite3PagerTempSpace(Pager*);
int sqlite3PagerIsMemdb(Pager*);
/* Functions used to truncate the database file. */
void sqlite3PagerTruncateImage(Pager*,Pgno);
/* Used by encryption extensions. */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
void sqlite3PagerSetCodec(Pager*,void*(*)(void*,void*,Pgno,int),void*);
#endif
/* Functions to support testing and debugging. */
#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(SQLITE_TEST)
Pgno sqlite3PagerPagenumber(DbPage*);
int sqlite3PagerIswriteable(DbPage*);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int *sqlite3PagerStats(Pager*);
void sqlite3PagerRefdump(Pager*);
void disable_simulated_io_errors(void);
void enable_simulated_io_errors(void);
#else
# define disable_simulated_io_errors()
# define enable_simulated_io_errors()
#endif
#endif /* _PAGER_H_ */

3664
parse.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

154
parse.h
View file

@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
#define TK_SEMI 1
#define TK_EXPLAIN 2
#define TK_QUERY 3
#define TK_PLAN 4
#define TK_BEGIN 5
#define TK_TRANSACTION 6
#define TK_DEFERRED 7
#define TK_IMMEDIATE 8
#define TK_EXCLUSIVE 9
#define TK_COMMIT 10
#define TK_END 11
#define TK_ROLLBACK 12
#define TK_SAVEPOINT 13
#define TK_RELEASE 14
#define TK_TO 15
#define TK_TABLE 16
#define TK_CREATE 17
#define TK_IF 18
#define TK_NOT 19
#define TK_EXISTS 20
#define TK_TEMP 21
#define TK_LP 22
#define TK_RP 23
#define TK_AS 24
#define TK_COMMA 25
#define TK_ID 26
#define TK_INDEXED 27
#define TK_ABORT 28
#define TK_AFTER 29
#define TK_ANALYZE 30
#define TK_ASC 31
#define TK_ATTACH 32
#define TK_BEFORE 33
#define TK_BY 34
#define TK_CASCADE 35
#define TK_CAST 36
#define TK_COLUMNKW 37
#define TK_CONFLICT 38
#define TK_DATABASE 39
#define TK_DESC 40
#define TK_DETACH 41
#define TK_EACH 42
#define TK_FAIL 43
#define TK_FOR 44
#define TK_IGNORE 45
#define TK_INITIALLY 46
#define TK_INSTEAD 47
#define TK_LIKE_KW 48
#define TK_MATCH 49
#define TK_KEY 50
#define TK_OF 51
#define TK_OFFSET 52
#define TK_PRAGMA 53
#define TK_RAISE 54
#define TK_REPLACE 55
#define TK_RESTRICT 56
#define TK_ROW 57
#define TK_TRIGGER 58
#define TK_VACUUM 59
#define TK_VIEW 60
#define TK_VIRTUAL 61
#define TK_REINDEX 62
#define TK_RENAME 63
#define TK_CTIME_KW 64
#define TK_ANY 65
#define TK_OR 66
#define TK_AND 67
#define TK_IS 68
#define TK_BETWEEN 69
#define TK_IN 70
#define TK_ISNULL 71
#define TK_NOTNULL 72
#define TK_NE 73
#define TK_EQ 74
#define TK_GT 75
#define TK_LE 76
#define TK_LT 77
#define TK_GE 78
#define TK_ESCAPE 79
#define TK_BITAND 80
#define TK_BITOR 81
#define TK_LSHIFT 82
#define TK_RSHIFT 83
#define TK_PLUS 84
#define TK_MINUS 85
#define TK_STAR 86
#define TK_SLASH 87
#define TK_REM 88
#define TK_CONCAT 89
#define TK_COLLATE 90
#define TK_UMINUS 91
#define TK_UPLUS 92
#define TK_BITNOT 93
#define TK_STRING 94
#define TK_JOIN_KW 95
#define TK_CONSTRAINT 96
#define TK_DEFAULT 97
#define TK_NULL 98
#define TK_PRIMARY 99
#define TK_UNIQUE 100
#define TK_CHECK 101
#define TK_REFERENCES 102
#define TK_AUTOINCR 103
#define TK_ON 104
#define TK_DELETE 105
#define TK_UPDATE 106
#define TK_INSERT 107
#define TK_SET 108
#define TK_DEFERRABLE 109
#define TK_FOREIGN 110
#define TK_DROP 111
#define TK_UNION 112
#define TK_ALL 113
#define TK_EXCEPT 114
#define TK_INTERSECT 115
#define TK_SELECT 116
#define TK_DISTINCT 117
#define TK_DOT 118
#define TK_FROM 119
#define TK_JOIN 120
#define TK_USING 121
#define TK_ORDER 122
#define TK_GROUP 123
#define TK_HAVING 124
#define TK_LIMIT 125
#define TK_WHERE 126
#define TK_INTO 127
#define TK_VALUES 128
#define TK_INTEGER 129
#define TK_FLOAT 130
#define TK_BLOB 131
#define TK_REGISTER 132
#define TK_VARIABLE 133
#define TK_CASE 134
#define TK_WHEN 135
#define TK_THEN 136
#define TK_ELSE 137
#define TK_INDEX 138
#define TK_ALTER 139
#define TK_ADD 140
#define TK_TO_TEXT 141
#define TK_TO_BLOB 142
#define TK_TO_NUMERIC 143
#define TK_TO_INT 144
#define TK_TO_REAL 145
#define TK_END_OF_FILE 146
#define TK_ILLEGAL 147
#define TK_SPACE 148
#define TK_UNCLOSED_STRING 149
#define TK_FUNCTION 150
#define TK_COLUMN 151
#define TK_AGG_FUNCTION 152
#define TK_AGG_COLUMN 153
#define TK_CONST_FUNC 154

582
pcache.c
View file

@ -1,582 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 August 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file implements that page cache.
**
** @(#) $Id: pcache.c,v 1.44 2009/03/31 01:32:18 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** A complete page cache is an instance of this structure.
*/
struct PCache {
PgHdr *pDirty, *pDirtyTail; /* List of dirty pages in LRU order */
PgHdr *pSynced; /* Last synced page in dirty page list */
int nRef; /* Number of referenced pages */
int nMax; /* Configured cache size */
int szPage; /* Size of every page in this cache */
int szExtra; /* Size of extra space for each page */
int bPurgeable; /* True if pages are on backing store */
int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*); /* Call to try make a page clean */
void *pStress; /* Argument to xStress */
sqlite3_pcache *pCache; /* Pluggable cache module */
PgHdr *pPage1; /* Reference to page 1 */
};
/*
** Some of the assert() macros in this code are too expensive to run
** even during normal debugging. Use them only rarely on long-running
** tests. Enable the expensive asserts using the
** -DSQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT=1 compile-time option.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT
# define expensive_assert(X) assert(X)
#else
# define expensive_assert(X)
#endif
/********************************** Linked List Management ********************/
#if !defined(NDEBUG) && defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT)
/*
** Check that the pCache->pSynced variable is set correctly. If it
** is not, either fail an assert or return zero. Otherwise, return
** non-zero. This is only used in debugging builds, as follows:
**
** expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
*/
static int pcacheCheckSynced(PCache *pCache){
PgHdr *p;
for(p=pCache->pDirtyTail; p!=pCache->pSynced; p=p->pDirtyPrev){
assert( p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) );
}
return (p==0 || p->nRef || (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC)==0);
}
#endif /* !NDEBUG && SQLITE_ENABLE_EXPENSIVE_ASSERT */
/*
** Remove page pPage from the list of dirty pages.
*/
static void pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
assert( pPage->pDirtyNext || pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
assert( pPage->pDirtyPrev || pPage==p->pDirty );
/* Update the PCache1.pSynced variable if necessary. */
if( p->pSynced==pPage ){
PgHdr *pSynced = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
while( pSynced && (pSynced->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
pSynced = pSynced->pDirtyPrev;
}
p->pSynced = pSynced;
}
if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
}else{
assert( pPage==p->pDirtyTail );
p->pDirtyTail = pPage->pDirtyPrev;
}
if( pPage->pDirtyPrev ){
pPage->pDirtyPrev->pDirtyNext = pPage->pDirtyNext;
}else{
assert( pPage==p->pDirty );
p->pDirty = pPage->pDirtyNext;
}
pPage->pDirtyNext = 0;
pPage->pDirtyPrev = 0;
expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}
/*
** Add page pPage to the head of the dirty list (PCache1.pDirty is set to
** pPage).
*/
static void pcacheAddToDirtyList(PgHdr *pPage){
PCache *p = pPage->pCache;
assert( pPage->pDirtyNext==0 && pPage->pDirtyPrev==0 && p->pDirty!=pPage );
pPage->pDirtyNext = p->pDirty;
if( pPage->pDirtyNext ){
assert( pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev==0 );
pPage->pDirtyNext->pDirtyPrev = pPage;
}
p->pDirty = pPage;
if( !p->pDirtyTail ){
p->pDirtyTail = pPage;
}
if( !p->pSynced && 0==(pPage->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
p->pSynced = pPage;
}
expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(p) );
}
/*
** Wrapper around the pluggable caches xUnpin method. If the cache is
** being used for an in-memory database, this function is a no-op.
*/
static void pcacheUnpin(PgHdr *p){
PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
if( p->pgno==1 ){
pCache->pPage1 = 0;
}
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 0);
}
}
/*************************************************** General Interfaces ******
**
** Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem. Neither of these
** functions are threadsafe.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit==0 ){
sqlite3PCacheSetDefault();
}
return sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xInit(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
}
void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void){
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xShutdown(sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.pArg);
}
}
/*
** Return the size in bytes of a PCache object.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSize(void){ return sizeof(PCache); }
/*
** Create a new PCache object. Storage space to hold the object
** has already been allocated and is passed in as the p pointer.
** The caller discovers how much space needs to be allocated by
** calling sqlite3PcacheSize().
*/
void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
int szPage, /* Size of every page */
int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
int (*xStress)(void*,PgHdr*),/* Call to try to make pages clean */
void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
PCache *p /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
){
memset(p, 0, sizeof(PCache));
p->szPage = szPage;
p->szExtra = szExtra;
p->bPurgeable = bPurgeable;
p->xStress = xStress;
p->pStress = pStress;
p->nMax = 100;
}
/*
** Change the page size for PCache object. The caller must ensure that there
** are no outstanding page references when this function is called.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *pCache, int szPage){
assert( pCache->nRef==0 && pCache->pDirty==0 );
if( pCache->pCache ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
pCache->pCache = 0;
}
pCache->szPage = szPage;
}
/*
** Try to obtain a page from the cache.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheFetch(
PCache *pCache, /* Obtain the page from this cache */
Pgno pgno, /* Page number to obtain */
int createFlag, /* If true, create page if it does not exist already */
PgHdr **ppPage /* Write the page here */
){
PgHdr *pPage = 0;
int eCreate;
assert( pCache!=0 );
assert( pgno>0 );
/* If the pluggable cache (sqlite3_pcache*) has not been allocated,
** allocate it now.
*/
if( !pCache->pCache && createFlag ){
sqlite3_pcache *p;
int nByte;
nByte = pCache->szPage + pCache->szExtra + sizeof(PgHdr);
p = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCreate(nByte, pCache->bPurgeable);
if( !p ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(p, pCache->nMax);
pCache->pCache = p;
}
eCreate = createFlag ? 1 : 0;
if( eCreate && (!pCache->bPurgeable || !pCache->pDirty) ){
eCreate = 2;
}
if( pCache->pCache ){
pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, eCreate);
}
if( !pPage && eCreate==1 ){
PgHdr *pPg;
/* Find a dirty page to write-out and recycle. First try to find a
** page that does not require a journal-sync (one with PGHDR_NEED_SYNC
** cleared), but if that is not possible settle for any other
** unreferenced dirty page.
*/
expensive_assert( pcacheCheckSynced(pCache) );
for(pPg=pCache->pSynced;
pPg && (pPg->nRef || (pPg->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC));
pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev
);
if( !pPg ){
for(pPg=pCache->pDirtyTail; pPg && pPg->nRef; pPg=pPg->pDirtyPrev);
}
if( pPg ){
int rc;
rc = pCache->xStress(pCache->pStress, pPg);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
return rc;
}
}
pPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xFetch(pCache->pCache, pgno, 2);
}
if( pPage ){
if( !pPage->pData ){
memset(pPage, 0, sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra);
pPage->pExtra = (void*)&pPage[1];
pPage->pData = (void *)&((char *)pPage)[sizeof(PgHdr) + pCache->szExtra];
pPage->pCache = pCache;
pPage->pgno = pgno;
}
assert( pPage->pCache==pCache );
assert( pPage->pgno==pgno );
assert( pPage->pExtra==(void *)&pPage[1] );
if( 0==pPage->nRef ){
pCache->nRef++;
}
pPage->nRef++;
if( pgno==1 ){
pCache->pPage1 = pPage;
}
}
*ppPage = pPage;
return (pPage==0 && eCreate) ? SQLITE_NOMEM : SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Decrement the reference count on a page. If the page is clean and the
** reference count drops to 0, then it is made elible for recycling.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr *p){
assert( p->nRef>0 );
p->nRef--;
if( p->nRef==0 ){
PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
pCache->nRef--;
if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY)==0 ){
pcacheUnpin(p);
}else{
/* Move the page to the head of the dirty list. */
pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
}
}
}
/*
** Increase the reference count of a supplied page by 1.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr *p){
assert(p->nRef>0);
p->nRef++;
}
/*
** Drop a page from the cache. There must be exactly one reference to the
** page. This function deletes that reference, so after it returns the
** page pointed to by p is invalid.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr *p){
PCache *pCache;
assert( p->nRef==1 );
if( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY ){
pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
}
pCache = p->pCache;
pCache->nRef--;
if( p->pgno==1 ){
pCache->pPage1 = 0;
}
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xUnpin(pCache->pCache, p, 1);
}
/*
** Make sure the page is marked as dirty. If it isn't dirty already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr *p){
p->flags &= ~PGHDR_DONT_WRITE;
assert( p->nRef>0 );
if( 0==(p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
p->flags |= PGHDR_DIRTY;
pcacheAddToDirtyList( p);
}
}
/*
** Make sure the page is marked as clean. If it isn't clean already,
** make it so.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr *p){
if( (p->flags & PGHDR_DIRTY) ){
pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
p->flags &= ~(PGHDR_DIRTY|PGHDR_NEED_SYNC);
if( p->nRef==0 ){
pcacheUnpin(p);
}
}
}
/*
** Make every page in the cache clean.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache *pCache){
PgHdr *p;
while( (p = pCache->pDirty)!=0 ){
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
}
}
/*
** Clear the PGHDR_NEED_SYNC flag from all dirty pages.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *pCache){
PgHdr *p;
for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
p->flags &= ~PGHDR_NEED_SYNC;
}
pCache->pSynced = pCache->pDirtyTail;
}
/*
** Change the page number of page p to newPgno.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr *p, Pgno newPgno){
PCache *pCache = p->pCache;
assert( p->nRef>0 );
assert( newPgno>0 );
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xRekey(pCache->pCache, p, p->pgno, newPgno);
p->pgno = newPgno;
if( (p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY) && (p->flags&PGHDR_NEED_SYNC) ){
pcacheRemoveFromDirtyList(p);
pcacheAddToDirtyList(p);
}
}
/*
** Drop every cache entry whose page number is greater than "pgno". The
** caller must ensure that there are no outstanding references to any pages
** other than page 1 with a page number greater than pgno.
**
** If there is a reference to page 1 and the pgno parameter passed to this
** function is 0, then the data area associated with page 1 is zeroed, but
** the page object is not dropped.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache *pCache, Pgno pgno){
if( pCache->pCache ){
PgHdr *p;
PgHdr *pNext;
for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=pNext){
pNext = p->pDirtyNext;
if( p->pgno>pgno ){
assert( p->flags&PGHDR_DIRTY );
sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(p);
}
}
if( pgno==0 && pCache->pPage1 ){
memset(pCache->pPage1->pData, 0, pCache->szPage);
pgno = 1;
}
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xTruncate(pCache->pCache, pgno+1);
}
}
/*
** Close a cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache *pCache){
if( pCache->pCache ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xDestroy(pCache->pCache);
}
}
/*
** Discard the contents of the cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache *pCache){
sqlite3PcacheTruncate(pCache, 0);
}
/*
** Merge two lists of pages connected by pDirty and in pgno order.
** Do not both fixing the pDirtyPrev pointers.
*/
static PgHdr *pcacheMergeDirtyList(PgHdr *pA, PgHdr *pB){
PgHdr result, *pTail;
pTail = &result;
while( pA && pB ){
if( pA->pgno<pB->pgno ){
pTail->pDirty = pA;
pTail = pA;
pA = pA->pDirty;
}else{
pTail->pDirty = pB;
pTail = pB;
pB = pB->pDirty;
}
}
if( pA ){
pTail->pDirty = pA;
}else if( pB ){
pTail->pDirty = pB;
}else{
pTail->pDirty = 0;
}
return result.pDirty;
}
/*
** Sort the list of pages in accending order by pgno. Pages are
** connected by pDirty pointers. The pDirtyPrev pointers are
** corrupted by this sort.
*/
#define N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC 25
#define N_SORT_BUCKET 25
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket = 0;
#undef N_SORT_BUCKET
#define N_SORT_BUCKET \
(sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket?sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket:N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC)
#endif
static PgHdr *pcacheSortDirtyList(PgHdr *pIn){
PgHdr *a[N_SORT_BUCKET_ALLOC], *p;
int i;
memset(a, 0, sizeof(a));
while( pIn ){
p = pIn;
pIn = p->pDirty;
p->pDirty = 0;
for(i=0; i<N_SORT_BUCKET-1; i++){
if( a[i]==0 ){
a[i] = p;
break;
}else{
p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
a[i] = 0;
}
}
if( i==N_SORT_BUCKET-1 ){
/* Coverage: To get here, there need to be 2^(N_SORT_BUCKET)
** elements in the input list. This is possible, but impractical.
** Testing this line is the point of global variable
** sqlite3_pager_n_sort_bucket.
*/
a[i] = pcacheMergeDirtyList(a[i], p);
}
}
p = a[0];
for(i=1; i<N_SORT_BUCKET; i++){
p = pcacheMergeDirtyList(p, a[i]);
}
return p;
}
/*
** Return a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number.
*/
PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache *pCache){
PgHdr *p;
for(p=pCache->pDirty; p; p=p->pDirtyNext){
p->pDirty = p->pDirtyNext;
}
return pcacheSortDirtyList(pCache->pDirty);
}
/*
** Return the total number of referenced pages held by the cache.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache *pCache){
return pCache->nRef;
}
/*
** Return the number of references to the page supplied as an argument.
*/
int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr *p){
return p->nRef;
}
/*
** Return the total number of pages in the cache.
*/
int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache *pCache){
int nPage = 0;
if( pCache->pCache ){
nPage = sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xPagecount(pCache->pCache);
}
return nPage;
}
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** Get the suggested cache-size value.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *pCache){
return pCache->nMax;
}
#endif
/*
** Set the suggested cache-size value.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *pCache, int mxPage){
pCache->nMax = mxPage;
if( pCache->pCache ){
sqlite3GlobalConfig.pcache.xCachesize(pCache->pCache, mxPage);
}
}
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
/*
** For all dirty pages currently in the cache, invoke the specified
** callback. This is only used if the SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES macro is
** defined.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *)){
PgHdr *pDirty;
for(pDirty=pCache->pDirty; pDirty; pDirty=pDirty->pDirtyNext){
xIter(pDirty);
}
}
#endif

157
pcache.h
View file

@ -1,157 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 August 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite page cache
** subsystem.
**
** @(#) $Id: pcache.h,v 1.19 2009/01/20 17:06:27 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _PCACHE_H_
typedef struct PgHdr PgHdr;
typedef struct PCache PCache;
/*
** Every page in the cache is controlled by an instance of the following
** structure.
*/
struct PgHdr {
void *pData; /* Content of this page */
void *pExtra; /* Extra content */
PgHdr *pDirty; /* Transient list of dirty pages */
Pgno pgno; /* Page number for this page */
Pager *pPager; /* The pager this page is part of */
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
u32 pageHash; /* Hash of page content */
#endif
u16 flags; /* PGHDR flags defined below */
/**********************************************************************
** Elements above are public. All that follows is private to pcache.c
** and should not be accessed by other modules.
*/
i16 nRef; /* Number of users of this page */
PCache *pCache; /* Cache that owns this page */
PgHdr *pDirtyNext; /* Next element in list of dirty pages */
PgHdr *pDirtyPrev; /* Previous element in list of dirty pages */
};
/* Bit values for PgHdr.flags */
#define PGHDR_DIRTY 0x002 /* Page has changed */
#define PGHDR_NEED_SYNC 0x004 /* Fsync the rollback journal before
** writing this page to the database */
#define PGHDR_NEED_READ 0x008 /* Content is unread */
#define PGHDR_REUSE_UNLIKELY 0x010 /* A hint that reuse is unlikely */
#define PGHDR_DONT_WRITE 0x020 /* Do not write content to disk */
/* Initialize and shutdown the page cache subsystem */
int sqlite3PcacheInitialize(void);
void sqlite3PcacheShutdown(void);
/* Page cache buffer management:
** These routines implement SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE.
*/
void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *, int sz, int n);
/* Create a new pager cache.
** Under memory stress, invoke xStress to try to make pages clean.
** Only clean and unpinned pages can be reclaimed.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheOpen(
int szPage, /* Size of every page */
int szExtra, /* Extra space associated with each page */
int bPurgeable, /* True if pages are on backing store */
int (*xStress)(void*, PgHdr*), /* Call to try to make pages clean */
void *pStress, /* Argument to xStress */
PCache *pToInit /* Preallocated space for the PCache */
);
/* Modify the page-size after the cache has been created. */
void sqlite3PcacheSetPageSize(PCache *, int);
/* Return the size in bytes of a PCache object. Used to preallocate
** storage space.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheSize(void);
/* One release per successful fetch. Page is pinned until released.
** Reference counted.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheFetch(PCache*, Pgno, int createFlag, PgHdr**);
void sqlite3PcacheRelease(PgHdr*);
void sqlite3PcacheDrop(PgHdr*); /* Remove page from cache */
void sqlite3PcacheMakeDirty(PgHdr*); /* Make sure page is marked dirty */
void sqlite3PcacheMakeClean(PgHdr*); /* Mark a single page as clean */
void sqlite3PcacheCleanAll(PCache*); /* Mark all dirty list pages as clean */
/* Change a page number. Used by incr-vacuum. */
void sqlite3PcacheMove(PgHdr*, Pgno);
/* Remove all pages with pgno>x. Reset the cache if x==0 */
void sqlite3PcacheTruncate(PCache*, Pgno x);
/* Get a list of all dirty pages in the cache, sorted by page number */
PgHdr *sqlite3PcacheDirtyList(PCache*);
/* Reset and close the cache object */
void sqlite3PcacheClose(PCache*);
/* Clear flags from pages of the page cache */
void sqlite3PcacheClearSyncFlags(PCache *);
/* Discard the contents of the cache */
void sqlite3PcacheClear(PCache*);
/* Return the total number of outstanding page references */
int sqlite3PcacheRefCount(PCache*);
/* Increment the reference count of an existing page */
void sqlite3PcacheRef(PgHdr*);
int sqlite3PcachePageRefcount(PgHdr*);
/* Return the total number of pages stored in the cache */
int sqlite3PcachePagecount(PCache*);
#ifdef SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES
/* Iterate through all dirty pages currently stored in the cache. This
** interface is only available if SQLITE_CHECK_PAGES is defined when the
** library is built.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheIterateDirty(PCache *pCache, void (*xIter)(PgHdr *));
#endif
/* Set and get the suggested cache-size for the specified pager-cache.
**
** If no global maximum is configured, then the system attempts to limit
** the total number of pages cached by purgeable pager-caches to the sum
** of the suggested cache-sizes.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheSetCachesize(PCache *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
int sqlite3PcacheGetCachesize(PCache *);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/* Try to return memory used by the pcache module to the main memory heap */
int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
void sqlite3PcacheStats(int*,int*,int*,int*);
#endif
void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void);
#endif /* _PCACHE_H_ */

752
pcache1.c
View file

@ -1,752 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 November 05
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file implements the default page cache implementation (the
** sqlite3_pcache interface). It also contains part of the implementation
** of the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE and sqlite3_release_memory() features.
** If the default page cache implementation is overriden, then neither of
** these two features are available.
**
** @(#) $Id: pcache1.c,v 1.10 2009/03/23 04:33:33 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
typedef struct PCache1 PCache1;
typedef struct PgHdr1 PgHdr1;
typedef struct PgFreeslot PgFreeslot;
/* Pointers to structures of this type are cast and returned as
** opaque sqlite3_pcache* handles
*/
struct PCache1 {
/* Cache configuration parameters. Page size (szPage) and the purgeable
** flag (bPurgeable) are set when the cache is created. nMax may be
** modified at any time by a call to the pcache1CacheSize() method.
** The global mutex must be held when accessing nMax.
*/
int szPage; /* Size of allocated pages in bytes */
int bPurgeable; /* True if cache is purgeable */
unsigned int nMin; /* Minimum number of pages reserved */
unsigned int nMax; /* Configured "cache_size" value */
/* Hash table of all pages. The following variables may only be accessed
** when the accessor is holding the global mutex (see pcache1EnterMutex()
** and pcache1LeaveMutex()).
*/
unsigned int nRecyclable; /* Number of pages in the LRU list */
unsigned int nPage; /* Total number of pages in apHash */
unsigned int nHash; /* Number of slots in apHash[] */
PgHdr1 **apHash; /* Hash table for fast lookup by key */
unsigned int iMaxKey; /* Largest key seen since xTruncate() */
};
/*
** Each cache entry is represented by an instance of the following
** structure. A buffer of PgHdr1.pCache->szPage bytes is allocated
** directly after the structure in memory (see the PGHDR1_TO_PAGE()
** macro below).
*/
struct PgHdr1 {
unsigned int iKey; /* Key value (page number) */
PgHdr1 *pNext; /* Next in hash table chain */
PCache1 *pCache; /* Cache that currently owns this page */
PgHdr1 *pLruNext; /* Next in LRU list of unpinned pages */
PgHdr1 *pLruPrev; /* Previous in LRU list of unpinned pages */
};
/*
** Free slots in the allocator used to divide up the buffer provided using
** the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE mechanism.
*/
struct PgFreeslot {
PgFreeslot *pNext; /* Next free slot */
};
/*
** Global data used by this cache.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct PCacheGlobal {
sqlite3_mutex *mutex; /* static mutex MUTEX_STATIC_LRU */
int nMaxPage; /* Sum of nMaxPage for purgeable caches */
int nMinPage; /* Sum of nMinPage for purgeable caches */
int nCurrentPage; /* Number of purgeable pages allocated */
PgHdr1 *pLruHead, *pLruTail; /* LRU list of unpinned pages */
/* Variables related to SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE settings. */
int szSlot; /* Size of each free slot */
void *pStart, *pEnd; /* Bounds of pagecache malloc range */
PgFreeslot *pFree; /* Free page blocks */
} pcache1_g;
/*
** All code in this file should access the global structure above via the
** alias "pcache1". This ensures that the WSD emulation is used when
** compiling for systems that do not support real WSD.
*/
#define pcache1 (GLOBAL(struct PCacheGlobal, pcache1_g))
/*
** When a PgHdr1 structure is allocated, the associated PCache1.szPage
** bytes of data are located directly after it in memory (i.e. the total
** size of the allocation is sizeof(PgHdr1)+PCache1.szPage byte). The
** PGHDR1_TO_PAGE() macro takes a pointer to a PgHdr1 structure as
** an argument and returns a pointer to the associated block of szPage
** bytes. The PAGE_TO_PGHDR1() macro does the opposite: its argument is
** a pointer to a block of szPage bytes of data and the return value is
** a pointer to the associated PgHdr1 structure.
**
** assert( PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(X))==X );
*/
#define PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(p) (void *)(&((unsigned char *)p)[sizeof(PgHdr1)])
#define PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(p) (PgHdr1 *)(&((unsigned char *)p)[-1*(int)sizeof(PgHdr1)])
/*
** Macros to enter and leave the global LRU mutex.
*/
#define pcache1EnterMutex() sqlite3_mutex_enter(pcache1.mutex)
#define pcache1LeaveMutex() sqlite3_mutex_leave(pcache1.mutex)
/******************************************************************************/
/******** Page Allocation/SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE Related Functions **************/
/*
** This function is called during initialization if a static buffer is
** supplied to use for the page-cache by passing the SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE
** verb to sqlite3_config(). Parameter pBuf points to an allocation large
** enough to contain 'n' buffers of 'sz' bytes each.
*/
void sqlite3PCacheBufferSetup(void *pBuf, int sz, int n){
PgFreeslot *p;
sz = ROUNDDOWN8(sz);
pcache1.szSlot = sz;
pcache1.pStart = pBuf;
pcache1.pFree = 0;
while( n-- ){
p = (PgFreeslot*)pBuf;
p->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
pcache1.pFree = p;
pBuf = (void*)&((char*)pBuf)[sz];
}
pcache1.pEnd = pBuf;
}
/*
** Malloc function used within this file to allocate space from the buffer
** configured using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no
** such buffer exists or there is no space left in it, this function falls
** back to sqlite3Malloc().
*/
static void *pcache1Alloc(int nByte){
void *p;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
if( nByte<=pcache1.szSlot && pcache1.pFree ){
p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1.pFree;
pcache1.pFree = pcache1.pFree->pNext;
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_SIZE, nByte);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, 1);
}else{
/* Allocate a new buffer using sqlite3Malloc. Before doing so, exit the
** global pcache mutex and unlock the pager-cache object pCache. This is
** so that if the attempt to allocate a new buffer causes the the
** configured soft-heap-limit to be breached, it will be possible to
** reclaim memory from this pager-cache.
*/
pcache1LeaveMutex();
p = sqlite3Malloc(nByte);
pcache1EnterMutex();
if( p ){
int sz = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, sz);
}
}
return p;
}
/*
** Free an allocated buffer obtained from pcache1Alloc().
*/
static void pcache1Free(void *p){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
if( p==0 ) return;
if( p>=pcache1.pStart && p<pcache1.pEnd ){
PgFreeslot *pSlot;
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_USED, -1);
pSlot = (PgFreeslot*)p;
pSlot->pNext = pcache1.pFree;
pcache1.pFree = pSlot;
}else{
int iSize = sqlite3MallocSize(p);
sqlite3StatusAdd(SQLITE_STATUS_PAGECACHE_OVERFLOW, -iSize);
sqlite3_free(p);
}
}
/*
** Allocate a new page object initially associated with cache pCache.
*/
static PgHdr1 *pcache1AllocPage(PCache1 *pCache){
int nByte = sizeof(PgHdr1) + pCache->szPage;
PgHdr1 *p = (PgHdr1 *)pcache1Alloc(nByte);
if( p ){
if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
pcache1.nCurrentPage++;
}
}
return p;
}
/*
** Free a page object allocated by pcache1AllocPage().
*/
static void pcache1FreePage(PgHdr1 *p){
if( p ){
if( p->pCache->bPurgeable ){
pcache1.nCurrentPage--;
}
pcache1Free(p);
}
}
/*
** Malloc function used by SQLite to obtain space from the buffer configured
** using sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PAGECACHE) option. If no such buffer
** exists, this function falls back to sqlite3Malloc().
*/
void *sqlite3PageMalloc(int sz){
void *p;
pcache1EnterMutex();
p = pcache1Alloc(sz);
pcache1LeaveMutex();
return p;
}
/*
** Free an allocated buffer obtained from sqlite3PageMalloc().
*/
void sqlite3PageFree(void *p){
pcache1EnterMutex();
pcache1Free(p);
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
/******************************************************************************/
/******** General Implementation Functions ************************************/
/*
** This function is used to resize the hash table used by the cache passed
** as the first argument.
**
** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static int pcache1ResizeHash(PCache1 *p){
PgHdr1 **apNew;
unsigned int nNew;
unsigned int i;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
nNew = p->nHash*2;
if( nNew<256 ){
nNew = 256;
}
pcache1LeaveMutex();
if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc(); }
apNew = (PgHdr1 **)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
if( p->nHash ){ sqlite3EndBenignMalloc(); }
pcache1EnterMutex();
if( apNew ){
memset(apNew, 0, sizeof(PgHdr1 *)*nNew);
for(i=0; i<p->nHash; i++){
PgHdr1 *pPage;
PgHdr1 *pNext = p->apHash[i];
while( (pPage = pNext)!=0 ){
unsigned int h = pPage->iKey % nNew;
pNext = pPage->pNext;
pPage->pNext = apNew[h];
apNew[h] = pPage;
}
}
sqlite3_free(p->apHash);
p->apHash = apNew;
p->nHash = nNew;
}
return (p->apHash ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_NOMEM);
}
/*
** This function is used internally to remove the page pPage from the
** global LRU list, if is part of it. If pPage is not part of the global
** LRU list, then this function is a no-op.
**
** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1PinPage(PgHdr1 *pPage){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
if( pPage && (pPage->pLruNext || pPage==pcache1.pLruTail) ){
if( pPage->pLruPrev ){
pPage->pLruPrev->pLruNext = pPage->pLruNext;
}
if( pPage->pLruNext ){
pPage->pLruNext->pLruPrev = pPage->pLruPrev;
}
if( pcache1.pLruHead==pPage ){
pcache1.pLruHead = pPage->pLruNext;
}
if( pcache1.pLruTail==pPage ){
pcache1.pLruTail = pPage->pLruPrev;
}
pPage->pLruNext = 0;
pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
pPage->pCache->nRecyclable--;
}
}
/*
** Remove the page supplied as an argument from the hash table
** (PCache1.apHash structure) that it is currently stored in.
**
** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1RemoveFromHash(PgHdr1 *pPage){
unsigned int h;
PCache1 *pCache = pPage->pCache;
PgHdr1 **pp;
h = pPage->iKey % pCache->nHash;
for(pp=&pCache->apHash[h]; (*pp)!=pPage; pp=&(*pp)->pNext);
*pp = (*pp)->pNext;
pCache->nPage--;
}
/*
** If there are currently more than pcache.nMaxPage pages allocated, try
** to recycle pages to reduce the number allocated to pcache.nMaxPage.
*/
static void pcache1EnforceMaxPage(void){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
while( pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage && pcache1.pLruTail ){
PgHdr1 *p = pcache1.pLruTail;
pcache1PinPage(p);
pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
pcache1FreePage(p);
}
}
/*
** Discard all pages from cache pCache with a page number (key value)
** greater than or equal to iLimit. Any pinned pages that meet this
** criteria are unpinned before they are discarded.
**
** The global mutex must be held when this function is called.
*/
static void pcache1TruncateUnsafe(
PCache1 *pCache,
unsigned int iLimit
){
unsigned int h;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pcache1.mutex) );
for(h=0; h<pCache->nHash; h++){
PgHdr1 **pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
PgHdr1 *pPage;
while( (pPage = *pp)!=0 ){
if( pPage->iKey>=iLimit ){
pcache1PinPage(pPage);
*pp = pPage->pNext;
pcache1FreePage(pPage);
}else{
pp = &pPage->pNext;
}
}
}
}
/******************************************************************************/
/******** sqlite3_pcache Methods **********************************************/
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xInit method.
*/
static int pcache1Init(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
memset(&pcache1, 0, sizeof(pcache1));
if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.bCoreMutex ){
pcache1.mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_LRU);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xShutdown method.
*/
static void pcache1Shutdown(void *NotUsed){
UNUSED_PARAMETER(NotUsed);
/* no-op */
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCreate method.
**
** Allocate a new cache.
*/
static sqlite3_pcache *pcache1Create(int szPage, int bPurgeable){
PCache1 *pCache;
pCache = (PCache1 *)sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(PCache1));
if( pCache ){
memset(pCache, 0, sizeof(PCache1));
pCache->szPage = szPage;
pCache->bPurgeable = (bPurgeable ? 1 : 0);
if( bPurgeable ){
pCache->nMin = 10;
pcache1EnterMutex();
pcache1.nMinPage += pCache->nMin;
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
}
return (sqlite3_pcache *)pCache;
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xCachesize method.
**
** Configure the cache_size limit for a cache.
*/
static void pcache1Cachesize(sqlite3_pcache *p, int nMax){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
if( pCache->bPurgeable ){
pcache1EnterMutex();
pcache1.nMaxPage += (nMax - pCache->nMax);
pCache->nMax = nMax;
pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xPagecount method.
*/
static int pcache1Pagecount(sqlite3_pcache *p){
int n;
pcache1EnterMutex();
n = ((PCache1 *)p)->nPage;
pcache1LeaveMutex();
return n;
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xFetch method.
**
** Fetch a page by key value.
**
** Whether or not a new page may be allocated by this function depends on
** the value of the createFlag argument.
**
** There are three different approaches to obtaining space for a page,
** depending on the value of parameter createFlag (which may be 0, 1 or 2).
**
** 1. Regardless of the value of createFlag, the cache is searched for a
** copy of the requested page. If one is found, it is returned.
**
** 2. If createFlag==0 and the page is not already in the cache, NULL is
** returned.
**
** 3. If createFlag is 1, the cache is marked as purgeable and the page is
** not already in the cache, and if either of the following are true,
** return NULL:
**
** (a) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
** PCache1.nMax, or
** (b) the number of pages pinned by the cache is greater than
** the sum of nMax for all purgeable caches, less the sum of
** nMin for all other purgeable caches.
**
** 4. If none of the first three conditions apply and the cache is marked
** as purgeable, and if one of the following is true:
**
** (a) The number of pages allocated for the cache is already
** PCache1.nMax, or
**
** (b) The number of pages allocated for all purgeable caches is
** already equal to or greater than the sum of nMax for all
** purgeable caches,
**
** then attempt to recycle a page from the LRU list. If it is the right
** size, return the recycled buffer. Otherwise, free the buffer and
** proceed to step 5.
**
** 5. Otherwise, allocate and return a new page buffer.
*/
static void *pcache1Fetch(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iKey, int createFlag){
unsigned int nPinned;
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = 0;
pcache1EnterMutex();
if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3BeginBenignMalloc();
/* Search the hash table for an existing entry. */
if( pCache->nHash>0 ){
unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
for(pPage=pCache->apHash[h]; pPage&&pPage->iKey!=iKey; pPage=pPage->pNext);
}
if( pPage || createFlag==0 ){
pcache1PinPage(pPage);
goto fetch_out;
}
/* Step 3 of header comment. */
nPinned = pCache->nPage - pCache->nRecyclable;
if( createFlag==1 && pCache->bPurgeable && (
nPinned>=(pcache1.nMaxPage+pCache->nMin-pcache1.nMinPage)
|| nPinned>=(pCache->nMax * 9 / 10)
)){
goto fetch_out;
}
if( pCache->nPage>=pCache->nHash && pcache1ResizeHash(pCache) ){
goto fetch_out;
}
/* Step 4. Try to recycle a page buffer if appropriate. */
if( pCache->bPurgeable && pcache1.pLruTail && (
pCache->nPage>=pCache->nMax-1 || pcache1.nCurrentPage>=pcache1.nMaxPage
)){
pPage = pcache1.pLruTail;
pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
pcache1PinPage(pPage);
if( pPage->pCache->szPage!=pCache->szPage ){
pcache1FreePage(pPage);
pPage = 0;
}else{
pcache1.nCurrentPage -= (pPage->pCache->bPurgeable - pCache->bPurgeable);
}
}
/* Step 5. If a usable page buffer has still not been found,
** attempt to allocate a new one.
*/
if( !pPage ){
pPage = pcache1AllocPage(pCache);
}
if( pPage ){
unsigned int h = iKey % pCache->nHash;
*(void **)(PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage)) = 0;
pCache->nPage++;
pPage->iKey = iKey;
pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
pPage->pCache = pCache;
pPage->pLruPrev = 0;
pPage->pLruNext = 0;
pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
}
fetch_out:
if( pPage && iKey>pCache->iMaxKey ){
pCache->iMaxKey = iKey;
}
if( createFlag==1 ) sqlite3EndBenignMalloc();
pcache1LeaveMutex();
return (pPage ? PGHDR1_TO_PAGE(pPage) : 0);
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xUnpin method.
**
** Mark a page as unpinned (eligible for asynchronous recycling).
*/
static void pcache1Unpin(sqlite3_pcache *p, void *pPg, int reuseUnlikely){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pPg);
pcache1EnterMutex();
/* It is an error to call this function if the page is already
** part of the global LRU list.
*/
assert( pPage->pLruPrev==0 && pPage->pLruNext==0 );
assert( pcache1.pLruHead!=pPage && pcache1.pLruTail!=pPage );
if( reuseUnlikely || pcache1.nCurrentPage>pcache1.nMaxPage ){
pcache1RemoveFromHash(pPage);
pcache1FreePage(pPage);
}else{
/* Add the page to the global LRU list. Normally, the page is added to
** the head of the list (last page to be recycled). However, if the
** reuseUnlikely flag passed to this function is true, the page is added
** to the tail of the list (first page to be recycled).
*/
if( pcache1.pLruHead ){
pcache1.pLruHead->pLruPrev = pPage;
pPage->pLruNext = pcache1.pLruHead;
pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
}else{
pcache1.pLruTail = pPage;
pcache1.pLruHead = pPage;
}
pCache->nRecyclable++;
}
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xRekey method.
*/
static void pcache1Rekey(
sqlite3_pcache *p,
void *pPg,
unsigned int iOld,
unsigned int iNew
){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
PgHdr1 *pPage = PAGE_TO_PGHDR1(pPg);
PgHdr1 **pp;
unsigned int h;
assert( pPage->iKey==iOld );
pcache1EnterMutex();
h = iOld%pCache->nHash;
pp = &pCache->apHash[h];
while( (*pp)!=pPage ){
pp = &(*pp)->pNext;
}
*pp = pPage->pNext;
h = iNew%pCache->nHash;
pPage->iKey = iNew;
pPage->pNext = pCache->apHash[h];
pCache->apHash[h] = pPage;
if( iNew>pCache->iMaxKey ){
pCache->iMaxKey = iNew;
}
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xTruncate method.
**
** Discard all unpinned pages in the cache with a page number equal to
** or greater than parameter iLimit. Any pinned pages with a page number
** equal to or greater than iLimit are implicitly unpinned.
*/
static void pcache1Truncate(sqlite3_pcache *p, unsigned int iLimit){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
pcache1EnterMutex();
if( iLimit<=pCache->iMaxKey ){
pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, iLimit);
pCache->iMaxKey = iLimit-1;
}
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
/*
** Implementation of the sqlite3_pcache.xDestroy method.
**
** Destroy a cache allocated using pcache1Create().
*/
static void pcache1Destroy(sqlite3_pcache *p){
PCache1 *pCache = (PCache1 *)p;
pcache1EnterMutex();
pcache1TruncateUnsafe(pCache, 0);
pcache1.nMaxPage -= pCache->nMax;
pcache1.nMinPage -= pCache->nMin;
pcache1EnforceMaxPage();
pcache1LeaveMutex();
sqlite3_free(pCache->apHash);
sqlite3_free(pCache);
}
/*
** This function is called during initialization (sqlite3_initialize()) to
** install the default pluggable cache module, assuming the user has not
** already provided an alternative.
*/
void sqlite3PCacheSetDefault(void){
static sqlite3_pcache_methods defaultMethods = {
0, /* pArg */
pcache1Init, /* xInit */
pcache1Shutdown, /* xShutdown */
pcache1Create, /* xCreate */
pcache1Cachesize, /* xCachesize */
pcache1Pagecount, /* xPagecount */
pcache1Fetch, /* xFetch */
pcache1Unpin, /* xUnpin */
pcache1Rekey, /* xRekey */
pcache1Truncate, /* xTruncate */
pcache1Destroy /* xDestroy */
};
sqlite3_config(SQLITE_CONFIG_PCACHE, &defaultMethods);
}
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
/*
** This function is called to free superfluous dynamically allocated memory
** held by the pager system. Memory in use by any SQLite pager allocated
** by the current thread may be sqlite3_free()ed.
**
** nReq is the number of bytes of memory required. Once this much has
** been released, the function returns. The return value is the total number
** of bytes of memory released.
*/
int sqlite3PcacheReleaseMemory(int nReq){
int nFree = 0;
if( pcache1.pStart==0 ){
PgHdr1 *p;
pcache1EnterMutex();
while( (nReq<0 || nFree<nReq) && (p=pcache1.pLruTail) ){
nFree += sqlite3MallocSize(p);
pcache1PinPage(p);
pcache1RemoveFromHash(p);
pcache1FreePage(p);
}
pcache1LeaveMutex();
}
return nFree;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT */
#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
/*
** This function is used by test procedures to inspect the internal state
** of the global cache.
*/
void sqlite3PcacheStats(
int *pnCurrent, /* OUT: Total number of pages cached */
int *pnMax, /* OUT: Global maximum cache size */
int *pnMin, /* OUT: Sum of PCache1.nMin for purgeable caches */
int *pnRecyclable /* OUT: Total number of pages available for recycling */
){
PgHdr1 *p;
int nRecyclable = 0;
for(p=pcache1.pLruHead; p; p=p->pLruNext){
nRecyclable++;
}
*pnCurrent = pcache1.nCurrentPage;
*pnMax = pcache1.nMaxPage;
*pnMin = pcache1.nMinPage;
*pnRecyclable = nRecyclable;
}
#endif

1430
pragma.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

834
prepare.c
View file

@ -1,834 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2005 May 25
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the implementation of the sqlite3_prepare()
** interface, and routines that contribute to loading the database schema
** from disk.
**
** $Id: prepare.c,v 1.116 2009/04/02 18:32:27 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** Fill the InitData structure with an error message that indicates
** that the database is corrupt.
*/
static void corruptSchema(
InitData *pData, /* Initialization context */
const char *zObj, /* Object being parsed at the point of error */
const char *zExtra /* Error information */
){
sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
if( !db->mallocFailed && (db->flags & SQLITE_RecoveryMode)==0 ){
if( zObj==0 ) zObj = "?";
sqlite3SetString(pData->pzErrMsg, pData->db,
"malformed database schema (%s)", zObj);
if( zExtra && zExtra[0] ){
*pData->pzErrMsg = sqlite3MAppendf(pData->db, *pData->pzErrMsg, "%s - %s",
*pData->pzErrMsg, zExtra);
}
}
pData->rc = SQLITE_CORRUPT;
}
/*
** This is the callback routine for the code that initializes the
** database. See sqlite3Init() below for additional information.
** This routine is also called from the OP_ParseSchema opcode of the VDBE.
**
** Each callback contains the following information:
**
** argv[0] = name of thing being created
** argv[1] = root page number for table or index. 0 for trigger or view.
** argv[2] = SQL text for the CREATE statement.
**
*/
int sqlite3InitCallback(void *pInit, int argc, char **argv, char **NotUsed){
InitData *pData = (InitData*)pInit;
sqlite3 *db = pData->db;
int iDb = pData->iDb;
assert( argc==3 );
UNUSED_PARAMETER2(NotUsed, argc);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
DbClearProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
if( argv==0 ) return 0; /* Might happen if EMPTY_RESULT_CALLBACKS are on */
if( argv[1]==0 ){
corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], 0);
}else if( argv[2] && argv[2][0] ){
/* Call the parser to process a CREATE TABLE, INDEX or VIEW.
** But because db->init.busy is set to 1, no VDBE code is generated
** or executed. All the parser does is build the internal data
** structures that describe the table, index, or view.
*/
char *zErr;
int rc;
assert( db->init.busy );
db->init.iDb = iDb;
db->init.newTnum = atoi(argv[1]);
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, argv[2], 0, 0, &zErr);
db->init.iDb = 0;
assert( rc!=SQLITE_OK || zErr==0 );
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
pData->rc = rc;
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}else if( rc!=SQLITE_INTERRUPT && (rc&0xff)!=SQLITE_LOCKED ){
corruptSchema(pData, argv[0], zErr);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
}
}else if( argv[0]==0 ){
corruptSchema(pData, 0, 0);
}else{
/* If the SQL column is blank it means this is an index that
** was created to be the PRIMARY KEY or to fulfill a UNIQUE
** constraint for a CREATE TABLE. The index should have already
** been created when we processed the CREATE TABLE. All we have
** to do here is record the root page number for that index.
*/
Index *pIndex;
pIndex = sqlite3FindIndex(db, argv[0], db->aDb[iDb].zName);
if( pIndex==0 || pIndex->tnum!=0 ){
/* This can occur if there exists an index on a TEMP table which
** has the same name as another index on a permanent index. Since
** the permanent table is hidden by the TEMP table, we can also
** safely ignore the index on the permanent table.
*/
/* Do Nothing */;
}else{
pIndex->tnum = atoi(argv[1]);
}
}
return 0;
}
/*
** Attempt to read the database schema and initialize internal
** data structures for a single database file. The index of the
** database file is given by iDb. iDb==0 is used for the main
** database. iDb==1 should never be used. iDb>=2 is used for
** auxiliary databases. Return one of the SQLITE_ error codes to
** indicate success or failure.
*/
static int sqlite3InitOne(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, char **pzErrMsg){
int rc;
BtCursor *curMain;
int size;
Table *pTab;
Db *pDb;
char const *azArg[4];
int meta[10];
InitData initData;
char const *zMasterSchema;
char const *zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
/*
** The master database table has a structure like this
*/
static const char master_schema[] =
"CREATE TABLE sqlite_master(\n"
" type text,\n"
" name text,\n"
" tbl_name text,\n"
" rootpage integer,\n"
" sql text\n"
")"
;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
static const char temp_master_schema[] =
"CREATE TEMP TABLE sqlite_temp_master(\n"
" type text,\n"
" name text,\n"
" tbl_name text,\n"
" rootpage integer,\n"
" sql text\n"
")"
;
#else
#define temp_master_schema 0
#endif
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
assert( db->aDb[iDb].pSchema );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
assert( iDb==1 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(db->aDb[iDb].pBt) );
/* zMasterSchema and zInitScript are set to point at the master schema
** and initialisation script appropriate for the database being
** initialised. zMasterName is the name of the master table.
*/
if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
zMasterSchema = temp_master_schema;
}else{
zMasterSchema = master_schema;
}
zMasterName = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
/* Construct the schema tables. */
azArg[0] = zMasterName;
azArg[1] = "1";
azArg[2] = zMasterSchema;
azArg[3] = 0;
initData.db = db;
initData.iDb = iDb;
initData.rc = SQLITE_OK;
initData.pzErrMsg = pzErrMsg;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3InitCallback(&initData, 3, (char **)azArg, 0);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
if( initData.rc ){
rc = initData.rc;
goto error_out;
}
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zMasterName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
if( pTab ){
pTab->tabFlags |= TF_Readonly;
}
/* Create a cursor to hold the database open
*/
pDb = &db->aDb[iDb];
if( pDb->pBt==0 ){
if( !OMIT_TEMPDB && iDb==1 ){
DbSetProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded);
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
curMain = sqlite3MallocZero(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
if( !curMain ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto error_out;
}
sqlite3BtreeEnter(pDb->pBt);
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pDb->pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curMain);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_EMPTY ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
goto initone_error_out;
}
/* Get the database meta information.
**
** Meta values are as follows:
** meta[0] Schema cookie. Changes with each schema change.
** meta[1] File format of schema layer.
** meta[2] Size of the page cache.
** meta[3] Use freelist if 0. Autovacuum if greater than zero.
** meta[4] Db text encoding. 1:UTF-8 2:UTF-16LE 3:UTF-16BE
** meta[5] The user cookie. Used by the application.
** meta[6] Incremental-vacuum flag.
** meta[7]
** meta[8]
** meta[9]
**
** Note: The #defined SQLITE_UTF* symbols in sqliteInt.h correspond to
** the possible values of meta[4].
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(meta); i++){
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pDb->pBt, i+1, (u32 *)&meta[i]);
if( rc ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(rc));
goto initone_error_out;
}
}
}else{
memset(meta, 0, sizeof(meta));
}
pDb->pSchema->schema_cookie = meta[0];
/* If opening a non-empty database, check the text encoding. For the
** main database, set sqlite3.enc to the encoding of the main database.
** For an attached db, it is an error if the encoding is not the same
** as sqlite3.enc.
*/
if( meta[4] ){ /* text encoding */
if( iDb==0 ){
/* If opening the main database, set ENC(db). */
ENC(db) = (u8)meta[4];
db->pDfltColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, SQLITE_UTF8, "BINARY", 6, 0);
}else{
/* If opening an attached database, the encoding much match ENC(db) */
if( meta[4]!=ENC(db) ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "attached databases must use the same"
" text encoding as main database");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto initone_error_out;
}
}
}else{
DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_Empty);
}
pDb->pSchema->enc = ENC(db);
if( pDb->pSchema->cache_size==0 ){
size = meta[2];
if( size==0 ){ size = SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE; }
if( size<0 ) size = -size;
pDb->pSchema->cache_size = size;
sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(pDb->pBt, pDb->pSchema->cache_size);
}
/*
** file_format==1 Version 3.0.0.
** file_format==2 Version 3.1.3. // ALTER TABLE ADD COLUMN
** file_format==3 Version 3.1.4. // ditto but with non-NULL defaults
** file_format==4 Version 3.3.0. // DESC indices. Boolean constants
*/
pDb->pSchema->file_format = (u8)meta[1];
if( pDb->pSchema->file_format==0 ){
pDb->pSchema->file_format = 1;
}
if( pDb->pSchema->file_format>SQLITE_MAX_FILE_FORMAT ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "unsupported file format");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto initone_error_out;
}
/* Ticket #2804: When we open a database in the newer file format,
** clear the legacy_file_format pragma flag so that a VACUUM will
** not downgrade the database and thus invalidate any descending
** indices that the user might have created.
*/
if( iDb==0 && meta[1]>=4 ){
db->flags &= ~SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt;
}
/* Read the schema information out of the schema tables
*/
assert( db->init.busy );
if( rc==SQLITE_EMPTY ){
/* For an empty database, there is nothing to read */
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else{
char *zSql;
zSql = sqlite3MPrintf(db,
"SELECT name, rootpage, sql FROM '%q'.%s",
db->aDb[iDb].zName, zMasterName);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*);
xAuth = db->xAuth;
db->xAuth = 0;
#endif
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3InitCallback, &initData, 0);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
db->xAuth = xAuth;
}
#endif
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ) rc = initData.rc;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ANALYZE
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3AnalysisLoad(db, iDb);
}
#endif
}
if( db->mallocFailed ){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK || (db->flags&SQLITE_RecoveryMode)){
/* Black magic: If the SQLITE_RecoveryMode flag is set, then consider
** the schema loaded, even if errors occurred. In this situation the
** current sqlite3_prepare() operation will fail, but the following one
** will attempt to compile the supplied statement against whatever subset
** of the schema was loaded before the error occurred. The primary
** purpose of this is to allow access to the sqlite_master table
** even when its contents have been corrupted.
*/
DbSetProperty(db, iDb, DB_SchemaLoaded);
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}
/* Jump here for an error that occurs after successfully allocating
** curMain and calling sqlite3BtreeEnter(). For an error that occurs
** before that point, jump to error_out.
*/
initone_error_out:
sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curMain);
sqlite3_free(curMain);
sqlite3BtreeLeave(pDb->pBt);
error_out:
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Initialize all database files - the main database file, the file
** used to store temporary tables, and any additional database files
** created using ATTACH statements. Return a success code. If an
** error occurs, write an error message into *pzErrMsg.
**
** After a database is initialized, the DB_SchemaLoaded bit is set
** bit is set in the flags field of the Db structure. If the database
** file was of zero-length, then the DB_Empty flag is also set.
*/
int sqlite3Init(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrMsg){
int i, rc;
int commit_internal = !(db->flags&SQLITE_InternChanges);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( db->init.busy ) return SQLITE_OK;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
db->init.busy = 1;
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nDb; i++){
if( DbHasProperty(db, i, DB_SchemaLoaded) || i==1 ) continue;
rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, i, pzErrMsg);
if( rc ){
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, i);
}
}
/* Once all the other databases have been initialised, load the schema
** for the TEMP database. This is loaded last, as the TEMP database
** schema may contain references to objects in other databases.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TEMPDB
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && db->nDb>1 && !DbHasProperty(db, 1, DB_SchemaLoaded) ){
rc = sqlite3InitOne(db, 1, pzErrMsg);
if( rc ){
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 1);
}
}
#endif
db->init.busy = 0;
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && commit_internal ){
sqlite3CommitInternalChanges(db);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This routine is a no-op if the database schema is already initialised.
** Otherwise, the schema is loaded. An error code is returned.
*/
int sqlite3ReadSchema(Parse *pParse){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( !db->init.busy ){
rc = sqlite3Init(db, &pParse->zErrMsg);
}
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
pParse->rc = rc;
pParse->nErr++;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Check schema cookies in all databases. If any cookie is out
** of date, return 0. If all schema cookies are current, return 1.
*/
static int schemaIsValid(sqlite3 *db){
int iDb;
int rc;
BtCursor *curTemp;
int cookie;
int allOk = 1;
curTemp = (BtCursor *)sqlite3Malloc(sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
if( curTemp ){
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
for(iDb=0; allOk && iDb<db->nDb; iDb++){
Btree *pBt;
pBt = db->aDb[iDb].pBt;
if( pBt==0 ) continue;
memset(curTemp, 0, sqlite3BtreeCursorSize());
rc = sqlite3BtreeCursor(pBt, MASTER_ROOT, 0, 0, curTemp);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pBt, 1, (u32 *)&cookie);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && cookie!=db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->schema_cookie ){
allOk = 0;
}
sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(curTemp);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM || rc==SQLITE_IOERR_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
}
sqlite3_free(curTemp);
}else{
allOk = 0;
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
return allOk;
}
/*
** Convert a schema pointer into the iDb index that indicates
** which database file in db->aDb[] the schema refers to.
**
** If the same database is attached more than once, the first
** attached database is returned.
*/
int sqlite3SchemaToIndex(sqlite3 *db, Schema *pSchema){
int i = -1000000;
/* If pSchema is NULL, then return -1000000. This happens when code in
** expr.c is trying to resolve a reference to a transient table (i.e. one
** created by a sub-select). In this case the return value of this
** function should never be used.
**
** We return -1000000 instead of the more usual -1 simply because using
** -1000000 as the incorrect index into db->aDb[] is much
** more likely to cause a segfault than -1 (of course there are assert()
** statements too, but it never hurts to play the odds).
*/
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
if( pSchema ){
for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<db->nDb); i++){
if( db->aDb[i].pSchema==pSchema ){
break;
}
}
assert( i>=0 && i<db->nDb );
}
return i;
}
/*
** Compile the UTF-8 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
*/
static int sqlite3Prepare(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
Parse sParse;
char *zErrMsg = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int i;
if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
assert( ppStmt && *ppStmt==0 );
assert( !db->mallocFailed );
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
/* Check to verify that it is possible to get a read lock on all
** database schemas. The inability to get a read lock indicates that
** some other database connection is holding a write-lock, which in
** turn means that the other connection has made uncommitted changes
** to the schema.
**
** Were we to proceed and prepare the statement against the uncommitted
** schema changes and if those schema changes are subsequently rolled
** back and different changes are made in their place, then when this
** prepared statement goes to run the schema cookie would fail to detect
** the schema change. Disaster would follow.
**
** This thread is currently holding mutexes on all Btrees (because
** of the sqlite3BtreeEnterAll() in sqlite3LockAndPrepare()) so it
** is not possible for another thread to start a new schema change
** while this routine is running. Hence, we do not need to hold
** locks on the schema, we just need to make sure nobody else is
** holding them.
**
** Note that setting READ_UNCOMMITTED overrides most lock detection,
** but it does *not* override schema lock detection, so this all still
** works even if READ_UNCOMMITTED is set.
*/
for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++) {
Btree *pBt = db->aDb[i].pBt;
if( pBt ){
assert( sqlite3BtreeHoldsMutex(pBt) );
rc = sqlite3BtreeSchemaLocked(pBt);
if( rc ){
const char *zDb = db->aDb[i].zName;
sqlite3Error(db, rc, "database schema is locked: %s", zDb);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
testcase( db->flags & SQLITE_ReadUncommitted );
return sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
}
}
}
memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(sParse));
sParse.db = db;
if( nBytes>=0 && (nBytes==0 || zSql[nBytes-1]!=0) ){
char *zSqlCopy;
int mxLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
if( nBytes>mxLen ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG, "statement too long");
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
return sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_TOOBIG);
}
zSqlCopy = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, zSql, nBytes);
if( zSqlCopy ){
sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSqlCopy, &zErrMsg);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSqlCopy);
sParse.zTail = &zSql[sParse.zTail-zSqlCopy];
}else{
sParse.zTail = &zSql[nBytes];
}
}else{
sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zSql, &zErrMsg);
}
if( db->mallocFailed ){
sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_DONE ) sParse.rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( sParse.checkSchema && !schemaIsValid(db) ){
sParse.rc = SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}
if( sParse.rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA ){
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
}
if( db->mallocFailed ){
sParse.rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( pzTail ){
*pzTail = sParse.zTail;
}
rc = sParse.rc;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && sParse.pVdbe && sParse.explain ){
if( sParse.explain==2 ){
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 3);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "order", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "from", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "detail", SQLITE_STATIC);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(sParse.pVdbe, 8);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "addr", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "opcode", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "p1", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "p2", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "p3", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "p4", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 6, COLNAME_NAME, "p5", SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(sParse.pVdbe, 7, COLNAME_NAME, "comment", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
#endif
if( sqlite3SafetyOff(db) ){
rc = SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
assert( db->init.busy==0 || saveSqlFlag==0 );
if( db->init.busy==0 ){
Vdbe *pVdbe = sParse.pVdbe;
sqlite3VdbeSetSql(pVdbe, zSql, (int)(sParse.zTail-zSql), saveSqlFlag);
}
if( sParse.pVdbe && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe);
assert(!(*ppStmt));
}else{
*ppStmt = (sqlite3_stmt*)sParse.pVdbe;
}
if( zErrMsg ){
sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", zErrMsg);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErrMsg);
}else{
sqlite3Error(db, rc, 0);
}
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
assert( (rc&db->errMask)==rc );
return rc;
}
static int sqlite3LockAndPrepare(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
int saveSqlFlag, /* True to copy SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
assert( ppStmt!=0 );
*ppStmt = 0;
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
rc = sqlite3Prepare(db, zSql, nBytes, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, pzTail);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Rerun the compilation of a statement after a schema change.
**
** If the statement is successfully recompiled, return SQLITE_OK. Otherwise,
** if the statement cannot be recompiled because another connection has
** locked the sqlite3_master table, return SQLITE_LOCKED. If any other error
** occurs, return SQLITE_SCHEMA.
*/
int sqlite3Reprepare(Vdbe *p){
int rc;
sqlite3_stmt *pNew;
const char *zSql;
sqlite3 *db;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(sqlite3VdbeDb(p)->mutex) );
zSql = sqlite3_sql((sqlite3_stmt *)p);
assert( zSql!=0 ); /* Reprepare only called for prepare_v2() statements */
db = sqlite3VdbeDb(p);
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql, -1, 0, &pNew, 0);
if( rc ){
if( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
assert( pNew==0 );
return (rc==SQLITE_LOCKED) ? SQLITE_LOCKED : SQLITE_SCHEMA;
}else{
assert( pNew!=0 );
}
sqlite3VdbeSwap((Vdbe*)pNew, p);
sqlite3TransferBindings(pNew, (sqlite3_stmt*)p);
sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult((Vdbe*)pNew);
sqlite3VdbeFinalize((Vdbe*)pNew);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy
** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
** occurs.
*/
int sqlite3_prepare(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
return rc;
}
int sqlite3_prepare_v2(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const char *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const char **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
return rc;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Compile the UTF-16 encoded SQL statement zSql into a statement handle.
*/
static int sqlite3Prepare16(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
int saveSqlFlag, /* True to save SQL text into the sqlite3_stmt */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
/* This function currently works by first transforming the UTF-16
** encoded string to UTF-8, then invoking sqlite3_prepare(). The
** tricky bit is figuring out the pointer to return in *pzTail.
*/
char *zSql8;
const char *zTail8 = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
assert( ppStmt );
*ppStmt = 0;
if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ){
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
zSql8 = sqlite3Utf16to8(db, zSql, nBytes);
if( zSql8 ){
rc = sqlite3LockAndPrepare(db, zSql8, -1, saveSqlFlag, ppStmt, &zTail8);
}
if( zTail8 && pzTail ){
/* If sqlite3_prepare returns a tail pointer, we calculate the
** equivalent pointer into the UTF-16 string by counting the unicode
** characters between zSql8 and zTail8, and then returning a pointer
** the same number of characters into the UTF-16 string.
*/
int chars_parsed = sqlite3Utf8CharLen(zSql8, (int)(zTail8-zSql8));
*pzTail = (u8 *)zSql + sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(zSql, chars_parsed);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zSql8);
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Two versions of the official API. Legacy and new use. In the legacy
** version, the original SQL text is not saved in the prepared statement
** and so if a schema change occurs, SQLITE_SCHEMA is returned by
** sqlite3_step(). In the new version, the original SQL text is retained
** and the statement is automatically recompiled if an schema change
** occurs.
*/
int sqlite3_prepare16(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,0,ppStmt,pzTail);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
return rc;
}
int sqlite3_prepare16_v2(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database handle. */
const void *zSql, /* UTF-8 encoded SQL statement. */
int nBytes, /* Length of zSql in bytes. */
sqlite3_stmt **ppStmt, /* OUT: A pointer to the prepared statement */
const void **pzTail /* OUT: End of parsed string */
){
int rc;
rc = sqlite3Prepare16(db,zSql,nBytes,1,ppStmt,pzTail);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK || ppStmt==0 || *ppStmt==0 ); /* VERIFY: F13021 */
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

947
printf.c
View file

@ -1,947 +0,0 @@
/*
** The "printf" code that follows dates from the 1980's. It is in
** the public domain. The original comments are included here for
** completeness. They are very out-of-date but might be useful as
** an historical reference. Most of the "enhancements" have been backed
** out so that the functionality is now the same as standard printf().
**
** $Id: printf.c,v 1.102 2009/04/08 16:10:04 drh Exp $
**
**************************************************************************
**
** The following modules is an enhanced replacement for the "printf" subroutines
** found in the standard C library. The following enhancements are
** supported:
**
** + Additional functions. The standard set of "printf" functions
** includes printf, fprintf, sprintf, vprintf, vfprintf, and
** vsprintf. This module adds the following:
**
** * snprintf -- Works like sprintf, but has an extra argument
** which is the size of the buffer written to.
**
** * mprintf -- Similar to sprintf. Writes output to memory
** obtained from malloc.
**
** * xprintf -- Calls a function to dispose of output.
**
** * nprintf -- No output, but returns the number of characters
** that would have been output by printf.
**
** * A v- version (ex: vsnprintf) of every function is also
** supplied.
**
** + A few extensions to the formatting notation are supported:
**
** * The "=" flag (similar to "-") causes the output to be
** be centered in the appropriately sized field.
**
** * The %b field outputs an integer in binary notation.
**
** * The %c field now accepts a precision. The character output
** is repeated by the number of times the precision specifies.
**
** * The %' field works like %c, but takes as its character the
** next character of the format string, instead of the next
** argument. For example, printf("%.78'-") prints 78 minus
** signs, the same as printf("%.78c",'-').
**
** + When compiled using GCC on a SPARC, this version of printf is
** faster than the library printf for SUN OS 4.1.
**
** + All functions are fully reentrant.
**
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** Conversion types fall into various categories as defined by the
** following enumeration.
*/
#define etRADIX 1 /* Integer types. %d, %x, %o, and so forth */
#define etFLOAT 2 /* Floating point. %f */
#define etEXP 3 /* Exponentional notation. %e and %E */
#define etGENERIC 4 /* Floating or exponential, depending on exponent. %g */
#define etSIZE 5 /* Return number of characters processed so far. %n */
#define etSTRING 6 /* Strings. %s */
#define etDYNSTRING 7 /* Dynamically allocated strings. %z */
#define etPERCENT 8 /* Percent symbol. %% */
#define etCHARX 9 /* Characters. %c */
/* The rest are extensions, not normally found in printf() */
#define etSQLESCAPE 10 /* Strings with '\'' doubled. %q */
#define etSQLESCAPE2 11 /* Strings with '\'' doubled and enclosed in '',
NULL pointers replaced by SQL NULL. %Q */
#define etTOKEN 12 /* a pointer to a Token structure */
#define etSRCLIST 13 /* a pointer to a SrcList */
#define etPOINTER 14 /* The %p conversion */
#define etSQLESCAPE3 15 /* %w -> Strings with '\"' doubled */
#define etORDINAL 16 /* %r -> 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, etc. English only */
#define etINVALID 0 /* Any unrecognized conversion type */
/*
** An "etByte" is an 8-bit unsigned value.
*/
typedef unsigned char etByte;
/*
** Each builtin conversion character (ex: the 'd' in "%d") is described
** by an instance of the following structure
*/
typedef struct et_info { /* Information about each format field */
char fmttype; /* The format field code letter */
etByte base; /* The base for radix conversion */
etByte flags; /* One or more of FLAG_ constants below */
etByte type; /* Conversion paradigm */
etByte charset; /* Offset into aDigits[] of the digits string */
etByte prefix; /* Offset into aPrefix[] of the prefix string */
} et_info;
/*
** Allowed values for et_info.flags
*/
#define FLAG_SIGNED 1 /* True if the value to convert is signed */
#define FLAG_INTERN 2 /* True if for internal use only */
#define FLAG_STRING 4 /* Allow infinity precision */
/*
** The following table is searched linearly, so it is good to put the
** most frequently used conversion types first.
*/
static const char aDigits[] = "0123456789ABCDEF0123456789abcdef";
static const char aPrefix[] = "-x0\000X0";
static const et_info fmtinfo[] = {
{ 'd', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 },
{ 's', 0, 4, etSTRING, 0, 0 },
{ 'g', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 30, 0 },
{ 'z', 0, 4, etDYNSTRING, 0, 0 },
{ 'q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE, 0, 0 },
{ 'Q', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE2, 0, 0 },
{ 'w', 0, 4, etSQLESCAPE3, 0, 0 },
{ 'c', 0, 0, etCHARX, 0, 0 },
{ 'o', 8, 0, etRADIX, 0, 2 },
{ 'u', 10, 0, etRADIX, 0, 0 },
{ 'x', 16, 0, etRADIX, 16, 1 },
{ 'X', 16, 0, etRADIX, 0, 4 },
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
{ 'f', 0, 1, etFLOAT, 0, 0 },
{ 'e', 0, 1, etEXP, 30, 0 },
{ 'E', 0, 1, etEXP, 14, 0 },
{ 'G', 0, 1, etGENERIC, 14, 0 },
#endif
{ 'i', 10, 1, etRADIX, 0, 0 },
{ 'n', 0, 0, etSIZE, 0, 0 },
{ '%', 0, 0, etPERCENT, 0, 0 },
{ 'p', 16, 0, etPOINTER, 0, 1 },
/* All the rest have the FLAG_INTERN bit set and are thus for internal
** use only */
{ 'T', 0, 2, etTOKEN, 0, 0 },
{ 'S', 0, 2, etSRCLIST, 0, 0 },
{ 'r', 10, 3, etORDINAL, 0, 0 },
};
/*
** If SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT is defined, then none of the floating point
** conversions will work.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
/*
** "*val" is a double such that 0.1 <= *val < 10.0
** Return the ascii code for the leading digit of *val, then
** multiply "*val" by 10.0 to renormalize.
**
** Example:
** input: *val = 3.14159
** output: *val = 1.4159 function return = '3'
**
** The counter *cnt is incremented each time. After counter exceeds
** 16 (the number of significant digits in a 64-bit float) '0' is
** always returned.
*/
static char et_getdigit(LONGDOUBLE_TYPE *val, int *cnt){
int digit;
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE d;
if( (*cnt)++ >= 16 ) return '0';
digit = (int)*val;
d = digit;
digit += '0';
*val = (*val - d)*10.0;
return (char)digit;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
/*
** Append N space characters to the given string buffer.
*/
static void appendSpace(StrAccum *pAccum, int N){
static const char zSpaces[] = " ";
while( N>=(int)sizeof(zSpaces)-1 ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, sizeof(zSpaces)-1);
N -= sizeof(zSpaces)-1;
}
if( N>0 ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, zSpaces, N);
}
}
/*
** On machines with a small stack size, you can redefine the
** SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE to be less than 350. But beware - for
** smaller values some %f conversions may go into an infinite loop.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE
# define SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE 350
#endif
#define etBUFSIZE SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE /* Size of the output buffer */
/*
** The root program. All variations call this core.
**
** INPUTS:
** func This is a pointer to a function taking three arguments
** 1. A pointer to anything. Same as the "arg" parameter.
** 2. A pointer to the list of characters to be output
** (Note, this list is NOT null terminated.)
** 3. An integer number of characters to be output.
** (Note: This number might be zero.)
**
** arg This is the pointer to anything which will be passed as the
** first argument to "func". Use it for whatever you like.
**
** fmt This is the format string, as in the usual print.
**
** ap This is a pointer to a list of arguments. Same as in
** vfprint.
**
** OUTPUTS:
** The return value is the total number of characters sent to
** the function "func". Returns -1 on a error.
**
** Note that the order in which automatic variables are declared below
** seems to make a big difference in determining how fast this beast
** will run.
*/
void sqlite3VXPrintf(
StrAccum *pAccum, /* Accumulate results here */
int useExtended, /* Allow extended %-conversions */
const char *fmt, /* Format string */
va_list ap /* arguments */
){
int c; /* Next character in the format string */
char *bufpt; /* Pointer to the conversion buffer */
int precision; /* Precision of the current field */
int length; /* Length of the field */
int idx; /* A general purpose loop counter */
int width; /* Width of the current field */
etByte flag_leftjustify; /* True if "-" flag is present */
etByte flag_plussign; /* True if "+" flag is present */
etByte flag_blanksign; /* True if " " flag is present */
etByte flag_alternateform; /* True if "#" flag is present */
etByte flag_altform2; /* True if "!" flag is present */
etByte flag_zeropad; /* True if field width constant starts with zero */
etByte flag_long; /* True if "l" flag is present */
etByte flag_longlong; /* True if the "ll" flag is present */
etByte done; /* Loop termination flag */
sqlite_uint64 longvalue; /* Value for integer types */
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE realvalue; /* Value for real types */
const et_info *infop; /* Pointer to the appropriate info structure */
char buf[etBUFSIZE]; /* Conversion buffer */
char prefix; /* Prefix character. "+" or "-" or " " or '\0'. */
etByte xtype = 0; /* Conversion paradigm */
char *zExtra; /* Extra memory used for etTCLESCAPE conversions */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
int exp, e2; /* exponent of real numbers */
double rounder; /* Used for rounding floating point values */
etByte flag_dp; /* True if decimal point should be shown */
etByte flag_rtz; /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
etByte flag_exp; /* True to force display of the exponent */
int nsd; /* Number of significant digits returned */
#endif
length = 0;
bufpt = 0;
for(; (c=(*fmt))!=0; ++fmt){
if( c!='%' ){
int amt;
bufpt = (char *)fmt;
amt = 1;
while( (c=(*++fmt))!='%' && c!=0 ) amt++;
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, amt);
if( c==0 ) break;
}
if( (c=(*++fmt))==0 ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, "%", 1);
break;
}
/* Find out what flags are present */
flag_leftjustify = flag_plussign = flag_blanksign =
flag_alternateform = flag_altform2 = flag_zeropad = 0;
done = 0;
do{
switch( c ){
case '-': flag_leftjustify = 1; break;
case '+': flag_plussign = 1; break;
case ' ': flag_blanksign = 1; break;
case '#': flag_alternateform = 1; break;
case '!': flag_altform2 = 1; break;
case '0': flag_zeropad = 1; break;
default: done = 1; break;
}
}while( !done && (c=(*++fmt))!=0 );
/* Get the field width */
width = 0;
if( c=='*' ){
width = va_arg(ap,int);
if( width<0 ){
flag_leftjustify = 1;
width = -width;
}
c = *++fmt;
}else{
while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
width = width*10 + c - '0';
c = *++fmt;
}
}
if( width > etBUFSIZE-10 ){
width = etBUFSIZE-10;
}
/* Get the precision */
if( c=='.' ){
precision = 0;
c = *++fmt;
if( c=='*' ){
precision = va_arg(ap,int);
if( precision<0 ) precision = -precision;
c = *++fmt;
}else{
while( c>='0' && c<='9' ){
precision = precision*10 + c - '0';
c = *++fmt;
}
}
}else{
precision = -1;
}
/* Get the conversion type modifier */
if( c=='l' ){
flag_long = 1;
c = *++fmt;
if( c=='l' ){
flag_longlong = 1;
c = *++fmt;
}else{
flag_longlong = 0;
}
}else{
flag_long = flag_longlong = 0;
}
/* Fetch the info entry for the field */
infop = &fmtinfo[0];
xtype = etINVALID;
for(idx=0; idx<ArraySize(fmtinfo); idx++){
if( c==fmtinfo[idx].fmttype ){
infop = &fmtinfo[idx];
if( useExtended || (infop->flags & FLAG_INTERN)==0 ){
xtype = infop->type;
}else{
return;
}
break;
}
}
zExtra = 0;
/* Limit the precision to prevent overflowing buf[] during conversion */
if( precision>etBUFSIZE-40 && (infop->flags & FLAG_STRING)==0 ){
precision = etBUFSIZE-40;
}
/*
** At this point, variables are initialized as follows:
**
** flag_alternateform TRUE if a '#' is present.
** flag_altform2 TRUE if a '!' is present.
** flag_plussign TRUE if a '+' is present.
** flag_leftjustify TRUE if a '-' is present or if the
** field width was negative.
** flag_zeropad TRUE if the width began with 0.
** flag_long TRUE if the letter 'l' (ell) prefixed
** the conversion character.
** flag_longlong TRUE if the letter 'll' (ell ell) prefixed
** the conversion character.
** flag_blanksign TRUE if a ' ' is present.
** width The specified field width. This is
** always non-negative. Zero is the default.
** precision The specified precision. The default
** is -1.
** xtype The class of the conversion.
** infop Pointer to the appropriate info struct.
*/
switch( xtype ){
case etPOINTER:
flag_longlong = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(i64);
flag_long = sizeof(char*)==sizeof(long int);
/* Fall through into the next case */
case etORDINAL:
case etRADIX:
if( infop->flags & FLAG_SIGNED ){
i64 v;
if( flag_longlong ) v = va_arg(ap,i64);
else if( flag_long ) v = va_arg(ap,long int);
else v = va_arg(ap,int);
if( v<0 ){
longvalue = -v;
prefix = '-';
}else{
longvalue = v;
if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+';
else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' ';
else prefix = 0;
}
}else{
if( flag_longlong ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,u64);
else if( flag_long ) longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned long int);
else longvalue = va_arg(ap,unsigned int);
prefix = 0;
}
if( longvalue==0 ) flag_alternateform = 0;
if( flag_zeropad && precision<width-(prefix!=0) ){
precision = width-(prefix!=0);
}
bufpt = &buf[etBUFSIZE-1];
if( xtype==etORDINAL ){
static const char zOrd[] = "thstndrd";
int x = (int)(longvalue % 10);
if( x>=4 || (longvalue/10)%10==1 ){
x = 0;
}
buf[etBUFSIZE-3] = zOrd[x*2];
buf[etBUFSIZE-2] = zOrd[x*2+1];
bufpt -= 2;
}
{
register const char *cset; /* Use registers for speed */
register int base;
cset = &aDigits[infop->charset];
base = infop->base;
do{ /* Convert to ascii */
*(--bufpt) = cset[longvalue%base];
longvalue = longvalue/base;
}while( longvalue>0 );
}
length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
for(idx=precision-length; idx>0; idx--){
*(--bufpt) = '0'; /* Zero pad */
}
if( prefix ) *(--bufpt) = prefix; /* Add sign */
if( flag_alternateform && infop->prefix ){ /* Add "0" or "0x" */
const char *pre;
char x;
pre = &aPrefix[infop->prefix];
for(; (x=(*pre))!=0; pre++) *(--bufpt) = x;
}
length = (int)(&buf[etBUFSIZE-1]-bufpt);
break;
case etFLOAT:
case etEXP:
case etGENERIC:
realvalue = va_arg(ap,double);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
if( precision<0 ) precision = 6; /* Set default precision */
if( precision>etBUFSIZE/2-10 ) precision = etBUFSIZE/2-10;
if( realvalue<0.0 ){
realvalue = -realvalue;
prefix = '-';
}else{
if( flag_plussign ) prefix = '+';
else if( flag_blanksign ) prefix = ' ';
else prefix = 0;
}
if( xtype==etGENERIC && precision>0 ) precision--;
#if 0
/* Rounding works like BSD when the constant 0.4999 is used. Wierd! */
for(idx=precision, rounder=0.4999; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1);
#else
/* It makes more sense to use 0.5 */
for(idx=precision, rounder=0.5; idx>0; idx--, rounder*=0.1){}
#endif
if( xtype==etFLOAT ) realvalue += rounder;
/* Normalize realvalue to within 10.0 > realvalue >= 1.0 */
exp = 0;
if( sqlite3IsNaN((double)realvalue) ){
bufpt = "NaN";
length = 3;
break;
}
if( realvalue>0.0 ){
while( realvalue>=1e32 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-32; exp+=32; }
while( realvalue>=1e8 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 1e-8; exp+=8; }
while( realvalue>=10.0 && exp<=350 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
while( realvalue<1e-8 ){ realvalue *= 1e8; exp-=8; }
while( realvalue<1.0 ){ realvalue *= 10.0; exp--; }
if( exp>350 ){
if( prefix=='-' ){
bufpt = "-Inf";
}else if( prefix=='+' ){
bufpt = "+Inf";
}else{
bufpt = "Inf";
}
length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
break;
}
}
bufpt = buf;
/*
** If the field type is etGENERIC, then convert to either etEXP
** or etFLOAT, as appropriate.
*/
flag_exp = xtype==etEXP;
if( xtype!=etFLOAT ){
realvalue += rounder;
if( realvalue>=10.0 ){ realvalue *= 0.1; exp++; }
}
if( xtype==etGENERIC ){
flag_rtz = !flag_alternateform;
if( exp<-4 || exp>precision ){
xtype = etEXP;
}else{
precision = precision - exp;
xtype = etFLOAT;
}
}else{
flag_rtz = 0;
}
if( xtype==etEXP ){
e2 = 0;
}else{
e2 = exp;
}
nsd = 0;
flag_dp = (precision>0 ?1:0) | flag_alternateform | flag_altform2;
/* The sign in front of the number */
if( prefix ){
*(bufpt++) = prefix;
}
/* Digits prior to the decimal point */
if( e2<0 ){
*(bufpt++) = '0';
}else{
for(; e2>=0; e2--){
*(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
}
}
/* The decimal point */
if( flag_dp ){
*(bufpt++) = '.';
}
/* "0" digits after the decimal point but before the first
** significant digit of the number */
for(e2++; e2<0; precision--, e2++){
assert( precision>0 );
*(bufpt++) = '0';
}
/* Significant digits after the decimal point */
while( (precision--)>0 ){
*(bufpt++) = et_getdigit(&realvalue,&nsd);
}
/* Remove trailing zeros and the "." if no digits follow the "." */
if( flag_rtz && flag_dp ){
while( bufpt[-1]=='0' ) *(--bufpt) = 0;
assert( bufpt>buf );
if( bufpt[-1]=='.' ){
if( flag_altform2 ){
*(bufpt++) = '0';
}else{
*(--bufpt) = 0;
}
}
}
/* Add the "eNNN" suffix */
if( flag_exp || xtype==etEXP ){
*(bufpt++) = aDigits[infop->charset];
if( exp<0 ){
*(bufpt++) = '-'; exp = -exp;
}else{
*(bufpt++) = '+';
}
if( exp>=100 ){
*(bufpt++) = (char)((exp/100)+'0'); /* 100's digit */
exp %= 100;
}
*(bufpt++) = (char)(exp/10+'0'); /* 10's digit */
*(bufpt++) = (char)(exp%10+'0'); /* 1's digit */
}
*bufpt = 0;
/* The converted number is in buf[] and zero terminated. Output it.
** Note that the number is in the usual order, not reversed as with
** integer conversions. */
length = (int)(bufpt-buf);
bufpt = buf;
/* Special case: Add leading zeros if the flag_zeropad flag is
** set and we are not left justified */
if( flag_zeropad && !flag_leftjustify && length < width){
int i;
int nPad = width - length;
for(i=width; i>=nPad; i--){
bufpt[i] = bufpt[i-nPad];
}
i = prefix!=0;
while( nPad-- ) bufpt[i++] = '0';
length = width;
}
#endif
break;
case etSIZE:
*(va_arg(ap,int*)) = pAccum->nChar;
length = width = 0;
break;
case etPERCENT:
buf[0] = '%';
bufpt = buf;
length = 1;
break;
case etCHARX:
c = va_arg(ap,int);
buf[0] = (char)c;
if( precision>=0 ){
for(idx=1; idx<precision; idx++) buf[idx] = (char)c;
length = precision;
}else{
length =1;
}
bufpt = buf;
break;
case etSTRING:
case etDYNSTRING:
bufpt = va_arg(ap,char*);
if( bufpt==0 ){
bufpt = "";
}else if( xtype==etDYNSTRING ){
zExtra = bufpt;
}
if( precision>=0 ){
for(length=0; length<precision && bufpt[length]; length++){}
}else{
length = sqlite3Strlen30(bufpt);
}
break;
case etSQLESCAPE:
case etSQLESCAPE2:
case etSQLESCAPE3: {
int i, j, n, isnull;
int needQuote;
char ch;
char q = ((xtype==etSQLESCAPE3)?'"':'\''); /* Quote character */
char *escarg = va_arg(ap,char*);
isnull = escarg==0;
if( isnull ) escarg = (xtype==etSQLESCAPE2 ? "NULL" : "(NULL)");
for(i=n=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
if( ch==q ) n++;
}
needQuote = !isnull && xtype==etSQLESCAPE2;
n += i + 1 + needQuote*2;
if( n>etBUFSIZE ){
bufpt = zExtra = sqlite3Malloc( n );
if( bufpt==0 ){
pAccum->mallocFailed = 1;
return;
}
}else{
bufpt = buf;
}
j = 0;
if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
for(i=0; (ch=escarg[i])!=0; i++){
bufpt[j++] = ch;
if( ch==q ) bufpt[j++] = ch;
}
if( needQuote ) bufpt[j++] = q;
bufpt[j] = 0;
length = j;
/* The precision is ignored on %q and %Q */
/* if( precision>=0 && precision<length ) length = precision; */
break;
}
case etTOKEN: {
Token *pToken = va_arg(ap, Token*);
if( pToken ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, (const char*)pToken->z, pToken->n);
}
length = width = 0;
break;
}
case etSRCLIST: {
SrcList *pSrc = va_arg(ap, SrcList*);
int k = va_arg(ap, int);
struct SrcList_item *pItem = &pSrc->a[k];
assert( k>=0 && k<pSrc->nSrc );
if( pItem->zDatabase ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zDatabase, -1);
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, ".", 1);
}
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, pItem->zName, -1);
length = width = 0;
break;
}
default: {
assert( xtype==etINVALID );
return;
}
}/* End switch over the format type */
/*
** The text of the conversion is pointed to by "bufpt" and is
** "length" characters long. The field width is "width". Do
** the output.
*/
if( !flag_leftjustify ){
register int nspace;
nspace = width-length;
if( nspace>0 ){
appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
}
}
if( length>0 ){
sqlite3StrAccumAppend(pAccum, bufpt, length);
}
if( flag_leftjustify ){
register int nspace;
nspace = width-length;
if( nspace>0 ){
appendSpace(pAccum, nspace);
}
}
if( zExtra ){
sqlite3_free(zExtra);
}
}/* End for loop over the format string */
} /* End of function */
/*
** Append N bytes of text from z to the StrAccum object.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumAppend(StrAccum *p, const char *z, int N){
assert( z!=0 || N==0 );
if( p->tooBig | p->mallocFailed ){
testcase(p->tooBig);
testcase(p->mallocFailed);
return;
}
if( N<0 ){
N = sqlite3Strlen30(z);
}
if( N==0 || NEVER(z==0) ){
return;
}
if( p->nChar+N >= p->nAlloc ){
char *zNew;
if( !p->useMalloc ){
p->tooBig = 1;
N = p->nAlloc - p->nChar - 1;
if( N<=0 ){
return;
}
}else{
i64 szNew = p->nChar;
szNew += N + 1;
if( szNew > p->mxAlloc ){
sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
p->tooBig = 1;
return;
}else{
p->nAlloc = (int)szNew;
}
zNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nAlloc );
if( zNew ){
memcpy(zNew, p->zText, p->nChar);
sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
p->zText = zNew;
}else{
p->mallocFailed = 1;
sqlite3StrAccumReset(p);
return;
}
}
}
memcpy(&p->zText[p->nChar], z, N);
p->nChar += N;
}
/*
** Finish off a string by making sure it is zero-terminated.
** Return a pointer to the resulting string. Return a NULL
** pointer if any kind of error was encountered.
*/
char *sqlite3StrAccumFinish(StrAccum *p){
if( p->zText ){
p->zText[p->nChar] = 0;
if( p->useMalloc && p->zText==p->zBase ){
p->zText = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, p->nChar+1 );
if( p->zText ){
memcpy(p->zText, p->zBase, p->nChar+1);
}else{
p->mallocFailed = 1;
}
}
}
return p->zText;
}
/*
** Reset an StrAccum string. Reclaim all malloced memory.
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumReset(StrAccum *p){
if( p->zText!=p->zBase ){
sqlite3DbFree(p->db, p->zText);
}
p->zText = 0;
}
/*
** Initialize a string accumulator
*/
void sqlite3StrAccumInit(StrAccum *p, char *zBase, int n, int mx){
p->zText = p->zBase = zBase;
p->db = 0;
p->nChar = 0;
p->nAlloc = n;
p->mxAlloc = mx;
p->useMalloc = 1;
p->tooBig = 0;
p->mallocFailed = 0;
}
/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3VMPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
char *z;
char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
StrAccum acc;
assert( db!=0 );
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase),
db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH]);
acc.db = db;
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 1, zFormat, ap);
z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
if( acc.mallocFailed ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
return z;
}
/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqliteMalloc(). Use the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3MPrintf(sqlite3 *db, const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
char *z;
va_start(ap, zFormat);
z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
return z;
}
/*
** Like sqlite3MPrintf(), but call sqlite3DbFree() on zStr after formatting
** the string and before returnning. This routine is intended to be used
** to modify an existing string. For example:
**
** x = sqlite3MPrintf(db, x, "prefix %s suffix", x);
**
*/
char *sqlite3MAppendf(sqlite3 *db, char *zStr, const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
char *z;
va_start(ap, zFormat);
z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zStr);
return z;
}
/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc(). Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
char *z;
char zBase[SQLITE_PRINT_BUF_SIZE];
StrAccum acc;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBase, sizeof(zBase), SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH);
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
return z;
}
/*
** Print into memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc()(). Omit the internal
** %-conversion extensions.
*/
char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
char *z;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINIT
if( sqlite3_initialize() ) return 0;
#endif
va_start(ap, zFormat);
z = sqlite3_vmprintf(zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
return z;
}
/*
** sqlite3_snprintf() works like snprintf() except that it ignores the
** current locale settings. This is important for SQLite because we
** are not able to use a "," as the decimal point in place of "." as
** specified by some locales.
*/
char *sqlite3_snprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, ...){
char *z;
va_list ap;
StrAccum acc;
if( n<=0 ){
return zBuf;
}
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
acc.useMalloc = 0;
va_start(ap,zFormat);
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
z = sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
return z;
}
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** A version of printf() that understands %lld. Used for debugging.
** The printf() built into some versions of windows does not understand %lld
** and segfaults if you give it a long long int.
*/
void sqlite3DebugPrintf(const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
StrAccum acc;
char zBuf[500];
sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, sizeof(zBuf), 0);
acc.useMalloc = 0;
va_start(ap,zFormat);
sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
fprintf(stdout,"%s", zBuf);
fflush(stdout);
}
#endif

147
random.c
View file

@ -1,147 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code to implement a pseudo-random number
** generator (PRNG) for SQLite.
**
** Random numbers are used by some of the database backends in order
** to generate random integer keys for tables or random filenames.
**
** $Id: random.c,v 1.29 2008/12/10 19:26:24 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/* All threads share a single random number generator.
** This structure is the current state of the generator.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType {
unsigned char isInit; /* True if initialized */
unsigned char i, j; /* State variables */
unsigned char s[256]; /* State variables */
} sqlite3Prng;
/*
** Get a single 8-bit random value from the RC4 PRNG. The Mutex
** must be held while executing this routine.
**
** Why not just use a library random generator like lrand48() for this?
** Because the OP_NewRowid opcode in the VDBE depends on having a very
** good source of random numbers. The lrand48() library function may
** well be good enough. But maybe not. Or maybe lrand48() has some
** subtle problems on some systems that could cause problems. It is hard
** to know. To minimize the risk of problems due to bad lrand48()
** implementations, SQLite uses this random number generator based
** on RC4, which we know works very well.
**
** (Later): Actually, OP_NewRowid does not depend on a good source of
** randomness any more. But we will leave this code in all the same.
*/
static u8 randomByte(void){
unsigned char t;
/* The "wsdPrng" macro will resolve to the pseudo-random number generator
** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
** case where writable static data is supported, wsdPrng can refer directly
** to the "sqlite3Prng" state vector declared above.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
struct sqlite3PrngType *p = &GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng);
# define wsdPrng p[0]
#else
# define wsdPrng sqlite3Prng
#endif
/* Initialize the state of the random number generator once,
** the first time this routine is called. The seed value does
** not need to contain a lot of randomness since we are not
** trying to do secure encryption or anything like that...
**
** Nothing in this file or anywhere else in SQLite does any kind of
** encryption. The RC4 algorithm is being used as a PRNG (pseudo-random
** number generator) not as an encryption device.
*/
if( !wsdPrng.isInit ){
int i;
char k[256];
wsdPrng.j = 0;
wsdPrng.i = 0;
sqlite3OsRandomness(sqlite3_vfs_find(0), 256, k);
for(i=0; i<256; i++){
wsdPrng.s[i] = (u8)i;
}
for(i=0; i<256; i++){
wsdPrng.j += wsdPrng.s[i] + k[i];
t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = wsdPrng.s[i];
wsdPrng.s[i] = t;
}
wsdPrng.isInit = 1;
}
/* Generate and return single random byte
*/
wsdPrng.i++;
t = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
wsdPrng.j += t;
wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i] = wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j];
wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.j] = t;
t += wsdPrng.s[wsdPrng.i];
return wsdPrng.s[t];
}
/*
** Return N random bytes.
*/
void sqlite3_randomness(int N, void *pBuf){
unsigned char *zBuf = pBuf;
#if SQLITE_THREADSAFE
sqlite3_mutex *mutex = sqlite3MutexAlloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_STATIC_PRNG);
#endif
sqlite3_mutex_enter(mutex);
while( N-- ){
*(zBuf++) = randomByte();
}
sqlite3_mutex_leave(mutex);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST
/*
** For testing purposes, we sometimes want to preserve the state of
** PRNG and restore the PRNG to its saved state at a later time, or
** to reset the PRNG to its initial state. These routines accomplish
** those tasks.
**
** The sqlite3_test_control() interface calls these routines to
** control the PRNG.
*/
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3PrngType sqlite3SavedPrng;
void sqlite3PrngSaveState(void){
memcpy(
&GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
&GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
);
}
void sqlite3PrngRestoreState(void){
memcpy(
&GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng),
&GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3SavedPrng),
sizeof(sqlite3Prng)
);
}
void sqlite3PrngResetState(void){
GLOBAL(struct sqlite3PrngType, sqlite3Prng).isInit = 0;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */

1172
resolve.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

238
rowset.c
View file

@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 December 3
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements an object we call a "Row Set".
**
** The RowSet object is a bag of rowids. Rowids
** are inserted into the bag in an arbitrary order. Then they are
** pulled from the bag in sorted order. Rowids only appear in the
** bag once. If the same rowid is inserted multiple times, the
** second and subsequent inserts make no difference on the output.
**
** This implementation accumulates rowids in a linked list. For
** output, it first sorts the linked list (removing duplicates during
** the sort) then returns elements one by one by walking the list.
**
** Big chunks of rowid/next-ptr pairs are allocated at a time, to
** reduce the malloc overhead.
**
** $Id: rowset.c,v 1.4 2009/04/01 19:35:55 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** The number of rowset entries per allocation chunk.
*/
#define ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK 63
/*
** Each entry in a RowSet is an instance of the following
** structure:
*/
struct RowSetEntry {
i64 v; /* ROWID value for this entry */
struct RowSetEntry *pNext; /* Next entry on a list of all entries */
};
/*
** Index entries are allocated in large chunks (instances of the
** following structure) to reduce memory allocation overhead. The
** chunks are kept on a linked list so that they can be deallocated
** when the RowSet is destroyed.
*/
struct RowSetChunk {
struct RowSetChunk *pNext; /* Next chunk on list of them all */
struct RowSetEntry aEntry[ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK]; /* Allocated entries */
};
/*
** A RowSet in an instance of the following structure.
**
** A typedef of this structure if found in sqliteInt.h.
*/
struct RowSet {
struct RowSetChunk *pChunk; /* List of all chunk allocations */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
struct RowSetEntry *pEntry; /* List of entries in the rowset */
struct RowSetEntry *pLast; /* Last entry on the pEntry list */
struct RowSetEntry *pFresh; /* Source of new entry objects */
u16 nFresh; /* Number of objects on pFresh */
u8 isSorted; /* True if content is sorted */
};
/*
** Turn bulk memory into a RowSet object. N bytes of memory
** are available at pSpace. The db pointer is used as a memory context
** for any subsequent allocations that need to occur.
** Return a pointer to the new RowSet object.
**
** It must be the case that N is sufficient to make a Rowset. If not
** an assertion fault occurs.
**
** If N is larger than the minimum, use the surplus as an initial
** allocation of entries available to be filled.
*/
RowSet *sqlite3RowSetInit(sqlite3 *db, void *pSpace, unsigned int N){
RowSet *p;
assert( N >= sizeof(*p) );
p = pSpace;
p->pChunk = 0;
p->db = db;
p->pEntry = 0;
p->pLast = 0;
p->pFresh = (struct RowSetEntry*)&p[1];
p->nFresh = (u16)((N - sizeof(*p))/sizeof(struct RowSetEntry));
p->isSorted = 1;
return p;
}
/*
** Deallocate all chunks from a RowSet.
*/
void sqlite3RowSetClear(RowSet *p){
struct RowSetChunk *pChunk, *pNextChunk;
for(pChunk=p->pChunk; pChunk; pChunk = pNextChunk){
pNextChunk = pChunk->pNext;
sqlite3DbFree(p->db, pChunk);
}
p->pChunk = 0;
p->nFresh = 0;
p->pEntry = 0;
p->pLast = 0;
p->isSorted = 1;
}
/*
** Insert a new value into a RowSet.
**
** The mallocFailed flag of the database connection is set if a
** memory allocation fails.
*/
void sqlite3RowSetInsert(RowSet *p, i64 rowid){
struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
struct RowSetEntry *pLast;
assert( p!=0 );
if( p->nFresh==0 ){
struct RowSetChunk *pNew;
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(p->db, sizeof(*pNew));
if( pNew==0 ){
return;
}
pNew->pNext = p->pChunk;
p->pChunk = pNew;
p->pFresh = pNew->aEntry;
p->nFresh = ROWSET_ENTRY_PER_CHUNK;
}
pEntry = p->pFresh++;
p->nFresh--;
pEntry->v = rowid;
pEntry->pNext = 0;
pLast = p->pLast;
if( pLast ){
if( p->isSorted && rowid<=pLast->v ){
p->isSorted = 0;
}
pLast->pNext = pEntry;
}else{
assert( p->pEntry==0 );
p->pEntry = pEntry;
}
p->pLast = pEntry;
}
/*
** Merge two lists of RowSet entries. Remove duplicates.
**
** The input lists are assumed to be in sorted order.
*/
static struct RowSetEntry *boolidxMerge(
struct RowSetEntry *pA, /* First sorted list to be merged */
struct RowSetEntry *pB /* Second sorted list to be merged */
){
struct RowSetEntry head;
struct RowSetEntry *pTail;
pTail = &head;
while( pA && pB ){
assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v );
assert( pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v );
if( pA->v<pB->v ){
pTail->pNext = pA;
pA = pA->pNext;
pTail = pTail->pNext;
}else if( pB->v<pA->v ){
pTail->pNext = pB;
pB = pB->pNext;
pTail = pTail->pNext;
}else{
pA = pA->pNext;
}
}
if( pA ){
assert( pA->pNext==0 || pA->v<=pA->pNext->v );
pTail->pNext = pA;
}else{
assert( pB==0 || pB->pNext==0 || pB->v<=pB->pNext->v );
pTail->pNext = pB;
}
return head.pNext;
}
/*
** Sort all elements of the RowSet into ascending order.
*/
static void sqlite3RowSetSort(RowSet *p){
unsigned int i;
struct RowSetEntry *pEntry;
struct RowSetEntry *aBucket[40];
assert( p->isSorted==0 );
memset(aBucket, 0, sizeof(aBucket));
while( p->pEntry ){
pEntry = p->pEntry;
p->pEntry = pEntry->pNext;
pEntry->pNext = 0;
for(i=0; aBucket[i]; i++){
pEntry = boolidxMerge(aBucket[i],pEntry);
aBucket[i] = 0;
}
aBucket[i] = pEntry;
}
pEntry = 0;
for(i=0; i<sizeof(aBucket)/sizeof(aBucket[0]); i++){
pEntry = boolidxMerge(pEntry,aBucket[i]);
}
p->pEntry = pEntry;
p->pLast = 0;
p->isSorted = 1;
}
/*
** Extract the next (smallest) element from the RowSet.
** Write the element into *pRowid. Return 1 on success. Return
** 0 if the RowSet is already empty.
*/
int sqlite3RowSetNext(RowSet *p, i64 *pRowid){
if( !p->isSorted ){
sqlite3RowSetSort(p);
}
if( p->pEntry ){
*pRowid = p->pEntry->v;
p->pEntry = p->pEntry->pNext;
if( p->pEntry==0 ){
sqlite3RowSetClear(p);
}
return 1;
}else{
return 0;
}
}

4297
select.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

3163
shell.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2836
sqliteInt.h
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

190
sqliteLimit.h
View file

@ -1,190 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 May 7
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file defines various limits of what SQLite can process.
**
** @(#) $Id: sqliteLimit.h,v 1.10 2009/01/10 16:15:09 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
/*
** The maximum length of a TEXT or BLOB in bytes. This also
** limits the size of a row in a table or index.
**
** The hard limit is the ability of a 32-bit signed integer
** to count the size: 2^31-1 or 2147483647.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_LENGTH 1000000000
#endif
/*
** This is the maximum number of
**
** * Columns in a table
** * Columns in an index
** * Columns in a view
** * Terms in the SET clause of an UPDATE statement
** * Terms in the result set of a SELECT statement
** * Terms in the GROUP BY or ORDER BY clauses of a SELECT statement.
** * Terms in the VALUES clause of an INSERT statement
**
** The hard upper limit here is 32676. Most database people will
** tell you that in a well-normalized database, you usually should
** not have more than a dozen or so columns in any table. And if
** that is the case, there is no point in having more than a few
** dozen values in any of the other situations described above.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN
# define SQLITE_MAX_COLUMN 2000
#endif
/*
** The maximum length of a single SQL statement in bytes.
**
** It used to be the case that setting this value to zero would
** turn the limit off. That is no longer true. It is not possible
** to turn this limit off.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH 1000000000
#endif
/*
** The maximum depth of an expression tree. This is limited to
** some extent by SQLITE_MAX_SQL_LENGTH. But sometime you might
** want to place more severe limits on the complexity of an
** expression.
**
** A value of 0 used to mean that the limit was not enforced.
** But that is no longer true. The limit is now strictly enforced
** at all times.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH 1000
#endif
/*
** The maximum number of terms in a compound SELECT statement.
** The code generator for compound SELECT statements does one
** level of recursion for each term. A stack overflow can result
** if the number of terms is too large. In practice, most SQL
** never has more than 3 or 4 terms. Use a value of 0 to disable
** any limit on the number of terms in a compount SELECT.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT
# define SQLITE_MAX_COMPOUND_SELECT 500
#endif
/*
** The maximum number of opcodes in a VDBE program.
** Not currently enforced.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP
# define SQLITE_MAX_VDBE_OP 25000
#endif
/*
** The maximum number of arguments to an SQL function.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG
# define SQLITE_MAX_FUNCTION_ARG 127
#endif
/*
** The maximum number of in-memory pages to use for the main database
** table and for temporary tables. The SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_CACHE_SIZE 2000
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_TEMP_CACHE_SIZE 500
#endif
/*
** The maximum number of attached databases. This must be between 0
** and 30. The upper bound on 30 is because a 32-bit integer bitmap
** is used internally to track attached databases.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED
# define SQLITE_MAX_ATTACHED 10
#endif
/*
** The maximum value of a ?nnn wildcard that the parser will accept.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER
# define SQLITE_MAX_VARIABLE_NUMBER 999
#endif
/* Maximum page size. The upper bound on this value is 32768. This a limit
** imposed by the necessity of storing the value in a 2-byte unsigned integer
** and the fact that the page size must be a power of 2.
**
** If this limit is changed, then the compiled library is technically
** incompatible with an SQLite library compiled with a different limit. If
** a process operating on a database with a page-size of 65536 bytes
** crashes, then an instance of SQLite compiled with the default page-size
** limit will not be able to rollback the aborted transaction. This could
** lead to database corruption.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE 32768
#endif
/*
** The default size of a database page.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 1024
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# undef SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
/*
** Ordinarily, if no value is explicitly provided, SQLite creates databases
** with page size SQLITE_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE. However, based on certain
** device characteristics (sector-size and atomic write() support),
** SQLite may choose a larger value. This constant is the maximum value
** SQLite will choose on its own.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE 8192
#endif
#if SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE>SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
# undef SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE
# define SQLITE_MAX_DEFAULT_PAGE_SIZE SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_SIZE
#endif
/*
** Maximum number of pages in one database file.
**
** This is really just the default value for the max_page_count pragma.
** This value can be lowered (or raised) at run-time using that the
** max_page_count macro.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT
# define SQLITE_MAX_PAGE_COUNT 1073741823
#endif
/*
** Maximum length (in bytes) of the pattern in a LIKE or GLOB
** operator.
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH
# define SQLITE_MAX_LIKE_PATTERN_LENGTH 50000
#endif

122
status.c
View file

@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 June 18
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This module implements the sqlite3_status() interface and related
** functionality.
**
** $Id: status.c,v 1.9 2008/09/02 00:52:52 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** Variables in which to record status information.
*/
typedef struct sqlite3StatType sqlite3StatType;
static SQLITE_WSD struct sqlite3StatType {
int nowValue[9]; /* Current value */
int mxValue[9]; /* Maximum value */
} sqlite3Stat = { {0,}, {0,} };
/* The "wsdStat" macro will resolve to the status information
** state vector. If writable static data is unsupported on the target,
** we have to locate the state vector at run-time. In the more common
** case where writable static data is supported, wsdStat can refer directly
** to the "sqlite3Stat" state vector declared above.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_WSD
# define wsdStatInit sqlite3StatType *x = &GLOBAL(sqlite3StatType,sqlite3Stat)
# define wsdStat x[0]
#else
# define wsdStatInit
# define wsdStat sqlite3Stat
#endif
/*
** Return the current value of a status parameter.
*/
int sqlite3StatusValue(int op){
wsdStatInit;
assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
return wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
/*
** Add N to the value of a status record. It is assumed that the
** caller holds appropriate locks.
*/
void sqlite3StatusAdd(int op, int N){
wsdStatInit;
assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
wsdStat.nowValue[op] += N;
if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
}
/*
** Set the value of a status to X.
*/
void sqlite3StatusSet(int op, int X){
wsdStatInit;
assert( op>=0 && op<ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) );
wsdStat.nowValue[op] = X;
if( wsdStat.nowValue[op]>wsdStat.mxValue[op] ){
wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
}
/*
** Query status information.
**
** This implementation assumes that reading or writing an aligned
** 32-bit integer is an atomic operation. If that assumption is not true,
** then this routine is not threadsafe.
*/
int sqlite3_status(int op, int *pCurrent, int *pHighwater, int resetFlag){
wsdStatInit;
if( op<0 || op>=ArraySize(wsdStat.nowValue) ){
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
*pCurrent = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
*pHighwater = wsdStat.mxValue[op];
if( resetFlag ){
wsdStat.mxValue[op] = wsdStat.nowValue[op];
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Query status information for a single database connection
*/
int sqlite3_db_status(
sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection whose status is desired */
int op, /* Status verb */
int *pCurrent, /* Write current value here */
int *pHighwater, /* Write high-water mark here */
int resetFlag /* Reset high-water mark if true */
){
switch( op ){
case SQLITE_DBSTATUS_LOOKASIDE_USED: {
*pCurrent = db->lookaside.nOut;
*pHighwater = db->lookaside.mxOut;
if( resetFlag ){
db->lookaside.mxOut = db->lookaside.nOut;
}
break;
}
default: {
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}
return SQLITE_OK;
}

199
table.c
View file

@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains the sqlite3_get_table() and sqlite3_free_table()
** interface routines. These are just wrappers around the main
** interface routine of sqlite3_exec().
**
** These routines are in a separate files so that they will not be linked
** if they are not used.
**
** $Id: table.c,v 1.40 2009/04/10 14:28:00 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE
/*
** This structure is used to pass data from sqlite3_get_table() through
** to the callback function is uses to build the result.
*/
typedef struct TabResult {
char **azResult; /* Accumulated output */
char *zErrMsg; /* Error message text, if an error occurs */
int nAlloc; /* Slots allocated for azResult[] */
int nRow; /* Number of rows in the result */
int nColumn; /* Number of columns in the result */
int nData; /* Slots used in azResult[]. (nRow+1)*nColumn */
int rc; /* Return code from sqlite3_exec() */
} TabResult;
/*
** This routine is called once for each row in the result table. Its job
** is to fill in the TabResult structure appropriately, allocating new
** memory as necessary.
*/
static int sqlite3_get_table_cb(void *pArg, int nCol, char **argv, char **colv){
TabResult *p = (TabResult*)pArg; /* Result accumulator */
int need; /* Slots needed in p->azResult[] */
int i; /* Loop counter */
char *z; /* A single column of result */
/* Make sure there is enough space in p->azResult to hold everything
** we need to remember from this invocation of the callback.
*/
if( p->nRow==0 && argv!=0 ){
need = nCol*2;
}else{
need = nCol;
}
if( p->nData + need > p->nAlloc ){
char **azNew;
p->nAlloc = p->nAlloc*2 + need;
azNew = sqlite3_realloc( p->azResult, sizeof(char*)*p->nAlloc );
if( azNew==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
p->azResult = azNew;
}
/* If this is the first row, then generate an extra row containing
** the names of all columns.
*/
if( p->nRow==0 ){
p->nColumn = nCol;
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
z = sqlite3_mprintf("%s", colv[i]);
if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
}
}else if( p->nColumn!=nCol ){
sqlite3_free(p->zErrMsg);
p->zErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf(
"sqlite3_get_table() called with two or more incompatible queries"
);
p->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
return 1;
}
/* Copy over the row data
*/
if( argv!=0 ){
for(i=0; i<nCol; i++){
if( argv[i]==0 ){
z = 0;
}else{
int n = sqlite3Strlen30(argv[i])+1;
z = sqlite3_malloc( n );
if( z==0 ) goto malloc_failed;
memcpy(z, argv[i], n);
}
p->azResult[p->nData++] = z;
}
p->nRow++;
}
return 0;
malloc_failed:
p->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
return 1;
}
/*
** Query the database. But instead of invoking a callback for each row,
** malloc() for space to hold the result and return the entire results
** at the conclusion of the call.
**
** The result that is written to ***pazResult is held in memory obtained
** from malloc(). But the caller cannot free this memory directly.
** Instead, the entire table should be passed to sqlite3_free_table() when
** the calling procedure is finished using it.
*/
int sqlite3_get_table(
sqlite3 *db, /* The database on which the SQL executes */
const char *zSql, /* The SQL to be executed */
char ***pazResult, /* Write the result table here */
int *pnRow, /* Write the number of rows in the result here */
int *pnColumn, /* Write the number of columns of result here */
char **pzErrMsg /* Write error messages here */
){
int rc;
TabResult res;
*pazResult = 0;
if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = 0;
if( pnRow ) *pnRow = 0;
if( pzErrMsg ) *pzErrMsg = 0;
res.zErrMsg = 0;
res.nRow = 0;
res.nColumn = 0;
res.nData = 1;
res.nAlloc = 20;
res.rc = SQLITE_OK;
res.azResult = sqlite3_malloc(sizeof(char*)*res.nAlloc );
if( res.azResult==0 ){
db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
res.azResult[0] = 0;
rc = sqlite3_exec(db, zSql, sqlite3_get_table_cb, &res, pzErrMsg);
assert( sizeof(res.azResult[0])>= sizeof(res.nData) );
res.azResult[0] = SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(res.nData);
if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_ABORT ){
sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
if( res.zErrMsg ){
if( pzErrMsg ){
sqlite3_free(*pzErrMsg);
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3_mprintf("%s",res.zErrMsg);
}
sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
}
db->errCode = res.rc; /* Assume 32-bit assignment is atomic */
return res.rc;
}
sqlite3_free(res.zErrMsg);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
return rc;
}
if( res.nAlloc>res.nData ){
char **azNew;
azNew = sqlite3_realloc( res.azResult, sizeof(char*)*res.nData );
if( azNew==0 ){
sqlite3_free_table(&res.azResult[1]);
db->errCode = SQLITE_NOMEM;
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
res.azResult = azNew;
}
*pazResult = &res.azResult[1];
if( pnColumn ) *pnColumn = res.nColumn;
if( pnRow ) *pnRow = res.nRow;
return rc;
}
/*
** This routine frees the space the sqlite3_get_table() malloced.
*/
void sqlite3_free_table(
char **azResult /* Result returned from from sqlite3_get_table() */
){
if( azResult ){
int i, n;
azResult--;
assert( azResult!=0 );
n = SQLITE_PTR_TO_INT(azResult[0]);
for(i=1; i<n; i++){ if( azResult[i] ) sqlite3_free(azResult[i]); }
sqlite3_free(azResult);
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_GET_TABLE */

521
tokenize.c
View file

@ -1,521 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** An tokenizer for SQL
**
** This file contains C code that splits an SQL input string up into
** individual tokens and sends those tokens one-by-one over to the
** parser for analysis.
**
** $Id: tokenize.c,v 1.155 2009/03/31 03:41:57 shane Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
/*
** The charMap() macro maps alphabetic characters into their
** lower-case ASCII equivalent. On ASCII machines, this is just
** an upper-to-lower case map. On EBCDIC machines we also need
** to adjust the encoding. Only alphabetic characters and underscores
** need to be translated.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
# define charMap(X) sqlite3UpperToLower[(unsigned char)X]
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
# define charMap(X) ebcdicToAscii[(unsigned char)X]
const unsigned char ebcdicToAscii[] = {
/* 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 0x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 1x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 95, 0, 0, /* 6x */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 8x */
0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 9x */
0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ax */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
0, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Cx */
0,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Dx */
0, 0,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Ex */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Fx */
};
#endif
/*
** The sqlite3KeywordCode function looks up an identifier to determine if
** it is a keyword. If it is a keyword, the token code of that keyword is
** returned. If the input is not a keyword, TK_ID is returned.
**
** The implementation of this routine was generated by a program,
** mkkeywordhash.h, located in the tool subdirectory of the distribution.
** The output of the mkkeywordhash.c program is written into a file
** named keywordhash.h and then included into this source file by
** the #include below.
*/
#include "keywordhash.h"
/*
** If X is a character that can be used in an identifier then
** IdChar(X) will be true. Otherwise it is false.
**
** For ASCII, any character with the high-order bit set is
** allowed in an identifier. For 7-bit characters,
** sqlite3IsIdChar[X] must be 1.
**
** For EBCDIC, the rules are more complex but have the same
** end result.
**
** Ticket #1066. the SQL standard does not allow '$' in the
** middle of identfiers. But many SQL implementations do.
** SQLite will allow '$' in identifiers for compatibility.
** But the feature is undocumented.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
const char sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[] = {
/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 2x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 3x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 4x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, /* 5x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* 6x */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
};
#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)&0x80)!=0 || (c>0x1f && sqlite3IsAsciiIdChar[c-0x20]))
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
const char sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[] = {
/* x0 x1 x2 x3 x4 x5 x6 x7 x8 x9 xA xB xC xD xE xF */
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 4x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 5x */
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, /* 6x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* 7x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* 8x */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, /* 9x */
1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Ax */
0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, /* Bx */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Cx */
0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Dx */
0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, /* Ex */
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0, /* Fx */
};
#define IdChar(C) (((c=C)>=0x42 && sqlite3IsEbcdicIdChar[c-0x40]))
#endif
/*
** Return the length of the token that begins at z[0].
** Store the token type in *tokenType before returning.
*/
int sqlite3GetToken(const unsigned char *z, int *tokenType){
int i, c;
switch( *z ){
case ' ': case '\t': case '\n': case '\f': case '\r': {
for(i=1; sqlite3Isspace(z[i]); i++){}
*tokenType = TK_SPACE;
return i;
}
case '-': {
if( z[1]=='-' ){
for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\n'; i++){}
*tokenType = TK_SPACE;
return i;
}
*tokenType = TK_MINUS;
return 1;
}
case '(': {
*tokenType = TK_LP;
return 1;
}
case ')': {
*tokenType = TK_RP;
return 1;
}
case ';': {
*tokenType = TK_SEMI;
return 1;
}
case '+': {
*tokenType = TK_PLUS;
return 1;
}
case '*': {
*tokenType = TK_STAR;
return 1;
}
case '/': {
if( z[1]!='*' || z[2]==0 ){
*tokenType = TK_SLASH;
return 1;
}
for(i=3, c=z[2]; (c!='*' || z[i]!='/') && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
if( c ) i++;
*tokenType = TK_SPACE;
return i;
}
case '%': {
*tokenType = TK_REM;
return 1;
}
case '=': {
*tokenType = TK_EQ;
return 1 + (z[1]=='=');
}
case '<': {
if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
*tokenType = TK_LE;
return 2;
}else if( c=='>' ){
*tokenType = TK_NE;
return 2;
}else if( c=='<' ){
*tokenType = TK_LSHIFT;
return 2;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_LT;
return 1;
}
}
case '>': {
if( (c=z[1])=='=' ){
*tokenType = TK_GE;
return 2;
}else if( c=='>' ){
*tokenType = TK_RSHIFT;
return 2;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_GT;
return 1;
}
}
case '!': {
if( z[1]!='=' ){
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
return 2;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_NE;
return 2;
}
}
case '|': {
if( z[1]!='|' ){
*tokenType = TK_BITOR;
return 1;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_CONCAT;
return 2;
}
}
case ',': {
*tokenType = TK_COMMA;
return 1;
}
case '&': {
*tokenType = TK_BITAND;
return 1;
}
case '~': {
*tokenType = TK_BITNOT;
return 1;
}
case '`':
case '\'':
case '"': {
int delim = z[0];
for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
if( c==delim ){
if( z[i+1]==delim ){
i++;
}else{
break;
}
}
}
if( c=='\'' ){
*tokenType = TK_STRING;
return i+1;
}else if( c!=0 ){
*tokenType = TK_ID;
return i+1;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
return i;
}
}
case '.': {
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
if( !sqlite3Isdigit(z[1]) )
#endif
{
*tokenType = TK_DOT;
return 1;
}
/* If the next character is a digit, this is a floating point
** number that begins with ".". Fall thru into the next case */
}
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': {
*tokenType = TK_INTEGER;
for(i=0; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
if( z[i]=='.' ){
i++;
while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
*tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
if( (z[i]=='e' || z[i]=='E') &&
( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+1])
|| ((z[i+1]=='+' || z[i+1]=='-') && sqlite3Isdigit(z[i+2]))
)
){
i += 2;
while( sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]) ){ i++; }
*tokenType = TK_FLOAT;
}
#endif
while( IdChar(z[i]) ){
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
i++;
}
return i;
}
case '[': {
for(i=1, c=z[0]; c!=']' && (c=z[i])!=0; i++){}
*tokenType = c==']' ? TK_ID : TK_ILLEGAL;
return i;
}
case '?': {
*tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
return i;
}
case '#': {
for(i=1; sqlite3Isdigit(z[i]); i++){}
if( i>1 ){
/* Parameters of the form #NNN (where NNN is a number) are used
** internally by sqlite3NestedParse. */
*tokenType = TK_REGISTER;
return i;
}
/* Fall through into the next case if the '#' is not followed by
** a digit. Try to match #AAAA where AAAA is a parameter name. */
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
case '$':
#endif
case '@': /* For compatibility with MS SQL Server */
case ':': {
int n = 0;
*tokenType = TK_VARIABLE;
for(i=1; (c=z[i])!=0; i++){
if( IdChar(c) ){
n++;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TCL_VARIABLE
}else if( c=='(' && n>0 ){
do{
i++;
}while( (c=z[i])!=0 && !sqlite3Isspace(c) && c!=')' );
if( c==')' ){
i++;
}else{
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
}
break;
}else if( c==':' && z[i+1]==':' ){
i++;
#endif
}else{
break;
}
}
if( n==0 ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
return i;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL
case 'x': case 'X': {
if( z[1]=='\'' ){
*tokenType = TK_BLOB;
for(i=2; (c=z[i])!=0 && c!='\''; i++){
if( !sqlite3Isxdigit(c) ){
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
}
}
if( i%2 || !c ) *tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
if( c ) i++;
return i;
}
/* Otherwise fall through to the next case */
}
#endif
default: {
if( !IdChar(*z) ){
break;
}
for(i=1; IdChar(z[i]); i++){}
*tokenType = keywordCode((char*)z, i);
return i;
}
}
*tokenType = TK_ILLEGAL;
return 1;
}
/*
** Run the parser on the given SQL string. The parser structure is
** passed in. An SQLITE_ status code is returned. If an error occurs
** then an and attempt is made to write an error message into
** memory obtained from sqlite3_malloc() and to make *pzErrMsg point to that
** error message.
*/
int sqlite3RunParser(Parse *pParse, const char *zSql, char **pzErrMsg){
int nErr = 0; /* Number of errors encountered */
int i; /* Loop counter */
void *pEngine; /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
int tokenType; /* type of the next token */
int lastTokenParsed = -1; /* type of the previous token */
u8 enableLookaside; /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database connection */
int mxSqlLen; /* Max length of an SQL string */
mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
if( db->activeVdbeCnt==0 ){
db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
}
pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
pParse->zTail = pParse->zSql = zSql;
i = 0;
assert( pzErrMsg!=0 );
pEngine = sqlite3ParserAlloc((void*(*)(size_t))sqlite3Malloc);
if( pEngine==0 ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
assert( pParse->pNewTable==0 );
assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
assert( pParse->nVar==0 );
assert( pParse->nVarExpr==0 );
assert( pParse->nVarExprAlloc==0 );
assert( pParse->apVarExpr==0 );
enableLookaside = db->lookaside.bEnabled;
if( db->lookaside.pStart ) db->lookaside.bEnabled = 1;
while( !db->mallocFailed && zSql[i]!=0 ){
assert( i>=0 );
pParse->sLastToken.z = (u8*)&zSql[i];
assert( pParse->sLastToken.dyn==0 );
pParse->sLastToken.n = sqlite3GetToken((unsigned char*)&zSql[i],&tokenType);
i += pParse->sLastToken.n;
if( i>mxSqlLen ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_TOOBIG;
break;
}
switch( tokenType ){
case TK_SPACE: {
if( db->u1.isInterrupted ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_INTERRUPT;
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "interrupt");
goto abort_parse;
}
break;
}
case TK_ILLEGAL: {
sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrMsg);
*pzErrMsg = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "unrecognized token: \"%T\"",
&pParse->sLastToken);
nErr++;
goto abort_parse;
}
case TK_SEMI: {
pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
/* Fall thru into the default case */
}
default: {
sqlite3Parser(pEngine, tokenType, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
lastTokenParsed = tokenType;
if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto abort_parse;
}
break;
}
}
}
abort_parse:
if( zSql[i]==0 && nErr==0 && pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
if( lastTokenParsed!=TK_SEMI ){
sqlite3Parser(pEngine, TK_SEMI, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
pParse->zTail = &zSql[i];
}
sqlite3Parser(pEngine, 0, pParse->sLastToken, pParse);
}
#ifdef YYTRACKMAXSTACKDEPTH
sqlite3StatusSet(SQLITE_STATUS_PARSER_STACK,
sqlite3ParserStackPeak(pEngine)
);
#endif /* YYDEBUG */
sqlite3ParserFree(pEngine, sqlite3_free);
db->lookaside.bEnabled = enableLookaside;
if( db->mallocFailed ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( pParse->rc!=SQLITE_OK && pParse->rc!=SQLITE_DONE && pParse->zErrMsg==0 ){
sqlite3SetString(&pParse->zErrMsg, db, "%s", sqlite3ErrStr(pParse->rc));
}
if( pParse->zErrMsg ){
if( *pzErrMsg==0 ){
*pzErrMsg = pParse->zErrMsg;
}else{
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
}
pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
nErr++;
}
if( pParse->pVdbe && pParse->nErr>0 && pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeDelete(pParse->pVdbe);
pParse->pVdbe = 0;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
if( pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aTableLock);
pParse->aTableLock = 0;
pParse->nTableLock = 0;
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVtabLock);
#endif
if( !IN_DECLARE_VTAB ){
/* If the pParse->declareVtab flag is set, do not delete any table
** structure built up in pParse->pNewTable. The calling code (see vtab.c)
** will take responsibility for freeing the Table structure.
*/
sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->pNewTable);
}
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pParse->pNewTrigger);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->apVarExpr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->aAlias);
while( pParse->pZombieTab ){
Table *p = pParse->pZombieTab;
pParse->pZombieTab = p->pNextZombie;
sqlite3DeleteTable(p);
}
if( nErr>0 && (pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK || pParse->rc==SQLITE_DONE) ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
return nErr;
}

873
trigger.c
View file

@ -1,873 +0,0 @@
/*
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
**
** $Id: trigger.c,v 1.135 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
/*
** Delete a linked list of TriggerStep structures.
*/
void sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *pTriggerStep){
while( pTriggerStep ){
TriggerStep * pTmp = pTriggerStep;
pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
if( pTmp->target.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pTmp->target.z);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTmp->pWhere);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pTmp->pExprList);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pTmp->pSelect);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTmp->pIdList);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTmp);
}
}
/*
** Given table pTab, return a list of all the triggers attached to
** the table. The list is connected by Trigger.pNext pointers.
*/
Trigger *sqlite3TriggerList(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
Schema * const pTmpSchema = pParse->db->aDb[1].pSchema;
Trigger *pList = 0; /* List of triggers to return */
if( pTmpSchema!=pTab->pSchema ){
HashElem *p;
for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pTmpSchema->trigHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
Trigger *pTrig = (Trigger *)sqliteHashData(p);
if( pTrig->pTabSchema==pTab->pSchema
&& 0==sqlite3StrICmp(pTrig->table, pTab->zName)
){
pTrig->pNext = (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
pList = pTrig;
}
}
}
return (pList ? pList : pTab->pTrigger);
}
/*
** This is called by the parser when it sees a CREATE TRIGGER statement
** up to the point of the BEGIN before the trigger actions. A Trigger
** structure is generated based on the information available and stored
** in pParse->pNewTrigger. After the trigger actions have been parsed, the
** sqlite3FinishTrigger() function is called to complete the trigger
** construction process.
*/
void sqlite3BeginTrigger(
Parse *pParse, /* The parse context of the CREATE TRIGGER statement */
Token *pName1, /* The name of the trigger */
Token *pName2, /* The name of the trigger */
int tr_tm, /* One of TK_BEFORE, TK_AFTER, TK_INSTEAD */
int op, /* One of TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE, TK_DELETE */
IdList *pColumns, /* column list if this is an UPDATE OF trigger */
SrcList *pTableName,/* The name of the table/view the trigger applies to */
Expr *pWhen, /* WHEN clause */
int isTemp, /* True if the TEMPORARY keyword is present */
int noErr /* Suppress errors if the trigger already exists */
){
Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
Table *pTab;
char *zName = 0; /* Name of the trigger */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
int iDb; /* The database to store the trigger in */
Token *pName; /* The unqualified db name */
DbFixer sFix;
int iTabDb;
assert( pName1!=0 ); /* pName1->z might be NULL, but not pName1 itself */
assert( pName2!=0 );
assert( op==TK_INSERT || op==TK_UPDATE || op==TK_DELETE );
assert( op>0 && op<0xff );
if( isTemp ){
/* If TEMP was specified, then the trigger name may not be qualified. */
if( pName2->n>0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "temporary trigger may not have qualified name");
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
iDb = 1;
pName = pName1;
}else{
/* Figure out the db that the the trigger will be created in */
iDb = sqlite3TwoPartName(pParse, pName1, pName2, &pName);
if( iDb<0 ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
}
/* If the trigger name was unqualified, and the table is a temp table,
** then set iDb to 1 to create the trigger in the temporary database.
** If sqlite3SrcListLookup() returns 0, indicating the table does not
** exist, the error is caught by the block below.
*/
if( !pTableName || db->mallocFailed ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
if( pName2->n==0 && pTab && pTab->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema ){
iDb = 1;
}
/* Ensure the table name matches database name and that the table exists */
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto trigger_cleanup;
assert( pTableName->nSrc==1 );
if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", pName) &&
sqlite3FixSrcList(&sFix, pTableName) ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTableName);
if( !pTab ){
/* The table does not exist. */
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create triggers on virtual tables");
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
/* Check that the trigger name is not reserved and that no trigger of the
** specified name exists */
zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pName);
if( !zName || SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
if( sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash),
zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName)) ){
if( !noErr ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "trigger %T already exists", pName);
}
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
/* Do not create a trigger on a system table */
if( sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7)==0 ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create trigger on system table");
pParse->nErr++;
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
/* INSTEAD of triggers are only for views and views only support INSTEAD
** of triggers.
*/
if( pTab->pSelect && tr_tm!=TK_INSTEAD ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create %s trigger on view: %S",
(tr_tm == TK_BEFORE)?"BEFORE":"AFTER", pTableName, 0);
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
if( !pTab->pSelect && tr_tm==TK_INSTEAD ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot create INSTEAD OF"
" trigger on table: %S", pTableName, 0);
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
iTabDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
int code = SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER;
const char *zDb = db->aDb[iTabDb].zName;
const char *zDbTrig = isTemp ? db->aDb[1].zName : zDb;
if( iTabDb==1 || isTemp ) code = SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER;
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, zName, pTab->zName, zDbTrig) ){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_INSERT, SCHEMA_TABLE(iTabDb),0,zDb)){
goto trigger_cleanup;
}
}
#endif
/* INSTEAD OF triggers can only appear on views and BEFORE triggers
** cannot appear on views. So we might as well translate every
** INSTEAD OF trigger into a BEFORE trigger. It simplifies code
** elsewhere.
*/
if (tr_tm == TK_INSTEAD){
tr_tm = TK_BEFORE;
}
/* Build the Trigger object */
pTrigger = (Trigger*)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Trigger));
if( pTrigger==0 ) goto trigger_cleanup;
pTrigger->name = zName;
zName = 0;
pTrigger->table = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTableName->a[0].zName);
pTrigger->pSchema = db->aDb[iDb].pSchema;
pTrigger->pTabSchema = pTab->pSchema;
pTrigger->op = (u8)op;
pTrigger->tr_tm = tr_tm==TK_BEFORE ? TRIGGER_BEFORE : TRIGGER_AFTER;
pTrigger->pWhen = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pWhen, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
pTrigger->pColumns = sqlite3IdListDup(db, pColumns);
sqlite3TokenCopy(db, &pTrigger->nameToken,pName);
assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==0 );
pParse->pNewTrigger = pTrigger;
trigger_cleanup:
sqlite3DbFree(db, zName);
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTableName);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumns);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhen);
if( !pParse->pNewTrigger ){
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
}else{
assert( pParse->pNewTrigger==pTrigger );
}
}
/*
** This routine is called after all of the trigger actions have been parsed
** in order to complete the process of building the trigger.
*/
void sqlite3FinishTrigger(
Parse *pParse, /* Parser context */
TriggerStep *pStepList, /* The triggered program */
Token *pAll /* Token that describes the complete CREATE TRIGGER */
){
Trigger *pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger; /* Trigger being finished */
char *zName; /* Name of trigger */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* The database */
DbFixer sFix;
int iDb; /* Database containing the trigger */
pTrig = pParse->pNewTrigger;
pParse->pNewTrigger = 0;
if( pParse->nErr || !pTrig ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
zName = pTrig->name;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrig->pSchema);
pTrig->step_list = pStepList;
while( pStepList ){
pStepList->pTrig = pTrig;
pStepList = pStepList->pNext;
}
if( sqlite3FixInit(&sFix, pParse, iDb, "trigger", &pTrig->nameToken)
&& sqlite3FixTriggerStep(&sFix, pTrig->step_list) ){
goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
}
/* if we are not initializing, and this trigger is not on a TEMP table,
** build the sqlite_master entry
*/
if( !db->init.busy ){
Vdbe *v;
char *z;
/* Make an entry in the sqlite_master table */
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) goto triggerfinish_cleanup;
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
z = sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)pAll->z, pAll->n);
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"INSERT INTO %Q.%s VALUES('trigger',%Q,%Q,0,'CREATE TRIGGER %q')",
db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName,
pTrig->table, z);
sqlite3DbFree(db, z);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, 0, sqlite3MPrintf(
db, "type='trigger' AND name='%q'", zName), P4_DYNAMIC
);
}
if( db->init.busy ){
Trigger *pLink = pTrig;
Hash *pHash = &db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash;
pTrig = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), pTrig);
if( pTrig ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}else if( pLink->pSchema==pLink->pTabSchema ){
Table *pTab;
int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pLink->table) + 1;
pTab = sqlite3HashFind(&pLink->pTabSchema->tblHash, pLink->table, n);
assert( pTab!=0 );
pLink->pNext = pTab->pTrigger;
pTab->pTrigger = pLink;
}
}
triggerfinish_cleanup:
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrig);
assert( !pParse->pNewTrigger );
sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pStepList);
}
/*
** Make a copy of all components of the given trigger step. This has
** the effect of copying all Expr.token.z values into memory obtained
** from sqlite3_malloc(). As initially created, the Expr.token.z values
** all point to the input string that was fed to the parser. But that
** string is ephemeral - it will go away as soon as the sqlite3_exec()
** call that started the parser exits. This routine makes a persistent
** copy of all the Expr.token.z strings so that the TriggerStep structure
** will be valid even after the sqlite3_exec() call returns.
*/
static void sqlitePersistTriggerStep(sqlite3 *db, TriggerStep *p){
if( p->target.z ){
p->target.z = (u8*)sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, (char*)p->target.z, p->target.n);
p->target.dyn = 1;
}
if( p->pSelect ){
Select *pNew = sqlite3SelectDup(db, p->pSelect, 1);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, p->pSelect);
p->pSelect = pNew;
}
if( p->pWhere ){
Expr *pNew = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhere, EXPRDUP_REDUCE);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, p->pWhere);
p->pWhere = pNew;
}
if( p->pExprList ){
ExprList *pNew = sqlite3ExprListDup(db, p->pExprList, 1);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, p->pExprList);
p->pExprList = pNew;
}
if( p->pIdList ){
IdList *pNew = sqlite3IdListDup(db, p->pIdList);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, p->pIdList);
p->pIdList = pNew;
}
}
/*
** Turn a SELECT statement (that the pSelect parameter points to) into
** a trigger step. Return a pointer to a TriggerStep structure.
**
** The parser calls this routine when it finds a SELECT statement in
** body of a TRIGGER.
*/
TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerSelectStep(sqlite3 *db, Select *pSelect){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
if( pTriggerStep==0 ) {
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
return 0;
}
pTriggerStep->op = TK_SELECT;
pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
return pTriggerStep;
}
/*
** Build a trigger step out of an INSERT statement. Return a pointer
** to the new trigger step.
**
** The parser calls this routine when it sees an INSERT inside the
** body of a trigger.
*/
TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerInsertStep(
sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table into which we insert */
IdList *pColumn, /* List of columns in pTableName to insert into */
ExprList *pEList, /* The VALUE clause: a list of values to be inserted */
Select *pSelect, /* A SELECT statement that supplies values */
int orconf /* The conflict algorithm (OE_Abort, OE_Replace, etc.) */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep;
assert(pEList == 0 || pSelect == 0);
assert(pEList != 0 || pSelect != 0 || db->mallocFailed);
pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
if( pTriggerStep ){
pTriggerStep->op = TK_INSERT;
pTriggerStep->pSelect = pSelect;
pTriggerStep->target = *pTableName;
pTriggerStep->pIdList = pColumn;
pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
}else{
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pColumn);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
}
return pTriggerStep;
}
/*
** Construct a trigger step that implements an UPDATE statement and return
** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it
** sees an UPDATE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
*/
TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerUpdateStep(
sqlite3 *db, /* The database connection */
Token *pTableName, /* Name of the table to be updated */
ExprList *pEList, /* The SET clause: list of column and new values */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause */
int orconf /* The conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, OE_Ignore, etc) */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pEList);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
return 0;
}
pTriggerStep->op = TK_UPDATE;
pTriggerStep->target = *pTableName;
pTriggerStep->pExprList = pEList;
pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
pTriggerStep->orconf = orconf;
sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
return pTriggerStep;
}
/*
** Construct a trigger step that implements a DELETE statement and return
** a pointer to that trigger step. The parser calls this routine when it
** sees a DELETE statement inside the body of a CREATE TRIGGER.
*/
TriggerStep *sqlite3TriggerDeleteStep(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection */
Token *pTableName, /* The table from which rows are deleted */
Expr *pWhere /* The WHERE clause */
){
TriggerStep *pTriggerStep = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(TriggerStep));
if( pTriggerStep==0 ){
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
return 0;
}
pTriggerStep->op = TK_DELETE;
pTriggerStep->target = *pTableName;
pTriggerStep->pWhere = pWhere;
pTriggerStep->orconf = OE_Default;
sqlitePersistTriggerStep(db, pTriggerStep);
return pTriggerStep;
}
/*
** Recursively delete a Trigger structure
*/
void sqlite3DeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, Trigger *pTrigger){
if( pTrigger==0 ) return;
sqlite3DeleteTriggerStep(db, pTrigger->step_list);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->name);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger->table);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pTrigger->pWhen);
sqlite3IdListDelete(db, pTrigger->pColumns);
if( pTrigger->nameToken.dyn ) sqlite3DbFree(db, (char*)pTrigger->nameToken.z);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTrigger);
}
/*
** This function is called to drop a trigger from the database schema.
**
** This may be called directly from the parser and therefore identifies
** the trigger by name. The sqlite3DropTriggerPtr() routine does the
** same job as this routine except it takes a pointer to the trigger
** instead of the trigger name.
**/
void sqlite3DropTrigger(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pName, int noErr){
Trigger *pTrigger = 0;
int i;
const char *zDb;
const char *zName;
int nName;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
if( db->mallocFailed ) goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ){
goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
}
assert( pName->nSrc==1 );
zDb = pName->a[0].zDatabase;
zName = pName->a[0].zName;
nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
for(i=OMIT_TEMPDB; i<db->nDb; i++){
int j = (i<2) ? i^1 : i; /* Search TEMP before MAIN */
if( zDb && sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[j].zName, zDb) ) continue;
pTrigger = sqlite3HashFind(&(db->aDb[j].pSchema->trigHash), zName, nName);
if( pTrigger ) break;
}
if( !pTrigger ){
if( !noErr ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such trigger: %S", pName, 0);
}
goto drop_trigger_cleanup;
}
sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(pParse, pTrigger);
drop_trigger_cleanup:
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pName);
}
/*
** Return a pointer to the Table structure for the table that a trigger
** is set on.
*/
static Table *tableOfTrigger(Trigger *pTrigger){
int n = sqlite3Strlen30(pTrigger->table) + 1;
return sqlite3HashFind(&pTrigger->pTabSchema->tblHash, pTrigger->table, n);
}
/*
** Drop a trigger given a pointer to that trigger.
*/
void sqlite3DropTriggerPtr(Parse *pParse, Trigger *pTrigger){
Table *pTable;
Vdbe *v;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
int iDb;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTrigger->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 && iDb<db->nDb );
pTable = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
assert( pTable );
assert( pTable->pSchema==pTrigger->pSchema || iDb==1 );
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
int code = SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER;
const char *zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
const char *zTab = SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb);
if( iDb==1 ) code = SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER;
if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, code, pTrigger->name, pTable->zName, zDb) ||
sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, zTab, 0, zDb) ){
return;
}
}
#endif
/* Generate code to destroy the database record of the trigger.
*/
assert( pTable!=0 );
if( (v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse))!=0 ){
int base;
static const VdbeOpList dropTrigger[] = {
{ OP_Rewind, 0, ADDR(9), 0},
{ OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 1 */
{ OP_Column, 0, 1, 2},
{ OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1},
{ OP_String8, 0, 1, 0}, /* 4: "trigger" */
{ OP_Column, 0, 0, 2},
{ OP_Ne, 2, ADDR(8), 1},
{ OP_Delete, 0, 0, 0},
{ OP_Next, 0, ADDR(1), 0}, /* 8 */
};
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
sqlite3OpenMasterTable(pParse, iDb);
base = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(dropTrigger), dropTrigger);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+1, pTrigger->name, 0);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, base+4, "trigger", P4_STATIC);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, 0, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_DropTrigger, iDb, 0, 0, pTrigger->name, 0);
if( pParse->nMem<3 ){
pParse->nMem = 3;
}
}
}
/*
** Remove a trigger from the hash tables of the sqlite* pointer.
*/
void sqlite3UnlinkAndDeleteTrigger(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zName){
Hash *pHash = &(db->aDb[iDb].pSchema->trigHash);
Trigger *pTrigger;
pTrigger = sqlite3HashInsert(pHash, zName, sqlite3Strlen30(zName), 0);
if( pTrigger ){
if( pTrigger->pSchema==pTrigger->pTabSchema ){
Table *pTab = tableOfTrigger(pTrigger);
Trigger **pp;
for(pp=&pTab->pTrigger; *pp!=pTrigger; pp=&((*pp)->pNext));
*pp = (*pp)->pNext;
}
sqlite3DeleteTrigger(db, pTrigger);
db->flags |= SQLITE_InternChanges;
}
}
/*
** pEList is the SET clause of an UPDATE statement. Each entry
** in pEList is of the format <id>=<expr>. If any of the entries
** in pEList have an <id> which matches an identifier in pIdList,
** then return TRUE. If pIdList==NULL, then it is considered a
** wildcard that matches anything. Likewise if pEList==NULL then
** it matches anything so always return true. Return false only
** if there is no match.
*/
static int checkColumnOverLap(IdList *pIdList, ExprList *pEList){
int e;
if( !pIdList || !pEList ) return 1;
for(e=0; e<pEList->nExpr; e++){
if( sqlite3IdListIndex(pIdList, pEList->a[e].zName)>=0 ) return 1;
}
return 0;
}
/*
** Return a list of all triggers on table pTab if there exists at least
** one trigger that must be fired when an operation of type 'op' is
** performed on the table, and, if that operation is an UPDATE, if at
** least one of the columns in pChanges is being modified.
*/
Trigger *sqlite3TriggersExist(
Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
Table *pTab, /* The table the contains the triggers */
int op, /* one of TK_DELETE, TK_INSERT, TK_UPDATE */
ExprList *pChanges, /* Columns that change in an UPDATE statement */
int *pMask /* OUT: Mask of TRIGGER_BEFORE|TRIGGER_AFTER */
){
int mask = 0;
Trigger *pList = sqlite3TriggerList(pParse, pTab);
Trigger *p;
assert( pList==0 || IsVirtual(pTab)==0 );
for(p=pList; p; p=p->pNext){
if( p->op==op && checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns, pChanges) ){
mask |= p->tr_tm;
}
}
if( pMask ){
*pMask = mask;
}
return (mask ? pList : 0);
}
/*
** Convert the pStep->target token into a SrcList and return a pointer
** to that SrcList.
**
** This routine adds a specific database name, if needed, to the target when
** forming the SrcList. This prevents a trigger in one database from
** referring to a target in another database. An exception is when the
** trigger is in TEMP in which case it can refer to any other database it
** wants.
*/
static SrcList *targetSrcList(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger containing the target token */
){
Token sDb; /* Dummy database name token */
int iDb; /* Index of the database to use */
SrcList *pSrc; /* SrcList to be returned */
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pStep->pTrig->pSchema);
if( iDb==0 || iDb>=2 ){
assert( iDb<pParse->db->nDb );
sDb.z = (u8*)pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
sDb.n = sqlite3Strlen30((char*)sDb.z);
pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &sDb, &pStep->target);
} else {
pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0, &pStep->target, 0);
}
return pSrc;
}
/*
** Generate VDBE code for zero or more statements inside the body of a
** trigger.
*/
static int codeTriggerProgram(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
TriggerStep *pStepList, /* List of statements inside the trigger body */
int orconfin /* Conflict algorithm. (OE_Abort, etc) */
){
TriggerStep * pTriggerStep = pStepList;
int orconf;
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
assert( pTriggerStep!=0 );
assert( v!=0 );
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPush, 0, 0);
VdbeComment((v, "begin trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
while( pTriggerStep ){
sqlite3ExprClearColumnCache(pParse, -1);
orconf = (orconfin == OE_Default)?pTriggerStep->orconf:orconfin;
pParse->trigStack->orconf = orconf;
switch( pTriggerStep->op ){
case TK_SELECT: {
Select *ss = sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect, 0);
if( ss ){
SelectDest dest;
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Discard, 0);
sqlite3Select(pParse, ss, &dest);
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, ss);
}
break;
}
case TK_UPDATE: {
SrcList *pSrc;
pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
sqlite3Update(pParse, pSrc,
sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList, 0),
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere, 0), orconf);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
break;
}
case TK_INSERT: {
SrcList *pSrc;
pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
sqlite3Insert(pParse, pSrc,
sqlite3ExprListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pExprList, 0),
sqlite3SelectDup(db, pTriggerStep->pSelect, 0),
sqlite3IdListDup(db, pTriggerStep->pIdList), orconf);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
break;
}
case TK_DELETE: {
SrcList *pSrc;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 0, 0);
pSrc = targetSrcList(pParse, pTriggerStep);
sqlite3DeleteFrom(pParse, pSrc,
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pTriggerStep->pWhere, 0));
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResetCount, 1, 0);
break;
}
default:
assert(0);
}
pTriggerStep = pTriggerStep->pNext;
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ContextPop, 0, 0);
VdbeComment((v, "end trigger %s", pStepList->pTrig->name));
return 0;
}
/*
** This is called to code FOR EACH ROW triggers.
**
** When the code that this function generates is executed, the following
** must be true:
**
** 1. No cursors may be open in the main database. (But newIdx and oldIdx
** can be indices of cursors in temporary tables. See below.)
**
** 2. If the triggers being coded are ON INSERT or ON UPDATE triggers, then
** a temporary vdbe cursor (index newIdx) must be open and pointing at
** a row containing values to be substituted for new.* expressions in the
** trigger program(s).
**
** 3. If the triggers being coded are ON DELETE or ON UPDATE triggers, then
** a temporary vdbe cursor (index oldIdx) must be open and pointing at
** a row containing values to be substituted for old.* expressions in the
** trigger program(s).
**
** If they are not NULL, the piOldColMask and piNewColMask output variables
** are set to values that describe the columns used by the trigger program
** in the OLD.* and NEW.* tables respectively. If column N of the
** pseudo-table is read at least once, the corresponding bit of the output
** mask is set. If a column with an index greater than 32 is read, the
** output mask is set to the special value 0xffffffff.
**
*/
int sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(
Parse *pParse, /* Parse context */
Trigger *pTrigger, /* List of triggers on table pTab */
int op, /* One of TK_UPDATE, TK_INSERT, TK_DELETE */
ExprList *pChanges, /* Changes list for any UPDATE OF triggers */
int tr_tm, /* One of TRIGGER_BEFORE, TRIGGER_AFTER */
Table *pTab, /* The table to code triggers from */
int newIdx, /* The indice of the "new" row to access */
int oldIdx, /* The indice of the "old" row to access */
int orconf, /* ON CONFLICT policy */
int ignoreJump, /* Instruction to jump to for RAISE(IGNORE) */
u32 *piOldColMask, /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the OLD.* table */
u32 *piNewColMask /* OUT: Mask of columns used from the NEW.* table */
){
Trigger *p;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
TriggerStack trigStackEntry;
trigStackEntry.oldColMask = 0;
trigStackEntry.newColMask = 0;
assert(op == TK_UPDATE || op == TK_INSERT || op == TK_DELETE);
assert(tr_tm == TRIGGER_BEFORE || tr_tm == TRIGGER_AFTER );
assert(newIdx != -1 || oldIdx != -1);
for(p=pTrigger; p; p=p->pNext){
int fire_this = 0;
/* Determine whether we should code this trigger */
if(
p->op==op &&
p->tr_tm==tr_tm &&
(p->pSchema==p->pTabSchema || p->pSchema==db->aDb[1].pSchema) &&
(op!=TK_UPDATE||!p->pColumns||checkColumnOverLap(p->pColumns,pChanges))
){
TriggerStack *pS; /* Pointer to trigger-stack entry */
for(pS=pParse->trigStack; pS && p!=pS->pTrigger; pS=pS->pNext){}
if( !pS ){
fire_this = 1;
}
#if 0 /* Give no warning for recursive triggers. Just do not do them */
else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "recursive triggers not supported (%s)",
p->name);
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
#endif
}
if( fire_this ){
int endTrigger;
Expr * whenExpr;
AuthContext sContext;
NameContext sNC;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRACE
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(pParse->pVdbe, OP_Trace, 0, 0, 0,
sqlite3MPrintf(db, "-- TRIGGER %s", p->name),
P4_DYNAMIC);
#endif
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
/* Push an entry on to the trigger stack */
trigStackEntry.pTrigger = p;
trigStackEntry.newIdx = newIdx;
trigStackEntry.oldIdx = oldIdx;
trigStackEntry.pTab = pTab;
trigStackEntry.pNext = pParse->trigStack;
trigStackEntry.ignoreJump = ignoreJump;
pParse->trigStack = &trigStackEntry;
sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, p->name);
/* code the WHEN clause */
endTrigger = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(pParse->pVdbe);
whenExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, p->pWhen, 0);
if( db->mallocFailed || sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, whenExpr) ){
pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);
return 1;
}
sqlite3ExprIfFalse(pParse, whenExpr, endTrigger, SQLITE_JUMPIFNULL);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, whenExpr);
codeTriggerProgram(pParse, p->step_list, orconf);
/* Pop the entry off the trigger stack */
pParse->trigStack = trigStackEntry.pNext;
sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(pParse->pVdbe, endTrigger);
}
}
if( piOldColMask ) *piOldColMask |= trigStackEntry.oldColMask;
if( piNewColMask ) *piNewColMask |= trigStackEntry.newColMask;
return 0;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER) */

685
update.c
View file

@ -1,685 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
** to handle UPDATE statements.
**
** $Id: update.c,v 1.196 2009/02/28 10:47:42 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Forward declaration */
static void updateVirtualTable(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */
Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */
ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
Expr *pRowidExpr, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
/*
** The most recently coded instruction was an OP_Column to retrieve the
** i-th column of table pTab. This routine sets the P4 parameter of the
** OP_Column to the default value, if any.
**
** The default value of a column is specified by a DEFAULT clause in the
** column definition. This was either supplied by the user when the table
** was created, or added later to the table definition by an ALTER TABLE
** command. If the latter, then the row-records in the table btree on disk
** may not contain a value for the column and the default value, taken
** from the P4 parameter of the OP_Column instruction, is returned instead.
** If the former, then all row-records are guaranteed to include a value
** for the column and the P4 value is not required.
**
** Column definitions created by an ALTER TABLE command may only have
** literal default values specified: a number, null or a string. (If a more
** complicated default expression value was provided, it is evaluated
** when the ALTER TABLE is executed and one of the literal values written
** into the sqlite_master table.)
**
** Therefore, the P4 parameter is only required if the default value for
** the column is a literal number, string or null. The sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
** function is capable of transforming these types of expressions into
** sqlite3_value objects.
*/
void sqlite3ColumnDefault(Vdbe *v, Table *pTab, int i){
if( pTab && !pTab->pSelect ){
sqlite3_value *pValue;
u8 enc = ENC(sqlite3VdbeDb(v));
Column *pCol = &pTab->aCol[i];
VdbeComment((v, "%s.%s", pTab->zName, pCol->zName));
assert( i<pTab->nCol );
sqlite3ValueFromExpr(sqlite3VdbeDb(v), pCol->pDflt, enc,
pCol->affinity, &pValue);
if( pValue ){
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, -1, (const char *)pValue, P4_MEM);
}
}
}
/*
** Process an UPDATE statement.
**
** UPDATE OR IGNORE table_wxyz SET a=b, c=d WHERE e<5 AND f NOT NULL;
** \_______/ \________/ \______/ \________________/
* onError pTabList pChanges pWhere
*/
void sqlite3Update(
Parse *pParse, /* The parser context */
SrcList *pTabList, /* The table in which we should change things */
ExprList *pChanges, /* Things to be changed */
Expr *pWhere, /* The WHERE clause. May be null */
int onError /* How to handle constraint errors */
){
int i, j; /* Loop counters */
Table *pTab; /* The table to be updated */
int addr = 0; /* VDBE instruction address of the start of the loop */
WhereInfo *pWInfo; /* Information about the WHERE clause */
Vdbe *v; /* The virtual database engine */
Index *pIdx; /* For looping over indices */
int nIdx; /* Number of indices that need updating */
int iCur; /* VDBE Cursor number of pTab */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database structure */
int *aRegIdx = 0; /* One register assigned to each index to be updated */
int *aXRef = 0; /* aXRef[i] is the index in pChanges->a[] of the
** an expression for the i-th column of the table.
** aXRef[i]==-1 if the i-th column is not changed. */
int chngRowid; /* True if the record number is being changed */
Expr *pRowidExpr = 0; /* Expression defining the new record number */
int openAll = 0; /* True if all indices need to be opened */
AuthContext sContext; /* The authorization context */
NameContext sNC; /* The name-context to resolve expressions in */
int iDb; /* Database containing the table being updated */
int j1; /* Addresses of jump instructions */
int okOnePass; /* True for one-pass algorithm without the FIFO */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
int isView; /* Trying to update a view */
Trigger *pTrigger; /* List of triggers on pTab, if required */
#endif
int iBeginAfterTrigger = 0; /* Address of after trigger program */
int iEndAfterTrigger = 0; /* Exit of after trigger program */
int iBeginBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Address of before trigger program */
int iEndBeforeTrigger = 0; /* Exit of before trigger program */
u32 old_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of OLD.* columns in use */
u32 new_col_mask = 0; /* Mask of NEW.* columns in use */
int newIdx = -1; /* index of trigger "new" temp table */
int oldIdx = -1; /* index of trigger "old" temp table */
/* Register Allocations */
int regRowCount = 0; /* A count of rows changed */
int regOldRowid; /* The old rowid */
int regNewRowid; /* The new rowid */
int regData; /* New data for the row */
int regRowSet = 0; /* Rowset of rows to be updated */
sContext.pParse = 0;
db = pParse->db;
if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
/* Locate the table which we want to update.
*/
pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
if( pTab==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(pParse->db, pTab->pSchema);
/* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
** updated is a view
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
pTrigger = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_UPDATE, pChanges, 0);
isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
#else
# define pTrigger 0
# define isView 0
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
# undef isView
# define isView 0
#endif
if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, (pTrigger?1:0)) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
if( sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
aXRef = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(int) * pTab->nCol );
if( aXRef==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++) aXRef[i] = -1;
/* If there are FOR EACH ROW triggers, allocate cursors for the
** special OLD and NEW tables
*/
if( pTrigger ){
newIdx = pParse->nTab++;
oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
}
/* Allocate a cursors for the main database table and for all indices.
** The index cursors might not be used, but if they are used they
** need to occur right after the database cursor. So go ahead and
** allocate enough space, just in case.
*/
pTabList->a[0].iCursor = iCur = pParse->nTab++;
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
pParse->nTab++;
}
/* Initialize the name-context */
memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
sNC.pParse = pParse;
sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
/* Resolve the column names in all the expressions of the
** of the UPDATE statement. Also find the column index
** for each column to be updated in the pChanges array. For each
** column to be updated, make sure we have authorization to change
** that column.
*/
chngRowid = 0;
for(i=0; i<pChanges->nExpr; i++){
if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pChanges->a[i].pExpr) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
for(j=0; j<pTab->nCol; j++){
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[j].zName, pChanges->a[i].zName)==0 ){
if( j==pTab->iPKey ){
chngRowid = 1;
pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
}
aXRef[j] = i;
break;
}
}
if( j>=pTab->nCol ){
if( sqlite3IsRowid(pChanges->a[i].zName) ){
chngRowid = 1;
pRowidExpr = pChanges->a[i].pExpr;
}else{
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such column: %s", pChanges->a[i].zName);
goto update_cleanup;
}
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
{
int rc;
rc = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_UPDATE, pTab->zName,
pTab->aCol[j].zName, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
goto update_cleanup;
}else if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
aXRef[j] = -1;
}
}
#endif
}
/* Allocate memory for the array aRegIdx[]. There is one entry in the
** array for each index associated with table being updated. Fill in
** the value with a register number for indices that are to be used
** and with zero for unused indices.
*/
for(nIdx=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, nIdx++){}
if( nIdx>0 ){
aRegIdx = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Index*) * nIdx );
if( aRegIdx==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
}
for(j=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, j++){
int reg;
if( chngRowid ){
reg = ++pParse->nMem;
}else{
reg = 0;
for(i=0; i<pIdx->nColumn; i++){
if( aXRef[pIdx->aiColumn[i]]>=0 ){
reg = ++pParse->nMem;
break;
}
}
}
aRegIdx[j] = reg;
}
/* Allocate a block of register used to store the change record
** sent to sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(). There are either
** one or two registers for holding the rowid. One rowid register
** is used if chngRowid is false and two are used if chngRowid is
** true. Following these are pTab->nCol register holding column
** data.
*/
regOldRowid = regNewRowid = pParse->nMem + 1;
pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol + 1;
if( chngRowid ){
regNewRowid++;
pParse->nMem++;
}
regData = regNewRowid+1;
/* Begin generating code.
*/
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 1, iDb);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/* Virtual tables must be handled separately */
if( IsVirtual(pTab) ){
updateVirtualTable(pParse, pTabList, pTab, pChanges, pRowidExpr, aXRef,
pWhere);
pWhere = 0;
pTabList = 0;
goto update_cleanup;
}
#endif
/* Start the view context
*/
if( isView ){
sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
}
/* Generate the code for triggers.
*/
if( pTrigger ){
int iGoto;
/* Create pseudo-tables for NEW and OLD
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_OpenPseudo, newIdx, 0, pTab->nCol);
iGoto = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
addr = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
iBeginBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab, newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr,
&old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
iEndBeforeTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
iBeginAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
if( sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, pTrigger, TK_UPDATE, pChanges,
TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, newIdx, oldIdx, onError, addr,
&old_col_mask, &new_col_mask) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
iEndAfterTrigger = sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, 0);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iGoto);
}
/* If we are trying to update a view, realize that view into
** a ephemeral table.
*/
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
if( isView ){
sqlite3MaterializeView(pParse, pTab, pWhere, iCur);
}
#endif
/* Resolve the column names in all the expressions in the
** WHERE clause.
*/
if( sqlite3ResolveExprNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
goto update_cleanup;
}
/* Begin the database scan
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regOldRowid);
pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0,
WHERE_ONEPASS_DESIRED, 0);
if( pWInfo==0 ) goto update_cleanup;
okOnePass = pWInfo->okOnePass;
/* Remember the rowid of every item to be updated.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, IsVirtual(pTab)?OP_VRowid:OP_Rowid, iCur, regOldRowid);
if( !okOnePass ){
regRowSet = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowSetAdd, regRowSet, regOldRowid);
}
/* End the database scan loop.
*/
sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
/* Initialize the count of updated rows
*/
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack ){
regRowCount = ++pParse->nMem;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, 0, regRowCount);
}
if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
/*
** Open every index that needs updating. Note that if any
** index could potentially invoke a REPLACE conflict resolution
** action, then we need to open all indices because we might need
** to be deleting some records.
*/
if( !okOnePass ) sqlite3OpenTable(pParse, iCur, iDb, pTab, OP_OpenWrite);
if( onError==OE_Replace ){
openAll = 1;
}else{
openAll = 0;
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
if( pIdx->onError==OE_Replace ){
openAll = 1;
break;
}
}
}
for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
KeyInfo *pKey = sqlite3IndexKeyinfo(pParse, pIdx);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_OpenWrite, iCur+i+1, pIdx->tnum, iDb,
(char*)pKey, P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF);
assert( pParse->nTab>iCur+i+1 );
}
}
}
/* Jump back to this point if a trigger encounters an IGNORE constraint. */
if( pTrigger ){
sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, addr);
}
/* Top of the update loop */
if( okOnePass ){
int a1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_NotNull, regOldRowid);
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(v, OP_Goto);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, a1);
}else{
addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_RowSetRead, regRowSet, 0, regOldRowid);
}
if( pTrigger ){
int regRowid;
int regRow;
int regCols;
/* Make cursor iCur point to the record that is being updated.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
/* Generate the OLD table
*/
regRowid = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
regRow = sqlite3GetTempReg(pParse);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
if( !old_col_mask ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regRow);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_RowData, iCur, regRow);
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, regRow, regRowid);
/* Generate the NEW table
*/
if( chngRowid ){
sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pRowidExpr, regRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regRowid);
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, regRowid);
}
regCols = sqlite3GetTempRange(pParse, pTab->nCol);
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
continue;
}
j = aXRef[i];
if( new_col_mask&((u32)1<<i) || new_col_mask==0xffffffff ){
if( j<0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regCols+i);
sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
}else{
sqlite3ExprCodeAndCache(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regCols+i);
}
}else{
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regCols+i);
}
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_MakeRecord, regCols, pTab->nCol, regRow);
if( !isView ){
sqlite3TableAffinityStr(v, pTab);
sqlite3ExprCacheAffinityChange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
}
sqlite3ReleaseTempRange(pParse, regCols, pTab->nCol);
/* if( pParse->nErr ) goto update_cleanup; */
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Insert, newIdx, regRow, regRowid);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRowid);
sqlite3ReleaseTempReg(pParse, regRow);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginBeforeTrigger);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndBeforeTrigger);
}
if( !isView && !IsVirtual(pTab) ){
/* Loop over every record that needs updating. We have to load
** the old data for each record to be updated because some columns
** might not change and we will need to copy the old value.
** Also, the old data is needed to delete the old index entries.
** So make the cursor point at the old record.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, addr, regOldRowid);
/* If the record number will change, push the record number as it
** will be after the update. (The old record number is currently
** on top of the stack.)
*/
if( chngRowid ){
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pRowidExpr, regNewRowid);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(v, OP_MustBeInt, regNewRowid);
}
/* Compute new data for this record.
*/
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
if( i==pTab->iPKey ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, regData+i);
continue;
}
j = aXRef[i];
if( j<0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, iCur, i, regData+i);
sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, i);
}else{
sqlite3ExprCode(pParse, pChanges->a[j].pExpr, regData+i);
}
}
/* Do constraint checks
*/
sqlite3GenerateConstraintChecks(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
aRegIdx, chngRowid, 1,
onError, addr);
/* Delete the old indices for the current record.
*/
j1 = sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0, regOldRowid);
sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(pParse, pTab, iCur, aRegIdx);
/* If changing the record number, delete the old record.
*/
if( chngRowid ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Delete, iCur, 0);
}
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, j1);
/* Create the new index entries and the new record.
*/
sqlite3CompleteInsertion(pParse, pTab, iCur, regNewRowid,
aRegIdx, 1, -1, 0);
}
/* Increment the row counter
*/
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_AddImm, regRowCount, 1);
}
/* If there are triggers, close all the cursors after each iteration
** through the loop. The fire the after triggers.
*/
if( pTrigger ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, iBeginAfterTrigger);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, iEndAfterTrigger);
}
/* Repeat the above with the next record to be updated, until
** all record selected by the WHERE clause have been updated.
*/
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr);
/* Close all tables */
for(i=0, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
if( openAll || aRegIdx[i]>0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur+i+1, 0);
}
}
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
if( pTrigger ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, newIdx, 0);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, oldIdx, 0);
}
/*
** Return the number of rows that were changed. If this routine is
** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
** invoke the callback function.
*/
if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && !pParse->trigStack && pParse->nested==0 ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, regRowCount, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "rows updated", SQLITE_STATIC);
}
update_cleanup:
sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
sqlite3DbFree(db, aRegIdx);
sqlite3DbFree(db, aXRef);
sqlite3SrcListDelete(db, pTabList);
sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pChanges);
sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pWhere);
return;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
/*
** Generate code for an UPDATE of a virtual table.
**
** The strategy is that we create an ephemerial table that contains
** for each row to be changed:
**
** (A) The original rowid of that row.
** (B) The revised rowid for the row. (note1)
** (C) The content of every column in the row.
**
** Then we loop over this ephemeral table and for each row in
** the ephermeral table call VUpdate.
**
** When finished, drop the ephemeral table.
**
** (note1) Actually, if we know in advance that (A) is always the same
** as (B) we only store (A), then duplicate (A) when pulling
** it out of the ephemeral table before calling VUpdate.
*/
static void updateVirtualTable(
Parse *pParse, /* The parsing context */
SrcList *pSrc, /* The virtual table to be modified */
Table *pTab, /* The virtual table */
ExprList *pChanges, /* The columns to change in the UPDATE statement */
Expr *pRowid, /* Expression used to recompute the rowid */
int *aXRef, /* Mapping from columns of pTab to entries in pChanges */
Expr *pWhere /* WHERE clause of the UPDATE statement */
){
Vdbe *v = pParse->pVdbe; /* Virtual machine under construction */
ExprList *pEList = 0; /* The result set of the SELECT statement */
Select *pSelect = 0; /* The SELECT statement */
Expr *pExpr; /* Temporary expression */
int ephemTab; /* Table holding the result of the SELECT */
int i; /* Loop counter */
int addr; /* Address of top of loop */
int iReg; /* First register in set passed to OP_VUpdate */
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
const char *pVtab = (const char*)pTab->pVtab;
SelectDest dest;
/* Construct the SELECT statement that will find the new values for
** all updated rows.
*/
pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, 0,
sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, "_rowid_"), 0);
if( pRowid ){
pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList,
sqlite3ExprDup(db, pRowid, 0), 0);
}
assert( pTab->iPKey<0 );
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
if( aXRef[i]>=0 ){
pExpr = sqlite3ExprDup(db, pChanges->a[aXRef[i]].pExpr, 0);
}else{
pExpr = sqlite3CreateIdExpr(pParse, pTab->aCol[i].zName);
}
pEList = sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse, pEList, pExpr, 0);
}
pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, pEList, pSrc, pWhere, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0);
/* Create the ephemeral table into which the update results will
** be stored.
*/
assert( v );
ephemTab = pParse->nTab++;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_OpenEphemeral, ephemTab, pTab->nCol+1+(pRowid!=0));
/* fill the ephemeral table
*/
sqlite3SelectDestInit(&dest, SRT_Table, ephemTab);
sqlite3Select(pParse, pSelect, &dest);
/* Generate code to scan the ephemeral table and call VUpdate. */
iReg = ++pParse->nMem;
pParse->nMem += pTab->nCol+1;
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Rewind, ephemTab, 0);
addr = sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, 0, iReg);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, (pRowid?1:0), iReg+1);
for(i=0; i<pTab->nCol; i++){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(v, OP_Column, ephemTab, i+1+(pRowid!=0), iReg+2+i);
}
sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(pParse, pTab);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VUpdate, 0, pTab->nCol+2, iReg, pVtab, P4_VTAB);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Next, ephemTab, addr);
sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(v, addr-1);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Close, ephemTab, 0);
/* Cleanup */
sqlite3SelectDelete(db, pSelect);
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */
/* Make sure "isView" gets undefined in case this file becomes part of
** the amalgamation - so that subsequent files do not see isView as a
** macro. */
#undef isView

542
utf.c
View file

@ -1,542 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2004 April 13
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used to translate between UTF-8,
** UTF-16, UTF-16BE, and UTF-16LE.
**
** $Id: utf.c,v 1.73 2009/04/01 18:40:32 drh Exp $
**
** Notes on UTF-8:
**
** Byte-0 Byte-1 Byte-2 Byte-3 Value
** 0xxxxxxx 00000000 00000000 0xxxxxxx
** 110yyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 00000yyy yyxxxxxx
** 1110zzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
** 11110uuu 10uuzzzz 10yyyyyy 10xxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** Notes on UTF-16: (with wwww+1==uuuuu)
**
** Word-0 Word-1 Value
** 110110ww wwzzzzyy 110111yy yyxxxxxx 000uuuuu zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
** zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx 00000000 zzzzyyyy yyxxxxxx
**
**
** BOM or Byte Order Mark:
** 0xff 0xfe little-endian utf-16 follows
** 0xfe 0xff big-endian utf-16 follows
**
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <assert.h>
#include "vdbeInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_AMALGAMATION
/*
** The following constant value is used by the SQLITE_BIGENDIAN and
** SQLITE_LITTLEENDIAN macros.
*/
const int sqlite3one = 1;
#endif /* SQLITE_AMALGAMATION */
/*
** This lookup table is used to help decode the first byte of
** a multi-byte UTF8 character.
*/
static const unsigned char sqlite3Utf8Trans1[] = {
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
0x10, 0x11, 0x12, 0x13, 0x14, 0x15, 0x16, 0x17,
0x18, 0x19, 0x1a, 0x1b, 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e, 0x1f,
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x08, 0x09, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c, 0x0d, 0x0e, 0x0f,
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x04, 0x05, 0x06, 0x07,
0x00, 0x01, 0x02, 0x03, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x00,
};
#define WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c) { \
if( c<0x00080 ){ \
*zOut++ = (u8)(c&0xFF); \
} \
else if( c<0x00800 ){ \
*zOut++ = 0xC0 + (u8)((c>>6)&0x1F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
} \
else if( c<0x10000 ){ \
*zOut++ = 0xE0 + (u8)((c>>12)&0x0F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
}else{ \
*zOut++ = 0xF0 + (u8)((c>>18) & 0x07); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>12) & 0x3F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)((c>>6) & 0x3F); \
*zOut++ = 0x80 + (u8)(c & 0x3F); \
} \
}
#define WRITE_UTF16LE(zOut, c) { \
if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
*zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
*zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
}else{ \
*zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
} \
}
#define WRITE_UTF16BE(zOut, c) { \
if( c<=0xFFFF ){ \
*zOut++ = (u8)((c>>8)&0x00FF); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
}else{ \
*zOut++ = (u8)(0x00D8 + (((c-0x10000)>>18)&0x03)); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(((c>>10)&0x003F) + (((c-0x10000)>>10)&0x00C0)); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(0x00DC + ((c>>8)&0x03)); \
*zOut++ = (u8)(c&0x00FF); \
} \
}
#define READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c){ \
c = (*zIn++); \
c += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){ \
int c2 = (*zIn++); \
c2 += ((*zIn++)<<8); \
c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
} \
}
#define READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c){ \
c = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
c += (*zIn++); \
if( c>=0xD800 && c<0xE000 ){ \
int c2 = ((*zIn++)<<8); \
c2 += (*zIn++); \
c = (c2&0x03FF) + ((c&0x003F)<<10) + (((c&0x03C0)+0x0040)<<10); \
} \
}
/*
** Translate a single UTF-8 character. Return the unicode value.
**
** During translation, assume that the byte that zTerm points
** is a 0x00.
**
** Write a pointer to the next unread byte back into *pzNext.
**
** Notes On Invalid UTF-8:
**
** * This routine never allows a 7-bit character (0x00 through 0x7f) to
** be encoded as a multi-byte character. Any multi-byte character that
** attempts to encode a value between 0x00 and 0x7f is rendered as 0xfffd.
**
** * This routine never allows a UTF16 surrogate value to be encoded.
** If a multi-byte character attempts to encode a value between
** 0xd800 and 0xe000 then it is rendered as 0xfffd.
**
** * Bytes in the range of 0x80 through 0xbf which occur as the first
** byte of a character are interpreted as single-byte characters
** and rendered as themselves even though they are technically
** invalid characters.
**
** * This routine accepts an infinite number of different UTF8 encodings
** for unicode values 0x80 and greater. It do not change over-length
** encodings to 0xfffd as some systems recommend.
*/
#define READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c) \
c = *(zIn++); \
if( c>=0xc0 ){ \
c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0]; \
while( zIn!=zTerm && (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){ \
c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++)); \
} \
if( c<0x80 \
|| (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800 \
|| (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; } \
}
int sqlite3Utf8Read(
const unsigned char *zIn, /* First byte of UTF-8 character */
const unsigned char **pzNext /* Write first byte past UTF-8 char here */
){
int c;
/* Same as READ_UTF8() above but without the zTerm parameter.
** For this routine, we assume the UTF8 string is always zero-terminated.
*/
c = *(zIn++);
if( c>=0xc0 ){
c = sqlite3Utf8Trans1[c-0xc0];
while( (*zIn & 0xc0)==0x80 ){
c = (c<<6) + (0x3f & *(zIn++));
}
if( c<0x80
|| (c&0xFFFFF800)==0xD800
|| (c&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ){ c = 0xFFFD; }
}
*pzNext = zIn;
return c;
}
/*
** If the TRANSLATE_TRACE macro is defined, the value of each Mem is
** printed on stderr on the way into and out of sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate().
*/
/* #define TRANSLATE_TRACE 1 */
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** This routine transforms the internal text encoding used by pMem to
** desiredEnc. It is an error if the string is already of the desired
** encoding, or if *pMem does not contain a string value.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem *pMem, u8 desiredEnc){
int len; /* Maximum length of output string in bytes */
unsigned char *zOut; /* Output buffer */
unsigned char *zIn; /* Input iterator */
unsigned char *zTerm; /* End of input */
unsigned char *z; /* Output iterator */
unsigned int c;
assert( pMem->db==0 || sqlite3_mutex_held(pMem->db->mutex) );
assert( pMem->flags&MEM_Str );
assert( pMem->enc!=desiredEnc );
assert( pMem->enc!=0 );
assert( pMem->n>=0 );
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
{
char zBuf[100];
sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
fprintf(stderr, "INPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
}
#endif
/* If the translation is between UTF-16 little and big endian, then
** all that is required is to swap the byte order. This case is handled
** differently from the others.
*/
if( pMem->enc!=SQLITE_UTF8 && desiredEnc!=SQLITE_UTF8 ){
u8 temp;
int rc;
rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
assert( rc==SQLITE_NOMEM );
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n&~1];
while( zIn<zTerm ){
temp = *zIn;
*zIn = *(zIn+1);
zIn++;
*zIn++ = temp;
}
pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
goto translate_out;
}
/* Set len to the maximum number of bytes required in the output buffer. */
if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
/* When converting from UTF-16, the maximum growth results from
** translating a 2-byte character to a 4-byte UTF-8 character.
** A single byte is required for the output string
** nul-terminator.
*/
pMem->n &= ~1;
len = pMem->n * 2 + 1;
}else{
/* When converting from UTF-8 to UTF-16 the maximum growth is caused
** when a 1-byte UTF-8 character is translated into a 2-byte UTF-16
** character. Two bytes are required in the output buffer for the
** nul-terminator.
*/
len = pMem->n * 2 + 2;
}
/* Set zIn to point at the start of the input buffer and zTerm to point 1
** byte past the end.
**
** Variable zOut is set to point at the output buffer, space obtained
** from sqlite3_malloc().
*/
zIn = (u8*)pMem->z;
zTerm = &zIn[pMem->n];
zOut = sqlite3DbMallocRaw(pMem->db, len);
if( !zOut ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
z = zOut;
if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF8 ){
if( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
/* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Little-endian */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
/* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF16LE(z, c);
}
}else{
assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
/* UTF-8 -> UTF-16 Big-endian */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
/* c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, zTerm, (const u8**)&zIn); */
READ_UTF8(zIn, zTerm, c);
WRITE_UTF16BE(z, c);
}
}
pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
*z++ = 0;
}else{
assert( desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8 );
if( pMem->enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE ){
/* UTF-16 Little-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
READ_UTF16LE(zIn, c);
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}else{
/* UTF-16 Big-endian -> UTF-8 */
while( zIn<zTerm ){
READ_UTF16BE(zIn, c);
WRITE_UTF8(z, c);
}
}
pMem->n = (int)(z - zOut);
}
*z = 0;
assert( (pMem->n+(desiredEnc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2))<=len );
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(pMem);
pMem->flags &= ~(MEM_Static|MEM_Dyn|MEM_Ephem);
pMem->enc = desiredEnc;
pMem->flags |= (MEM_Term|MEM_Dyn);
pMem->z = (char*)zOut;
pMem->zMalloc = pMem->z;
translate_out:
#if defined(TRANSLATE_TRACE) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
{
char zBuf[100];
sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(pMem, zBuf);
fprintf(stderr, "OUTPUT: %s\n", zBuf);
}
#endif
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** This routine checks for a byte-order mark at the beginning of the
** UTF-16 string stored in *pMem. If one is present, it is removed and
** the encoding of the Mem adjusted. This routine does not do any
** byte-swapping, it just sets Mem.enc appropriately.
**
** The allocation (static, dynamic etc.) and encoding of the Mem may be
** changed by this function.
*/
int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
u8 bom = 0;
assert( pMem->n>=0 );
if( pMem->n>1 ){
u8 b1 = *(u8 *)pMem->z;
u8 b2 = *(((u8 *)pMem->z) + 1);
if( b1==0xFE && b2==0xFF ){
bom = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
}
if( b1==0xFF && b2==0xFE ){
bom = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
}
}
if( bom ){
rc = sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(pMem);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pMem->n -= 2;
memmove(pMem->z, &pMem->z[2], pMem->n);
pMem->z[pMem->n] = '\0';
pMem->z[pMem->n+1] = '\0';
pMem->flags |= MEM_Term;
pMem->enc = bom;
}
}
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */
/*
** pZ is a UTF-8 encoded unicode string. If nByte is less than zero,
** return the number of unicode characters in pZ up to (but not including)
** the first 0x00 byte. If nByte is not less than zero, return the
** number of unicode characters in the first nByte of pZ (or up to
** the first 0x00, whichever comes first).
*/
int sqlite3Utf8CharLen(const char *zIn, int nByte){
int r = 0;
const u8 *z = (const u8*)zIn;
const u8 *zTerm;
if( nByte>=0 ){
zTerm = &z[nByte];
}else{
zTerm = (const u8*)(-1);
}
assert( z<=zTerm );
while( *z!=0 && z<zTerm ){
SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z);
r++;
}
return r;
}
/* This test function is not currently used by the automated test-suite.
** Hence it is only available in debug builds.
*/
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST) && defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** Translate UTF-8 to UTF-8.
**
** This has the effect of making sure that the string is well-formed
** UTF-8. Miscoded characters are removed.
**
** The translation is done in-place (since it is impossible for the
** correct UTF-8 encoding to be longer than a malformed encoding).
*/
int sqlite3Utf8To8(unsigned char *zIn){
unsigned char *zOut = zIn;
unsigned char *zStart = zIn;
u32 c;
while( zIn[0] ){
c = sqlite3Utf8Read(zIn, (const u8**)&zIn);
if( c!=0xfffd ){
WRITE_UTF8(zOut, c);
}
}
*zOut = 0;
return (int)(zOut - zStart);
}
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
/*
** Convert a UTF-16 string in the native encoding into a UTF-8 string.
** Memory to hold the UTF-8 string is obtained from sqlite3_malloc and must
** be freed by the calling function.
**
** NULL is returned if there is an allocation error.
*/
char *sqlite3Utf16to8(sqlite3 *db, const void *z, int nByte){
Mem m;
memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m));
m.db = db;
sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(&m, z, nByte, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE, SQLITE_STATIC);
sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(&m, SQLITE_UTF8);
if( db->mallocFailed ){
sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(&m);
m.z = 0;
}
assert( (m.flags & MEM_Term)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
assert( (m.flags & MEM_Str)!=0 || db->mallocFailed );
return (m.flags & MEM_Dyn)!=0 ? m.z : sqlite3DbStrDup(db, m.z);
}
/*
** pZ is a UTF-16 encoded unicode string at least nChar characters long.
** Return the number of bytes in the first nChar unicode characters
** in pZ. nChar must be non-negative.
*/
int sqlite3Utf16ByteLen(const void *zIn, int nChar){
int c;
unsigned char const *z = zIn;
int n = 0;
if( SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE ){
/* Using an "if (SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE==SQLITE_UTF16BE)" construct here
** and in other parts of this file means that at one branch will
** not be covered by coverage testing on any single host. But coverage
** will be complete if the tests are run on both a little-endian and
** big-endian host. Because both the UTF16NATIVE and SQLITE_UTF16BE
** macros are constant at compile time the compiler can determine
** which branch will be followed. It is therefore assumed that no runtime
** penalty is paid for this "if" statement.
*/
while( n<nChar ){
READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
n++;
}
}else{
while( n<nChar ){
READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
n++;
}
}
return (int)(z-(unsigned char const *)zIn);
}
#if defined(SQLITE_TEST)
/*
** This routine is called from the TCL test function "translate_selftest".
** It checks that the primitives for serializing and deserializing
** characters in each encoding are inverses of each other.
*/
void sqlite3UtfSelfTest(void){
unsigned int i, t;
unsigned char zBuf[20];
unsigned char *z;
int n;
unsigned int c;
for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
z = zBuf;
WRITE_UTF8(z, i);
n = (int)(z-zBuf);
assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
c = sqlite3Utf8Read(z, (const u8**)&z);
t = i;
if( i>=0xD800 && i<=0xDFFF ) t = 0xFFFD;
if( (i&0xFFFFFFFE)==0xFFFE ) t = 0xFFFD;
assert( c==t );
assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
}
for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
z = zBuf;
WRITE_UTF16LE(z, i);
n = (int)(z-zBuf);
assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
READ_UTF16LE(z, c);
assert( c==i );
assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
}
for(i=0; i<0x00110000; i++){
if( i>=0xD800 && i<0xE000 ) continue;
z = zBuf;
WRITE_UTF16BE(z, i);
n = (int)(z-zBuf);
assert( n>0 && n<=4 );
z[0] = 0;
z = zBuf;
READ_UTF16BE(z, c);
assert( c==i );
assert( (z-zBuf)==n );
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_TEST */
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16 */

991
util.c
View file

@ -1,991 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Utility functions used throughout sqlite.
**
** This file contains functions for allocating memory, comparing
** strings, and stuff like that.
**
** $Id: util.c,v 1.249 2009/03/01 22:29:20 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
/*
** Routine needed to support the testcase() macro.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_COVERAGE_TEST
void sqlite3Coverage(int x){
static int dummy = 0;
dummy += x;
}
#endif
/*
** Routine needed to support the ALWAYS() and NEVER() macros.
**
** The argument to ALWAYS() should always be true and the argument
** to NEVER() should always be false. If either is not the case
** then this routine is called in order to throw an error.
**
** This routine only exists if assert() is operational. It always
** throws an assert on its first invocation. The variable has a long
** name to help the assert() message be more readable. The variable
** is used to prevent a too-clever optimizer from optimizing out the
** entire call.
*/
#ifndef NDEBUG
int sqlite3Assert(void){
static volatile int ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true = 0;
assert( ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true ); /* Always fails */
return ALWAYS_was_false_or_NEVER_was_true++; /* Not Reached */
}
#endif
/*
** Return true if the floating point value is Not a Number (NaN).
*/
int sqlite3IsNaN(double x){
/* This NaN test sometimes fails if compiled on GCC with -ffast-math.
** On the other hand, the use of -ffast-math comes with the following
** warning:
**
** This option [-ffast-math] should never be turned on by any
** -O option since it can result in incorrect output for programs
** which depend on an exact implementation of IEEE or ISO
** rules/specifications for math functions.
**
** Under MSVC, this NaN test may fail if compiled with a floating-
** point precision mode other than /fp:precise. From the MSDN
** documentation:
**
** The compiler [with /fp:precise] will properly handle comparisons
** involving NaN. For example, x != x evaluates to true if x is NaN
** ...
*/
#ifdef __FAST_MATH__
# error SQLite will not work correctly with the -ffast-math option of GCC.
#endif
volatile double y = x;
volatile double z = y;
return y!=z;
}
/*
** Compute a string length that is limited to what can be stored in
** lower 30 bits of a 32-bit signed integer.
*/
int sqlite3Strlen30(const char *z){
const char *z2 = z;
while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
return 0x3fffffff & (int)(z2 - z);
}
/*
** Return the length of a string, except do not allow the string length
** to exceed the SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH setting.
*/
int sqlite3Strlen(sqlite3 *db, const char *z){
const char *z2 = z;
int len;
int x;
while( *z2 ){ z2++; }
x = (int)(z2 - z);
len = 0x7fffffff & x;
if( len!=x || len > db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH] ){
return db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_LENGTH];
}else{
return len;
}
}
/*
** Set the most recent error code and error string for the sqlite
** handle "db". The error code is set to "err_code".
**
** If it is not NULL, string zFormat specifies the format of the
** error string in the style of the printf functions: The following
** format characters are allowed:
**
** %s Insert a string
** %z A string that should be freed after use
** %d Insert an integer
** %T Insert a token
** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** zFormat and any string tokens that follow it are assumed to be
** encoded in UTF-8.
**
** To clear the most recent error for sqlite handle "db", sqlite3Error
** should be called with err_code set to SQLITE_OK and zFormat set
** to NULL.
*/
void sqlite3Error(sqlite3 *db, int err_code, const char *zFormat, ...){
if( db && (db->pErr || (db->pErr = sqlite3ValueNew(db))!=0) ){
db->errCode = err_code;
if( zFormat ){
char *z;
va_list ap;
va_start(ap, zFormat);
z = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, -1, z, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_DYNAMIC);
}else{
sqlite3ValueSetStr(db->pErr, 0, 0, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
}
}
}
/*
** Add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and increment pParse->nErr.
** The following formatting characters are allowed:
**
** %s Insert a string
** %z A string that should be freed after use
** %d Insert an integer
** %T Insert a token
** %S Insert the first element of a SrcList
**
** This function should be used to report any error that occurs whilst
** compiling an SQL statement (i.e. within sqlite3_prepare()). The
** last thing the sqlite3_prepare() function does is copy the error
** stored by this function into the database handle using sqlite3Error().
** Function sqlite3Error() should be used during statement execution
** (sqlite3_step() etc.).
*/
void sqlite3ErrorMsg(Parse *pParse, const char *zFormat, ...){
va_list ap;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
pParse->nErr++;
sqlite3DbFree(db, pParse->zErrMsg);
va_start(ap, zFormat);
pParse->zErrMsg = sqlite3VMPrintf(db, zFormat, ap);
va_end(ap);
if( pParse->rc==SQLITE_OK ){
pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
}
/*
** Clear the error message in pParse, if any
*/
void sqlite3ErrorClear(Parse *pParse){
sqlite3DbFree(pParse->db, pParse->zErrMsg);
pParse->zErrMsg = 0;
pParse->nErr = 0;
}
/*
** Convert an SQL-style quoted string into a normal string by removing
** the quote characters. The conversion is done in-place. If the
** input does not begin with a quote character, then this routine
** is a no-op.
**
** 2002-Feb-14: This routine is extended to remove MS-Access style
** brackets from around identifers. For example: "[a-b-c]" becomes
** "a-b-c".
*/
void sqlite3Dequote(char *z){
char quote;
int i, j;
if( z==0 ) return;
quote = z[0];
switch( quote ){
case '\'': break;
case '"': break;
case '`': break; /* For MySQL compatibility */
case '[': quote = ']'; break; /* For MS SqlServer compatibility */
default: return;
}
for(i=1, j=0; z[i]; i++){
if( z[i]==quote ){
if( z[i+1]==quote ){
z[j++] = quote;
i++;
}else{
z[j++] = 0;
break;
}
}else{
z[j++] = z[i];
}
}
}
/* Convenient short-hand */
#define UpperToLower sqlite3UpperToLower
/*
** Some systems have stricmp(). Others have strcasecmp(). Because
** there is no consistency, we will define our own.
*/
int sqlite3StrICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight){
register unsigned char *a, *b;
a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
while( *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
return UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}
int sqlite3StrNICmp(const char *zLeft, const char *zRight, int N){
register unsigned char *a, *b;
a = (unsigned char *)zLeft;
b = (unsigned char *)zRight;
while( N-- > 0 && *a!=0 && UpperToLower[*a]==UpperToLower[*b]){ a++; b++; }
return N<0 ? 0 : UpperToLower[*a] - UpperToLower[*b];
}
/*
** Return TRUE if z is a pure numeric string. Return FALSE if the
** string contains any character which is not part of a number. If
** the string is numeric and contains the '.' character, set *realnum
** to TRUE (otherwise FALSE).
**
** An empty string is considered non-numeric.
*/
int sqlite3IsNumber(const char *z, int *realnum, u8 enc){
int incr = (enc==SQLITE_UTF8?1:2);
if( enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE ) z++;
if( *z=='-' || *z=='+' ) z += incr;
if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
return 0;
}
z += incr;
if( realnum ) *realnum = 0;
while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
if( *z=='.' ){
z += incr;
if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
}
if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
z += incr;
if( *z=='+' || *z=='-' ) z += incr;
if( !sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ) return 0;
while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){ z += incr; }
if( realnum ) *realnum = 1;
}
return *z==0;
}
/*
** The string z[] is an ascii representation of a real number.
** Convert this string to a double.
**
** This routine assumes that z[] really is a valid number. If it
** is not, the result is undefined.
**
** This routine is used instead of the library atof() function because
** the library atof() might want to use "," as the decimal point instead
** of "." depending on how locale is set. But that would cause problems
** for SQL. So this routine always uses "." regardless of locale.
*/
int sqlite3AtoF(const char *z, double *pResult){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT
int sign = 1;
const char *zBegin = z;
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE v1 = 0.0;
int nSignificant = 0;
while( sqlite3Isspace(*z) ) z++;
if( *z=='-' ){
sign = -1;
z++;
}else if( *z=='+' ){
z++;
}
while( z[0]=='0' ){
z++;
}
while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
z++;
nSignificant++;
}
if( *z=='.' ){
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE divisor = 1.0;
z++;
if( nSignificant==0 ){
while( z[0]=='0' ){
divisor *= 10.0;
z++;
}
}
while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
if( nSignificant<18 ){
v1 = v1*10.0 + (*z - '0');
divisor *= 10.0;
nSignificant++;
}
z++;
}
v1 /= divisor;
}
if( *z=='e' || *z=='E' ){
int esign = 1;
int eval = 0;
LONGDOUBLE_TYPE scale = 1.0;
z++;
if( *z=='-' ){
esign = -1;
z++;
}else if( *z=='+' ){
z++;
}
while( sqlite3Isdigit(*z) ){
eval = eval*10 + *z - '0';
z++;
}
while( eval>=64 ){ scale *= 1.0e+64; eval -= 64; }
while( eval>=16 ){ scale *= 1.0e+16; eval -= 16; }
while( eval>=4 ){ scale *= 1.0e+4; eval -= 4; }
while( eval>=1 ){ scale *= 1.0e+1; eval -= 1; }
if( esign<0 ){
v1 /= scale;
}else{
v1 *= scale;
}
}
*pResult = (double)(sign<0 ? -v1 : v1);
return (int)(z - zBegin);
#else
return sqlite3Atoi64(z, pResult);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_FLOATING_POINT */
}
/*
** Compare the 19-character string zNum against the text representation
** value 2^63: 9223372036854775808. Return negative, zero, or positive
** if zNum is less than, equal to, or greater than the string.
**
** Unlike memcmp() this routine is guaranteed to return the difference
** in the values of the last digit if the only difference is in the
** last digit. So, for example,
**
** compare2pow63("9223372036854775800")
**
** will return -8.
*/
static int compare2pow63(const char *zNum){
int c;
c = memcmp(zNum,"922337203685477580",18);
if( c==0 ){
c = zNum[18] - '8';
}
return c;
}
/*
** Return TRUE if zNum is a 64-bit signed integer and write
** the value of the integer into *pNum. If zNum is not an integer
** or is an integer that is too large to be expressed with 64 bits,
** then return false.
**
** When this routine was originally written it dealt with only
** 32-bit numbers. At that time, it was much faster than the
** atoi() library routine in RedHat 7.2.
*/
int sqlite3Atoi64(const char *zNum, i64 *pNum){
i64 v = 0;
int neg;
int i, c;
const char *zStart;
while( sqlite3Isspace(*zNum) ) zNum++;
if( *zNum=='-' ){
neg = 1;
zNum++;
}else if( *zNum=='+' ){
neg = 0;
zNum++;
}else{
neg = 0;
}
zStart = zNum;
while( zNum[0]=='0' ){ zNum++; } /* Skip over leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){
v = v*10 + c - '0';
}
*pNum = neg ? -v : v;
if( c!=0 || (i==0 && zStart==zNum) || i>19 ){
/* zNum is empty or contains non-numeric text or is longer
** than 19 digits (thus guaranting that it is too large) */
return 0;
}else if( i<19 ){
/* Less than 19 digits, so we know that it fits in 64 bits */
return 1;
}else{
/* 19-digit numbers must be no larger than 9223372036854775807 if positive
** or 9223372036854775808 if negative. Note that 9223372036854665808
** is 2^63. */
return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
}
}
/*
** The string zNum represents an integer. There might be some other
** information following the integer too, but that part is ignored.
** If the integer that the prefix of zNum represents will fit in a
** 64-bit signed integer, return TRUE. Otherwise return FALSE.
**
** This routine returns FALSE for the string -9223372036854775808 even that
** that number will, in theory fit in a 64-bit integer. Positive
** 9223373036854775808 will not fit in 64 bits. So it seems safer to return
** false.
*/
int sqlite3FitsIn64Bits(const char *zNum, int negFlag){
int i, c;
int neg = 0;
if( *zNum=='-' ){
neg = 1;
zNum++;
}else if( *zNum=='+' ){
zNum++;
}
if( negFlag ) neg = 1-neg;
while( *zNum=='0' ){
zNum++; /* Skip leading zeros. Ticket #2454 */
}
for(i=0; (c=zNum[i])>='0' && c<='9'; i++){}
if( i<19 ){
/* Guaranteed to fit if less than 19 digits */
return 1;
}else if( i>19 ){
/* Guaranteed to be too big if greater than 19 digits */
return 0;
}else{
/* Compare against 2^63. */
return compare2pow63(zNum)<neg;
}
}
/*
** If zNum represents an integer that will fit in 32-bits, then set
** *pValue to that integer and return true. Otherwise return false.
**
** Any non-numeric characters that following zNum are ignored.
** This is different from sqlite3Atoi64() which requires the
** input number to be zero-terminated.
*/
int sqlite3GetInt32(const char *zNum, int *pValue){
sqlite_int64 v = 0;
int i, c;
int neg = 0;
if( zNum[0]=='-' ){
neg = 1;
zNum++;
}else if( zNum[0]=='+' ){
zNum++;
}
while( zNum[0]=='0' ) zNum++;
for(i=0; i<11 && (c = zNum[i] - '0')>=0 && c<=9; i++){
v = v*10 + c;
}
/* The longest decimal representation of a 32 bit integer is 10 digits:
**
** 1234567890
** 2^31 -> 2147483648
*/
if( i>10 ){
return 0;
}
if( v-neg>2147483647 ){
return 0;
}
if( neg ){
v = -v;
}
*pValue = (int)v;
return 1;
}
/*
** The variable-length integer encoding is as follows:
**
** KEY:
** A = 0xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
** B = 1xxxxxxx 7 bits of data and one flag bit
** C = xxxxxxxx 8 bits of data
**
** 7 bits - A
** 14 bits - BA
** 21 bits - BBA
** 28 bits - BBBA
** 35 bits - BBBBA
** 42 bits - BBBBBA
** 49 bits - BBBBBBA
** 56 bits - BBBBBBBA
** 64 bits - BBBBBBBBC
*/
/*
** Write a 64-bit variable-length integer to memory starting at p[0].
** The length of data write will be between 1 and 9 bytes. The number
** of bytes written is returned.
**
** A variable-length integer consists of the lower 7 bits of each byte
** for all bytes that have the 8th bit set and one byte with the 8th
** bit clear. Except, if we get to the 9th byte, it stores the full
** 8 bits and is the last byte.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint(unsigned char *p, u64 v){
int i, j, n;
u8 buf[10];
if( v & (((u64)0xff000000)<<32) ){
p[8] = (u8)v;
v >>= 8;
for(i=7; i>=0; i--){
p[i] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
v >>= 7;
}
return 9;
}
n = 0;
do{
buf[n++] = (u8)((v & 0x7f) | 0x80);
v >>= 7;
}while( v!=0 );
buf[0] &= 0x7f;
assert( n<=9 );
for(i=0, j=n-1; j>=0; j--, i++){
p[i] = buf[j];
}
return n;
}
/*
** This routine is a faster version of sqlite3PutVarint() that only
** works for 32-bit positive integers and which is optimized for
** the common case of small integers. A MACRO version, putVarint32,
** is provided which inlines the single-byte case. All code should use
** the MACRO version as this function assumes the single-byte case has
** already been handled.
*/
int sqlite3PutVarint32(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
#ifndef putVarint32
if( (v & ~0x7f)==0 ){
p[0] = v;
return 1;
}
#endif
if( (v & ~0x3fff)==0 ){
p[0] = (u8)((v>>7) | 0x80);
p[1] = (u8)(v & 0x7f);
return 2;
}
return sqlite3PutVarint(p, v);
}
/*
** Read a 64-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v.
*/
u8 sqlite3GetVarint(const unsigned char *p, u64 *v){
u32 a,b,s;
a = *p;
/* a: p0 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
*v = a;
return 1;
}
p++;
b = *p;
/* b: p1 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
a &= 0x7f;
a = a<<7;
a |= b;
*v = a;
return 2;
}
p++;
a = a<<14;
a |= *p;
/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b &= 0x7f;
b = b<<7;
a |= b;
*v = a;
return 3;
}
/* CSE1 from below */
a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
p++;
b = b<<14;
b |= *p;
/* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
/* moved CSE1 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
a = a<<7;
a |= b;
*v = a;
return 4;
}
/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
/* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
/* 1:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
/* moved CSE1 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
s = a;
/* s: p0<<14 | p2 (masked) */
p++;
a = a<<14;
a |= *p;
/* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
/* we can skip these cause they were (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
/* a &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
/* b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
b = b<<7;
a |= b;
s = s>>18;
*v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
return 5;
}
/* 2:save off p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
s = s<<7;
s |= b;
/* s: p0<<21 | p1<<14 | p2<<7 | p3 (masked) */
p++;
b = b<<14;
b |= *p;
/* b: p1<<28 | p3<<14 | p5 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
/* we can skip this cause it was (effectively) done above in calc'ing s */
/* b &= (0x7f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
a = a<<7;
a |= b;
s = s>>18;
*v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
return 6;
}
p++;
a = a<<14;
a |= *p;
/* a: p2<<28 | p4<<14 | p6 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b = b<<7;
a |= b;
s = s>>11;
*v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
return 7;
}
/* CSE2 from below */
a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
p++;
b = b<<14;
b |= *p;
/* b: p3<<28 | p5<<14 | p7 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
/* moved CSE2 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f); */
a = a<<7;
a |= b;
s = s>>4;
*v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
return 8;
}
p++;
a = a<<15;
a |= *p;
/* a: p4<<29 | p6<<15 | p8 (unmasked) */
/* moved CSE2 up */
/* a &= (0x7f<<29)|(0x7f<<15)|(0xff); */
b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b = b<<8;
a |= b;
s = s<<4;
b = p[-4];
b &= 0x7f;
b = b>>3;
s |= b;
*v = ((u64)s)<<32 | a;
return 9;
}
/*
** Read a 32-bit variable-length integer from memory starting at p[0].
** Return the number of bytes read. The value is stored in *v.
** A MACRO version, getVarint32, is provided which inlines the
** single-byte case. All code should use the MACRO version as
** this function assumes the single-byte case has already been handled.
*/
u8 sqlite3GetVarint32(const unsigned char *p, u32 *v){
u32 a,b;
a = *p;
/* a: p0 (unmasked) */
#ifndef getVarint32
if (!(a&0x80))
{
*v = a;
return 1;
}
#endif
p++;
b = *p;
/* b: p1 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
a &= 0x7f;
a = a<<7;
*v = a | b;
return 2;
}
p++;
a = a<<14;
a |= *p;
/* a: p0<<14 | p2 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b &= 0x7f;
b = b<<7;
*v = a | b;
return 3;
}
p++;
b = b<<14;
b |= *p;
/* b: p1<<14 | p3 (unmasked) */
if (!(b&0x80))
{
b &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
a &= (0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
a = a<<7;
*v = a | b;
return 4;
}
p++;
a = a<<14;
a |= *p;
/* a: p0<<28 | p2<<14 | p4 (unmasked) */
if (!(a&0x80))
{
a &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b &= (0x1f<<28)|(0x7f<<14)|(0x7f);
b = b<<7;
*v = a | b;
return 5;
}
/* We can only reach this point when reading a corrupt database
** file. In that case we are not in any hurry. Use the (relatively
** slow) general-purpose sqlite3GetVarint() routine to extract the
** value. */
{
u64 v64;
u8 n;
p -= 4;
n = sqlite3GetVarint(p, &v64);
assert( n>5 && n<=9 );
*v = (u32)v64;
return n;
}
}
/*
** Return the number of bytes that will be needed to store the given
** 64-bit integer.
*/
int sqlite3VarintLen(u64 v){
int i = 0;
do{
i++;
v >>= 7;
}while( v!=0 && i<9 );
return i;
}
/*
** Read or write a four-byte big-endian integer value.
*/
u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8 *p){
return (p[0]<<24) | (p[1]<<16) | (p[2]<<8) | p[3];
}
void sqlite3Put4byte(unsigned char *p, u32 v){
p[0] = (u8)(v>>24);
p[1] = (u8)(v>>16);
p[2] = (u8)(v>>8);
p[3] = (u8)v;
}
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Translate a single byte of Hex into an integer.
** This routinen only works if h really is a valid hexadecimal
** character: 0..9a..fA..F
*/
static u8 hexToInt(int h){
assert( (h>='0' && h<='9') || (h>='a' && h<='f') || (h>='A' && h<='F') );
#ifdef SQLITE_ASCII
h += 9*(1&(h>>6));
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
h += 9*(1&~(h>>4));
#endif
return (u8)(h & 0xf);
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL) || defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC)
/*
** Convert a BLOB literal of the form "x'hhhhhh'" into its binary
** value. Return a pointer to its binary value. Space to hold the
** binary value has been obtained from malloc and must be freed by
** the calling routine.
*/
void *sqlite3HexToBlob(sqlite3 *db, const char *z, int n){
char *zBlob;
int i;
zBlob = (char *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, n/2 + 1);
n--;
if( zBlob ){
for(i=0; i<n; i+=2){
zBlob[i/2] = (hexToInt(z[i])<<4) | hexToInt(z[i+1]);
}
zBlob[i/2] = 0;
}
return zBlob;
}
#endif /* !SQLITE_OMIT_BLOB_LITERAL || SQLITE_HAS_CODEC */
/*
** Change the sqlite.magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY.
** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** when this routine is called.
**
** This routine is called when entering an SQLite API. The SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** value indicates that the database connection passed into the API is
** open and is not being used by another thread. By changing the value
** to SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY we indicate that the connection is in use.
** sqlite3SafetyOff() below will change the value back to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN
** when the API exits.
**
** This routine is a attempt to detect if two threads use the
** same sqlite* pointer at the same time. There is a race
** condition so it is possible that the error is not detected.
** But usually the problem will be seen. The result will be an
** error which can be used to debug the application that is
** using SQLite incorrectly.
**
** Ticket #202: If db->magic is not a valid open value, take care not
** to modify the db structure at all. It could be that db is a stale
** pointer. In other words, it could be that there has been a prior
** call to sqlite3_close(db) and db has been deallocated. And we do
** not want to write into deallocated memory.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int sqlite3SafetyOn(sqlite3 *db){
if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN ){
db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
return 0;
}else if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
}
return 1;
}
#endif
/*
** Change the magic from SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY to SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN.
** Return an error (non-zero) if the magic was not SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY
** when this routine is called.
*/
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
int sqlite3SafetyOff(sqlite3 *db){
if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN;
assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(db->mutex) );
return 0;
}else{
db->magic = SQLITE_MAGIC_ERROR;
db->u1.isInterrupted = 1;
return 1;
}
}
#endif
/*
** Check to make sure we have a valid db pointer. This test is not
** foolproof but it does provide some measure of protection against
** misuse of the interface such as passing in db pointers that are
** NULL or which have been previously closed. If this routine returns
** 1 it means that the db pointer is valid and 0 if it should not be
** dereferenced for any reason. The calling function should invoke
** SQLITE_MISUSE immediately.
**
** sqlite3SafetyCheckOk() requires that the db pointer be valid for
** use. sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk() allows a db pointer that failed to
** open properly and is not fit for general use but which can be
** used as an argument to sqlite3_errmsg() or sqlite3_close().
*/
int sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(sqlite3 *db){
u32 magic;
if( db==0 ) return 0;
magic = db->magic;
if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
return 1;
}
int sqlite3SafetyCheckSickOrOk(sqlite3 *db){
u32 magic;
if( db==0 ) return 0;
magic = db->magic;
if( magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_SICK &&
magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_OPEN &&
magic!=SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ) return 0;
return 1;
}

299
vacuum.c
View file

@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2003 April 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to implement the VACUUM command.
**
** Most of the code in this file may be omitted by defining the
** SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM macro.
**
** $Id: vacuum.c,v 1.87 2009/04/02 20:16:59 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include "vdbeInt.h"
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH)
/*
** Execute zSql on database db. Return an error code.
*/
static int execSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
if( !zSql ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0) ){
return sqlite3_errcode(db);
}
while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){}
return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
/*
** Execute zSql on database db. The statement returns exactly
** one column. Execute this as SQL on the same database.
*/
static int execExecSql(sqlite3 *db, const char *zSql){
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt;
int rc;
rc = sqlite3_prepare(db, zSql, -1, &pStmt, 0);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
while( SQLITE_ROW==sqlite3_step(pStmt) ){
rc = execSql(db, (char*)sqlite3_column_text(pStmt, 0));
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
return rc;
}
}
return sqlite3_finalize(pStmt);
}
/*
** The non-standard VACUUM command is used to clean up the database,
** collapse free space, etc. It is modelled after the VACUUM command
** in PostgreSQL.
**
** In version 1.0.x of SQLite, the VACUUM command would call
** gdbm_reorganize() on all the database tables. But beginning
** with 2.0.0, SQLite no longer uses GDBM so this command has
** become a no-op.
*/
void sqlite3Vacuum(Parse *pParse){
Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
if( v ){
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Vacuum, 0, 0);
}
return;
}
/*
** This routine implements the OP_Vacuum opcode of the VDBE.
*/
int sqlite3RunVacuum(char **pzErrMsg, sqlite3 *db){
int rc = SQLITE_OK; /* Return code from service routines */
Btree *pMain; /* The database being vacuumed */
Pager *pMainPager; /* Pager for database being vacuumed */
Btree *pTemp; /* The temporary database we vacuum into */
char *zSql = 0; /* SQL statements */
int saved_flags; /* Saved value of the db->flags */
int saved_nChange; /* Saved value of db->nChange */
int saved_nTotalChange; /* Saved value of db->nTotalChange */
Db *pDb = 0; /* Database to detach at end of vacuum */
int isMemDb; /* True is vacuuming a :memory: database */
int nRes;
if( !db->autoCommit ){
sqlite3SetString(pzErrMsg, db, "cannot VACUUM from within a transaction");
return SQLITE_ERROR;
}
/* Save the current value of the write-schema flag before setting it. */
saved_flags = db->flags;
saved_nChange = db->nChange;
saved_nTotalChange = db->nTotalChange;
db->flags |= SQLITE_WriteSchema | SQLITE_IgnoreChecks;
pMain = db->aDb[0].pBt;
pMainPager = sqlite3BtreePager(pMain);
isMemDb = sqlite3PagerFile(pMainPager)->pMethods==0;
/* Attach the temporary database as 'vacuum_db'. The synchronous pragma
** can be set to 'off' for this file, as it is not recovered if a crash
** occurs anyway. The integrity of the database is maintained by a
** (possibly synchronous) transaction opened on the main database before
** sqlite3BtreeCopyFile() is called.
**
** An optimisation would be to use a non-journaled pager.
** (Later:) I tried setting "PRAGMA vacuum_db.journal_mode=OFF" but
** that actually made the VACUUM run slower. Very little journalling
** actually occurs when doing a vacuum since the vacuum_db is initially
** empty. Only the journal header is written. Apparently it takes more
** time to parse and run the PRAGMA to turn journalling off than it does
** to write the journal header file.
*/
zSql = "ATTACH '' AS vacuum_db;";
rc = execSql(db, zSql);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
pDb = &db->aDb[db->nDb-1];
assert( strcmp(db->aDb[db->nDb-1].zName,"vacuum_db")==0 );
pTemp = db->aDb[db->nDb-1].pBt;
nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);
/* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
if( db->nextPagesize ){
extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
int nKey;
char *zKey;
sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
if( nKey ) db->nextPagesize = 0;
}
#endif
if( sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pMain), nRes, 0)
|| (!isMemDb && sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pTemp, db->nextPagesize, nRes, 0))
|| db->mallocFailed
){
rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
goto end_of_vacuum;
}
rc = execSql(db, "PRAGMA vacuum_db.synchronous=OFF");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
goto end_of_vacuum;
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pTemp, db->nextAutovac>=0 ? db->nextAutovac :
sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pMain));
#endif
/* Begin a transaction */
rc = execSql(db, "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE;");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Query the schema of the main database. Create a mirror schema
** in the temporary database.
*/
rc = execExecSql(db,
"SELECT 'CREATE TABLE vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14) "
" FROM sqlite_master WHERE type='table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence'"
" AND rootpage>0"
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = execExecSql(db,
"SELECT 'CREATE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,14)"
" FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE INDEX %' ");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = execExecSql(db,
"SELECT 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX vacuum_db.' || substr(sql,21) "
" FROM sqlite_master WHERE sql LIKE 'CREATE UNIQUE INDEX %'");
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Loop through the tables in the main database. For each, do
** an "INSERT INTO vacuum_db.xxx SELECT * FROM xxx;" to copy
** the contents to the temporary database.
*/
rc = execExecSql(db,
"SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
"|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';'"
"FROM sqlite_master "
"WHERE type = 'table' AND name!='sqlite_sequence' "
" AND rootpage>0"
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Copy over the sequence table
*/
rc = execExecSql(db,
"SELECT 'DELETE FROM vacuum_db.' || quote(name) || ';' "
"FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name='sqlite_sequence' "
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = execExecSql(db,
"SELECT 'INSERT INTO vacuum_db.' || quote(name) "
"|| ' SELECT * FROM ' || quote(name) || ';' "
"FROM vacuum_db.sqlite_master WHERE name=='sqlite_sequence';"
);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* Copy the triggers, views, and virtual tables from the main database
** over to the temporary database. None of these objects has any
** associated storage, so all we have to do is copy their entries
** from the SQLITE_MASTER table.
*/
rc = execSql(db,
"INSERT INTO vacuum_db.sqlite_master "
" SELECT type, name, tbl_name, rootpage, sql"
" FROM sqlite_master"
" WHERE type='view' OR type='trigger'"
" OR (type='table' AND rootpage=0)"
);
if( rc ) goto end_of_vacuum;
/* At this point, unless the main db was completely empty, there is now a
** transaction open on the vacuum database, but not on the main database.
** Open a btree level transaction on the main database. This allows a
** call to sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(). The main database btree level
** transaction is then committed, so the SQL level never knows it was
** opened for writing. This way, the SQL transaction used to create the
** temporary database never needs to be committed.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
u32 meta;
int i;
/* This array determines which meta meta values are preserved in the
** vacuum. Even entries are the meta value number and odd entries
** are an increment to apply to the meta value after the vacuum.
** The increment is used to increase the schema cookie so that other
** connections to the same database will know to reread the schema.
*/
static const unsigned char aCopy[] = {
1, 1, /* Add one to the old schema cookie */
3, 0, /* Preserve the default page cache size */
5, 0, /* Preserve the default text encoding */
6, 0, /* Preserve the user version */
};
assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pTemp) );
assert( 1==sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(pMain) );
/* Copy Btree meta values */
for(i=0; i<ArraySize(aCopy); i+=2){
rc = sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(pMain, aCopy[i], &meta);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(pTemp, aCopy[i], meta+aCopy[i+1]);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
}
rc = sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(pMain, pTemp);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
rc = sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) goto end_of_vacuum;
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(pTemp));
#endif
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(pMain, sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(pTemp), nRes,1);
}
end_of_vacuum:
/* Restore the original value of db->flags */
db->flags = saved_flags;
db->nChange = saved_nChange;
db->nTotalChange = saved_nTotalChange;
/* Currently there is an SQL level transaction open on the vacuum
** database. No locks are held on any other files (since the main file
** was committed at the btree level). So it safe to end the transaction
** by manually setting the autoCommit flag to true and detaching the
** vacuum database. The vacuum_db journal file is deleted when the pager
** is closed by the DETACH.
*/
db->autoCommit = 1;
if( pDb ){
sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
pDb->pBt = 0;
pDb->pSchema = 0;
}
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
return rc;
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM && SQLITE_OMIT_ATTACH */

5422
vdbe.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

205
vdbe.h
View file

@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2001 September 15
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** Header file for the Virtual DataBase Engine (VDBE)
**
** This header defines the interface to the virtual database engine
** or VDBE. The VDBE implements an abstract machine that runs a
** simple program to access and modify the underlying database.
**
** $Id: vdbe.h,v 1.141 2009/04/10 00:56:29 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#define _SQLITE_VDBE_H_
#include <stdio.h>
/*
** A single VDBE is an opaque structure named "Vdbe". Only routines
** in the source file sqliteVdbe.c are allowed to see the insides
** of this structure.
*/
typedef struct Vdbe Vdbe;
/*
** The names of the following types declared in vdbeInt.h are required
** for the VdbeOp definition.
*/
typedef struct VdbeFunc VdbeFunc;
typedef struct Mem Mem;
/*
** A single instruction of the virtual machine has an opcode
** and as many as three operands. The instruction is recorded
** as an instance of the following structure:
*/
struct VdbeOp {
u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
signed char p4type; /* One of the P4_xxx constants for p4 */
u8 opflags; /* Not currently used */
u8 p5; /* Fifth parameter is an unsigned character */
int p1; /* First operand */
int p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
int p3; /* The third parameter */
union { /* forth parameter */
int i; /* Integer value if p4type==P4_INT32 */
void *p; /* Generic pointer */
char *z; /* Pointer to data for string (char array) types */
i64 *pI64; /* Used when p4type is P4_INT64 */
double *pReal; /* Used when p4type is P4_REAL */
FuncDef *pFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_FUNCDEF */
VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Used when p4type is P4_VDBEFUNC */
CollSeq *pColl; /* Used when p4type is P4_COLLSEQ */
Mem *pMem; /* Used when p4type is P4_MEM */
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab; /* Used when p4type is P4_VTAB */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Used when p4type is P4_KEYINFO */
int *ai; /* Used when p4type is P4_INTARRAY */
} p4;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
char *zComment; /* Comment to improve readability */
#endif
#ifdef VDBE_PROFILE
int cnt; /* Number of times this instruction was executed */
u64 cycles; /* Total time spent executing this instruction */
#endif
};
typedef struct VdbeOp VdbeOp;
/*
** A smaller version of VdbeOp used for the VdbeAddOpList() function because
** it takes up less space.
*/
struct VdbeOpList {
u8 opcode; /* What operation to perform */
signed char p1; /* First operand */
signed char p2; /* Second parameter (often the jump destination) */
signed char p3; /* Third parameter */
};
typedef struct VdbeOpList VdbeOpList;
/*
** Allowed values of VdbeOp.p3type
*/
#define P4_NOTUSED 0 /* The P4 parameter is not used */
#define P4_DYNAMIC (-1) /* Pointer to a string obtained from sqliteMalloc() */
#define P4_STATIC (-2) /* Pointer to a static string */
#define P4_COLLSEQ (-4) /* P4 is a pointer to a CollSeq structure */
#define P4_FUNCDEF (-5) /* P4 is a pointer to a FuncDef structure */
#define P4_KEYINFO (-6) /* P4 is a pointer to a KeyInfo structure */
#define P4_VDBEFUNC (-7) /* P4 is a pointer to a VdbeFunc structure */
#define P4_MEM (-8) /* P4 is a pointer to a Mem* structure */
#define P4_TRANSIENT (-9) /* P4 is a pointer to a transient string */
#define P4_VTAB (-10) /* P4 is a pointer to an sqlite3_vtab structure */
#define P4_MPRINTF (-11) /* P4 is a string obtained from sqlite3_mprintf() */
#define P4_REAL (-12) /* P4 is a 64-bit floating point value */
#define P4_INT64 (-13) /* P4 is a 64-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INT32 (-14) /* P4 is a 32-bit signed integer */
#define P4_INTARRAY (-15) /* P4 is a vector of 32-bit integers */
/* When adding a P4 argument using P4_KEYINFO, a copy of the KeyInfo structure
** is made. That copy is freed when the Vdbe is finalized. But if the
** argument is P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF, the passed in pointer is used. It still
** gets freed when the Vdbe is finalized so it still should be obtained
** from a single sqliteMalloc(). But no copy is made and the calling
** function should *not* try to free the KeyInfo.
*/
#define P4_KEYINFO_HANDOFF (-16)
#define P4_KEYINFO_STATIC (-17)
/*
** The Vdbe.aColName array contains 5n Mem structures, where n is the
** number of columns of data returned by the statement.
*/
#define COLNAME_NAME 0
#define COLNAME_DECLTYPE 1
#define COLNAME_DATABASE 2
#define COLNAME_TABLE 3
#define COLNAME_COLUMN 4
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA
# define COLNAME_N 5 /* Number of COLNAME_xxx symbols */
#else
# ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_DECLTYPE
# define COLNAME_N 1 /* Store only the name */
# else
# define COLNAME_N 2 /* Store the name and decltype */
# endif
#endif
/*
** The following macro converts a relative address in the p2 field
** of a VdbeOp structure into a negative number so that
** sqlite3VdbeAddOpList() knows that the address is relative. Calling
** the macro again restores the address.
*/
#define ADDR(X) (-1-(X))
/*
** The makefile scans the vdbe.c source file and creates the "opcodes.h"
** header file that defines a number for each opcode used by the VDBE.
*/
#include "opcodes.h"
/*
** Prototypes for the VDBE interface. See comments on the implementation
** for a description of what each of these routines does.
*/
Vdbe *sqlite3VdbeCreate(sqlite3*);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp0(Vdbe*,int);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp1(Vdbe*,int,int);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(Vdbe*,int,int,int);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp3(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int,const char *zP4,int);
int sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(Vdbe*, int nOp, VdbeOpList const *aOp);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(Vdbe*, int addr, int P1);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(Vdbe*, int addr, int P2);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(Vdbe*, int addr, int P3);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP5(Vdbe*, u8 P5);
void sqlite3VdbeJumpHere(Vdbe*, int addr);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(Vdbe*, int addr, int N);
void sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(Vdbe*, int addr, const char *zP4, int N);
void sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(Vdbe*, int);
VdbeOp *sqlite3VdbeGetOp(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeDelete(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(Vdbe*,int,int,int,int);
int sqlite3VdbeFinalize(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(Vdbe*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
void sqlite3VdbeTrace(Vdbe*,FILE*);
#endif
void sqlite3VdbeResetStepResult(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeReset(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(Vdbe*,int);
int sqlite3VdbeSetColName(Vdbe*, int, int, const char *, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(Vdbe*);
sqlite3 *sqlite3VdbeDb(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeSetSql(Vdbe*, const char *z, int n, int);
void sqlite3VdbeSwap(Vdbe*,Vdbe*);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
int sqlite3VdbeReleaseMemory(int);
#endif
UnpackedRecord *sqlite3VdbeRecordUnpack(KeyInfo*,int,const void*,char*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteUnpackedRecord(UnpackedRecord*);
int sqlite3VdbeRecordCompare(int,const void*,UnpackedRecord*);
#ifndef NDEBUG
void sqlite3VdbeComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeComment(X) sqlite3VdbeComment X
void sqlite3VdbeNoopComment(Vdbe*, const char*, ...);
# define VdbeNoopComment(X) sqlite3VdbeNoopComment X
#else
# define VdbeComment(X)
# define VdbeNoopComment(X)
#endif
#endif

401
vdbeInt.h
View file

@ -1,401 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2003 September 6
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This is the header file for information that is private to the
** VDBE. This information used to all be at the top of the single
** source code file "vdbe.c". When that file became too big (over
** 6000 lines long) it was split up into several smaller files and
** this header information was factored out.
**
** $Id: vdbeInt.h,v 1.167 2009/04/10 12:55:17 danielk1977 Exp $
*/
#ifndef _VDBEINT_H_
#define _VDBEINT_H_
/*
** intToKey() and keyToInt() used to transform the rowid. But with
** the latest versions of the design they are no-ops.
*/
#define keyToInt(X) (X)
#define intToKey(X) (X)
/*
** SQL is translated into a sequence of instructions to be
** executed by a virtual machine. Each instruction is an instance
** of the following structure.
*/
typedef struct VdbeOp Op;
/*
** Boolean values
*/
typedef unsigned char Bool;
/*
** A cursor is a pointer into a single BTree within a database file.
** The cursor can seek to a BTree entry with a particular key, or
** loop over all entries of the Btree. You can also insert new BTree
** entries or retrieve the key or data from the entry that the cursor
** is currently pointing to.
**
** Every cursor that the virtual machine has open is represented by an
** instance of the following structure.
**
** If the VdbeCursor.isTriggerRow flag is set it means that this cursor is
** really a single row that represents the NEW or OLD pseudo-table of
** a row trigger. The data for the row is stored in VdbeCursor.pData and
** the rowid is in VdbeCursor.iKey.
*/
struct VdbeCursor {
BtCursor *pCursor; /* The cursor structure of the backend */
int iDb; /* Index of cursor database in db->aDb[] (or -1) */
i64 lastRowid; /* Last rowid from a Next or NextIdx operation */
Bool zeroed; /* True if zeroed out and ready for reuse */
Bool rowidIsValid; /* True if lastRowid is valid */
Bool atFirst; /* True if pointing to first entry */
Bool useRandomRowid; /* Generate new record numbers semi-randomly */
Bool nullRow; /* True if pointing to a row with no data */
Bool pseudoTable; /* This is a NEW or OLD pseudo-tables of a trigger */
Bool ephemPseudoTable;
Bool deferredMoveto; /* A call to sqlite3BtreeMoveto() is needed */
Bool isTable; /* True if a table requiring integer keys */
Bool isIndex; /* True if an index containing keys only - no data */
i64 movetoTarget; /* Argument to the deferred sqlite3BtreeMoveto() */
Btree *pBt; /* Separate file holding temporary table */
int nData; /* Number of bytes in pData */
char *pData; /* Data for a NEW or OLD pseudo-table */
i64 iKey; /* Key for the NEW or OLD pseudo-table row */
KeyInfo *pKeyInfo; /* Info about index keys needed by index cursors */
int nField; /* Number of fields in the header */
i64 seqCount; /* Sequence counter */
sqlite3_vtab_cursor *pVtabCursor; /* The cursor for a virtual table */
const sqlite3_module *pModule; /* Module for cursor pVtabCursor */
/* Cached information about the header for the data record that the
** cursor is currently pointing to. Only valid if cacheValid is true.
** aRow might point to (ephemeral) data for the current row, or it might
** be NULL.
*/
int cacheStatus; /* Cache is valid if this matches Vdbe.cacheCtr */
int payloadSize; /* Total number of bytes in the record */
u32 *aType; /* Type values for all entries in the record */
u32 *aOffset; /* Cached offsets to the start of each columns data */
u8 *aRow; /* Data for the current row, if all on one page */
};
typedef struct VdbeCursor VdbeCursor;
/*
** A value for VdbeCursor.cacheValid that means the cache is always invalid.
*/
#define CACHE_STALE 0
/*
** Internally, the vdbe manipulates nearly all SQL values as Mem
** structures. Each Mem struct may cache multiple representations (string,
** integer etc.) of the same value. A value (and therefore Mem structure)
** has the following properties:
**
** Each value has a manifest type. The manifest type of the value stored
** in a Mem struct is returned by the MemType(Mem*) macro. The type is
** one of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_INTEGER, SQLITE_REAL, SQLITE_TEXT or
** SQLITE_BLOB.
*/
struct Mem {
union {
i64 i; /* Integer value. */
int nZero; /* Used when bit MEM_Zero is set in flags */
FuncDef *pDef; /* Used only when flags==MEM_Agg */
RowSet *pRowSet; /* Used only when flags==MEM_RowSet */
} u;
double r; /* Real value */
sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database connection */
char *z; /* String or BLOB value */
int n; /* Number of characters in string value, excluding '\0' */
u16 flags; /* Some combination of MEM_Null, MEM_Str, MEM_Dyn, etc. */
u8 type; /* One of SQLITE_NULL, SQLITE_TEXT, SQLITE_INTEGER, etc */
u8 enc; /* SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE */
void (*xDel)(void *); /* If not null, call this function to delete Mem.z */
char *zMalloc; /* Dynamic buffer allocated by sqlite3_malloc() */
};
/* One or more of the following flags are set to indicate the validOK
** representations of the value stored in the Mem struct.
**
** If the MEM_Null flag is set, then the value is an SQL NULL value.
** No other flags may be set in this case.
**
** If the MEM_Str flag is set then Mem.z points at a string representation.
** Usually this is encoded in the same unicode encoding as the main
** database (see below for exceptions). If the MEM_Term flag is also
** set, then the string is nul terminated. The MEM_Int and MEM_Real
** flags may coexist with the MEM_Str flag.
**
** Multiple of these values can appear in Mem.flags. But only one
** at a time can appear in Mem.type.
*/
#define MEM_Null 0x0001 /* Value is NULL */
#define MEM_Str 0x0002 /* Value is a string */
#define MEM_Int 0x0004 /* Value is an integer */
#define MEM_Real 0x0008 /* Value is a real number */
#define MEM_Blob 0x0010 /* Value is a BLOB */
#define MEM_RowSet 0x0020 /* Value is a RowSet object */
#define MEM_TypeMask 0x00ff /* Mask of type bits */
/* Whenever Mem contains a valid string or blob representation, one of
** the following flags must be set to determine the memory management
** policy for Mem.z. The MEM_Term flag tells us whether or not the
** string is \000 or \u0000 terminated
*/
#define MEM_Term 0x0200 /* String rep is nul terminated */
#define MEM_Dyn 0x0400 /* Need to call sqliteFree() on Mem.z */
#define MEM_Static 0x0800 /* Mem.z points to a static string */
#define MEM_Ephem 0x1000 /* Mem.z points to an ephemeral string */
#define MEM_Agg 0x2000 /* Mem.z points to an agg function context */
#define MEM_Zero 0x4000 /* Mem.i contains count of 0s appended to blob */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
#undef MEM_Zero
#define MEM_Zero 0x0000
#endif
/*
** Clear any existing type flags from a Mem and replace them with f
*/
#define MemSetTypeFlag(p, f) \
((p)->flags = ((p)->flags&~(MEM_TypeMask|MEM_Zero))|f)
/* A VdbeFunc is just a FuncDef (defined in sqliteInt.h) that contains
** additional information about auxiliary information bound to arguments
** of the function. This is used to implement the sqlite3_get_auxdata()
** and sqlite3_set_auxdata() APIs. The "auxdata" is some auxiliary data
** that can be associated with a constant argument to a function. This
** allows functions such as "regexp" to compile their constant regular
** expression argument once and reused the compiled code for multiple
** invocations.
*/
struct VdbeFunc {
FuncDef *pFunc; /* The definition of the function */
int nAux; /* Number of entries allocated for apAux[] */
struct AuxData {
void *pAux; /* Aux data for the i-th argument */
void (*xDelete)(void *); /* Destructor for the aux data */
} apAux[1]; /* One slot for each function argument */
};
/*
** The "context" argument for a installable function. A pointer to an
** instance of this structure is the first argument to the routines used
** implement the SQL functions.
**
** There is a typedef for this structure in sqlite.h. So all routines,
** even the public interface to SQLite, can use a pointer to this structure.
** But this file is the only place where the internal details of this
** structure are known.
**
** This structure is defined inside of vdbeInt.h because it uses substructures
** (Mem) which are only defined there.
*/
struct sqlite3_context {
FuncDef *pFunc; /* Pointer to function information. MUST BE FIRST */
VdbeFunc *pVdbeFunc; /* Auxilary data, if created. */
Mem s; /* The return value is stored here */
Mem *pMem; /* Memory cell used to store aggregate context */
int isError; /* Error code returned by the function. */
CollSeq *pColl; /* Collating sequence */
};
/*
** A Set structure is used for quick testing to see if a value
** is part of a small set. Sets are used to implement code like
** this:
** x.y IN ('hi','hoo','hum')
*/
typedef struct Set Set;
struct Set {
Hash hash; /* A set is just a hash table */
HashElem *prev; /* Previously accessed hash elemen */
};
/*
** A Context stores the last insert rowid, the last statement change count,
** and the current statement change count (i.e. changes since last statement).
** The current keylist is also stored in the context.
** Elements of Context structure type make up the ContextStack, which is
** updated by the ContextPush and ContextPop opcodes (used by triggers).
** The context is pushed before executing a trigger a popped when the
** trigger finishes.
*/
typedef struct Context Context;
struct Context {
i64 lastRowid; /* Last insert rowid (sqlite3.lastRowid) */
int nChange; /* Statement changes (Vdbe.nChanges) */
};
/*
** An instance of the virtual machine. This structure contains the complete
** state of the virtual machine.
**
** The "sqlite3_stmt" structure pointer that is returned by sqlite3_compile()
** is really a pointer to an instance of this structure.
**
** The Vdbe.inVtabMethod variable is set to non-zero for the duration of
** any virtual table method invocations made by the vdbe program. It is
** set to 2 for xDestroy method calls and 1 for all other methods. This
** variable is used for two purposes: to allow xDestroy methods to execute
** "DROP TABLE" statements and to prevent some nasty side effects of
** malloc failure when SQLite is invoked recursively by a virtual table
** method function.
*/
struct Vdbe {
sqlite3 *db; /* The whole database */
Vdbe *pPrev,*pNext; /* Linked list of VDBEs with the same Vdbe.db */
int nOp; /* Number of instructions in the program */
int nOpAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated for aOp[] */
Op *aOp; /* Space to hold the virtual machine's program */
int nLabel; /* Number of labels used */
int nLabelAlloc; /* Number of slots allocated in aLabel[] */
int *aLabel; /* Space to hold the labels */
Mem **apArg; /* Arguments to currently executing user function */
Mem *aColName; /* Column names to return */
int nCursor; /* Number of slots in apCsr[] */
VdbeCursor **apCsr; /* One element of this array for each open cursor */
int nVar; /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
Mem *aVar; /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
char **azVar; /* Name of variables */
int okVar; /* True if azVar[] has been initialized */
u32 magic; /* Magic number for sanity checking */
int nMem; /* Number of memory locations currently allocated */
Mem *aMem; /* The memory locations */
int cacheCtr; /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
int contextStackTop; /* Index of top element in the context stack */
int contextStackDepth; /* The size of the "context" stack */
Context *contextStack; /* Stack used by opcodes ContextPush & ContextPop*/
int pc; /* The program counter */
int rc; /* Value to return */
int errorAction; /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
int nResColumn; /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
char **azResColumn; /* Values for one row of result */
char *zErrMsg; /* Error message written here */
Mem *pResultSet; /* Pointer to an array of results */
u8 explain; /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
u8 changeCntOn; /* True to update the change-counter */
u8 expired; /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
u8 minWriteFileFormat; /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
u8 inVtabMethod; /* See comments above */
u8 usesStmtJournal; /* True if uses a statement journal */
u8 readOnly; /* True for read-only statements */
u8 isPrepareV2; /* True if prepared with prepare_v2() */
int nChange; /* Number of db changes made since last reset */
i64 startTime; /* Time when query started - used for profiling */
int btreeMask; /* Bitmask of db->aDb[] entries referenced */
BtreeMutexArray aMutex; /* An array of Btree used here and needing locks */
int aCounter[2]; /* Counters used by sqlite3_stmt_status() */
char *zSql; /* Text of the SQL statement that generated this */
void *pFree; /* Free this when deleting the vdbe */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
FILE *trace; /* Write an execution trace here, if not NULL */
#endif
int iStatement; /* Statement number (or 0 if has not opened stmt) */
#ifdef SQLITE_SSE
int fetchId; /* Statement number used by sqlite3_fetch_statement */
int lru; /* Counter used for LRU cache replacement */
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
Vdbe *pLruPrev;
Vdbe *pLruNext;
#endif
};
/*
** The following are allowed values for Vdbe.magic
*/
#define VDBE_MAGIC_INIT 0x26bceaa5 /* Building a VDBE program */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_RUN 0xbdf20da3 /* VDBE is ready to execute */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_HALT 0x519c2973 /* VDBE has completed execution */
#define VDBE_MAGIC_DEAD 0xb606c3c8 /* The VDBE has been deallocated */
/*
** Function prototypes
*/
void sqlite3VdbeFreeCursor(Vdbe *, VdbeCursor*);
void sqliteVdbePopStack(Vdbe*,int);
int sqlite3VdbeCursorMoveto(VdbeCursor*);
#if defined(SQLITE_DEBUG) || defined(VDBE_PROFILE)
void sqlite3VdbePrintOp(FILE*, int, Op*);
#endif
int sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(u32);
u32 sqlite3VdbeSerialType(Mem*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeSerialPut(unsigned char*, int, Mem*, int);
int sqlite3VdbeSerialGet(const unsigned char*, u32, Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeDeleteAuxData(VdbeFunc*, int);
int sqlite2BtreeKeyCompare(BtCursor *, const void *, int, int, int *);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxKeyCompare(VdbeCursor*,UnpackedRecord*,int*);
int sqlite3VdbeIdxRowid(BtCursor *, i64 *);
int sqlite3MemCompare(const Mem*, const Mem*, const CollSeq*);
int sqlite3VdbeExec(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeList(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeHalt(Vdbe*);
int sqlite3VdbeChangeEncoding(Mem *, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemTooBig(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemCopy(Mem*, const Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemShallowCopy(Mem*, const Mem*, int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemMove(Mem*, Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNulTerminate(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(Mem*, const char*, int, u8, void(*)(void*));
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetInt64(Mem*, i64);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetDouble(Mem*, double);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetNull(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(Mem*,int);
void sqlite3VdbeMemSetRowSet(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemMakeWriteable(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemStringify(Mem*, int);
i64 sqlite3VdbeIntValue(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemIntegerify(Mem*);
double sqlite3VdbeRealValue(Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeIntegerAffinity(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemRealify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemNumerify(Mem*);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFromBtree(BtCursor*,int,int,int,Mem*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemRelease(Mem *p);
void sqlite3VdbeMemReleaseExternal(Mem *p);
int sqlite3VdbeMemFinalize(Mem*, FuncDef*);
const char *sqlite3OpcodeName(int);
int sqlite3VdbeOpcodeHasProperty(int, int);
int sqlite3VdbeMemGrow(Mem *pMem, int n, int preserve);
int sqlite3VdbeCloseStatement(Vdbe *, int);
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_MEMORY_MANAGEMENT
int sqlite3VdbeReleaseBuffers(Vdbe *p);
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SHARED_CACHE
void sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(Vdbe *p);
#else
# define sqlite3VdbeMutexArrayEnter(p)
#endif
int sqlite3VdbeMemTranslate(Mem*, u8);
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
void sqlite3VdbePrintSql(Vdbe*);
void sqlite3VdbeMemPrettyPrint(Mem *pMem, char *zBuf);
#endif
int sqlite3VdbeMemHandleBom(Mem *pMem);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
int sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(Mem *);
#else
#define sqlite3VdbeMemExpandBlob(x) SQLITE_OK
#endif
#endif /* !defined(_VDBEINT_H_) */

1327
vdbeapi.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

2680
vdbeaux.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

350
vdbeblob.c
View file

@ -1,350 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2007 May 1
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to implement incremental BLOB I/O.
**
** $Id: vdbeblob.c,v 1.31 2009/03/24 15:08:10 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include "vdbeInt.h"
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB
/*
** Valid sqlite3_blob* handles point to Incrblob structures.
*/
typedef struct Incrblob Incrblob;
struct Incrblob {
int flags; /* Copy of "flags" passed to sqlite3_blob_open() */
int nByte; /* Size of open blob, in bytes */
int iOffset; /* Byte offset of blob in cursor data */
BtCursor *pCsr; /* Cursor pointing at blob row */
sqlite3_stmt *pStmt; /* Statement holding cursor open */
sqlite3 *db; /* The associated database */
};
/*
** Open a blob handle.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_open(
sqlite3* db, /* The database connection */
const char *zDb, /* The attached database containing the blob */
const char *zTable, /* The table containing the blob */
const char *zColumn, /* The column containing the blob */
sqlite_int64 iRow, /* The row containing the glob */
int flags, /* True -> read/write access, false -> read-only */
sqlite3_blob **ppBlob /* Handle for accessing the blob returned here */
){
int nAttempt = 0;
int iCol; /* Index of zColumn in row-record */
/* This VDBE program seeks a btree cursor to the identified
** db/table/row entry. The reason for using a vdbe program instead
** of writing code to use the b-tree layer directly is that the
** vdbe program will take advantage of the various transaction,
** locking and error handling infrastructure built into the vdbe.
**
** After seeking the cursor, the vdbe executes an OP_ResultRow.
** Code external to the Vdbe then "borrows" the b-tree cursor and
** uses it to implement the blob_read(), blob_write() and
** blob_bytes() functions.
**
** The sqlite3_blob_close() function finalizes the vdbe program,
** which closes the b-tree cursor and (possibly) commits the
** transaction.
*/
static const VdbeOpList openBlob[] = {
{OP_Transaction, 0, 0, 0}, /* 0: Start a transaction */
{OP_VerifyCookie, 0, 0, 0}, /* 1: Check the schema cookie */
/* One of the following two instructions is replaced by an
** OP_Noop before exection.
*/
{OP_OpenRead, 0, 0, 0}, /* 2: Open cursor 0 for reading */
{OP_OpenWrite, 0, 0, 0}, /* 3: Open cursor 0 for read/write */
{OP_Variable, 1, 1, 1}, /* 4: Push the rowid to the stack */
{OP_NotExists, 0, 8, 1}, /* 5: Seek the cursor */
{OP_Column, 0, 0, 1}, /* 6 */
{OP_ResultRow, 1, 0, 0}, /* 7 */
{OP_Close, 0, 0, 0}, /* 8 */
{OP_Halt, 0, 0, 0}, /* 9 */
};
Vdbe *v = 0;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
char zErr[128];
zErr[0] = 0;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
do {
Parse sParse;
Table *pTab;
memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
sParse.db = db;
if( sqlite3SafetyOn(db) ){
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(&sParse, 0, zTable, zDb);
if( pTab && IsVirtual(pTab) ){
pTab = 0;
sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open virtual table: %s", zTable);
}
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
if( pTab && pTab->pSelect ){
pTab = 0;
sqlite3ErrorMsg(&sParse, "cannot open view: %s", zTable);
}
#endif
if( !pTab ){
if( sParse.zErrMsg ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "%s", sParse.zErrMsg);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, sParse.zErrMsg);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
/* Now search pTab for the exact column. */
for(iCol=0; iCol < pTab->nCol; iCol++) {
if( sqlite3StrICmp(pTab->aCol[iCol].zName, zColumn)==0 ){
break;
}
}
if( iCol==pTab->nCol ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such column: \"%s\"", zColumn);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
/* If the value is being opened for writing, check that the
** column is not indexed. It is against the rules to open an
** indexed column for writing.
*/
if( flags ){
Index *pIdx;
for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
int j;
for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
if( pIdx->aiColumn[j]==iCol ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr,
"cannot open indexed column for writing");
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
goto blob_open_out;
}
}
}
}
v = sqlite3VdbeCreate(db);
if( v ){
int iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, sizeof(openBlob)/sizeof(VdbeOpList), openBlob);
/* Configure the OP_Transaction */
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 0, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 0, (flags ? 1 : 0));
/* Configure the OP_VerifyCookie */
sqlite3VdbeChangeP1(v, 1, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 1, pTab->pSchema->schema_cookie);
/* Make sure a mutex is held on the table to be accessed */
sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
/* Remove either the OP_OpenWrite or OpenRead. Set the P2
** parameter of the other to pTab->tnum.
*/
sqlite3VdbeChangeToNoop(v, (flags ? 2 : 3), 1);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, (flags ? 3 : 2), pTab->tnum);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP3(v, (flags ? 3 : 2), iDb);
/* Configure the number of columns. Configure the cursor to
** think that the table has one more column than it really
** does. An OP_Column to retrieve this imaginary column will
** always return an SQL NULL. This is useful because it means
** we can invoke OP_Column to fill in the vdbe cursors type
** and offset cache without causing any IO.
*/
sqlite3VdbeChangeP4(v, flags ? 3 : 2, SQLITE_INT_TO_PTR(pTab->nCol+1), P4_INT32);
sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, 6, pTab->nCol);
if( !db->mallocFailed ){
sqlite3VdbeMakeReady(v, 1, 1, 1, 0);
}
}
sqlite3BtreeLeaveAll(db);
rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed ){
goto blob_open_out;
}
sqlite3_bind_int64((sqlite3_stmt *)v, 1, iRow);
rc = sqlite3_step((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
if( rc!=SQLITE_ROW ){
nAttempt++;
rc = sqlite3_finalize((sqlite3_stmt *)v);
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, sqlite3_errmsg(db));
v = 0;
}
} while( nAttempt<5 && rc==SQLITE_SCHEMA );
if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ){
/* The row-record has been opened successfully. Check that the
** column in question contains text or a blob. If it contains
** text, it is up to the caller to get the encoding right.
*/
Incrblob *pBlob;
u32 type = v->apCsr[0]->aType[iCol];
if( type<12 ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "cannot open value of type %s",
type==0?"null": type==7?"real": "integer"
);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
goto blob_open_out;
}
pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
if( db->mallocFailed ){
sqlite3DbFree(db, pBlob);
goto blob_open_out;
}
pBlob->flags = flags;
pBlob->pCsr = v->apCsr[0]->pCursor;
sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
sqlite3BtreeCacheOverflow(pBlob->pCsr);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(pBlob->pCsr);
pBlob->pStmt = (sqlite3_stmt *)v;
pBlob->iOffset = v->apCsr[0]->aOffset[iCol];
pBlob->nByte = sqlite3VdbeSerialTypeLen(type);
pBlob->db = db;
*ppBlob = (sqlite3_blob *)pBlob;
rc = SQLITE_OK;
}else if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zErr), zErr, "no such rowid: %lld", iRow);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
blob_open_out:
zErr[sizeof(zErr)-1] = '\0';
if( v && (rc!=SQLITE_OK || db->mallocFailed) ){
sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
}
sqlite3Error(db, rc, (rc==SQLITE_OK?0:zErr));
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Close a blob handle that was previously created using
** sqlite3_blob_open().
*/
int sqlite3_blob_close(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
int rc;
sqlite3 *db;
db = p->db;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
rc = sqlite3_finalize(p->pStmt);
sqlite3DbFree(db, p);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Perform a read or write operation on a blob
*/
static int blobReadWrite(
sqlite3_blob *pBlob,
void *z,
int n,
int iOffset,
int (*xCall)(BtCursor*, u32, u32, void*)
){
int rc;
Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
Vdbe *v;
sqlite3 *db = p->db;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;
if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
/* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, 0);
} else if( v==0 ){
/* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
*/
rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
}else{
/* Call either BtreeData() or BtreePutData(). If SQLITE_ABORT is
** returned, clean-up the statement handle.
*/
assert( db == v->db );
sqlite3BtreeEnterCursor(p->pCsr);
rc = xCall(p->pCsr, iOffset+p->iOffset, n, z);
sqlite3BtreeLeaveCursor(p->pCsr);
if( rc==SQLITE_ABORT ){
sqlite3VdbeFinalize(v);
p->pStmt = 0;
}else{
db->errCode = rc;
v->rc = rc;
}
}
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** Read data from a blob handle.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_read(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, void *z, int n, int iOffset){
return blobReadWrite(pBlob, z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreeData);
}
/*
** Write data to a blob handle.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_write(sqlite3_blob *pBlob, const void *z, int n, int iOffset){
return blobReadWrite(pBlob, (void *)z, n, iOffset, sqlite3BtreePutData);
}
/*
** Query a blob handle for the size of the data.
**
** The Incrblob.nByte field is fixed for the lifetime of the Incrblob
** so no mutex is required for access.
*/
int sqlite3_blob_bytes(sqlite3_blob *pBlob){
Incrblob *p = (Incrblob *)pBlob;
return p->nByte;
}
#endif /* #ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_INCRBLOB */

1055
vdbemem.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

852
vtab.c
View file

@ -1,852 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2006 June 10
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains code used to help implement virtual tables.
**
** $Id: vtab.c,v 1.85 2009/04/11 16:27:20 drh Exp $
*/
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE
#include "sqliteInt.h"
/*
** The actual function that does the work of creating a new module.
** This function implements the sqlite3_create_module() and
** sqlite3_create_module_v2() interfaces.
*/
static int createModule(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */
) {
int rc, nName;
Module *pMod;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName);
pMod = (Module *)sqlite3DbMallocRaw(db, sizeof(Module) + nName + 1);
if( pMod ){
Module *pDel;
char *zCopy = (char *)(&pMod[1]);
memcpy(zCopy, zName, nName+1);
pMod->zName = zCopy;
pMod->pModule = pModule;
pMod->pAux = pAux;
pMod->xDestroy = xDestroy;
pDel = (Module *)sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aModule, zCopy, nName, (void*)pMod);
if( pDel && pDel->xDestroy ){
pDel->xDestroy(pDel->pAux);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, pDel);
if( pDel==pMod ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
}else if( xDestroy ){
xDestroy(pAux);
}
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, SQLITE_OK);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
*/
int sqlite3_create_module(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
void *pAux /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
){
return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, 0);
}
/*
** External API function used to create a new virtual-table module.
*/
int sqlite3_create_module_v2(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database in which module is registered */
const char *zName, /* Name assigned to this module */
const sqlite3_module *pModule, /* The definition of the module */
void *pAux, /* Context pointer for xCreate/xConnect */
void (*xDestroy)(void *) /* Module destructor function */
){
return createModule(db, zName, pModule, pAux, xDestroy);
}
/*
** Lock the virtual table so that it cannot be disconnected.
** Locks nest. Every lock should have a corresponding unlock.
** If an unlock is omitted, resources leaks will occur.
**
** If a disconnect is attempted while a virtual table is locked,
** the disconnect is deferred until all locks have been removed.
*/
void sqlite3VtabLock(sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
pVtab->nRef++;
}
/*
** Unlock a virtual table. When the last lock is removed,
** disconnect the virtual table.
*/
void sqlite3VtabUnlock(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
assert( pVtab->nRef>0 );
pVtab->nRef--;
assert(db);
assert( sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) );
if( pVtab->nRef==0 ){
if( db->magic==SQLITE_MAGIC_BUSY ){
(void)sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
} else {
pVtab->pModule->xDisconnect(pVtab);
}
}
}
/*
** Clear any and all virtual-table information from the Table record.
** This routine is called, for example, just before deleting the Table
** record.
*/
void sqlite3VtabClear(Table *p){
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = p->pVtab;
Schema *pSchema = p->pSchema;
sqlite3 *db = pSchema ? pSchema->db : 0;
if( pVtab ){
assert( p->pMod && p->pMod->pModule );
sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
p->pVtab = 0;
}
if( p->azModuleArg ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<p->nModuleArg; i++){
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg[i]);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, p->azModuleArg);
}
}
/*
** Add a new module argument to pTable->azModuleArg[].
** The string is not copied - the pointer is stored. The
** string will be freed automatically when the table is
** deleted.
*/
static void addModuleArgument(sqlite3 *db, Table *pTable, char *zArg){
int i = pTable->nModuleArg++;
int nBytes = sizeof(char *)*(1+pTable->nModuleArg);
char **azModuleArg;
azModuleArg = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, pTable->azModuleArg, nBytes);
if( azModuleArg==0 ){
int j;
for(j=0; j<i; j++){
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg[j]);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zArg);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pTable->azModuleArg);
pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
}else{
azModuleArg[i] = zArg;
azModuleArg[i+1] = 0;
}
pTable->azModuleArg = azModuleArg;
}
/*
** The parser calls this routine when it first sees a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE
** statement. The module name has been parsed, but the optional list
** of parameters that follow the module name are still pending.
*/
void sqlite3VtabBeginParse(
Parse *pParse, /* Parsing context */
Token *pName1, /* Name of new table, or database name */
Token *pName2, /* Name of new table or NULL */
Token *pModuleName /* Name of the module for the virtual table */
){
int iDb; /* The database the table is being created in */
Table *pTable; /* The new virtual table */
sqlite3 *db; /* Database connection */
if( pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_SharedCache ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot use virtual tables in shared-cache mode");
return;
}
sqlite3StartTable(pParse, pName1, pName2, 0, 0, 1, 0);
pTable = pParse->pNewTable;
if( pTable==0 || pParse->nErr ) return;
assert( 0==pTable->pIndex );
db = pParse->db;
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTable->pSchema);
assert( iDb>=0 );
pTable->tabFlags |= TF_Virtual;
pTable->nModuleArg = 0;
addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3NameFromToken(db, pModuleName));
addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, db->aDb[iDb].zName));
addModuleArgument(db, pTable, sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pTable->zName));
pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(&pModuleName->z[pModuleName->n] - pName1->z);
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
/* Creating a virtual table invokes the authorization callback twice.
** The first invocation, to obtain permission to INSERT a row into the
** sqlite_master table, has already been made by sqlite3StartTable().
** The second call, to obtain permission to create the table, is made now.
*/
if( pTable->azModuleArg ){
sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_CREATE_VTABLE, pTable->zName,
pTable->azModuleArg[0], pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName);
}
#endif
}
/*
** This routine takes the module argument that has been accumulating
** in pParse->zArg[] and appends it to the list of arguments on the
** virtual table currently under construction in pParse->pTable.
*/
static void addArgumentToVtab(Parse *pParse){
if( pParse->sArg.z && pParse->pNewTable ){
const char *z = (const char*)pParse->sArg.z;
int n = pParse->sArg.n;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
addModuleArgument(db, pParse->pNewTable, sqlite3DbStrNDup(db, z, n));
}
}
/*
** The parser calls this routine after the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement
** has been completely parsed.
*/
void sqlite3VtabFinishParse(Parse *pParse, Token *pEnd){
Table *pTab; /* The table being constructed */
sqlite3 *db; /* The database connection */
char *zModule; /* The module name of the table: USING modulename */
Module *pMod = 0;
addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
pParse->sArg.z = 0;
/* Lookup the module name. */
pTab = pParse->pNewTable;
if( pTab==0 ) return;
db = pParse->db;
if( pTab->nModuleArg<1 ) return;
zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
pMod = (Module*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aModule, zModule,
sqlite3Strlen30(zModule));
pTab->pMod = pMod;
/* If the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement is being entered for the
** first time (in other words if the virtual table is actually being
** created now instead of just being read out of sqlite_master) then
** do additional initialization work and store the statement text
** in the sqlite_master table.
*/
if( !db->init.busy ){
char *zStmt;
char *zWhere;
int iDb;
Vdbe *v;
/* Compute the complete text of the CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement */
if( pEnd ){
pParse->sNameToken.n = (int)(pEnd->z - pParse->sNameToken.z) + pEnd->n;
}
zStmt = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE %T", &pParse->sNameToken);
/* A slot for the record has already been allocated in the
** SQLITE_MASTER table. We just need to update that slot with all
** the information we've collected.
**
** The VM register number pParse->regRowid holds the rowid of an
** entry in the sqlite_master table tht was created for this vtab
** by sqlite3StartTable().
*/
iDb = sqlite3SchemaToIndex(db, pTab->pSchema);
sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
"UPDATE %Q.%s "
"SET type='table', name=%Q, tbl_name=%Q, rootpage=0, sql=%Q "
"WHERE rowid=#%d",
db->aDb[iDb].zName, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb),
pTab->zName,
pTab->zName,
zStmt,
pParse->regRowid
);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zStmt);
v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse, iDb);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "name='%q'", pTab->zName);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 1, 0, zWhere, P4_DYNAMIC);
sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_VCreate, iDb, 0, 0,
pTab->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pTab->zName) + 1);
}
/* If we are rereading the sqlite_master table create the in-memory
** record of the table. If the module has already been registered,
** also call the xConnect method here.
*/
else {
Table *pOld;
Schema *pSchema = pTab->pSchema;
const char *zName = pTab->zName;
int nName = sqlite3Strlen30(zName) + 1;
pOld = sqlite3HashInsert(&pSchema->tblHash, zName, nName, pTab);
if( pOld ){
db->mallocFailed = 1;
assert( pTab==pOld ); /* Malloc must have failed inside HashInsert() */
return;
}
pSchema->db = pParse->db;
pParse->pNewTable = 0;
}
}
/*
** The parser calls this routine when it sees the first token
** of an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
*/
void sqlite3VtabArgInit(Parse *pParse){
addArgumentToVtab(pParse);
pParse->sArg.z = 0;
pParse->sArg.n = 0;
}
/*
** The parser calls this routine for each token after the first token
** in an argument to the module name in a CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE statement.
*/
void sqlite3VtabArgExtend(Parse *pParse, Token *p){
Token *pArg = &pParse->sArg;
if( pArg->z==0 ){
pArg->z = p->z;
pArg->n = p->n;
}else{
assert(pArg->z < p->z);
pArg->n = (int)(&p->z[p->n] - pArg->z);
}
}
/*
** Invoke a virtual table constructor (either xCreate or xConnect). The
** pointer to the function to invoke is passed as the fourth parameter
** to this procedure.
*/
static int vtabCallConstructor(
sqlite3 *db,
Table *pTab,
Module *pMod,
int (*xConstruct)(sqlite3*,void*,int,const char*const*,sqlite3_vtab**,char**),
char **pzErr
){
int rc;
int rc2;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = 0;
const char *const*azArg = (const char *const*)pTab->azModuleArg;
int nArg = pTab->nModuleArg;
char *zErr = 0;
char *zModuleName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", pTab->zName);
if( !zModuleName ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
assert( !db->pVTab );
assert( xConstruct );
db->pVTab = pTab;
rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
rc = xConstruct(db, pMod->pAux, nArg, azArg, &pVtab, &zErr);
rc2 = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pVtab ){
pVtab->pModule = pMod->pModule;
pVtab->nRef = 1;
pTab->pVtab = pVtab;
}
if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
if( zErr==0 ){
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "vtable constructor failed: %s", zModuleName);
}else {
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "%s", zErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
}
}else if( db->pVTab ){
const char *zFormat = "vtable constructor did not declare schema: %s";
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, zFormat, pTab->zName);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = rc2;
}
db->pVTab = 0;
sqlite3DbFree(db, zModuleName);
/* If everything went according to plan, loop through the columns
** of the table to see if any of them contain the token "hidden".
** If so, set the Column.isHidden flag and remove the token from
** the type string.
*/
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int iCol;
for(iCol=0; iCol<pTab->nCol; iCol++){
char *zType = pTab->aCol[iCol].zType;
int nType;
int i = 0;
if( !zType ) continue;
nType = sqlite3Strlen30(zType);
if( sqlite3StrNICmp("hidden", zType, 6) || (zType[6] && zType[6]!=' ') ){
for(i=0; i<nType; i++){
if( (0==sqlite3StrNICmp(" hidden", &zType[i], 7))
&& (zType[i+7]=='\0' || zType[i+7]==' ')
){
i++;
break;
}
}
}
if( i<nType ){
int j;
int nDel = 6 + (zType[i+6] ? 1 : 0);
for(j=i; (j+nDel)<=nType; j++){
zType[j] = zType[j+nDel];
}
if( zType[i]=='\0' && i>0 ){
assert(zType[i-1]==' ');
zType[i-1] = '\0';
}
pTab->aCol[iCol].isHidden = 1;
}
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is invoked by the parser to call the xConnect() method
** of the virtual table pTab. If an error occurs, an error code is returned
** and an error left in pParse.
**
** This call is a no-op if table pTab is not a virtual table.
*/
int sqlite3VtabCallConnect(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
Module *pMod;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
if( !pTab || (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 || pTab->pVtab ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
pMod = pTab->pMod;
if( !pMod ){
const char *zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such module: %s", zModule);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
} else {
char *zErr = 0;
sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xConnect, &zErr);
if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "%s", zErr);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Add the virtual table pVtab to the array sqlite3.aVTrans[].
*/
static int addToVTrans(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
const int ARRAY_INCR = 5;
/* Grow the sqlite3.aVTrans array if required */
if( (db->nVTrans%ARRAY_INCR)==0 ){
sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans;
int nBytes = sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *) * (db->nVTrans + ARRAY_INCR);
aVTrans = sqlite3DbRealloc(db, (void *)db->aVTrans, nBytes);
if( !aVTrans ){
return SQLITE_NOMEM;
}
memset(&aVTrans[db->nVTrans], 0, sizeof(sqlite3_vtab *)*ARRAY_INCR);
db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
}
/* Add pVtab to the end of sqlite3.aVTrans */
db->aVTrans[db->nVTrans++] = pVtab;
sqlite3VtabLock(pVtab);
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xCreate method
** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb.
**
** If an error occurs, *pzErr is set to point an an English language
** description of the error and an SQLITE_XXX error code is returned.
** In this case the caller must call sqlite3DbFree(db, ) on *pzErr.
*/
int sqlite3VtabCallCreate(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab, char **pzErr){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
Table *pTab;
Module *pMod;
const char *zModule;
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
assert(pTab && (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && !pTab->pVtab);
pMod = pTab->pMod;
zModule = pTab->azModuleArg[0];
/* If the module has been registered and includes a Create method,
** invoke it now. If the module has not been registered, return an
** error. Otherwise, do nothing.
*/
if( !pMod ){
*pzErr = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "no such module: %s", zModule);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}else{
rc = vtabCallConstructor(db, pTab, pMod, pMod->pModule->xCreate, pzErr);
}
if( rc==SQLITE_OK && pTab->pVtab ){
rc = addToVTrans(db, pTab->pVtab);
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is used to set the schema of a virtual table. It is only
** valid to call this function from within the xCreate() or xConnect() of a
** virtual table module.
*/
int sqlite3_declare_vtab(sqlite3 *db, const char *zCreateTable){
Parse sParse;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
Table *pTab;
char *zErr = 0;
sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
pTab = db->pVTab;
if( !pTab ){
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE, 0);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return SQLITE_MISUSE;
}
assert((pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)!=0 && pTab->nCol==0 && pTab->aCol==0);
memset(&sParse, 0, sizeof(Parse));
sParse.declareVtab = 1;
sParse.db = db;
if(
SQLITE_OK == sqlite3RunParser(&sParse, zCreateTable, &zErr) &&
sParse.pNewTable &&
!sParse.pNewTable->pSelect &&
(sParse.pNewTable->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0
){
pTab->aCol = sParse.pNewTable->aCol;
pTab->nCol = sParse.pNewTable->nCol;
sParse.pNewTable->nCol = 0;
sParse.pNewTable->aCol = 0;
db->pVTab = 0;
} else {
sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_ERROR, zErr);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zErr);
rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
}
sParse.declareVtab = 0;
if( sParse.pVdbe ){
sqlite3VdbeFinalize(sParse.pVdbe);
}
sqlite3DeleteTable(sParse.pNewTable);
sParse.pNewTable = 0;
assert( (rc&0xff)==rc );
rc = sqlite3ApiExit(db, rc);
sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
return rc;
}
/*
** This function is invoked by the vdbe to call the xDestroy method
** of the virtual table named zTab in database iDb. This occurs
** when a DROP TABLE is mentioned.
**
** This call is a no-op if zTab is not a virtual table.
*/
int sqlite3VtabCallDestroy(sqlite3 *db, int iDb, const char *zTab)
{
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
Table *pTab;
pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zTab, db->aDb[iDb].zName);
assert(pTab);
if( pTab->pVtab ){
int (*xDestroy)(sqlite3_vtab *pVTab) = pTab->pMod->pModule->xDestroy;
rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
assert( rc==SQLITE_OK );
if( xDestroy ){
rc = xDestroy(pTab->pVtab);
}
(void)sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
int i;
for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans; i++){
if( db->aVTrans[i]==pTab->pVtab ){
db->aVTrans[i] = db->aVTrans[--db->nVTrans];
break;
}
}
pTab->pVtab = 0;
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** This function invokes either the xRollback or xCommit method
** of each of the virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans array. The method
** called is identified by the second argument, "offset", which is
** the offset of the method to call in the sqlite3_module structure.
**
** The array is cleared after invoking the callbacks.
*/
static void callFinaliser(sqlite3 *db, int offset){
int i;
if( db->aVTrans ){
for(i=0; i<db->nVTrans && db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = db->aVTrans[i];
int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
x = *(int (**)(sqlite3_vtab *))((char *)pVtab->pModule + offset);
if( x ) x(pVtab);
sqlite3VtabUnlock(db, pVtab);
}
sqlite3DbFree(db, db->aVTrans);
db->nVTrans = 0;
db->aVTrans = 0;
}
}
/*
** Invoke the xSync method of all virtual tables in the sqlite3.aVTrans
** array. Return the error code for the first error that occurs, or
** SQLITE_OK if all xSync operations are successful.
**
** Set *pzErrmsg to point to a buffer that should be released using
** sqlite3DbFree() containing an error message, if one is available.
*/
int sqlite3VtabSync(sqlite3 *db, char **pzErrmsg){
int i;
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
int rcsafety;
sqlite3_vtab **aVTrans = db->aVTrans;
rc = sqlite3SafetyOff(db);
db->aVTrans = 0;
for(i=0; rc==SQLITE_OK && i<db->nVTrans && aVTrans[i]; i++){
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab = aVTrans[i];
int (*x)(sqlite3_vtab *);
x = pVtab->pModule->xSync;
if( x ){
rc = x(pVtab);
sqlite3DbFree(db, *pzErrmsg);
*pzErrmsg = pVtab->zErrMsg;
pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
}
}
db->aVTrans = aVTrans;
rcsafety = sqlite3SafetyOn(db);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = rcsafety;
}
return rc;
}
/*
** Invoke the xRollback method of all virtual tables in the
** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
int sqlite3VtabRollback(sqlite3 *db){
callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xRollback));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** Invoke the xCommit method of all virtual tables in the
** sqlite3.aVTrans array. Then clear the array itself.
*/
int sqlite3VtabCommit(sqlite3 *db){
callFinaliser(db, offsetof(sqlite3_module,xCommit));
return SQLITE_OK;
}
/*
** If the virtual table pVtab supports the transaction interface
** (xBegin/xRollback/xCommit and optionally xSync) and a transaction is
** not currently open, invoke the xBegin method now.
**
** If the xBegin call is successful, place the sqlite3_vtab pointer
** in the sqlite3.aVTrans array.
*/
int sqlite3VtabBegin(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_vtab *pVtab){
int rc = SQLITE_OK;
const sqlite3_module *pModule;
/* Special case: If db->aVTrans is NULL and db->nVTrans is greater
** than zero, then this function is being called from within a
** virtual module xSync() callback. It is illegal to write to
** virtual module tables in this case, so return SQLITE_MISUSE.
*/
if( sqlite3VtabInSync(db) ){
return SQLITE_LOCKED;
}
if( !pVtab ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
pModule = pVtab->pModule;
if( pModule->xBegin ){
int i;
/* If pVtab is already in the aVTrans array, return early */
for(i=0; (i<db->nVTrans) && 0!=db->aVTrans[i]; i++){
if( db->aVTrans[i]==pVtab ){
return SQLITE_OK;
}
}
/* Invoke the xBegin method */
rc = pModule->xBegin(pVtab);
if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
rc = addToVTrans(db, pVtab);
}
}
return rc;
}
/*
** The first parameter (pDef) is a function implementation. The
** second parameter (pExpr) is the first argument to this function.
** If pExpr is a column in a virtual table, then let the virtual
** table implementation have an opportunity to overload the function.
**
** This routine is used to allow virtual table implementations to
** overload MATCH, LIKE, GLOB, and REGEXP operators.
**
** Return either the pDef argument (indicating no change) or a
** new FuncDef structure that is marked as ephemeral using the
** SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM flag.
*/
FuncDef *sqlite3VtabOverloadFunction(
sqlite3 *db, /* Database connection for reporting malloc problems */
FuncDef *pDef, /* Function to possibly overload */
int nArg, /* Number of arguments to the function */
Expr *pExpr /* First argument to the function */
){
Table *pTab;
sqlite3_vtab *pVtab;
sqlite3_module *pMod;
void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value**) = 0;
void *pArg = 0;
FuncDef *pNew;
int rc = 0;
char *zLowerName;
unsigned char *z;
/* Check to see the left operand is a column in a virtual table */
if( pExpr==0 ) return pDef;
if( pExpr->op!=TK_COLUMN ) return pDef;
pTab = pExpr->pTab;
if( pTab==0 ) return pDef;
if( (pTab->tabFlags & TF_Virtual)==0 ) return pDef;
pVtab = pTab->pVtab;
assert( pVtab!=0 );
assert( pVtab->pModule!=0 );
pMod = (sqlite3_module *)pVtab->pModule;
if( pMod->xFindFunction==0 ) return pDef;
/* Call the xFindFunction method on the virtual table implementation
** to see if the implementation wants to overload this function
*/
zLowerName = sqlite3DbStrDup(db, pDef->zName);
if( zLowerName ){
for(z=(unsigned char*)zLowerName; *z; z++){
*z = sqlite3UpperToLower[*z];
}
rc = pMod->xFindFunction(pVtab, nArg, zLowerName, &xFunc, &pArg);
sqlite3DbFree(db, zLowerName);
if( pVtab->zErrMsg ){
sqlite3Error(db, rc, "%s", pVtab->zErrMsg);
sqlite3DbFree(db, pVtab->zErrMsg);
pVtab->zErrMsg = 0;
}
}
if( rc==0 ){
return pDef;
}
/* Create a new ephemeral function definition for the overloaded
** function */
pNew = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(*pNew)
+ sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName) );
if( pNew==0 ){
return pDef;
}
*pNew = *pDef;
pNew->zName = (char *)&pNew[1];
memcpy(pNew->zName, pDef->zName, sqlite3Strlen30(pDef->zName)+1);
pNew->xFunc = xFunc;
pNew->pUserData = pArg;
pNew->flags |= SQLITE_FUNC_EPHEM;
return pNew;
}
/*
** Make sure virtual table pTab is contained in the pParse->apVirtualLock[]
** array so that an OP_VBegin will get generated for it. Add pTab to the
** array if it is missing. If pTab is already in the array, this routine
** is a no-op.
*/
void sqlite3VtabMakeWritable(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
int i, n;
assert( IsVirtual(pTab) );
for(i=0; i<pParse->nVtabLock; i++){
if( pTab==pParse->apVtabLock[i] ) return;
}
n = (pParse->nVtabLock+1)*sizeof(pParse->apVtabLock[0]);
pParse->apVtabLock = sqlite3_realloc(pParse->apVtabLock, n);
if( pParse->apVtabLock ){
pParse->apVtabLock[pParse->nVtabLock++] = pTab;
}else{
pParse->db->mallocFailed = 1;
}
}
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_VIRTUALTABLE */

139
walker.c
View file

@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
/*
** 2008 August 16
**
** The author disclaims copyright to this source code. In place of
** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
**
** May you do good and not evil.
** May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
** May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
**
*************************************************************************
** This file contains routines used for walking the parser tree for
** an SQL statement.
**
** $Id: walker.c,v 1.4 2009/04/08 13:51:52 drh Exp $
*/
#include "sqliteInt.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/*
** Walk an expression tree. Invoke the callback once for each node
** of the expression, while decending. (In other words, the callback
** is invoked before visiting children.)
**
** The return value from the callback should be one of the WRC_*
** constants to specify how to proceed with the walk.
**
** WRC_Continue Continue descending down the tree.
**
** WRC_Prune Do not descend into child nodes. But allow
** the walk to continue with sibling nodes.
**
** WRC_Abort Do no more callbacks. Unwind the stack and
** return the top-level walk call.
**
** The return value from this routine is WRC_Abort to abandon the tree walk
** and WRC_Continue to continue.
*/
int sqlite3WalkExpr(Walker *pWalker, Expr *pExpr){
int rc;
if( pExpr==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_TokenOnly) );
testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_SpanToken) );
testcase( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_Reduced) );
rc = pWalker->xExprCallback(pWalker, pExpr);
if( rc==WRC_Continue
&& !ExprHasAnyProperty(pExpr,EP_TokenOnly|EP_SpanToken) ){
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pLeft) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pExpr->pRight) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_xIsSelect) ){
if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pExpr->x.pSelect) ) return WRC_Abort;
}else{
if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, pExpr->x.pList) ) return WRC_Abort;
}
}
return rc & WRC_Abort;
}
/*
** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in list p or until
** an abort request is seen.
*/
int sqlite3WalkExprList(Walker *pWalker, ExprList *p){
int i, rc = WRC_Continue;
struct ExprList_item *pItem;
if( p ){
for(i=p->nExpr, pItem=p->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, pItem->pExpr) ) return WRC_Abort;
}
}
return rc & WRC_Continue;
}
/*
** Walk all expressions associated with SELECT statement p. Do
** not invoke the SELECT callback on p, but do (of course) invoke
** any expr callbacks and SELECT callbacks that come from subqueries.
** Return WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue.
*/
int sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pEList) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pWhere) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pGroupBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pHaving) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExprList(pWalker, p->pOrderBy) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pLimit) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkExpr(pWalker, p->pOffset) ) return WRC_Abort;
return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
** Walk the parse trees associated with all subqueries in the
** FROM clause of SELECT statement p. Do not invoke the select
** callback on p, but do invoke it on each FROM clause subquery
** and on any subqueries further down in the tree. Return
** WRC_Abort or WRC_Continue;
*/
int sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
SrcList *pSrc;
int i;
struct SrcList_item *pItem;
pSrc = p->pSrc;
if( pSrc ){
for(i=pSrc->nSrc, pItem=pSrc->a; i>0; i--, pItem++){
if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pItem->pSelect) ){
return WRC_Abort;
}
}
}
return WRC_Continue;
}
/*
** Call sqlite3WalkExpr() for every expression in Select statement p.
** Invoke sqlite3WalkSelect() for subqueries in the FROM clause and
** on the compound select chain, p->pPrior.
**
** Return WRC_Continue under normal conditions. Return WRC_Abort if
** there is an abort request.
**
** If the Walker does not have an xSelectCallback() then this routine
** is a no-op returning WRC_Continue.
*/
int sqlite3WalkSelect(Walker *pWalker, Select *p){
int rc;
if( p==0 || pWalker->xSelectCallback==0 ) return WRC_Continue;
rc = WRC_Continue;
while( p ){
rc = pWalker->xSelectCallback(pWalker, p);
if( rc ) break;
if( sqlite3WalkSelectExpr(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
if( sqlite3WalkSelectFrom(pWalker, p) ) return WRC_Abort;
p = p->pPrior;
}
return rc & WRC_Abort;
}

3493
where.c
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff